= a30-E ee 1S) Rs 92a eee 18 OS 1 ces ) — At SOUTH PACIFIC FIJI ISLANDS From the Surveys of Captain HMDeobam, RN: FRS.1854-6. em es De hde We Hack be brown haley GL ral ¢ gremel. gf elobiewane. py gray a mec. never rock «fared. ot stonas.y. yellow A Rensias are Popes inifivelakeen a ok O seagrene Ferien tn 1920, dewesing abet J ewes 4 Bowrings oe Tras (thas (26 econ re poe from Somer SOUNDINGS «= FATHOMS. Hugh Water tthe Fall 4 hang JNEATA PASSAOE a a ee ———— — ———— ahs Tl ee, San SENG FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA VOLUME 4 = " -yOA wionarey RAOTAE ‘ 7 aia) ied: i ; rr 5 f f » - 5 o ¥. : we a os a =i ; ~ ifs FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA A NEW FLORA OF FIJI (SPERMATOPHYTES ONLY) ALBERT C. SMITH VOLUME 4 Angiospermae: Dicotyledones, Families 164-169 Lawai, Kauai, Hawaii 1988 © Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden 1988 Lawai, Kauai, Hawaii All Rights Reserved Dates of Issue Volume | January 10, 1979 Volume 2 October 26, 1981 Volume 3 July 26, 1985 Library of Congress Catalog Card Number 78-61712 Printed for the Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden by SB Printers, Inc., Honolulu, Hawaii CONTENTS OF VOLUME 4 Intima adic kro mye rere ste eee este eee ee eel es aa eee tue rabo eet eons weston ERO sere ols l SupplementanyaRNererencesmenrseir escent aster cree ee taste rian -Uiacr sa 3 Division Angiospermae (Magnoliophyta) (continued) ..................... 4 Class Dicotyledones (Magnoliatae) (continued) ........................ 4 Silo Gl aS sweet Gd ACh ayer caer es eter Fes capt ocean seep c Se vastn tapi ayo /aevovtere in atane wiicvauiels 4 5 5 3 Order Gentianales Family 164. Loganiaceae amily slGomeAipocyinaccae warmers som site oie: apse Ghee es aq ort eke 43 amailyalG6SAsclepiadaceacm arn cies nies sees ae cpanel sevens) soko nieverene 108 @rcletm Olea Sim wee pys ae pesca essary eta, Suse eo Bua Merced aieoad wit esehin ol aes eee 123 eamaulllysl Gye @ lea Gea es irises ena tasievausnenevs ey seer sueceraud tennis acosuse ie egies 124 OraergRimb alle sa pciars ensue ie suche cisasysy cues etueney nics aa) sey yeueue op sustinye opeloa aust 142 amily SmaRvulblaceae apices sche a ates aisciee Genet ea bevels eencale nineaarers 143 @rdersDipsacales iyi ween yee ctor ccs ces apc cay se teeth case os se ete eins cue 376 Farmlky I), Cayprnni@leeeie osesacadonencooadeuacgccegccgy scan ac 376 Vie oa sil oat swt Sasi Awake yy eae " ie Picea naan K ; aH 1 i ee a 7 nae oh a] ‘ i nh Pe A As Cd nae Po Sn re i ‘i dieiiceabe valet lng, 41, Anya : Rinna babel no i J ~ aia 1 7 Petite 0 ied a east al ‘ia ib Wes ee 6 ts ‘ wel vox A ee ba id 1 eh Fo), : i ve arid diai sh i Rae ee iia me inhi a et ; oh Ore igs d Sie te hd | ite Say a es) ais AP (Pas, tot aia item ney eae rs it ie ? . i ibn’ 1% sinh) ee a ft ‘Vir~w-an FO kewahs Sel Beis é “4 ie CER Fee ae Mey aatige, Cake Gere a5 TAG Pees TEL te paat INTRODUCTION As in earlier volumes of this Flora, it has been found necessary to propose a few new names, which are here listed for the convenience of compilers of indices of such names: Apocynaceae: Alyxia ser. Bracteolosae (ser. nov.), A. stellata var. amoena(comb. et stat. nov.), A. samoensis (comb. et stat. nov., Samoa), Alstonia vitiensis f. glabra (f. nov.), Carruthersia macrantha (sp. nov.). Oleaceae: Chionanthus vitiensis (comb. nov.). Rubiaceae: Porterandia tenuiflora (comb. nov.), P. crosbyi (comb. nov., Tonga), Tarenna seemanniana (nom. nov.), T. joskei (comb. nov.), Psydrax odorata (comb. nov.), Cyclophyllum barbatum (comb. nov.), C. sessilifolium (comb. nov.), C. rectinervium (comb. nov.), Gynochtodes epiphytica (comb. nov.), Psy- chotria Sie (sp. nov.), P. unicarinata (comb. et stat. nov.), P. impercepta Sp. Nov.). As in prior volumes, I am indebted to many professional colleagues for occasional advice on technical matters and nomenclature. In preparing the present volume, my especial thanks are due to Steven P. Darwin, Department of Biology, Tulane Univer- sity, New Orleans, Louisiana, who has coauthored the included treatment of the family Rubiaceae. Dr. Darwin served as Visiting Research Associate of the Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden during the last six months of 1986, spending that period in Hawaiito facilitate our joint work on the family. For making his visit and his active collaboration possible, I here extend my thanks to the Trustees and the Director of the Garden, as well as to the University of Hawaii and the Bernice P. Bishop Museum for providing Dr. Darwin with honorary staff appointments and working facilities. It has recently been proposed by Ehrendorfer (1983, pp. 879, 890)! to subdivide the subclass Asteridae into smaller subclasses, Lamiidae and Asteridae. This suggestion has been followed by Takhtajan (1986, pp. 305-356, 1987) in his most recent recon- siderations of the families of living vascular plants, and indeed it seems to offer a reasonable method of dividing the former Asteridae into two subclasses commensu- rate with the other six subclasses of dicotyledons formerly recognized (Takhtajan, 1980). In Volume 2 (1981, p. 5) of the present work I diffidently offered a key to the seven subclasses of dicotyledons then recognized by Takhtajan. While the unsatisfactory and even rash nature of such keys should again be emphasized, I herewith offer a supple- mentary division of the former Asteridae, which might be considered as an insert at the bottom of page 5, Volume 2 (1981): References indicated in this Flora by parenthetical dates, if not otherwise modified by an adjacent textual reference, are listed in Volume 1, pp. 84-88, in Volume 2, p. 3, in Volume 3, p. 2, and in the present volume, p. 3. 2 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Anthers free, not connivent or connate into a tube around style; pollen grains bi- or trinucleate when shed; ovaries superior to inferior; habit often woody (but also frequently herbaceous). LAMIIDAE Anthers connivent or connate into a tube around style; pollen grains trinucleate when shed; ovaries inferior; habit usually herbaceous (but also sometimes woody). ............... ASTERIDAE The two subclasses seem logical on the basis of these characters. The Lamiidae have free anthers, bi- or trinucleate pollen, superior (but often also inferior) ovaries, a frequently woody habit, the presence of starch and iridoid compounds, and the lack of polyacetylenes. The Asteridae (sensu str.) in contrast tend to have the anthers connate, consistently trinucleate pollen grains, inferior ovaries, a usually herbaceous habit, and the presence of inulin (in place of starch) and polyacetylenes. Of the subclasses of dicotyledons, the Lamiidae and Asteridae are considered to be the most recent, their ancestry probably being among the primitive Rosidae and perhaps dating from early in the Tertiary period. Phylogenists seem to have difficulties in grouping the families of these subclasses into logical orders and sometimes cannot agree on the delimitation and alliances of families. The comparative recency of the subclasses and the lack of time for effective extinction to create strong discontinuities may account for the difficulties encountered in constructing a classification scheme agreeable to all specialists. Chemical characteristics have often been utilized to group the component families into orders. Although the groupings within the Lamiidae and Asteridae proposed by Ehren- dorfer (1983) and Takhtajan (1986, 1987) (or within the Asteridae sensu lato proposed by Takhtajan (1980) and Cronquist (1981) ) are not seriously discrepant, the sequence of Cronquist is now well known to English readers; his approximate sequence of families and orders is here utilized and his keys are here freely abstracted, although for purposes of a local flora the use of chemical characters is put aside as impracticable in | general floristic study. It had been anticipated that coverage of the dicotyledons for this Flora would be completed in the present volume, but as work on the families of Lamiidae progressed it was realized that the volume would then exceed in size the already unwieldy Volumes 2 and 3. The Rubiaceae alone are found to include substantially more than 10% of all indigenous Fijian flowering plants. Consequently, only the first four orders of Lamii- dae (as here construed) are included in this volume. : As an updating of my remarks on the founding of the Fiji Herbarium by B. E. V. Parham in 1933 and its subsequent growth (cf. this Flora, vol. 1, pp. 76, 78. 1979), the discussion by J. M. Miller (1987) will be of interest and value to students of southern Pacific plants. The Fiji Herbarium remained a part of the Ministry of Agriculture until 1982, at which time, together with its housing steel cabinets and its small library, it was transferred to the Institute of Natural Resources of the University of the South Pacific. The collection, as the South Pacific Regional Herbarium, is now well housed in air- conditioned and dehumidified quarters; it has grown to more than 45,000 specimens. It now provides an important museum resource to the governments and citizens of the eleven member countries of the University of the South Pacific: Cook Islands, Fiji, Kiribati, Nauru, Niue, Solomon Islands, Tokelau, Tonga, Tuvalu, Vanuatu, and Western Samoa. Other than its large holdings of Fijian plants, the South Pacific Regional Herbarium contains small but important collections from most of the areas mentioned above, as well as from New Caledonia, Norfolk Island, and parts of eastern Polynesia. Plans for the future include collecting and exchange programs to increase 1988 INTRODUCTION 3 the Herbarium’s holdings from all these areas as well as from New Guinea and Hawaii. It is perhaps needless to reiterate that the collections of the South Pacific Regional Herbarium provide one of the important bases for documentation incorporated in the present Flora. A consecutive field numbering system (D4, originally implying Depart- ment of Agriculture) is being maintained for newly collected Fijian specimens, and the herbarium acronym suVA will continue in use for the South Pacific Regional Her- barium. It is a pleasure to acknowledge the important services of Dr. Miller and his immediate predecessors at the University, D. Hassall and J. Ash, in organizing the collections into their new headquarters at the University of the South Pacific. A recent publication that will prove useful to residents in Fiji and to students of cultivated plants is that of MacKee (1985), published as a supplement to the Flore de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et Dépendances; here are listed (in alphabetical sequence) the flowering plants introduced and cultivated in New Caledonia, many (or perhaps most) of which may also be anticipated to occur in Fijian gardens or as adventives. Index Nominum Genericorum (1979; for comment cf. this Flora, vol. 2, p. 2) has proved invaluable to plant taxonomists, and a first Supplement (1986) adds to it value. As mentioned in the present Flora, the Index has been abbreviated as ING (1979). The Supplement will be abbreviated as ING Suppl. (1986). It is a pleasure to note the continuation and acceleration of the second edition of Taxonomic Literature (Stafleu & Cowan, 1985, 1986), covering authors whose family names begin with Sal-Ste (Vol. 5) and Sti-Vuy (Vol. 6). Completion of this superb work, of the greatest value to authors and users of Floras among all other botanists, may confidently be anticipated in the near future. As was the case in Volume 3 of this Flora, William G. Ziarnik kindly offered the use of kodachrome photographs of Fijian plants, and two are here utilized. SUPPLEMENTARY REFERENCES EHRENDOREER, F. 1983. Ubersicht des Pflanzenreiches: Spermatophyta, Samenpflanzen. Jn: Denffer, D. von, H. Ziegler, F. Ehrendorfer, & A. Bresinsky. Lehrbuch der Botanik (begr. von E. Strasburger). Aufl. 32: 758-915. Gustav Fischer, Stuttgart. Farr, E. R., J. A. Leussink, & G. ZIJLSTRA. 1986. Index Nominum Genericorum Supplementum I. Regnum Veg. 113: I-XV, 1-126. Utrecht. MackKeg, H. S. 1985. Les Plantes Introduites et Cultivées en Nouvelle-Calédonie. 160 pp. Flore de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et Dépendances (volume hors série). Paris. MILLER, J. M. 1987. The South Pacific Regional Herbarium. Taxon 36: 422-424. STAFLEU, F. A., & R. S. Cowan. 1985. Taxonomic Literature. Ed. 2. Vol. 5: Sal-Ste. Regnum Veg. 112: 1-1066. Utrecht. & . 1986. Taxonomic Literature. Ed. 2. Vol. 6: Sti-Vuy. Regnum Veg. 115: 1-926. Utrecht. TAKHTAJAN, A. 1986. Floristic Regions of the World. i-xxii, 1-522. University of California Press, Berkeley. . 1987. Systema Magnoliophytorum. 439 pp. Leningrad. (In Russian.) 4 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Division ANGIOSPERMAE (MAGNOLIOPHYTA) (continued) CLass DICOTYLEDONES (MAGNOLIATAE) (continued) SuscLass LAMIIDAE KEY TO ORDERS OCCURRING IN FIJI Plants nearly always with opposite or whorled leaves; flowers actinomorphic or nearly so (bilabiate in our representative of Dipsacales) and with as many stamens as corolla lobes (but usually fewer in Oleales). Ovary superior or slightly sunken into receptacle (rarely semi-inferior but not in our taxa). Corolla sympetalous, the lobes (4 or) 5, convolute (less often imbricate or valvate), the stamens usually as many as and alternate with corolla lobes, attached to corolla tube; ovary (1 or)2(—8)-carpellate, with united (or partly or completely separate) carpels, the ovules |-many per locule or on each placenta; endosperm development nearly always nuclear; internal phloem nearly always present; leaves simple, usually entire; interpetiolar stipules usually lacking (but when present often with GOLEETS) seer a NYSE ane e ee i ee oreo: GENTIANALES (FAMILIES 164-166) Corolla typically sympetalous and 4(-12)-lobed, but sometimes the petals essentially distinct (or obsolete), the stamens commonly 2 (as in all our genera); ovary 2-carpellate, 2-locular, the ovules commonly 2 (1-4, rarely more) per locule; endosperm development cellular; internal phloem lacking; leaves simple to imparipinnately compound or 3- or |-foliolate; stipules lacking. OLEALES (FAMILY 167) Ovary inferior (with few exceptions); internal phloem lacking. Interpetiolar (sometimes intrapetiolar) stipules usually present and obvious, commonly with colleters on inner surface; leaves simple, usually entire; corolla actinomorphic and sympetalous (with few exceptions), the lobes various, often contorted, the stamens as many as and alternate with lobes; endosperm development nearly always nuclear. ................... RUBIALES (FAMILY 168) Stipules typically lacking (as in our representative), when present not interpetiolar, without colleters; leaves simple or less often compound, often at least crenate to serrate (but simple and entire in our representative); corolla actinomorphic or (as in our representative) bilabiate, the lobes never contorted, the stamens as many as and alternate with lobes (as in our representative) or fewer, rarely twice as many; endosperm development cellular. ........... DIPSACALES (FAMILY 169) Plants only rarely with both opposite (or whorled) leaves and internal phloem, and then with asymmetric _ flowers that have fewer stamens than corolla lobes; ovary superior (with few exceptions); endosperm development cellular (much less often nuclear); stipules lacking (with few exceptions). Gynoecium composed of 2-4 (-8) carpels with (1 or) 2-many ovules each, but the carpels only rarely divided into uniovulate segments; fruit commonly capsular or baccate, only rarely composed of half-carpellary nutlets; internal phloem often present. Corolla not scariose; flowers usually entomophilous or ornithophilous, 4- or 5-merous, the stamens isomerous or anisomerous; leaves very seldom basal, not phyllodial or parallel-veined. Flowers mostly actinomorphic but sometimes irregular, typically 5-merous, the stamens usually as many as corolla lobes (but sometimes only 4, and then the corolla irregular and 5-lobéd); gynoecium mostly bicarpellate, the carpels (infrequently as many as 5) united in a compound ovary with axile, subbasal, or parietal placentation (seldom subdistinct and united by a gyno- basic style), when 2 obliquely oriented to median plane of flower; ovules (1 or) 2-many per locule; fruit commonly a capsule or berry (seldoma drupe). .. SOLANALES (FAMILIES 170-173) Flowers mostly zygomorphic, commonly with an irregular, basically 5-merous, often bilabiate corolla and only 4 or 2 functional stamens (corolla infrequently 4-merous and nearly actinomor- phic, or 5-lobed and essentially regular, or reduced); gynoecium usually composed of 2 (rarely 3 or 4) carpels united in a compound ovary with axile, parietal, or free central placentation (one carpel seldom reduced or suppressed), the carpels when 2 median (not oblique); ovules (1 or) 2-many (mostly numerous) per functional locule; fruit usually a capsule, sometimes a drupe or WIRY. cdoscusssoooudocoooocHsoUSCOoONCCDOONSOS SCROPHULARIALES (FAMILIES 174-179) Corolla scariose, persistent, actinomorphic; flowers mostly anemophilous, 4-merous, mostly in pedun- culate spikes or heads; leaves commonly ina radical rosette, phyllodial, essentially parallel-veined; herbsi(Sometimesismallishrubs) serene PLANTAGINALES (FAMILY 180) Gynoecium commonly composed of 2 (rarely as many as 14) carpels, these united by a gynobasic style (or sometimes more fully united into a compound ovary with a terminal style), each carpel usually biovulate and divided into 2 uniovulate segments; fruit most commonly composed of (1-) 4 half- carpellary separating nutlets, sometimes drupaceous (with each seed with its own putamen or its own locule of a compound putamen); internal phloem only very rarely present; corolla actinomorphic or zygomorphic, the lobes mostly 5, imbricate, convolute, or valvate; stamens 5 or 4 or 2. LAMIALES (FAMILIES 181-183) 1988 LOGANIACEAE 5 ORDER GENTIANALES Many phylogenists adopt a broad view of the Gentianales as an order, and sometimes included in it are the families Oleaceae, Rubiaceae, and Menyanthaceae, which in the present work are treated in different orders. Most concur in placing in the Gentianales the three families Loganiaceae, Apocynaceae, and Asclepiadaceae, which are represented in Fiji. The family Gentianaceae itself does not appear to be repre- sented in Fiji, although Erythraea australis has been listed as occurring there. The correct name for that species is apparently Centaurium spicatum (L.) Fritsch. The presumably erroneous Fijian record is here clarified.! KEY TO FAMILIES OCCURRING IN FIJI Plants without a latex system; carpels fully united into a usually 2(—5)-locular ovary sometimes with distally imperfect partitions, the placentation axile (or infrequently parietal), the style with a capitate or lobed stigma, not especially thickened or modified or (in our taxa) deeply cleft; stipules interpetiolar or intrapetiolar or reduced to interpetiolar lines; leaves opposite (or verticillate); fruit a capsule, berry, or drupesOoumtaxakcreessshnubs sO lianas are enercr ee eect ee icicioce eines 164. LOGANIACEAE Plants with well-developed systems of laticifers (with rare exceptions); carpels often proximally distinct and united only distally (but sometimes united into a bilocular or unilocular ovary), the style usually thickened and modified at tip; stipules lacking or small; leaves opposite or verticillate, rarely alternate. Flowers with androecia lacking translators, the pollen not forming pollinia, the anthers distinct or connivent around an often thickened and specialized style head or adherent to it by a retinaculum of viscid exudates; filaments lacking coronal appendages; fruit baccate, drupaceous, or follicular, apocarpous or syncarpous, the seeds comose or ecomose; trees, shrubs, lianas, or herbs. 165. APOCYNACEAE Flowers specialized for mass-transfer of pollen by insects, the androecia provided with translators, the pollen (in our taxa) coherent into pollinia, the combined filaments, anthers, and style (in all our taxa) forming a central column (gynostegium); filaments often with appendages developed into a corona; fruit a follicetum, the seeds comose; perennial herbs or shrubs or herbaceous vines or lianas. 166. ASCLEPIADACEAE FAMILy 164. LOGANIACEAE LOGANIACEAE Mart. Nov. Gen. Sp. Pl. 2: 133, as Loganieae. 1827. Trees, shrubs, or lianas, rarely herbs, usually stipulate (sometimes ochreate), the stipules often with colleters, interpetiolar or intrapetiolar or sometimes reduced to interpetiolar lines; leaves opposite, simple, the blades usually entire, pinnate-nerved or with prominent lower lateral nerves; inflorescences terminal or axillary, sometimes borne on branches, rarely on trunk, usually cymose, rarely 1-flowered, bracteate and bracteolate, the flowers 8 or sometimes unisexual, actinomorphic (in all our taxa), usually 4- or 5-merous; calyx dentate to deeply cleft, the lobes imbricate or valvate; corolla sympetalous, the tube short to elongate, the lobes imbricate, contorted, or valvate; stamens as many as and alternate with corolla lobes (in all our taxa), borne on corolla tube or at its throat, the anthers 2-locular, dehiscing by longitudinal slits; disk 'Centaurium spicatum (L.) Fritsch in Mitt. Naturwiss. Vereins Univ. Wien, n. s. 5: 97. 1907; Druce in Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916: 614. 1917. Gentiana spicata L. Sp. Pl. 230. 1753. Erythraea australis R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 451. 1810; Seem. in Bonplandia 10: 153. 1862, Viti, 439. 1862, Fl. Vit. 167. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 239. 1892; J. W. Parham, PI. Fijilsl. 228. 1964, ed. 2. 318. 1972. The putative record of this species in Fiji is based ona collection of Home (BM), originally noted as “New Caledonia or Fiji Isles—-Sir E. Home (1844);” to the specimen someone (Seemann?) has added the notation: “Erythraea australis R. Brown. Fiji?” Home’s few Fijian collections seem to have been made in 1852 (cf. this Flora, vol. 1, p. 42), and it is probable that the specimen in question actually came from New Caledonia. As to the occurrence of the species in New Caledonia, MacKee (PI. Intro. Cult. Nouv.-Caléd. 57. 1985) notes: “Pourrait étre indigéne, comme il en donne Il’impression aujourd’hui, mais ne semble pas avoir été récolté avant 1850.” Van Balgooy’s record (in Blumea Suppl. 6: 172. 1971) of Centaurium in Fiji was presumably taken from some of the references listed above. 6 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 usually lacking, sometimes poorly developed; ovary superior (rarely semi-inferior but not in our taxa), (1 or)2(—5)-locular, sometimes with distally imperfect partitions, the placentation axile (or infrequently parietal), the ovules numerous (rarely as few as 2) in each locule, anatropous to hemitropous, the style terminal, capitate or lobed; fruit a (usually septicidal) capsule or a berry, rarely a drupe, the seeds sometimes winged, the embryo straight, small, the endosperm fleshy to bony. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical, extending into temperate areas, with about 20 genera and 500 species. Four genera have indigenous species in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: LEENHOUTS, P. W. Loganiaceae. Fl. Males. |. 6: 293-387. 1963. LEEUWENBERG, A. J. M., et al. Loganiaceae. /n: Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 28bI: 1-255. 1980. The admirably complete review of the Loganiaceae by Leeuwenberg and seven coauthors (1980) recognizes 29 genera in ten tribes. Of these tribes, at least four are often removed from the family, some of them to other orders than the Gentianales, and at one time or another most of the remaining tribes have been considered distinct families (cf. Hutchinson, 1973). For present purposes four genera indigenous in Fiji may be assigned to three of the tribes and retained in the Loganiaceae. The genus Buddleja, represented in Fiji only by cultivated species, is here (following Takhtajan, 1980, Dahlgren, 1980, and Cronquist, 1981) taken to represent the family Buddleja- ceae, order Scrophulariales. KEY TO GENERA Fruit a 2-valved septicidal (or septifragal) capsule, the seeds numerous, embedded in yellow to red pulp; corolla lobes imbricate or contorted in bud; flowers often slightly dimorphic (and plants sometimes at least incipiently gynodioecious); stipules intrapetiolar and forming a short sheath or interpetiolar and adnate to margins of petiole; trees or shrubs (Loganieae). ...................... 1. Geniostoma Fruit a berry or drupe; flowers 9. Corolla lobes valvate in bud (Strychneae). Fruit a berry, the pericarp often becoming thick and hard, the seeds |-many; stipules reduced to an interpetiolar ridge or essentially lacking; leaf blades with the proximal lateral nerves more ~ prominent and more ascending than distal nerves; our species an often high-climbing liana. 2. Sirychnos Fruit a drupe, the mesocarp dry, hard, fibrous, the seeds usually | per locule or | per fruit; stipules interpetiolar, adnate to petioles, often conspicuous, at length often split; leaf blades pinnate- EINVEGE HRSSS OE SOUS, sscososdacvosccvangodoooosssobooS soso DOODONSOONS 3. Neuburgia Corolla lobes dextrorsely contorted; fruit a berry, the seeds many, immersed in pulpy placentae; stipules interpetiolar, adnate to petioles, often conspicuous, usually splitting between petioles; leaf blades pinnate-nerved; our species trees or shrubs (Potalieae). ...................------ 4. Fagraea 1. GENIOSTOMA J. R. & G. Forst. Char. Gen. Pl. 12. 1775, ed. 2. 23. 1776; Seem. FI. Vit. 163. 1866; A. C. Sm. & Stone in Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 37:7. 1962; Leenh. in FI. Males. I. 6: 369. 1963, in Blumea Suppl. 5: 74. map 39. 1966; St. John in Naturaliste Canad. 98: 573. 1971; Leeuwenb. & Leenh. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 28bI: 30. 1980; Conn in Blumea 26: 269, p. p. 1980. Geniostoma subgen. Geniostoma; Conn in Blumea 26: 273. 1980. Shrubs or trees, the branches terete to 4-angled or -winged, the indument when present of simple or few-many-celled hairs, the stipules intrapetiolar and forming short sheaths or infrequently interpetiolar, then adnate to margins of petiole (some- times to basal part of leaf blade) and forming soon disrupted foliaceous sheaths; leaves opposite, decussate, petiolate or sometimes essentially sessile, the blades membrana- ceous to coriaceous; inflorescences axillary or sometimes borne on branches or trunks, cymose, (1-)few-many-flowered, sometimes freely branching at or near base, brac- teate and bracteolate, the flowers 5-merous (calyx rarely 4-lobed), often slightly dimorphic (in style length and anther development, the plants then at least incipiently gynodioecious); calyx cupuliform to rotate-campanulate, deeply divided, the tube short, the lobes (4 or) 5, imbricate in bud, persistent; corolla campanulate to subrotate, 1988 LOGANIACEAE 7 within glabrous or (as in all our taxa) copiously pilose especially at throat with multicellular hairs up to 1 mm. long, the tube cupuliform to campanulate, the lobes suborbicular, imbricate or contorted in bud, soon spreading; stamens inserted on corolla tube near throat, exserted, recurved after anthesis, the filaments ligulate, usually short, the anthers suborbicular to narrowly ovate, sometimes tufted-pilose at base; ovary 2-locular, often subglobose, the ovules numerous, the style long to short, included or exserted, the stigma globose to clavate or obovoid; fruit capsular, ellipsoid or subglobose to ovoid or obovoid, septicidally 2-valved or sometimes septifragal, the valves finally recurved, the placentae at length free and pulpy, the seeds numerous, ellipsoid to subglobose, embedded in pulp. TYPE SPECIES: Geniostoma rupestre (‘rupestris”) J. R. & G. Forst. DISTRIBUTION: Malesia to southern Japan and the Bonin Islands, and southward and eastward to Queensland, New Zealand, and Henderson Island in the Tuamotus; also in the Mascarenes. The number of species is variously indicated as between 20 and 100 or more. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: SMITH, A. C., & B. C. STONE. Studies of Pacific Island plants, XVII. The genus Geniostoma (Loganiaceae) in the New Hebrides, Fiji, Samoa, and Tonga. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 37: 1-41. 1962. Conn, B. J. A taxonomic revision of Geniostoma subg. Geniostoma (Loganiaceae). Blumea 26: 245-364. 1980. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: In Fiji most elements of Geniostoma are widely known as mboimboinda (and variants such as mbatimbati, mbatimbona, mbatimboni, mba- timara, mbitimbiti, and mbuimbuita), referring to the characteristic malodor of the plants. Sometimes the macerated bark is squeezed in water to provide a reputed cure for stomach ailments, constipation, “women’s diseases,” etc. In our species of Geniostoma the calyx is green at anthesis and the corolla is white to greenish white, with copious white multicellular hairs within the tube and especially at its throat; the filaments are white to pale green, and the anthers white to pale yellow; the gynoecium (strictly glabrous in all our representatives except in G. macrophyllum) has a white or pale green style and a white to pale yellow stigma; the fruit is at first green, becoming black at maturity, the placental mass and seeds varying from red to orange or yellow. Several of our species are locally abundant and may be expected to bear flowers or fruits throughout the year. Geniostoma is readily divisible into two groups, recognized as sections by Conn (1980), sect. Geniostoma (p. 278) for the bulk of the genus, with small, essentially intrapetiolar stipules (FIGURE 1B), and sect. Macrostipulare (p. 348) for the four species (Solomon Islands to Fiji) with large, interpetiolar stipules (FIGURE 1A). Although more than 100 species of Geniostoma have been described, many of them appear to be reticulately interrelated, and as a result local populations have been treated at different nomenclatural levels. Both Leenhouts (1963, p. 371) and Conn (1980, recognizing 23 species) have utilized a vast coenospecies, G. rupestre, to accommodate the residual populations after the more obvious ones have been charac- terized. This viewpoint reflects the fact that in Malesia and the Pacific (excluding New Caledonia, where a greater degree of stability seems to have been reached) there are many local populations reticulately allied and sometimes connected by transitional forms (Leenhouts, 1963). But in Pacific areas from the New Hebrides eastward there appear to be several populations of Geniostoma that have become reasonably stabi- lized, even though their individual characteristics inevitably reflect their derivation from Malesian elements. One need not necessarily anticipate evolution (Conn, 1980, p. 269) to observe that most of these taxa differ to a degree from typical New Hebridean G. rupestre as well as from one another. 8 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Ficure |. A, Geniostoma stipulare; interpetiolar stipules at ultimate node of branchlet, their scars on petioles at penultimate node, and a congested axillary inflorescence below, = 1. B, Geniostoma rupestre; node, leaf bases, inflorescences, and intrapetiolar stipules, x 2. A from Smith 9/48, B from Smith 132. With Conn’s (1980, p. 252) remarks as to corolla characters in mind, the representa- tives of the genus from the Fijian Region were reexamined, and it may indeed be acknowledged that the multicellular hairs within the corolla are too variable in length to provide a reliable means of separating taxa (cf. FIGURE 6). Hence, three species noted by Smith and Stone (1962, p. 9) as having “short trichomes” (0.1-0.4 mm. long) within the corolla are scarcely to be maintained on the basis of that sole character. However, Geniostoma vitiense is well separated from a reasonably inclusive concept of G. rupestre by its copious vegetative indument of several-many-celled trichomes (FIGURE 8A). The other Fijian taxon with “short” indument within the corolla, G. macgregorii, may on the basis of its other characters be incorporated in G. rupestre. As to “simple” vs. “complex” corolla venation, I believe that the extremes within the very broad concept of Geniostoma rupestre adopted by Conn (1980, pp. 278-313) merit a degree of consideration (cf. FIGURES 4 and 5). Those taxa with comparatively “simple” corolla venation (i. e. with the five corolla traces unbranched in the tube and only sparingly branched in the throat and lobes) are readily distinguished from a reasonable concept of G. rupestre, in which the five corolla traces branch compara- tively freely in the tube, sometimes from its base, and often copiously in the lobes. 1988 LOGANIACEAE 9 Supporting characters for recognition of three Fijian taxa with “simple” corolla venation (species numbered 3-5 in the present treatment) are also to be noted. The present review of Geniostoma in Fiji is abstracted from Smith and Stone (1962), with modifications, for the convenience of those who prefer to utilize binomial nomenclature for taxa that seem to have resulted from the acquisition of isolating mechanisms by small founder populations of uncertain, but probably Tertiary, dates of arrival. KEY TO SPECIES Stipules interpetiolar, large, forming soon disrupted sheaths 1-3.5 cm. long, adnate to margins of petioles (or bases of leaf blades) and caducous, leaving obvious linear scars; leaves large for the genus, the blades often exceeding 20 x 15 cm., ovate to obovate; inflorescences borne on trunks or defoliate branchlets (rarely axillary) (sect. Macrostipulare). Ovary conspicuously hirtellous on distal surface; corolla 3-3.5 mm. long, the tube 1.5-1.7 mm. long; inflorescences cauline, glomerulate to elongate (to 25 cm. long) and with as many as 200 or more flowers; leaves and other vegetative parts glabrous or essentially so; leaf blades essentially sessile, 20-55 x 9-25 cm., gradually decurrent proximally and not clearly distinguished from the broadly alate petioles, the secondary nerves 11-20 per side. ..................... 1. G. macrophyllum Ovary glabrous; corolla 4-5.5 mm. long, the tube 2.5-4 mm. long; inflorescences ramuline (rarely axillary), 15-20-flowered; young parts, stipules, petioles, and leaf blades beneath at least on principal nerves pilose with 3(—5)-celled trichomes about 0.5 mm. long; leaf blades 6.5-35 x 3-18 cm., cuneate- decurrent proximally but clearly distinguished from petioles (these 1-5 cm. long), the secondary Menves SD pst Stles. shed coded de soso ssooecsnon adh Sobe coBno doo ob pMoneae eae 2. G. stipulare Stipules interpetiolar or essentially so, small, forming inconspicuous sheaths no more than 2 mm. long (in our species), the petioles without obvious linear scars; leaves comparatively small, the blades not exceeding 24 x 13 cm. and usually much smaller; inflorescences axillary or borne on defoliate branchlets; gynoecium (in our taxa) strictly glabrous (sect. Geniostoma). Corolla venation comparatively simple, each principal nerve unbranched in corolla tube and with inconspicuous, short, lateral nerves in each lobe, or each nerve with 2-4 lateral branches arising at level of corolla throat or in each lobe; inflorescences often ramuline as well as axillary; leaf blades elliptic to ovate, usually about twice (sometimes 3 times) as long as broad, acute to acuminate at apex; plants (except for indument within corolla) glabrous or with indument (if sparsely present on vegetative parts) of mostly unicellular hairs. Stigma oblong-clavate to obovoid or ellipsoid, 1.5—2 times as long as broad; each corolla lobe supplied by a median nerve and 2-4 lateral nerves slightly less prominent and shorter than median nerve. Corolla 4-5.5 mm. long, the tube and lobes about equal in length, the lobes ovate, 2-2.5 mm. long and broad; leaves comparatively large, the petioles (3-) 9-20 mm. long, the blades (7—) 10-24 = (2.5-) 5 Sicmenimflorescences!>—lil-floweredemeenen ann erencriie ite 3. G. confertiflorum Corolla 4.5-6 mm. long, the tube longer than the lobes, these about 2 x 1.5 mm.; leaves smaller, the petioles 5-9 (-15) mm. long, the blades 3-8 x 1-3.6 cm.; inflorescences 3-5(—9)-flowered. 4. G. clavigerum Stigma subglobose; each corolla lobe supplied by a relatively conspicuous median nerve with brief and comparatively obscure lateral nerves; corolla 3.7-4 mm. long, the tube slightly longer than the lobes, these about 1.5 x 1.3 mm.; leaves with petioles 5-20 mm. long, the blades 10-15 x 3-7 cm.; Iniloreseeness S=—ANMOWENEG, sooaonacsoccadssdooesoosonescoosanoaoNEND 5. G. uninervium Corolla venation comparatively complex, each principal nerve branching in corolla tube or at its base and with | or more pairs of lateral nerves, these usually again branched within tube or within each lobe; corolla 2.5-4 mm. long; stigma subglobose, seldom ellipsoid but usually not much longer than broad, sometimes inconspicuously bilobed; inflorescences axillary, occasionally borne on branchlets below leaves. Vegetative indument present (usually copious and congested) on young parts, young distal internodes, young petioles, and often on leaf blades (e. g. on ventral surface of young costa), the hairs several- many-celled (although sometimes minute), 0.05-0.5 mm. long. Indument of leaf blades limited to lower surface and sparse, sometimes obvious on costa, or lacking; petioles 3-10 mm. long; leaf blades ovate to lanceolate-ovate, 2.5-15 x (0.7-) 1-6.5cm., rounded to acute at base, obtuse to acuminate at apex, the lateral nerves 5-12 per side; corolla tube about AG OMS AS NOWES; “odisiebasobaceeacotoocudoooapoooaba pe ooBcuaboooUGgbEdods 6. G. vitiense Indument of leaf blades copious on both surfaces; petioles 3-5 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic to oblong-elliptic, 3-5 x 1.5-2.5 cm., obtuse at base, rounded to subemarginate at apex, the lateral nerves 4-6 per side; corolla tube about twice as long as lobes. ............ 7. G. calcicola 10 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Vegetative indument lacking, or if sparsely present composed of unicellular hairs (an occasional multicellular hair sometimes sporadically present), these never copious nor congested; corolla tube about as long as lobes. Leaf blades lanceolate to elliptic- or oblong-ovate, (1.5-) 3-14 (—16) x 1-4.5 (-6) cm., (2.5-) 3-4 times longer than broad, attenuate or long-attenuate to a sharply acuminate or narrowly acute apex. 8. G. rupestre Leaf blades ovate to elliptic or elliptic-obovate, (2-) 4-10 (-13) x (1-) 2.5-6 (-7) cm., 2 (=2.5) times longer than broad, rounded, obtuse, or slightly retuse at apex (infrequently broadly acute or orally CUES). co occonooeooosooooraoDOCcDDDEDODUCOOaUECOOUEEONOCDO 9. G. insulare 1. Geniostoma macrophyllum Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 91: 25. fig. 28. 1932; A.C. Sm. & Stone in Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 37: 10. pl. J, fig. 1; pl. 2, fig. 1-3. 1962; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 178. 1964, ed. 2. 253. 1972; Conn in Blumea 26: 349. fig. 27. 1980. FIGURE 2. A slender tree 3-10 m. high, with a trunk 4-10 (rarely to 25) cm. in diameter and with large, complex inflorescences borne on the trunk often near the ground, found in dense, wet forest at elevations from near sea level to 850 m. Flowers and fruits have been collected between May and December. * , FiGurE 2. Geniostoma macrophyllum, from Namosi Province, Viti Levu (Smith 8899); infructescences, with some persisting flowers, aggregated on the trunk of a slender tree, approximately natural size. 1988 LOGANIACEAE 11 TYPIFICATION: This remarkably distinct species is based on Gillespie 3638 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at GH, UC), collected Oct. 29, 1927, in the vicinity of Nasinu, Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from Viti Levu, Ovalau, and Vanua Levu, but apparently frequent only in southeastern Viti Levu; 24 collections are now at hand. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Hills between Nandala and Nukunuku Creeks, along trail from Nandarivatu toward Lewa, Smith 6168. SeRuA: Hills along coastal road, Greenwood 976A. Namos!: Hills east of Wainikoroiluva River, near Namuamua, Smith 8899. NaITAsiri: Vicinity of Viria, Parks 20461; Yamavua-Sawani road, Setchell & Parks 15071; Savura Creek, DA 1255]. NAITASIRI-REWA boundary: Mt. Kombalevu, Parks 20317. REwa: Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2997. OVALAU: Mt. Tana Lailai, Graeffe, in 1864 (earliest known collection); summit of main range west of Levuka, Gillespie 4449. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Southern slope of Korotini Range, below Navitho Pass, Smith 573. This species and the next seem not to be recognized as true members of the genus by Fijians, as the names firmly applied to Geniostoma in Fiji (mboimboinda and variants) are not utilized for them. 2. Geniostoma stipulare A. C. Sm. & Stone in Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 37:12. pi. 1, fig. 2; pl. 2, fig. 4-9. 1962; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 178. 1964, ed. 2. 253. 1972; Conn in Blumea 26: 348. 1980. FiGure 1A. A slender shrub or tree 1-5 m. high, with usually ramuline inflorescences, infre- quent in dense forest at elevations of 100-1,075 m. Flowers have been noted only in November, fruits in June, September, and November. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 9148 (us 2192146 & 2336118 HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), Obtained Nov. 2, 1953, in hills east of Navua River, near Nukusere, Serua Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fijiand thus far known from only four collections from Viti Levu and Vanua Levu. From these same four collections, Conn (1980, p. 349) concluded: “often associated with disturbed areas, such as next to walking tracks. Altitude 100-500 m.” Actually the known localities are in forest as undisturbed as can be found in Fiji. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NAmosi: Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3364; track to Mt. Vakaro- ngasiu, DA 16/1]. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Ndikeva, eastern buttress, Smith 1860. 3. Geniostoma confertiflorum A. C. Sm. & Stone in Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 37: 14. pi. 1, fig. 3; pl. 2, fig. 15, 16. 1962; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 178. 1964, ed. 2. 251. 1972. FiGures 3A, 4A, 6A, 7A. Geniostoma rupestre var. rupestre group A Conn in Blumea 26: 289, p. p. 1980. Tree 2-10 m. high, with a trunk up to 5 cm. in diameter, occurring in open to dense forest, sometimes on ridges or in rocky areas, at elevations from near sea level to 626 m. Flowers and fruits have been noted between May and September. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 8488 (Us 2191173 HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), col- lected Sept. 14, 1953, in hills north of Wainavindrau Creek, between Korombasamba- sanga Range and Mt. Naitarandamu, Namosi Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from four of the high islands. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Serua: Inland from Namboutini, DA 13873 (DF 153, Bola 44); Mbuyombuyo, near Namboutini, Tabualewa 15593; hills west of Waivunu Creek, between Ngaloa and Korovou, Smith 9240. Naitasiri: Tholo-i-suva, DF 441 (Bola 136); Central road, Tothill 611; vicinity of Tamavua, Gillespie 2059; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3637. REwa: Namboro, DA 5920; Veisari, DA 10994; vicinity of Lami, Gillespie 2317. OVALAU: Summit of Mt. Ndelaiovalau and adjacent ridge, Smith 7381, 7621. NGAU: Slopes of Mt. Ndelaitho, on northern spur toward Navukailangi, Smith 7878, hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7744. TAVEUNI: Wainisavu, Nggeleni, DA 14402. 12 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Of the three species (here numbered 3-5) excluded from Conn’s catch-all Genio- stoma rupestre var. rupestre group A because of their comparatively simple corolla venation, G. confertiflorum and G. clavigerum are further characterized by their large corollas and elongate stigmas. 4. Geniostoma clavigerum A. C. Sm. & Stone in Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 37: 16. pi. J, fig. 4. 1962; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 178. 1964, ed. 2. 251. 1972. FIGURES 4B, 6B, 7B. Geniostoma rupestre sensu Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 157, p. p. 1909; non J. R. & G. Forst. Geniostoma rupestre var. rupestre group A Conn in Blumea 26: 289, p. p. 1980. Tree (2-) 4-10 m. high, found in dense, wet forest at elevations of 800-1,190 m. Flowers and fruits have been observed between August and January. TYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 3916 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at K, UC), collected Nov. 21, 1927, on lower slopes of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandari- vatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from northwestern Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Koroyanitu, Mt. Evans Range, DA /4/5/; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 724, DA 13012; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 3782, 4334, DA 10404, 13549, 14455, 14671. 5. Geniostoma uninervium A. C. Sm. & Stone in Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 37:17. p/. 1, fig. 5; pl. 2, fig. 10-14. 1962; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 178. 1964, ed. 2. 253. 1972. FIGURES 3B, 4C, 7C. Geniostoma rupestre vat. rupestre group A Conn in Blumea 26: 289, p. p. 1980. An often slender tree (2-) 3-10 m. high, known from dense or secondary forest or from thickets at elevations of 100-1,240 m. Flowers and fruits occur throughout the year. TyYPIFICATION: The species is based on Smith 8437 (Us 2191135 HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), obtained Sept. 11, 1953, in hills north of Wainavindrau Creek, between Korombasambasanga Range and Mt. Naitarandamu, Namosi Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and now known from four of the high islands. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: SERuUA: Upper Navua River, DA 14877, 14879, 15521. NAMOSI: Wainikoroiluva River, between Nanggarawai and Saliandrau, Gillespie 32/7; Mt. Vakarongasiu, DA 14599, 14705, 16136. NAtTASIRI: Track to Mendrausuthu Range, DA 15023; Waimanu River, DA 15597. TAILEVU: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7099. REwaA: Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2295. OVALAU: Hills west of Lovoni Valley, on ridge south of Mt. Korolevu, Smith 7527. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Track to Mt. Seatura, DA 17535. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Mariko, Smith 461. TAVEUNI: Summit of Mt. Uluingalau, Smith 896. 6. Geniostoma vitiense Gilg & Benedict in Bot. Jahrb. 56: 542. 1921; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 97. 1942; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 216. 1959; A. C. Sm. & Stone in Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 37: 18. pl. J, fig. 6; pl. 2, fig. 21-23; pl. 3, fig. 12-15. 1962; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 179. 1964, ed. 2. 253. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 109. 1970. FiGuRES 5A, 6C, 8A. Geniostoma crassifolium var. glaberrimum Benth. in J. Proc. Linn. Soc. Bot. 1: 97. 1856. Geniostoma rupestre var. puberulum A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 321, nom. nud. 1859, in op. cit. 5: 320, nom. nud. 1862, in Bonplandia 10: 37, nom. nud. 1862; Seem. Viti, 439, nom. nud. 1862. FiGurE 3. A, Geniostoma confertiflorum,; branchlet showing inflorescences and leaf bases, < |. B, Geniostoma uninervium,; branchlet showing foliage and inflorescences, x 1.C & D, Geniostoma calcicola; C, branchlet showing foliage and an inflorescence, x 1; D, upper surface and margin of leaf blade, showing indument of many-celled hairs, x 30. A from Smith 8488, B from Smith 461, C & D from Smith 1116. 13 LOGANIACEAE 1988 Vol. 4 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 14 1988 LOGANIACEAE 15 Geniostoma rupestre sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861, Viti, 439. 1862, Fl. Vit. 164. 1866; Drake, III. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 236, p. p. 1892; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 157, p. p. 1909; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 95. 1943; non J. R. & G. Forst. Geniostoma crassifolium sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861; A. Gray in op. cit. 10: 37. 1862, in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 320. 1862; non Benth. Geniostoma calcicola sensu Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 215. 1959; non A. C. Sm. Geniostoma insulare var. tongense A. C. Sm. & Stone in Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 37:39. 1962; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 109. 1970. Geniostoma rupestre var. rupestre group E Conn in Blumea 26: 292. 1980. Geniostoma rupestre var. glaberrimum Conn in Blumea 26: 302, quoad lectotypum. 1980. Geniostoma rupestre var. tongense Conn in Blumea 26: 308, excl. G. calcicola et fig. 11, A-G. 1980. Shrub or tree 2-12 m. high, often slender or freely branched and with branches often curved and pendent, with a trunk to 8 cm. in diameter, sometimes frequent at elevations from near sea level to about 1,150 m. in dry or secondary forest, in coastal thickets, and in open hilly areas. Inflorescences and fruits occur throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: Geniostoma vitiense 1s typified by Seemann 30] (B HOLOTYPE proba- bly destroyed; K LECTOTYPE here designated: ISOTYPES at BM, GH), collected in 1860 in Fiji without specified locality. In describing Geniostoma crassifolium var. glaberrimum, Bentham cited two Milne localities. One of these is represented by Milne 270 (K LECTOTYPE), from Ovalau. This collection had been indicated as the “type” by Smith and Stone (1962, p. 20), in spite of which Conn (1980, p. 279) designated as “lectotype” a third collection listed by Bentham (1856) as “et ins. Sandwich teste herb. Hooker, sed hic forte latet error quidam.” Such designation of a specimen of questionable provenance seems unsuit- able, especially as it sets aside an earlier suitable lectotypification. The other Milne collection mentioned by Bentham is Milne 163 (kK), from Ngau, mounted on the same sheet as Milne 271. Geniostoma rupestre var. glaberrimum Conn is here placed in accord with the identity of the appropriate lectotype, although Conn’s concept (exclu- sive of the Milne lectotype) seems to refer in part to G. insulare (as here construed). The source of the name Geniostoma rupestre var. puberulum A. Gray, never formally described, is U. S. Expl. Exped. (GH, K, NY, US), from Vanua Levu without further locality. Geniostoma insulare var. tongense 1s based on Parks 16261 (uc 297257 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, GH, US), collected on the plateau on ‘Eua, Tonga, in June or July, 1926. DISTRIBUTION: Frequent in Fiji, Tonga, and on Niue; 65 Fijian collections from six islands may be here referred, but the species is to be anticipated on other islands. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Olo Creek, north of Yalombi, St. John 18018. VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Koroyanitu, Mt. Evans Range, DA 1/4139; north of Lomolomo, Degener & Ordonez 13650; Nandarivatu, Gibbs 555, p. p. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Above Nathotholevu, H. B. R. Parham 246. Serua: Hills between Navua River and Wainiyavu Creek, near Namuamua, Smith 8986. NAmosi: Valley of Wainambua Creek, south of Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8767. RA: Vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 1546]. NaiTasiri: Near Korosuli, Wainimala River, Horne 978; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3493. Rewa: Near Suva, Yeoward 100. OVALAU: Port Kinnaird, Seemann 300. NGAU: Shore of Herald Bay, vicinity of Sawaieke, Smith 8000. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Rukuruku Bay, H. B. R. Parham 5. MATHUATA: Summit ridge of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6507. THAKAUNDROVE: Eastern drainage of Yanawal River, Degener & Ordonez 14104. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Wairiki, Gillespie 4400.2. FiGure 4. Venation of corolla tube and lobes, all x 20. A, Geniostoma confertiflorum, from Smith 8488. B, Geniostoma clavigerum, from DA 14455. C, Geniostoma uninervium, from Smith 7099. D, Geniostoma calcicola, from Smith 1116. 16 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Geniostoma vitiense differs sharply from a reasonable concept of G. rupestre in the invariable presence of congested, usually minute but several-many-celled hairs on young parts, distal internodes, young petioles, etc. The exclusion of Milne 270 (taken as a “syntype” of G. crassifolium var. glaberrimum by Conn, 1980, p. 292) from this concept seems unwarranted. Some of the Tongan representatives have a tendency toward less congested vegetative indument, the hairs being sometimes slightly longer than those of Fijian specimens, and the leaf blades being bluntly obtuse rather than typically acuminate. However, the prevalent Fijian form, with very congested, short indument and acuminate leaf blades, also frequently occurs in Tonga. Thus, G. insulare var. tongense (G. rupestre var. tongense Conn) seems scarcely to be separable from G. vitiense. 7. Geniostoma calcicola A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 99. 1942; A. C. Sm. & Stone in Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 37: 26. pl. 1, fig. 9; pl. 2, fig. 24. 1962; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 178. 1964, ed. 2. 251. 1972. FiGures 3C & D, 4D, 6D. Geniostoma sp. A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 125. 1936. Geniostoma rupestre var. tongense Conn in Blumea 26: 308, p. p., quoad fig. 1/, A-G. 1980. An apparently rare scandent shrub about 50 cm. high found on a cliff face in limestone formation near sea level. The only known collection was flowering in February. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 1116 (GH HOLOTYPE; many IsoTYPES), collected Feb. 22, 1934, near Monothaki, Fulanga. DISTRIBUTION: Known only from the original collection. Although it is distasteful to many botanists to acknowledge a species represented by a single collection, I find no reasonable way to incorporate Geniostoma calcicola into any other taxon. Its separation from the New Caledonian G. crassifolium Benth. . was discussed by Smith and Stone (1962). It is also related in its indument to G. vitiense (including G. insulare var. tongense), differing in its rounded leaf blades being copi- ously pilose on both surfaces (FIGURE 3D). Conn (1980, p. 308) included G. calcicola (and illustrated it in his fig. 77, A-G) in his varietal concept G. rupestre var. tongense. The latter is correctly to be excluded from G. insulare, the other elements of which were unaccountably placed by Conn in G. rupestre var. glaberrimum (= G. vitiense in the present treatment). While G. insulare var. tongense seems well placed in a reasonable concept of G. vitiense, the nomenclaturally typical element of G. insulare must be excluded from that. 8. Geniostoma rupestre J. R. & G. Forst. Char. Gen. Pl. 12. t. 12, as G. rupestris. 1775, ed. 2. 24. t. 12, as G. rupestris. 1776; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 157, p. p. 1909; Gilg & Benedict in Bot. Jahrb. 56: 542. 1921; Guillaumin in Bull. Soc. Bot. France 72: 701. 1927, in op. cit. 76: 299. 1929, in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 22. 1932, in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 51: 557. 1938; A. C. Sm. & Stone in Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 37: 34. pi. J, fig. 14. 1962; Conn in Blumea 26: 278, p. p. 1980. FiGures 1B, 5B & C, 6E & F, 7D, 8B-D. Plectronia mcgregori Horne, A Year in Fiji, 266, nom. nud. 1881. Plectronia macgregori Horne ex Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 363. 1883; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 194. 1890. Geniostoma stenocarpum A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1:98. 1942; A. C. Sm. & Stone in Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 37: 29. pl. 1, fig. 12; pl. 3, fig. 7, 8. 1962; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 178. 1964, ed. 2. 253. 1972. Geniostoma macgregorii A. C. Sm. & Stone in Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 37:23. pl. 1, fig. 8; pl. 2, fig. 17-19. 1962; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 178. 1964, ed. 2. 251. 1972. 1988 LOGANIACEAE 17 FiGure 5. Venation of corolla tube and lobes, all x 20. A, Geniostoma vitiense, from Gillespie 3493. B & C, Geniostoma rupestre, from Degener & Ordonez 13591 and Smith 668. D, Geniostoma insulare, from Smith 7814. Geniostoma insulare var. insulare f. cuspidatum A. C. Sm. & Stone in Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 37: 39. 1962. Geniostoma rupestre var. rupestre group A Conn in Blumea 26: 289, p. p. et fig. 6. 1980. Shrub or slender tree 2-10 m. high, often abundant from near sea level to an elevation of 500 (-1,190) m. in dense, open, or dry forest, often on ridges, in thickets on open slopes, and in the forest-grassland transition. Flowers and fruits do not appear seasonal. TYPIFICATION: Geniostoma rupestre was based on J. R. & G. Forster “103” (BM LECTOTYPE; ISOLECTOTYPE at K), collected during Cook’s second voyage on Tanna, New Hebrides. The type of Plectronia macgregori (sic) is Horne 26] (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at GH), collected in January, 1878, in the mountains of Ovalau (the number was erroneously cited as 227 by Baker in 1883). The type of G. stenocarpum is Degener & Ordonez 1359] (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), obtained Nov. 22, 1940, near Nandari- FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA FiGure 6. Indument within corolla tube and throat, all x 70. A, Geniostoma confertiflorum, from Smith 8488. B, Geniostoma clavigerum, from DA 14455. C, Geniostoma vitiense, from Gillespie 3493. D, Geniostoma calcicola, from Smith 1116. E & F, Geniostoma rupestre, from Smith 668 and Degener & Ordonez 13591, the latter showing the pilose base of an anther. 1988 LOGANIACEAE 19 vatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. Geniostoma insulare var. insulare f. cuspidatum is based on Christophersen 569 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at UC), collected Sept. 6, 1929, on Mt. Fao, Upolu, Samoa. DISTRIBUTION: Opinions as to the geographic limits of Geniostoma rupestre have ranged from those of Gilg and Benedict (1921) and Smith and Stone (1962), who believed it limited to the New Hebrides, Santa Cruz Islands, and perhaps New Caledonia, to that of Conn (1980), who treats it as a very polymorphic species with a range approaching that of the genus and including perhaps more than half of the known collections of Geniostoma. Conn’s treatment is persuasive and doubtless will be accepted by many floristic students, as local populations, distinct from one another in a few minor characters, are found to be nearly duplicated in other parts of the range of the genus. Within the Fijian Region several local populations of Geniostoma sect. Geniostoma appear to have substance, although more careful examination than that of Smith and Stone (1962) does indeed suggest modifications of that. Typical G. rupestre is here interpreted to extend at least from the New Hebrides and Santa Cruz Islands eastward to Samoa; its extension beyond this area is indeed probable, but one may hesitate to assign to it essentially the generic range. In Fiji it is represented by about 85 collections from seven islands, but no doubt it occurs on many other islands in the group. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Koroyanitu, DA 14/40; northern slopes of Mt. Namendre, east of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4554; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 555, p. p., Degener & Ordonez 13592. NANDRONGA & NavoSA: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Rewa- sau, Smith 5394; near Mbelo and Vatukarasa, Degener 15296. SERUA: Vatutavathe, vicinity of Ngaloa, Degener 15206. NaAmosi: Coastal hills, Greenwood 541A. NAITASIRI: Viria, Meebold 16507; vicinity of Tamavua, Gillespie 2170. TAiLevu: Naingani Island, DA 3347; Uthunivanua, DA 925] (McKee 2817). Rewa: Mt. Korombamba, DA 16509. KANDAVU: Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 132. OVALAU: Northwest of Levuka, Gillespie 4566. KORO: Tothill 612, p. p. VANUA LEVU: MatuuatTa: Southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6576. THAKAUNDROVE: Southwestern slope of Mt. Mbatini, Smith 668. MaTUKU: Milne 128. KAMBARA: Central wooded basin, Bryan 504. Geniostoma rupestre is here interpreted as the taxon with the following character- istics: habit completely glabrous (except for indument within corolla, sometimes on bases of anthers, and occasionally on margins of calyx lobes); stipules intrapetiolar, forming a sheath not more than 2 mm. long (FiGuRE 1B); leaf blades lanceolate to narrowly ovate-elliptic, tapering to an acuminate apex (FIGURE 8C); inflorescences comparatively few-flowered and usually axillary, rarely ramuline, sometimes freely branching from base (FIGURES 1B, 8D); corolla 2.5-4 mm. long, copiously pilose with multicellular hairs within the tube and at throat, the lobes about as long as the tube, the principal nerves branching from base of tube or within it and freely branching in the lobes (FIGURES 5B & C); gynoecium completely glabrous, the stigma subglobose to bilobed but scarcely longer than broad (FiGuREs 7D, 8B); fruit variable in shape, usually ellipsoid and 2-3.5 times longer than broad (FIGURE 8D). Adherence to this interpretation will exclude from Geniostoma rupestre many varieties and groups incorporated by Conn (1980, pp. 286-312), for instance those taxa with the gynoecium pilose, without corolla indument on the inner surface of the tube, or with several-many-celled hairs on vegetative parts. Interpretation of G. rupestre as here suggested will doubtless seem unacceptable to those who prefer to utilize poly- nomial nomenclatural terminology within vague coenospecies. As length of the hairs composing the indument within the corolla seems of minor consequence (Conn, 1980, p. 252), Geniostoma macgregorii may be synonymized with G. rupestre; it agrees well with the typical phase of that species from the New Hebrides. 20 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Geniostoma stenocarpum, as noted by Conn (1980, p. 289), is to be distinguished from typical G. rupestre only by its smaller, narrower leaf blades, and it may be dismissed as a primarily montane form, abundant in the uplands of northern Viti Levu; the few pilose specimens noted by Smith and Stone (1962, p. 31) seem better referred to G. vitiense. Probably Geniostoma insulare var. insulare f. cuspidatum, although not entirely typical, is referable to G. rupestre rather than to G. insulare. The latter is thus limited to Tonga and Fiji. Other Samoan collections referred by Smith and Stone (1962) to G. gracile Rechinger, G. fleischmannii Rechinger, G. samoense Reinecke, and G. biseriale Rechinger appear to me to have combinations of characters that exclude them from G. rupestre, although Conn (1980) has so placed all these Samoan taxa except the last, which he retains as a species. 9. Geniostoma insulare A. C. Sm. & Stone in Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 37: 36. pi. J, fig. 15. 1962. Ficures 5D, 8E. Geniostoma rupestre var. ellipticum A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 321, nom. nud. 1859. Geniostoma fleischmannii sensu Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 216. 1959; non Rechinger. Geniostoma rupestre sensu Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 216. 1959; non J. R. & G. Forst. Geniostoma dictyoneurum A. C. Sm. & Stone in Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 37:27. pl. 1, fig. 10. 1962; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 178. 1964, ed. 2. 251. 1972. Geniostoma insulare var. insulare f. insulare; A. C. Sm. & Stone in Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 37: 38. 1962; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 178. 1964, ed. 2. 251. 1972. Geniostoma insulare var. insulare f. sphaerococcum A. C. Sm. & Stone in Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 37: 38. pl. 2, fig. 20. 1962; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 178. 1964, ed. 2. 251. 1972. Geniostoma rupestre var. glaberrimum Conn in Blumea 26: 302, p. p. 1980. Shrub or slender tree (0.5-) 2-15 m. high, found from near sea level to 450 m. in forest, thickets, patches of forest in open country, and often on rocky areas or sea cliffs on limestone. In Fiji flowers have been recorded only in February in June, fruits between October and February. TYPIFICATION: The type of Geniostoma insulare is Setchell & Parks 15334 (UC 296979 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, GH, K, US), collected between June and August, 1926, near Nukualofa, Tongatapu, Tonga. The undescribed G. rupestre var. ellipticum was based upon U. S. Expl. Exped. (GH, NY), collected in Tonga without precise locality. The type of G. dictyoneurum is Smith 7814 (Us 2190641 HOLOTYPE, many ISOTYPES), obtained June 18, 1953, in hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Ngau. Geniostoma insulare var. insulare f. sphaerococcum is based on Smith 112 (us 1674613 HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Oct. 14, 1933, in hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Kandavu. DIsTRIBUTION: Fiji and Tonga; in Fiji it has been noted on six islands but is infrequent; in Tonga the species is probably more abundant. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: KANDAVU: Tothill 614; hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 71. KORO: Tothill 612, p. p. (BISH); east coast, Smith 1037. VANUA LEVU: Matuuata: Natua and vicinity, Seanggangga area, DA 12856, 13582, p. p.; Nanggengge Valley, DA 105/0. THAKAUNDROVE: Maravu, near Salt Lake, Degener & Ordonez 14170. VANUA MBALAVU: Nambavatu, northern limestone section, Tothill 615. FULANGA: On limestone, Smith 1/42, 1203. F1s1 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped. (Us). I am now inclined to agree with Conn (1980) that the distinctions between var. insulare formae insulare and sphaerococcum are not worth retaining at any level, but Ficure 7. Gynoecia, all x 25. A, Geniostoma confertiflorum, from Smith 8488. B, Geniostoma clavige- rum, from DA 14455. C, Geniostoma uninervium, from Smith 8437. D, Geniostoma rupestre, with infrequent 4-lobed calyx, from Smith 668. LOGANIACEAE 22 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 they are certainly not referable to Geniostoma rupestre var. glaberrimum (= G. vitiense in the sense of its lectotype). Reexamination of the corolla lobe venation of the type collection of G. dictyoneurum (FIGURE 5C) shows that the fine veins are free at their celled, x 70. B-D, Geniostoma rupestre; B, gynoecium, * 25; C, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, x 1/3; D, infructescences, x 2. E, Geniostoma insulare; infructescences, = 2. A from Smith 8767, B & D from Degener & Ordonez 13591, C from Smith 132, E from Smith 112. 1988 LOGANIACEAE 23 ultimate apices and do not form a real reticulum (as stated in the original description); no other characters indicate separation of G. dictyoneurum froma reasonable concept of G. insulare. QUESTIONABLE TAXON Geniostoma microphyllum A. Gray in Bonplandia 10: 37, nom. nud., as G. micro- phylla. 1862; Seem. Viti, 439, nom. nud. 1862, Fl. Vit. 164. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 237. 1892; A. C. Sm. & Stone in Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 37: 41. 1962: Conn in Blumea 26: 356. 1980. Gaertnera sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861. Geniostoma A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 320. 1862. A juvenile, glabrous plant, the thin stems appressed to tree trunks and with adventitious roots, the stipules forming an intrapetiolar sheath about 2 mm. long, the petioles 1-2 mm. long, the leaf blades ovate-lanceolate, about 20 x 6 mm. and bluntly acuminate. TYPIFICATION: The type is Seemann 304 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BM, GH), col- lected in 1860 along the Navua River, Serua Province, Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: Nairasiri: Central road, Torhill 611 (x). Since this juvenile form was actually described by Seemann in 1866, the name should be accounted for. Smith and Stone (1962) suggested that it might represent a juvenile form of a Psychotria, but actually the stipules are more suggestive of Genio- stoma, although the sarmentose habit has not otherwise been observed in the Fijian Region. Possibly Gillespie’s pencilled reference on the holotype to Geniostoma rupes- tre provides as good a guess as any. 2. STRYCHNOS L. Sp. Pl. 189. 1753; Seem. FI. Vit. 166. 1866; A. W. Hill in Kew Bull. 1911: 281. 1911, in op. cit. 1917: 121. 1917; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 287. 1955; Leenh. in Fl. Males. I. 6: 343. 1963; Leeuwenb. & Leenh. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 28bI: 35. 1980. Shrubs, trees, or frequently lianas (often with curled or uncinate tendrils), armed or unarmed, glabrous or with indument of simple hairs, the stipules reduced to an interpetiolar ridge or essentially lacking; leaves opposite or ternate, petiolate to subsessile, the blades usually coriaceous, suborbicular to ovate, with 1-3 pairs of proximal secondary nerves curved from or near base and more obvious than the often obscure distal nerves; inflorescences terminal or axillary, thyrsoid, bracteate and bracteolate, the lower bracts sometimes leaflike, the flowers § , |-many, pedicellate or sessile, (4 or)5-merous, actinomorphic (or calyx lobes unequal); calyx small, deeply divided, the lobes ovate or orbicular to linear; corolla rotate to hypocrateriform, somewhat thickened distally, sometimes with a corona at throat, the tube short or well developed, the lobes deltoid to oblong, valvate in bud, erect to recurved; stamens inserted on corolla tube, included or exserted, the filaments usually filiform, short to long, glabrous to pilose, the anthers orbicular to oblong or ovoid, introrse, cordate or sagittate at base, 2-locular; ovary 2-locular (sometimes incompletely so, or rarely 1-locular), the ovules few-many in each locule, the style cylindric to conical, included or exserted, persistent, the stigma usually capitate to inconspicuously 2-lobed; fruit a berry, subglobose to ellipsoid, the pericarp often becoming thick and hard, the pulp fleshy, the seeds 1—-many, large. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Strychnos nux-vomica (vide Hitchcock, Prop. Brit. Bot. 133. 1929). FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 DISTRIBUTION: Tropical and subtropical, with about 190 species (Leeuwenberg and Leenhouts, 1980); termination of the Pacific range of the genus with an endemic FiGure 9. Strychnos vitiensis; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and infructescences, = 1/2; B, inflorescences, * 1; C, flower with corolla spread open, one anther removed, * 14; D, cymules of inflores- cence, with one flower at anthesis, x 8. A from Smith 9468, B-D from Smith 6198. 1988 LOGANIACEAE 25 Figure 10. Strychnos vitiensis; A, proximal and distal surfaces of fruits, with broken pericarp to show thickness, x 1; B, seeds, proximal surface showing attachment, with part of testa (remainder of testa sticking to pulp and not shown), and distal surface (without testa), x 2; C, paired tendrils, x 2. Afrom Smith 1584, B & C from DA 15103. species in Fiji (Smith, 1955; van Balgooy in Blumea Suppl. 6: 180. 1971) must now be amended, as a single sterile collection of the genus from Samoa extends the range into western Polynesia. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: HILL, A. W. Strychnos ignatii and other East Indian and Philippine species of Strychnos. Kew Bull. 1911: 281-302. 1911. H1LL, A. W. The genus Strychnos in India and the East. Kew Bull. 1917: 121-210. 1917. 1. Strychnos vitiensis A. W. Hill in Kew Bull. 1911: 295. 1911, in op. cit. 1917: 146. 1917; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 287. 1955; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 179. 1964, ed. 2. 254. 1972; Leeuwenb. & Leenh. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 28bI: 42. 1980. Ficures 9 & 10. Strychnos colubrina sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861, Viti, 439. 1862, Fl. Vit. 166. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 238, 410. 1892; non L. An often high-climbing liana, infrequent in dense or secondary forest at elevations of 50-850 m., the corolla pale yellow, the fruits yellowish green to dull brownish green. Flowers have been obtained only in August and September, fruits in November, December, and April to June. Since Hill’s description was based on a single flowering specimen and a sterile one, a description based on presently available material is here added. Liana, glabrous on vegetative parts, with paired tendrils, these (when coiled) 2-4 cm. long and 3-4 mm. thick in distal, coiled portions; leaves with petioles 7-15 mm. long, 1-2 mm. in diameter, and shallowly canaliculate above, the blades coriaceous, 26 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 ovate or elliptic, (6-) 7.5-12 x 3-6.5 cm., vernicose above, cuneate at base and short-decurrent on petiole, acute to obtusely cuspidate at apex, 5- or 7-nerved, the innermost secondaries concurrent with costa for 3-8 (-15) mm., the outermost secon- daries submarginal and often inconspicuous, the costa and principal nerves strongly elevated on both surfaces, the veinlets copiously reticulate and prominulous on both surfaces; inflorescences axillary, thyrsoid-paniculate, many-flowered, 5-9 cm. long, 3-6 cm. broad, the axes and pedicels puberulent with spreading or appressed hairs about 0.1 mm. long, the peduncles 1.5-3 cm. long, the principal bracts ovate-deltoid, 1-1.5 mm. long, the ultimate cymules composed of 3-7 congested flowers, these at anthesis subsessile or with inconspicuous pedicels to | mm. long, the bracteoles 0.5-1 mm. long; calyx at anthesis subrotate, about | mm. long and 1.5 mm. in diameter, the lobes broadly ovate, subacute to broadly obtuse, minutely puberulent without and glabrate, ciliolate; corolla subrotate at anthesis and 3-5 mm. in diameter, 2-2.7 mm. long, glabrous without, weakly pilose on lobes within but without stiff hairs, the tube 0.5-1 mm. long, the lobes ovate, 1.5-1.8 mm. long, acute to obtuse; anthers subsessile, attached to tube slightly below sinuses, ovoid, 0.6-0.8 mm. long, at base weakly villose with hairs 0.2-0.3 mm. long; gynoecium at anthesis 1-1.5 mm. long, glabrous, the ovary ovoid, the style thick-conical and about as long as ovary, the stigma minutely capitate; fruits subglobose, 2.5-3.5 cm. in diameter, the pericarp thin and brittle in drying, the seed solitary (as far as observed), embedded in pulp, irregularly plano- convex, 20-28 mm. broad, 5-7 mm. thick, undulate-margined when dried, the testa thin, minutely velutinous but sticking to pulp when seed is washed. TyYPIFICATION: Of the two specimens originally cited by Hill, the better is: Seemann 302 (K LECTOTYPE here designated; ISOLECTOTYPE at BM), collected in flower Aug. 22, 1860, between Namosi and Vuniwaivutuku (west of Namosi, toward Wainikoroiluva River), Namosi Province, Viti Levu. The cited paratype, a sterile specimen, is Milne 64 (K), from inland Viti Levu without further locality. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and now known sparingly from the two largest islands. It is conceivable that the Samoan specimen discussed below will also be referred to this species. LOCAL NAMES: Sauthimbuthimbu (Mba); wa masi (Mbua). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Ma: Hills between Nandala and Nukunuku Creeks, along trail from Nandarivatu toward Lewa, Smith 6/98. SERUA: Mbuyombuyo, near Namboutini, Tabualewa 15604; hills west of Waivunu Creek, between Ngaloa and Korovou, Smith 9468. TAILEVU: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7/5]. Vitt Levu without further locality, “in mountains,” Milne 52.VANUA LEVU: MsBua: Upper Ndama River Valley, Smith 1584; Koromba Forest, DA-15103. Matuuata: Nasealevu, Sasa Tikina, DA 15247. Among the Malesian species treated by Leenhouts (1963), Strychnos vitiensis seems most suggestive of S. maingayi C. B. Clarke and S. ovata A. W. Hill, neither of which is known east of the Philippines and Celebes, but our species differs from both in several obvious characters. In fact, although S. vitiensis is a member of sect. Brevitu- bae (Hill, 1917; Leeuwenberg and Leenhouts, 1980), the two Malesian species men- tioned above are referable to sect. Lanigerae (Leeuwenberg and Leenhouts, 1980), although they had been placed in sect. Brevitubae by Hill (1917). The genus is now represented in Samoa by Whistler 1775 (BIsH), collected in 1974 in forest southwest of Aopo, Savai‘i, at 300 m. This sterile Samoan collection could indi- cate an extension of Strychnos vitiensis, but more probably it represents a distinct taxon differing from S. vitiensis in having leaves with shorter petioles (3-4 mm. long) and chartaceous to thin-coriaceous blades more obviously acuminate at apex (acumen to 1.5 cm. long). 1988 LOGANIACEAE Dil 3. NEUBURGIA BI. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 1: 156. 1850; Markgraf in Bot. Jahrb. 61: 222. 1927: Merr. & Perry in J. Arnold Arb. 23:415. 1942; Leenh. in Fl. Males. I. 6: 363. 1963, in Blumea Suppl. 5:72. map 38. 1966; A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 23: 387. 1969; Leeuwenb. & Leenh. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 28bI: 48. 1980. Couthovia A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 324. 1859, in op. cit. 5: 320. 1862; Seem. Fl. Vit. 165. 1866; Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83: 28. 1931; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1:99. 1942, in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 287. 1955. Trees or shrubs, glabrous or with simple hairs, the lateral branchlets opposite and shortly coherent with a central branchlet, the stipules interpetiolar, adnate to petioles and forming an often split sheath; leaves opposite, petiolate to subsessile, the blades pinnate-nerved (our species with 5-11 secondary nerves per side); inflorescences terminal, thyrsoid, the bracts and bracteoles small, the flowers sessile or pedicellate, 5-merous; calyx deeply lobed, the lobes suborbicular; corolla rotate to hypocrateri- form, glabrous (as in all our taxa) or sparsely pilose without, pilose within at throat and sometimes on tube, the lobes valvate, deltoid to ovate, thicker than tube; stamens inserted on distal part of corolla tube, included, the filaments ligulate, usually short, the anthers 2-locular, introrse, the locules divergent at base, the base and apex sometimes bearded (but in none of our taxa); ovary 2-locular, the placenta thickened, the ovules many, the style included or scarcely exserted, early deciduous, the stigma usually ellipsoid; fruit drupaceous, the mesocarp dry, hard and fibrous, the endocarp woody and not sharply distinct from mesocarp, the seed usually | per locule, some- times only | per fruit (usually 2 in our taxa), fusiform. TyPE SPECIES: The lectotype species of Neuburgiais N. tuberculata Bl., nom. illeg. (Cerbera musculiformis Lam., Neuburgia musculiformis Miq.) (vide Pfeiffer, Nomencl. Bot. 2: 437. 1874) = Neuburgia moluccana (Boerl.) Leenh. (1963, p. 367). The type species of Couthovia is C. corynocarpa A. Gray, validly published in 1859 as part of a descriptio generico-specifica. DISTRIBUTION: Eastern Malesia (Philippines and Celebes) eastward to the Caroline Islands, New Caledonia, New Hebrides, and Fiji, perhaps with 20 or more species (10-12 species, Leenhouts, 1963, 1966, Leeuwenberg and Leenhouts, 1980). Five species (at least four of them endemic) terminate the generic range in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: SMITH, A. C. Couthovia A. Gray. Sargentia 1: 99-107. 1942. The Fijian taxa of Neuburgia are trees (rarely noted as shrubs) 2-30 m. high, the larger individuals having trunks to 40 cm. (or more?) in diameter. The faintly fragrant flowers have greenish white to pale yellow corollas that become pure white at anthesis, with white throat-indument. The anthers and styles are pale yellow to white, and the young fruits are green, becoming white or dull cream-white at maturity. KEY TO SPECIES Branchlets subterete, sometimes drying irregularly striate or slightly flattened in distal internodes but not quadrangular; flowers sessile at anthesis; calyx lobes 0.7-2 x 1.2-2.5 mm.; corolla 4-7 mm. long, barbate at throat but otherwise glabrous within, the tube 2-3.5 mm. in diameter, the corolla limb smooth in bud; style 0.3-1.5 mm. long; fruits at maturity obovoid to clavate, cylindric in cross section, not more than 20 mm. in diameter. Corolla 4-6 mm. long, the lobes 1.8-2.5 x 1.2-2 mm., the tube 2-3 mm. in diameter, 1.5-2.5 times longer than lobes; anthers |.3-1.7 mm. long; mature fruits 13-35 x 5-15 mm. Free petioles sometimes angled but scarcely winged, the stipular sheath smooth; mature fruits 13-35 x 5-13 mm., the woody endocarp about as thick as the fibrous mesocarp; leaf blades with secondary nerves spreading to erecto-patent, nearly straight to curved. Stipular sheath 4-20 (-25) mm. long, on older branchlets often thick-coriaceous and subpersistent; free portions of petioles (2-) 4-10 (-30) mm. long, often stout; leaf blades broadly elliptic to obovate, (7-) 11-35 (-40) x (4—) 6-22 (-30) cm., subattenuate to subrounded at base, obtuse at apex; inflorescences broadly spreading, the primary branchlets of cymes 6-30 mm. long. 1. N. corynocarpa 28 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Stipular sheath 2-5 mm. long, not exceeding this even on older branchlets and soon caducous; free portions of petioles 2-9 mm. long, slender; leaf blades obovate-oblong, (3-) 4-9 (-10) x (1-) 1.5-5 cm., attenuate or rarely obtuse at base, rounded to broadly obtuse at apex; inflorescences more compact and slender, the primary branchlets of cymes 2-10 mm. long. .... 2. N. collina Petioles essentially none, the leaves conspicuously winged to base, the wings 1-3 mm. broad, confluent with those of opposite leaf and forming a transverse wing across petiolar sheath, this S-15 mm. long; mature fruits 15-25 = 6-15 mm., the woody endocarp about 1/3 as thick as the fibrous mesocarp; leaf blades obovate-oblong, (11-) 14-24 x (4-) 5-12 (-16) cm., gradually narrowed toa subobtuse base, obtuse at apex, the secondary nerves ascending, slightly curved. .....3. N. alata Corolla 5-7 mm. long, the lobes 3-4 x 1.5-2 mm., the tube 3-3.5 mm. in diameter, about as long as lobes; anthers |.8-2 mm. long; mature fruits 30-45 x 9-20 mm., the woody endocarp at maturity about as thick as the fibrous mesocarp; stipular sheath 8-17 mm. long, smooth; free portions of petioles 0-10 mm. long, narrowly winged; leaf blades obovate-elliptic, 12-27 (-33) x (5-) 7-24 cm., gradually narrowed at base, obtusely cuspidate to rounded at apex, the secondary nerves ascending to cele Snbdenocoapsoccoaenodoudoos DO DGD ODDO DS DODOdOO0DO0UODODOOOSOS 4. N. macroloba Branchlets quadrangular in distal internodes; flowers at anthesis with pedicels 0.5-3 mm. long; calyx lobes 1.8-3 x 1.8-4 mm.; corolla 6-8 mm. long, tomentellous- to strigose-barbate at throat and also on tube within, the tube about as long as lobes, 2.5-5 mm. in diameter, the lobes 3.7—4.5 x 1.5-3 mm., the corolla limb angled in bud; style 1.5-3 mm. long; fruits at maturity ellipsoid-obovoid, usually notably flattened, 25-55 x 18-35 x 10-25 mm., the woody endocarp at maturity | /3-1/4 as thick as the fibrous mesocarp (young fruits ellipsoid—clavate); stipular sheath 5-13 mm. long, smooth; free portions of petioles 5-20 (-25) mm. long; leaf blades broadly elliptic, (8-) 9-20 x (4-) 5-20 cm., obtuse to subcordate at base, rounded to broadly obtuse at apex, the secondary nerves spreading. .......... 5. N. macrocarpa |. Neuburgia corynocarpa (A. Gray) Leenh. in Fl. Males. I. 6: 365, saltem quoad basionymum. 1963; A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 23: 387. 1969; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 254. fig. 75. 1972. Ficures 11A, 12A & B, 14A, ISA & B. Couthovia corynocarpa A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 324. 1859; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 102. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 179. 1964. Gaertnera barbata Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257, nom. nud. 1861; Seem. ex A. Gray in op. cit. 10:37, nom. nud. 1862. Couthovia seemanni A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 320. 1862, in Bonplandia 10:37. 1862; Seem. in- op. cit. 10: 296. 1862, Viti, 439. 1862, FI. Vit. 166. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 238. 1892; Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83: 29, p. p., as C. seemannii. fig. 36. 1931. Tree 3-30 m. high (rarely noted as a shrub), often frequent from near sea level to an elevation of 626 m. (very rarely to 1,000 m.) in dense or secondary forest or in patches of forest in open country. Flowering and fruiting specimens have been noted in every month. TyYPIFICATION: The type of Couthovia corynocarpa is U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 62109 HOLOTYPE; putative ISOTYPES at GH, K, NY), collected in 1840 from “Ovalau and Sandal-wood Bay [i. e. Mbua Bay, Mbua Province, Vanua Levu], Feejee Islands.” Since two localities were noted by Gray, all the type material may not be from the same collection. The type of C. seemanni (and source of the name Gaertnera barbata) is Seemann 305 (GH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BM, K, P), obtained in 1860 at Port Kinnaird, Ovalau; the precise locality is noted only on the k sheet, but Gray based his name ona duplicate sent him by Seemann. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji, and probably in some archipelagoes to the west. From Fiji 92 collections have been examined, although these are from only five of the high islands. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Recorded local names from Viti Levu are mbo, mboloa, and Jangaleka, from Vanua Levu theketheke and mbulei; Parham (1964, 1972) also lists mbonokonoko and ola. The timber is said to provide a hard wood. The fruits are noted as attractive to pigeons, as those of other species of the genus; nevertheless Neuburgia, abundant in Fiji, has not by that means been transported to western Polynesian archipelagoes. 29 LOGANIACEAE 1988 ‘a. a Ficure 11. A, Neuburgia corynocarpa; distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and infructescence, * 1/4. B, Neuburgia collina; distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and infructescence, x 1/4. C, Neuburgia alata; distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescence, x 1/4. D, Neuburgia macroloba; distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescence, x 1/4. A from Meebold 26520, B from Degener 14370, C from Parks 20869, D from Smith 917. FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA FiGure 12. A & B, Neuburgia corynocarpa; A, stipular sheath, x 2; B, sessile flower, with subtending bracteoles, x 6. C, Neuburgia collina; stipular sheath, x 2. D, Neuburgia alata; stipular sheaths at three nodes, x 2. A & B from Smith 8991, C from DA 14450, D from Meebold 17012, p. p. 1988 LOGANIACEAE 31 Ficure 13. A, Newburgia macroloba; cymule of inflorescence, one flower with a mature corolla, one showing upper part of gynoecium with short style, x 6. B, Newburgia macrocarpa; young flowers, showing pedicels, x 6. A from Smith 917, B from Gillespie 2951. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 435; Naloto Range, DA 14770. Serua: Hills between Navua River and Wainiyavu Creek, near Namuamua, Smith 899/; vicinity of Ngaloa, Degener 15118. NAmost: Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3344; Wainandoi River, DA 12995. NalrTAsiRI: Waindina River basin, Mac Daniels 1037; vicinity of Tamavua, Gillespie 2195. TAILEVU: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7/33. REWA: Coastal road west of Suva, Meebold 26520. KANDAVU: Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 200. OVALAU: Summit of Mt. Ndelaiovalau and adjacent ridge, Smith 7385; Port Kinnaird, Storck 899. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7774. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Mt. Seatura, DA 15/80; lower Wainunu River Valley, Smith 1726. MaTHUATA: Vicinity of Lambasa, Greenwood 533. THAKAUNDROVE: Savusavu Bay region, Degener & Ordonez 14024. As interpreted by Leenhouts (1963), Neuburgia corynocarpa is “a widespread species and consists of a reticulate relationship of local races, both in New Guinea and in the Pacific.” I believe that the complex merits more careful study and that variation in foliage, stipules, corollas, and fruits should be reexamined. Even whether the New Hebridean population should be placed within the circumscription of N. corynocarpa is not obvious, as the type material of Couthovia neo-ebudica Guillaumin (Kajewski 774) has fruits somewhat longer, proportionately more slender, and more attenuate distally than any fruits of N. corynocarpa observed in Fiji. 2. Neuburgia collina (A. C. Sm.) A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 23: 387. 1969; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 254. 1972. Ficures 11B, 12C, 14B, 15SC & D. Couthovia seemannii sensu Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 157. 1909; non A. Gray. Couthovia corynocarpa sensu Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83: 28, quoad descriptionem. fig. 35. 1931. Couthovia collina A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 101. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 179. 1964. An often slender or compact tree (rarely noted as a shrub) 2-12 m. high, found in dense, dry, or secondary forest or on its edges at elevations of 500-1,195 m. Flowers have been collected between June and January, fruits in months scattered throughout the year. FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 1988 LOGANIACEAE 33 TYPIFICATION: The species is typified by Gillespie 3913 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, NY, UC, US), collected in flower Nov. 21, 1927, on the slopes of Mt. Nangga- ranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Viti Levu, with a single collection from Vanua Levu. Twenty-eight collections have been examined. LOCAL NAMES: Names recorded from Viti Levu are kau toi, mbonuwambu, and tava, from Vanua Levu theketheke. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Summit of Mt. Koroyanitu, high point of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4183; slopes of Mt. Koromba, Horne 924 (Aug., 1878, earliest known collection); vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 3969, Degener 14370, DA 14450; ridge between Mt. Nanggaranambuluta and Mt. Namama, east of Nandarivatu, Smith 4989; between Navai and Mt. Tomanivi, DA 14968. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nandrau Valley, Gibbs 745; Nausori Highlands, O. & I. Degener 32179. Namosi: Mt. Naitara- ndamu, Gillespie 3100; slopes of Mt. Voma, Gillespie 2908. NatTasiri: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomanivi and Nasonggo, Smith 5750. VANUA LEVU: MATHUATA-T HAKAUNDROVE boundary: Crest of Korotini Range, between Navitho Pass and Mt. Ndelaikoro, Smith 552. Leenhouts’s reduction of Newburgia collinato N. corynocarpa seems unwarranted, as is his remark: “The variation in Fijiis mainly altitudinal, ‘Couthovia collina’ being a small-leaved form of mainly higher altitudes, N. corynocarpa sensu stricto with larger leaves is mainly restricted to the lowlands; these two forms are grading.” In fact, among the 120 collections of the two taxa that I have now examined, none has required more than a glance to place in accord with the very dependable foliage, stipule, and inflorescence characters utilized in my key. 3. Neuburgia alata (A. C. Sm.) A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 23: 387. 1969; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 253. 1972. Figures 11C, 12D, 14C, 15E & F. Couthovia alata A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 104. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 179. 1964. Tree (infrequently noted as a shrub) 3-6 m. high, found ina limited area of dense or secondary forest from near sea level to an elevation of about 400 m. Flowers have been noted between May and October, fruits between March and October. TYPIFICATION: The type is Parks 20869 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at SUVA, UC, US), collected on Viti Levu (without further locality) between May and July, 1927. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known with certainty only from a restricted area in southeastern Viti Levu. LOCAL NAME: Mobo. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NaiTAsiriI: Tamavua-Sawani road, Setchell & Parks 15086; Central road, Tothill 478; Tholo-i-suva and vicinity, DA 7580, 10199, 11260, 11898, 14520; vicinity of Tamavua, Gillespie 2095, 2433; vicinity of Nasinu, DA 7491, 7492. Rewa: Ridge of Mt. Korombamba, DA 1253, 1297; “Suva,” Meebold 17012, p. p. (BISH). The very distinct Neuburgia alata is related to N. corynocarpa, differing in its essentially sessile leaves with proximal wings that are confluent with those of the opposite leaf and which thus form transverse wings across the stipular sheaths (FIGURE 12D). The leaf blades are characteristically obovate-oblong, with curved, ascending secondaries. The species seems limited to a compact area in southeastern Viti Levu; although the type material is without detailed locality, many of Parks’s collections were obtained in that area. FiGure 14. Opened corollas of Neuburgia, showing indument and stamens, all x 9. A, N. corynocarpa, also showing gynoecium with short style. B, N. collina. C, N. alata. D, N. macroloba. E, N. macrocarpa, also showing gynoecium with elongate style (s), stigma (st), and ovary (0); one stamen out of position. A from Smith 8991, B from Smith 4989, C from Parks 20869, D from Smith 917, E from Gillespie 2951. 34 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 FiGureE 15. Neuburgia, mature fruits, all x 2. A & B, N. corynocarpa. C & D, N. collina. E & F, N. alata. A from Smith 7385 (left) and Mac Daniels 1037 (right), B from Smith 7385 (cross section) and 1726 (longitu- dinal section), C from Smith 5750 (left) and 552 (right), D from Smith 552 (cross section) and 5750 (longitudinal section), E from Gillespie 2095 (left) and Meebold 17012, p. p. (tight), F from Meebold 17012, p. Pp. 1988 LOGANIACEAE 35 FiGure 16. Neuburgia, fruits, all x 2. A & B, N. macroloba, mature fruits. C, N. macrocarpa, young fruits. A from Smith 8230 (left) and 9/7 (right), B from Smith 8230 (cross section) and 9/7 (longitudinal section), C from DA /5043. 4. Neuburgia macroloba (A. C. Sm.) A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 23: 387. 1969; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 254. 1972. Ficures 11D, 13A, 14D, 16A & B. Couthovia macroloba A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 104. 1942; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 179. 1964. Tree (or shrub) 3-10 m. high, sometimes spreading, occurring in a limited area of sometimes dense forest at elevations of 200-900 m. Flowers and fruits have been collected in January, July, and August. TYPIFICATION: The type (and the only collection previously cited) is Smith 917 (NY HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Jan. 8, 1934, on borders of the lake east of Somosomo, Taveuni. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and apparently to the island of Taveuni. LOCAL NAME: Vathea. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: TAVEUNI: Hills east of Somosomo, west of old crater occupied by small swamp and lake (type locality), Smith 8395, DA 14369; Wainisavu, Nggeleni, DA 1/4406; above coconut plantations, vicinity of Waiyevo, Gillespie 4734; summit and adjacent slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8193, 8230. This very distinct Newburgia is the only species of the genus known from Taveuni, to which island it appears endemic. In foliage and stipular sheaths it is not unlike some individuals of N. corynocarpa, but its corolla (FIGURE 14D) has conspicuously larger 36 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 lobes and consequently a proportionately shorter (although thicker) tube. Its mature fruits (FIGURE 16A & B) are consistently larger than those of the first three species Ficure 17. Neuburgia macrocarpa, fruits, all x 2, all essentially mature except FiGurE E, lower, cross section of a young fruit. A from Degener & Ordonez 14125, B from MacDaniels 1038, C & D (longitudinal section) from Smith 8990, E (cross sections) from MacDaniels 1038 (upper) and DA 15043 (lower). 1988 LOGANIACEAE 37 (FiGuRE 15) in the present treatment, although not approaching in size those of the following species. 5. Neuburgia macrocarpa (A. C. Sm.) A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 23: 387. 1969; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 254. 1972. FiGureEs 13B, 14E, 16C, 17. Gaertnera pyramidalis Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257, nom. nud. 1861; Seem. ex A. Gray in op. cit. 10: 37, nom. nud. 1862. Couthovia corynocarpa sensu A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 320. 1862, in Bonplandia 10: 37. 1862; Seem. Viti, 439. 1862, Fl. Vit. 165. . 32. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 238. 1892; non A. Gray, 1859. Couthovia macrocarpa A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 105. 1942; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 179. 1964. Couthovia pachyantha A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 106. 1942; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 179. 1964. Neuburgia pachyantha A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 23: 387. 1969; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 254. 1972. Tree 3-20 m. high, often with a compact crown and a straight, slender trunk to 40 cm. in diameter, occurring in dense or open forest or on its edges at elevations from near sea level to about 400 m. Flowers have been obtained in August to October and also in January, fruits in scattered months (January, March, May, September, Octo- ber). TYPIFICATION: Couthovia macrocarpa was based on Gillespie 2951 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at UC), collected Sept. 22, 1927, in the vicinity of Namuamua, Namosi Province, Viti Levu. The type of Couthovia pachyanthais Degener & Ordonez 14125 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, US), obtained Jan. 10, 1941, between Mbalanga and Valethi, Savusavu Bay, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu. The source of the name Gaertnera pyramidalis is Seemann 303 (BM, K), collected in 1860 in the “valley of Namosi” [Waindina River], Namosi Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from the two largest islands (from Vanua Levu only from the type of Couthovia pachyantha). LOCAL NAMES: Names recorded in Namosi and Serua Provinces are mbo, mboa, mbola, mboloa, and mbulei. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Serua: East of Nambukelevu, upper Navua River, Berry 89; hills between Navua River and Wainiyavu Creek, near Namuamua, Smith 8990. NAMosI: Wayauyau Creek, tributary of Wainikoroiluva River, DA 14250; vicinity of Namosi, near the stream, Gillespie 2590; Namosi without further locality, DA 5895. NAmosI or NAITASIRI: Upper Waindina River, MacDaniels 1038. NAITAsiRI: Sovi River (Waindina River tributary), DA 15043. Viti Levu without further locality, Tothill 620. F151 without further locality, Horne 589 (Gu). This very distinct species differs from its congeners in Fiji in its distally quadrangu- lar branchlets, in its broadly elliptic leaf blades being obtuse to subcordate at base and rounded to broadly obtuse at apex, with spreading secondary nerves, in its flowers being obviously pedicellate rather than sessile at anthesis (FIGURE 13B), and in other obvious floral and fruit characters. The large corolla (FIGURE 14E) is pilose on the tube within as well as at the throat, and the style is comparatively elongate. While the developing fruits (FIGURES 16C, 17E as to lower cross section) suggest those of Neuburgia macroloba, at maturity (FIGURE 17) they are strikingly larger and laterally somewhat flattened. Reexamination of the type material of Couthovia macrocarpa and C. pachyantha, in conjunction with study of material made available since 1942, indicates that only one species of this relationship should be maintained. The sole difference between them appears to be in the indument of the corolla throat and within the tube, the Viti Levu specimens having this indument of curled, lax hairs, while the only known material from Vanua Levu has such hairs stiffer and slightly longer. The somewhat broader corollas of the Vanua Levu collection are probably not very significant, in view of the striking vegetative similarity. 38 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 4. FAGRAEA Thunb. in Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Nya Hand. 3: 132. 1782, Nova Gen. PI. 34. 1782; A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 323. 1859; Seem. Fl. Vit. 164. 1866; Leenh. in Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 32: 418. 1962, in Fl. Males. I. 6: 299. 1963; van Balgooy & Leenh. in Blumea Suppl. 5: 168. map 91. 1966; Leeuwenb. & Leenh. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 28bI: 82. 1980. Trees or shrubs, sometimes scrambling or climbing or epiphytic, usually unarmed and glabrous, the stipules interpetiolar, connate into an ocrea, this free or adnate to base of petiole, usually splitting between petioles; leaves petiolate or subsessile, the blades coriaceous or subcarnose, sometimes auriculate at base, pinnate-nerved, the secondary nerves often inconspicuous; inflorescences usually terminal with a pair of strong basal branches, cymose, (1-)3-many-flowered, the bracts scalelike, the brac- teoles usually present, the flowers ¢, 5-merous, glabrous; calyx campanulate to tubular, carnose to coriaceous, usually persistent, the lobes imbricate, usually rounded; corolla often carnose, sometimes thick, the tube infundibuliform or only slightly broadened, thinner in texture toward base, the lobes dextrorsely contorted, shorter than tube, rounded; stamens inserted on corolla tube, included or exserted, the filaments ligulate or filiform, the anthers elliptic to ovate, cordate or sagittate at base; ovary ellipsoid, 2-locular with axile placentae or |-locular with parietal placentae, the ovules many, the style filiform or cylindric, shortly or distinctly exserted, the stigma capitate to peltate or 2-lobed; fruit baccate (sometimes if large 4-valved), usually globose to ellipsoid, the style base persistent, the seeds many, irregularly angled, immersed in pulpy placentae. TYPE SPECIES: Fagraea ceilanica Thunb. DISTRIBUTION: Ceylon, India, Hainan, and Formosa throughout Malesia to north- ern Australia and the Mariana Islands, and eastward in the Pacific to the Marquesas and Austral Islands, with 35-50 species. Two species are indigenous in Fiji. Wide distributions are attributed to both species indigenous in Fiji by Leenhouts (1962, 1963) and van Balgooy and Leenhouts (1966), but probably both species (in the - broad sense) require detailed reconsideration. Dimensions noted in the following key are applicable only to the Fijian populations. Leaf blade size, shape, and texture are very similar in both Fijian taxa. The petioles are 1.5-4 cm. long, the blades elliptic to oblong-ovate, usually 9-20 x 5-12 cm., submembranaceous to subcoriaceous in dry- ing, acute to attenuate at base, and rounded to acute at apex. KEY TO SPECIES Leaf blades with 6-10 pairs of primary secondary nerves (an intermediate pair between primary pairs nearly as conspicuous); calyx 12-15 mm. long; corolla tube subcylindric, 3-5 cm. long, gradually broadened distally; stamens inserted on a thickened ring in corolla tube, the filaments 1 1-18 mm. long, the anthers narrowly linear, 5-10 mm. long, inconspicuously bifid at base; stigma 2-lobed, the lobes 3-5 mm. in diameter; fruits 3-5 x 2-4 cm., obtuse to acute at apex, the seeds very numerous. 1. F. berteroana Leaf blades with 5-9 pairs of secondary nerves (lacking intermediate pairs); calyx 5-7 mm. long; corolla tube hypocrateriform, 1.5-2.5 cm. long, tubular and slender proximally, abruptly broadened distally; stamens not inserted on a thickened ring in corolla tube, the filaments 15-25 mm. long, the anthers oblong to elliptic, 3-4 mm. long, deeply bifid at base; stigma small, subconical, essentially entire; fruits 1.5-2.3 x 1-1.5 cm., terminated by a conical beak, the seeds comparatively few. ...... 2. F. gracilipes FiGure 18. Fagraea berteroana; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and infructescence, = 1/3; B, inflorescence, with a detached corolla, x 1/2; C, stamens, < 2; D, cross section of dried fruit, < 2; E, longitudinal section of dried fruit and persistent calyx, x 2. A from DA 14794, B & C from Smith 9333, D from Bryan 346, E from Gillespie 2513. ) < ea) S) = Zz < C) } — 40 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 1. Fagraea berteroana A. Gray ex Benth. in J. Proc. Linn. Soc. Bot. 1: 98, as F. berteriana. 1856. FiGures 18, 126 (upper). Carissa grandis Bertero ex Guillemin in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. II. 7: 248, nom. nud. 1837. Fagraea berteriana Benth. ex Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861, Viti, 439. 1862, Fl. Vit. 164. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 238. 1892; Turrill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43:34. 1915; Gilg & Benedict in Bot. Jahrb. 56: 550. 1921; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 176. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 96. 1943, in op. cit. 184:57. 1945, in op. cit. 220:217. 1959; Leenh. in Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 32:419, saltem p. p. 1962, in Fl. Males. I. 6: 335, saltem p. p. 1963; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 176. 1964, ed. 2. 251. 1972; van Balgooy & Leenh. in Blumea Suppl. 5: 168. map 9/, saltem p. p. 1966; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 108. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 338. 1971; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 104, 105, 106. 1972; Fosberg & Sachet in Phytologia 28: 470. 1974, in D. J. Carr, Sydney Parkinson, 98. p/. 90. 1983. Fagraea grandis Pancher & Sebert in Sebert, Not. Bois Nouv. Caléd. 184, nom. superfl. 1874. Fagraea vitiensis Gilg & Benedict in Bot. Jahrb. 56: 553. 1921; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 176. 1964, ed. 2. 251. 1972: non Seem. (1861, nom. nud.). An often branching tree or shrub 1.5-20 m. high, sometimes locally abundant, occurring from near sea level to about 900 m. in dry, open, or dense forest and in forest patches in open country. Its fragrant flowers have cream-white corollas that fade to rich yellow and a greenish style; the fruit is yellow, becoming orange or red at maturity, with seeds embedded in orange pulp. Flowers are usually most abundant between October and March, but fruits are found throughout the year. TyYPIFICATION: In first describing this species and adopting a manuscript name of Gray, Bentham cited collections of Bertero, Bidwill, Hinds, and Barclay (Society Islands), Barclay (Marquesas), and MacGillivray (Louisiade Archipelago), also listing Carissa grandis Bertero (nom. nud.). Leenhouts (1962, p. 420) indicated the specimen upon which Bertero’s name was based, collected by Bertero and Moerenhout in Tahiti, as the type. A proper citation is: Bertero & Moerenhout (P LECTOTYPE), collected in Tahiti, Society Islands. That specimen (in the original mention by Guillemin) is said to lack flowers. Since the corolla and associated organs provide critical characters in. Fagraea, it may prove desirable to supersede the lectotypification (ICBN, Art. 8.1); any of the flowering specimens originally cited by Bentham could be substituted. Although the original spelling of the epithet was berteriana, and although that spelling seems to have been adopted by all subsequent students, it is here corrected to berteroana. Such a form seems required by ICBN, Art. 73.10, which mandates correction of orthographic errors mentioned in Rec. 73C.1, in which Recommenda- tion (c) an adjectival epithet based on the name Bertero is given as an example. The type of Fagraea vitiensis Gilg & Benedict is Weber 105 (B HOLOTYPE, presuma- bly destroyed), collected between 1881 and 1883 at Somosomo, Taveuni. DISTRIBUTION: New Guinea, the Caroline and Mariana Islands, and northeastern Queensland eastward in the Pacific to the Marquesas and Austral Islands (Leenhouts, 1962, 1963). In Fiji the species is known with certainty from only five islands, about 45 collections being at hand, but it is to be expected on all the high islands. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The usual names are mbua, mbuandina, mbua ni Viti, and mbua ni veikau; the name kandisa was noted in Mba Province. The wood 1s considered useful for tools and building, and the timbers are often used for houseposts; the fragrant flowers are used in necklaces and also for scenting coconut oil; and in parts of Viti Levu the plant is reputed to have medicinal value, a concoction from the inner bark being used in treating asthma and diabetes. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBA: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 1282; Ndrasa Forest Reserve, DA 13771 (DF 468, Damanu 117); Vunanamo, DA 14794; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Degener 14381. NANDRONGA & NAvoSA: Nausori Highlands, DF 144 (Johns 1). SERUA: Flat coastal strip in vicinity of 1988 LOGANIACEAE 41 Negaloa, Smith 9333. Namosi: Namosi Valley, Seemann 308; vicinity of Namosi, Gillespie 25/3; between Namosi and Namuamua, Weiner 17. NAITASIRI: Wainamo Creek, near Matawailevu, Wainimala River, Sv. John 18194; Tamavua-Sawani road, Setchell & Parks 1508]. REWA: Queen’s Road 20 miles west of Suva, Vaughan 3309; vicinity of Suva, im Thurn 16. OVALAU: Graeffe 1417; hills above Levuka, Gillespie 4466. VANUA LEVU: Mua: Southern portion of Seatovo Range, Smith 1709, ridge west of Thongea, Wainunu River, DA 15777. MatHuata: Southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6406. THAKAU- NDROVE: Southern slope of Mt. Mariko, Smith 407, Maravu, near Salt Lake, Degener & Ordonez 14257. MOALA: Summit of ridge, Bryan 346. Fagraea berteroana is here provisionally accepted in the comprehensive sense of Leenhouts (1962, 1963), who discussed its range of variability, as did Fosberg and Sachet (1974); the latter authors consider the species too broadly interpreted by Leenhouts and divisible at least into taxa of infraspecific rank. Pending a revision of the complex in Polynesia, it may be noted that in Fiji the corolla tube at full anthesis is 3-5 cm. long, the anthers and style being exserted. Many Polynesian specimens have the corolla tube about 8 cm. long (e. g. those described as F. samoensis Gilg & Benedict). In Fiji the taxon is reasonably uniform; if eventually typical F. berteroana is construed as having a corolla tube 6.5-8 cm. long (Fosberg and Sachet, 1974) and Fijian material is excluded from it, the name F. vitiensis Gilg & Benedict is available for that at some nomenclatural level. 2. Fagraea gracilipes A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 323. 1859, in op. cit. 5: 320. 1862, in Bonplandia 10: 37. 1862; Seem. Viti, 439. 1862, FI. Vit. 165. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 238. 1892; A. C. Sm.inJ. Arnold Arb. 33: 113. 1952; Leenh. in Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 32: 426, saltem p. p. 1962, in Fl. Males. I. 6:332, saltem p. p. 1963; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 176. fig. 64. 1964, ed. 2. 251. fig. 74. 1972; van Balgooy & Leenh. in Blumea Suppl. 5: 168. map 91, saltem p. p. 1966. FiGures 19, 125. Fagraea viridiflora Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257, nom. nud. 1861. An often spreading tree 3-25 m. high, with a trunk up to | m. or more in diameter, sometimes locally abundant, found from near sea level to about 500 m. in dry or dense forest, in forest patches in grassland, and infrequently on the inner edges of mangrove swamps. The corollas and filaments are cream-white, soon fading to pale yellow or - orange-yellow; the fruits at maturity are waxy-white to ivory-white or cream-colored. Flowers and fruits are found throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The type is U. S. Expl. Exped. (US 62265 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at GH, K), collected in 1840 in Fiji without detailed locality. The source of the name F. viridiflora is Seemann 306 (BM, GH, K), obtained in July, 1860, at Port Kinnaird, Ovalau. DISTRIBUTION: In a broad sense (Leenhouts, 1962, 1963) Fagraea gracilipes extends from New Guinea and northeastern Queensland to the Solomon and Santa Cruz Islands and Fiji. Leenhouts (1962) points out that the species is composed of five geographically restricted races (for all of which specific epithets are available); the characters outlined by him (and readily observed in available material) suggest that nomenclatural recognition at some level may be desirable. In a narrow sense, there- fore, F. gracilipes may be considered a Fijian endemic. In Fiji it is now known from four of the high islands, 47 collections having been examined by me. The taxon is obviously more abundant (at least near the south-central coast of Viti Levu and in northern Vanua Levu) than I previously (1952) indicated. It is represented by many recent collections because of its interest to foresters, its timber being valued as more durable than that of F. berteroana. 42 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Mbuambua is the name in general use; makamakandora has been noted in Serua Province. The timber has been used for houseposts and is in considerable demand for wharf piles, being very durable for underwater use, but it is now in short supply. In Mathuata and Mbua the cutting of trees with a girth of less FiGure 19. Fagraea gracilipes; A, distal portions of branchlets, with infructescence and inflorescence, * 1/3; B, portion of inflorescence, x 1/2; C, expanded flower, one anther remaining, x 2; D, cross and longitudinal sections of dried fruits, x 2. A from DF 837 (fruits) and DA 15670 (flowers), B-D from Smith 9574. 1988 APOCYNACEAE 43 than three feet has been prohibited (Parham, 1972). A tea made from the bark and leaves is said to be used medicinally in Serua. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 13503. SERuA: Vicinity of Ngaloa, DA 15670; coastal hills in vicinity of Taunovo River, east of Wainiyambia, Smith 9574; Nggaraninggio River, DA 3809; Ndeumba, DA 9219 (Mc Kee 2783). NAMosI: Nambukavesi Creek, DF 760, Damanu NI-36. Nattasiri: Tholo-i-suva, DA 13773 (DF 137). KANDAVU: DA 11955 (DF 35, Watkins 704), DF 837 (S1422/2). VANUA LEVU: Mbua: “Mbua district,” Horne 1/24; Nasarowangga, DA 11839. MatTuuata: Vicinity of Ndreketi (Bull’s timber area), DF 86/ (S1422/4); Naravuka, Ndreketi River, DF 999 (S1422/3); Natindoyanga Creek, Korovuli River headwaters, DA 12907; Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6665; vicinity of Lambasa, Greenwood 489. THAKAUNDROVE: Nambunambuna Creek area (Ndreketi River drainage), Berry 18. FAMILY 165. APOCYNACEAE APOCYNACEAE Juss. Gen. Pl. 143, as Apocineae. 1789. Trees, shrubs, lianas, or herbs, with a well-developed system of laticifers (except in Nerium), with consistently present internal phloem, estipulate or stipules small and interpetiolar or intrapetiolar; leaves simple, opposite or whorled, rarely alternate, the blades entire, pinnate-nerved; inflorescences terminal, axillary, or lateral between 2 petioles, cymose or thyrsoid, sometimes paniculiform, sometimes 1-flowered, brac- teate and bracteolate; flowers §, actinomorphic (rarely weakly zygomorphic), often showy, (4 or)5-merous (except gynoecium); calyx with (usually quincuncially) imbri- cate lobes, sometimes bearing glands within; corolla sympetalous, often hypocrateri- form or infundibuliform, regular or nearly so, the tube sometimes with appendages within, the lobes convolute, rarely imbricate or valvate; stamens borne on corolla tube, as many as and alternate with corolla lobes, the filaments without coronal appendages, the anthers distinct or connivent around style head, sometimes adherent to style head by a retinaculum of viscid exudates, 2-locular, dehiscing by longitudinal, introrse or sublateral slits, often sagittate or sagittate-tailed at base, the locules sometimes empty at base; nectary glands often present about base of ovary, alternating with stamens or sometimes confluent into an annular disk or fewer than stamens or lacking; gynoecium usually of 2 carpels, these variously connate, sometimes forming a superior, bilocular ovary with simple or apically cleft style, sometimes the ovary unilocular with intruded parietal placentae, sometimes the carpels partly or completely separate, the ovules 2-many in each ovary or locule or on each placenta, anatropous to amphitropous or hemitropous, usually pendulous, the styles united or sometimes distinct and united only at apex, the style head often thickened and specialized, the stigmas free or shortly united; fruits baccate, drupaceous, or follicular, sometimes apocarpous and then the mericarps opposed or parallel, sometimes syncarpous, the seeds usually flat, some- times comose, the embryo large, straight, the endosperm oily, copious to scanty. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical and subtropical, extending into temperate areas, with 200-220 genera and 2,000—2,300 species. The family includes well-known ornamentals, but many taxa have poisonous parts if ingested. Sixteen genera are recorded from Fiji, ten of them with indigenous species, the others known only from cultivated or naturalized taxa. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: BACKER, C. A., & R. C. BAKHUIZEN VAN DEN BRINK, JR. Apocynaceae. Fl. Java 2: 218-244. 1965. Bo1TEAU, P. (avec la collaboration de L. ALLORGE). Apocynacées. /n: Aubréville, A., & J.-F. Leroy (eds.). Fl. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 1-302. 1981. HuBer, H. Apocynaceae. In: Dassanayake, M. D., & F. R. Fosberg (eds.). Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceylon 4: 25-72. 1983. The great diversity of flowers and fruits of Apocynaceae has permitted the develop- ment of various systematic arrangements. That proposed by M. Pichon is now widely adopted; as elaborated by him and several colleagues and as utilized by Boiteau (1981) it recognizes five subfamilies, all but one of which are represented in Fiji, as in New Caledonia. The subfamilial circumscriptions outlined in the following key are based only on genera that occur in Fiji. 44 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 KEY TO GENERA Anthers not adherent to style head by a retinaculum of viscid exudates. Anthers fertile to base, the locules parallel, equal, ellipsoid; seeds without a fleshy arillode. Corolla eventually sliding along style and leaving it exposed with style head visible at its apex; anthers with introrse dehiscence (subfam. Plumerioideae). Fruit more or less fleshy, syncarpous and baccate or apocarpous and with drupaceous mericarps, the seeds ecomose; indigenous taxa. Filaments short and broad; fruit syncarpous, baccate, large, subglobose, with fleshy pulp, the pericarp sclerose but without fibers, the seeds numerous, slightly compressed; disk lacking; corolla lobes sinistrorsely contorted in bud; corolla throat with suprastaminal, sometimes lobulate scales; lianas with opposite (or rarely ternate) leaves. ............ 1. Melodinus Filaments obvious, slender; mericarps of fruit simple or moniliform, drupaceous, the seeds |—-few; corolla throat without scales; trees, shrubs, or lianas, the leaves verticillate or opposite. Corolla lobes dextrorsely contorted in bud; mesocarp thick, the endocarp fibrous; placental ridges paired in each carpel; seeds compressed, winged or margined; trees or shrubs. Disk lacking, the carpels not immersed in tissue but glandular at base, long-attenuate into style, this progressively attenuate distally; endocarp of mature fruit fibrous but smooth- surfaced or cavernous, with 2 cavities distinct from seminiferous cavity, not muricate on surface nor with fibrous extensions into mesocarp. ..................-. 2. Ochrosia Disk often reduced to 2 scales alternate with carpels, these immersed in tissue at base or adnate to disk scales, abruptly truncate below style, this comparatively broad, consisting of 2 readily separable strands; endocarp of mature fruit fibrous, muricate, emitting into mesocarp hornlike and distally directed processes, without cavities other than seminifer- OUSHCAVILY se Seance etevsiie us ova east eee storel eel ersteliey eee syere Faron ESI Never lceretetepers 3. Neisosperma Corolla lobes sinistrorsely contorted in bud; mesocarp thin, fleshy, without fibers, the endocarp crustaceous, usually thin; mericarps not or indistinctly compressed, sometimes moniliform with superposed articles, each article l-seeded; seeds not or indistinctly compressed, witha deep ventral groove; scandent shrubs or lianas; disk inconspicuous ornone. .....4. A/yxia Fruit dry, a dehiscent double follicle; trees, shrubs, or suffrutescent plants, the leaves alternate or opposite or clustered at apices of thick branchlets. Leaves opposite or verticillate, persistent; bracts persistent; ovary superior or partly inferior but not adherent to receptacle. Trees, shrubs, or lianas with woody branches; indigenous taxa. Trees or erect shrubs; inflorescences terminal; calyx lobes without glands; corolla tube staminiferous near middle or toward apex, the lobes sinistrorsely or dextrorsely (as in our taxa) contorted in bud; disk annular, often indistinct from ovary; carpels in flower obviously free or concrescent at base; style head densely velutinous at least at base, membranous-indusiate above, with a narrow, reflexed flange; mericarps very slender, often elongate, the seeds pilose on margins and sometimes on surfaces, comose at both Chill Geena anne ena cena hme dina as Feds a. oe MEDI alis caleGS 07a 5. Alstonia Lianas or scandent shrubs; inflorescences axillary; calyx lobes with a few small glands’ within at base; corolla tube staminiferous below middle, the lobes sinistrorsely contorted in bud; disk 2-lobed, subcarnose; carpels in flower appressed to one another; style head narrowly oblong-subconical or clavate, without a flange; mericarps gradually narrowed distally, the seeds with a distal coma of numerous hairs. .................. 6. Carruthersia Suffrutescent plants with herbaceous branches; seeds ellipsoid, black, shining, glabrous, not winged, with a ventral groove; our species cultivated and sometimes naturalized. 7. Catharanthus Leaves irregularly clustered at apices of thick, fleshy branchlets; bracts caducous; ovary adherent to receptacle for most of its length, semi-inferior; seeds glabrous, flattened, basally winged, ecomose; corolla thickened, especially at base; our taxa cultivated and sometimes naturalized. 8. Plumeria Corolla eventually becoming detached together with style and style head, these retained among the infra- and suprastaminal scales, the lobes sinistrorsely contorted in bud; anthers with lateral or sublateral dehiscence; seeds moderately compressed, not or narrowly winged, ecomose; trees or shrubs (subfam. Cerberoideae). Calyx deeply lobed, each lobe with 7-12 glandular scales at base within; corolla tube narrowat base, campanulately broadened in lower quarter or fifth; stamens inserted at apex of narrow portion of corolla tube, the filaments broadened, lobulate, pilose, the anthers with a short-acuminate or subacute appendage; disk cupular or pulvinate; style head with isomorphic, spreading lobes; fruit with mericarps united into a laterally compressed, obdeltoid or pyriform drupe; our species cultivatedvandinaturalizedtay-ee eee eos eit eerie errr: 9. Cascabela 1988 APOCYNACEAE 45 Calyx divided essentially to base, the lobes without glands; corolla tube narrowly cylindric, inflated below the narrow throat; stamens inserted in swollen part of corolla tube, subsessile, the anthers with filiform apical appendages; disk lacking; style head with annular swellings, without lobes; fruit apocarpous, the mericarps drupaceous; indigenous. ................... 10. Cerbera Anthers sagittate at base, the locules with short sterile prolongations; fruit apocarpous, the mericarps fleshy, without a differentiated woody layer, dehiscent at maturity, with ecomose seeds covered by a fleshy arillode; leaves opposite, often anisophyllous; style head round in cross section, without ribs or dilated parts, the stigmas subequalling it or exceeding it in height; corolla eventually sliding along style and leaving it exposed with style head visible at its apex, the lobes (in our taxa) sinistrorsely contorted; ovary apocarpous, the carpels concrescent only at base; indigenous or cultivated taxa (subfam. Tabernaemontanoideae). Corolla subcoriaceous or thick-carnose, staminiferous below middle of tube, the lobes forming a subglobose, thick, coherent mass deeply inflexed in bud and penetrating into corolla throat; style headsbroadersthangsty les wince) caouers cters (oie e cucye to tenci ove) eletermi ei niereiysterertcna stare jeraeie 11. Pagiantha Corolla membranous or somewhat carnose, staminiferous near or above middle of tube or toward its apex, the inflexed portions of lobes in bud not penetrating into corolla throat; style head broader than style or sometimes nearly as slender. ................---- ee eeeeeeeeee 12. Ervatamia Anthers adherent to style head by a retinaculum of viscid exudates, the ensemble of corolla, stamens, style, and style head caducous soon after anthesis; fruit a bivalved capsule aculeate with long, soft spines and with compressed, ecomose seeds, or fruit with united mericarps that sometimes become separated and bear apically comose seeds (subfam. Echitoideae). Fruit a septicidal capsule covered with spines, the seeds circumalate, ecomose; corolla campanulate- infundibuliform, broadened at throat, large (in our taxa at least 4cm. long and spreading toa limb at least 3.5 cm. in diameter); shrubs, usually scandent, or lianas, the corolla yellow or purplish, with small, pilose scales above each stamen; anthers without an elongated connective, adherent to style head by a retinaculum of a few viscid filaments; ovary unilocular, with 2 parietal placentae; our taxa cultivatediomsometimesmnaturalizeduamererreer ieee eeeeei cesar 13. Allamanda Fruit with united mericarps, these sometimes at length separating, the seeds unwinged, with an apical coma of fine hairs; anthers adherent to style head by a retinaculum of numerous exudates; ovary bilocular. Anthers with apical appendages as long as or longer than locules; retinaculum forming a conspicuous brush; corolla lobes dextrorsely contorted in bud; carpels united to apex; calyx lobes with many glandular scales within; fruit syncarpous or sometimes with the mericarps at length separating; our taxa cultivated or infrequently naturalized. Erect shrubs; leaves usually verticillate; corolla glabrous without, the tube villose within, with projecting staminal nerves, the corona composed of 5 epipetalous lobes; filaments short, the anthers with long, pilose, intertwisted apical appendages; disk lacking; style head with a basal fara eRe are set cee ae elcveseeere ava re cies srasetSie) atcha oueliereey S susuarer anepd verter mies wiiara tiene wenvorrress 14. Nerium Lianas; leaves opposite; corolla at least partially pilose without, the tube glabrous within, without protruding staminal nerves, the corona indistinct, without free parts; filaments longer than anthers, the anther appendages not intertwisted; disk shallowly lobed; style head without a basal Hil ara Om epctey en cele Detcar aeee Col nea eh ciorsisvct tin asthe osrarro MTG sutterenvasme ondy clanteunahey eesti Ramana 15. Beaumontia Anthers without apical appendages; retinaculum reduced to a row of hairs forming a covering; corolla without a corona or suprastaminal scales, the lobes valvate in bud; carpels essentially concrescent, the fissure between them sometimes scarcely apparent; filaments appressed to style, adherent to or intertwisted with it; disk 5-lobed, free from ovary; calyx lobes usually with few, inconspicuous glandular scales within; fruit syncarpous but the mericarps at length separating; lianas or scandent SHR DS AMET SEN OUSH yavepeyouniercrsee race ycxe) svsucu ees ievstesckstayaposchd eve cotta, ieiry als) chet neranstesereveusheore 16. Parsonsia 1. MELopINUs J. R. & G. Forst. Char. Gen. Pl. 19. 1775, ed. 2. 37. 1776; Seem. FI. Vit. 155. 1866; Pichon in Mém. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. 24: 125. 1948; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 221. 1965; Boit. et al. in Adansonia II. 15: 397. 1976; Boit. in Fl. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 16. 1981. Lianas, the stipules reduced to interpetiolar lines; leaves opposite (rarely ternate), the blades pinnate-nerved; inflorescences axillary, cymose; calyx without basal glands within, the lobes longer than tube, broadly ovate, obtuse, ciliolate; corolla hypocrateri- form, the tube subcylindric, often pilose within, widened at insertion of stamens, the throat with 5 or more erect scales, these sometimes fused into a many-lobulate corona (as in our species), the lobes sinistrorsely contorted in bud, at length spreading; 46 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 stamens attached to corolla tube about at its middle, the filaments very short, the anthers ovate-lanceolate, glabrous, the locules introrsely dehiscent; disk lacking; ovary glabrous, 2-locular, the ovules numerous in each locule, the style short, glabrous, the style head cylindric or oblong-ovoid, glabrous, with a short, prostrate flange at base, the stigmas apiculate or subulate; fruit syncarpous, baccate, indehiscent, subglobose, with fleshy pulp, the pericarp sclerose but without fibers, the seeds numerous, slightly compressed, glabrous, the hilum punctiform. TYPE SPECIES: Melodinus scandens J. R. & G. Forst., the only original species. DISTRIBUTION: Southeastern Asia throughout Malesia to Australia and into the Pacific as far as Fiji and Tonga, with about 75 species. Two species are indigenous in Fiji. Although the two Fijian species of Melodinus are partially sympatric (at least in Mba Province, Viti Levu), they are readily distinguished as noted in the following key. The inflorescence indument of M. vitiensis is at first obvious but is eventually lost; characters of leaf venation and fruit size seem dependable. It is interesting to note that M. vitiensis extends eastward to Tonga, while M. glaber extends westward to the New Hebrides. I consider the record of M. vitiensis in the Loyalty Islands (Boiteau, 1981, p. 47) to be doubtful; M. vitiensis has a somewhat longer corolla tube than that of Loyalty Island material, with a corona composed of fewer lobules, and its fruits are larger. The critical character of leaf blades with impressed nerves above is not mentioned by Boiteau, but I would suspect the Loyalty Island collections of this alliance to represent an undescribed species. KEY TO SPECIES Petioles (3-) 5-11 mm. long; leaf blades ovate to oblong- or lanceolate-ovate, (5—) 6-14.5 x (2-) 2.5-6 cm., obtusely cuspidate at apex, the secondary and tertiary nerves sharply but narrowly impressed above; inflorescence branches, pedicels, calyx, and corolla tube without puberulent, tardily glabrate, the inflorescence comparatively congested, with pedicels 1-4 mm. long; mature fruits (4-) 6-10 cm. in diametermithe)pericarpelts— 4am meithickalee eee re eee eee ern Gecerr ere errr 1. M. vitiensis Petioles 3-7 mm. long; leaf blades lanceolate to oblong- or ovate-lanceolate, 4-9 x (1.3-) 1.5-3.5(-4.5)cm., obtuse at apex, the secondary and tertiary nerves prominulous above; inflorescence branches, pedicels, calyx, and corolla tube without glabrous, the inflorescence comparatively lax, with pedicels 3-7 mm. long; mature fruits 2.5-4 cm. in diameter, the pericarp I-1.5 mm. thick. ............ 2. M. glaber 1. Melodinus vitiensis Rolfe in J. Bot. 21: 201. 1883; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 217. 1959; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 185. 1964, ed. 2. 261. 1972. : FiGuREs 20A & B, 21, 22A. Melodinus scandens sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861, Viti, 439. 1862, Fl. Vit. 155. 1866; Drake, Ill. - Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 231. 1892; non J. R. & G. Forst. An often high-climbing liana with milky latex, found from near sea level to about 1,000 m. in dense, dry, or open forest or on its edges or in forest patches in open country. The corolla is yellowish to cream-colored or white, with the tube sometimes greenish or pink-tinged, and the large fruit is at first green, eventually turning brown. Flowers have been noted in most months, fruits between July and December. TYPIFICATION: The type (apparently the earliest collection) is Seemann 311 (kK HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BM, P), collected in 1860 on Ovalau. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji and Tonga. All Fijian collections seen by me are here cited. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Slopes of Mt. Mangondro, Webster & Hildreth 14287; hills between Nandala and Nukunuku Creeks, along trail from Nandarivatu toward Lewa, Smith 6153; Nandari- vatu, Gillespie 3761; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Gillespie 3190. SERUA: Hills west of Waivunu Creek, between Ngaloa and Korovou, Smith 9254; vicinity of Ngaloa, Degener 15190, DA 14681; hills between Waininggere and Waisese Creeks, between Ngaloa and Wainiyambia, Smith 9543; hills east of Navua River, near Nukusere, Smith 9120. NAmos!: Hills bordering Wainavindrau Creek, vicinity of Wainimakutu, Smith 1988 APOCYNACEAE 47 FiGure 20. A & B, Melodinus vitiensis; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, 1/3; B, portion of upper surface of leaf blade, showing sharply impressed secondary and tertiary nerves, * 2. C &D, Melodinus glaber; C, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, x 1/3; D, portion of upper surface of leaf blade, showing prominulous secondary and tertiary nerves, = 2. Afrom DA 11620, B from Smith 8562, C from Gillespie 3720, D from Gillespie 3830.2. 48 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 8562; Mborotu, DA 11620. NAITASIRI: Matawailevu, Wainimala River, St. John 18299; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3562, 3581, DA 7353. TatLevu: Track to Nandrano, DA 13611. OVALAU: Slopes of Mt. Korotolutolu, west of Thawathi, Smith 8016; Lovoni Valley, DA 17084. VANUA LEVU: MATHUATA: Sasa Tikina, Howard 193; Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6725; mountains near Lambasa, Greenwood 633. F131 without further locality, Tothill 521. FiGure 21. Melodinus vitiensis; A, mature fruit, x 1; B, cross section of mature fruit and seeds, x 1. A from Smith 9254, B from Smith 6153 (seeds from Gillespie 3562). 2. Melodinus glaber Turrill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43:31. 1915; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 185. 1964, ed. 2. 261. 1972; P. S. Green in Bramwell, Plants and Islands, 45. 1979. FiGures 20C & D, 22B-E. Melodinus neo-ebudicus Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 17. 1932. An often high-climbing liana with milky latex, occurring in dense forest or on its edges at elevations from near sea level to 1,050 m. (sometimes with mangroves, cf. Parham 85, cited below). Corolla and fruit colors are as in M. vitiensis. Flowers have been obtained between November and January, fruits between June and November. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type is im Thurn 60 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BM), collected Jan. 31, 1906, at Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. For Melodinus neo-ebudicus Guillaumin cited Kajewski 729 as “type of the flower” and Kajewski 392 as “type of the fruit.” An appropriate citation is: Kajewski 729 (A LECTOTYPE here designated; ISOLECTOTYPES at BISH, P), obtained Feb. 11, 1929, at Anelgauhat Bay, Aneityum, New Hebrides. The paratype, Kajewski 392 (A, BISH, P), is from Dillon Bay, Eromanga. Green’s (1979) reduction of the New Hebridean taxon to M. glaber is certainly correct. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji and the New Hebrides. LOCAL NAMES: The names wa motu, wa masi, and vaka tasi have been noted from Mba, kau loa from Mbua. 1988 APOCYNACEAE 49 AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Naruarua Gulch, near Mbatinaremba, St. John 18053A. VITI LEVU: Mpa: Vicinity of Nandarivatu, Tothill 391, 392, Parks 20596, Gillespie 3720, 3830.2; western slope of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 3684, Smith 4897. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Liuka Creek, Rukuruku Bay, with mangroves, H. B. R. Parham 85 (k); Mbua without further locality, H. B. R. Parham s. n. (BM). FiGureE 22. A, Melodinus vitiensis; ultimate cluster of flowers, x 4. B-E, Melodinus glaber; B, ultimate cluster of flowers, x 4; C, opened corolla, showing stamens (1 fallen) and many-lobulate corona, * 8; D, mature fruit, x 1; E, cross-sectioned mature fruit, x 1. A from DA 11620, B & C from Gillespie 3720, D & E from Gillespie 3684. 50 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 2. OcHROSIA Juss. Gen. Pl. 144. 1789; Seem. Fl. Vit. 158, p. p. 1866; Pichon in Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris) II. 19: 205, p. p. 1947; Fosberg & Sachet in Micronesica 10: 254. 1974; Boit. et al. in Adansonia II. 14: 485. 1974; Fosberg, Boit., & Sachet in op. cit. 17: 23. 1977; Markgraf in Blumea 25: 233. 1979; Boit. in Fl. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 47. 1981. Bleekeria Hassk. Retzia 1: 38. 1855. Excavatia Markgraf in Bot. Jahrb. 61: 194. 1927. Trees or shrubs; leaves usually verticillate, sometimes opposite, the blades char- taceous to subcoriaceous, the secondary nerves straight, nearly horizontal; inflores- cences axillary, cymose, dichotomously or trichotomously branched, with small bracts; calyx lobes broadly ovate, obtuse, without glands; corolla hypocrateriform, the tube cylindric, slightly broadened below the constricted throat, this without scales, the lobes dextrorsely contorted in bud; stamens with short filaments and oblong, acute anthers; disk lacking; ovary bicarpellate, glabrous, the carpels not immersed in tissue but glandular at base, with 2-6 2-seriate ovules, long-attenuate into style, this progres- sively attenuate distally, the style head short- -cylindric, with a basal row of conglutinate hairs, 2-apiculate at apex; fruit usually apocarpous (as in our species), sometimes more or less syncarpous at least toward base, the mericarps drupaceous, somewhat dorsiven- trally compressed, with or without a wing; exocarp and mesocarp more or less fleshy, the mesocarp without fibers; endocarp hard-fibrous but smooth-surfaced, with 2 somewhat extended cavities distinct from the laterally compressed seminiferous cavity and at first filled with milky parenchyma (usually empty at maturity), not muricate on surface nor with fibrous extensions, the seeds 2-6, compressed, narrowly winged, the hilum linear. TYPE SPECIES: Ochrosia borbonica Gmelin; this typification is interestingly dis- cussed by Markgraf (1979, p. 234). An earlier epithet in Ochrosia was O. maculata Jacq., the identity of which still seems questionable. Pichon (1947, p. 206), Fosberg and Sachet (1974, p. 255), and Markgraf (1979) seem to imply that O. maculata is conspecific with O. borbonica, but Fosberg, Boiteau, and Sachet (1977, p. 32, in index only) indicate that O. maculata is to be synonymized with Neisosperma oppositifo- lium. Bleekeria is typified by B. kalocarpa Hassk. (= Ochrosia elliptica Labill., cf. Markgraf, 1979, p. 240, and Boiteau, 1981, p. 54). For Excavatia Markgraf no type species was indicated by ING (1979); in describing the genus in 1927 Markgraf provided a key to three species, but only two were discussed, E. littoralis (Merr.) Markgraf and E. coccinea (Teijsm. & Binnend.) Mark- graf. The first of these (based on Ochrosia littoralis Merr.) has been referred to O. ackeringae (Teijsm. & Binnend.) Mig. by Markgraf (1979, p. 238), the second (based on Lactaria coccinea Teijsm. & Binnend.) to O. coccinea (Teijsm. & Binnend.) Migq. by Markgraf (1979, p. 239). Since only the second of these now retains a specific epithet first utilized by Markgraf when he proposed Excavatia, and since it was illustrated by him in 1927, the lectotype species of Excavatia is probably best indicated as E. coccinea. DISTRIBUTION: Mascarene Islands to Malesia, the Bonin Islands, and Australia, and eastward in the Pacific to the Society and Marquesas Islands and Hawaii. Fosberg, Boiteau, and Sachet (1977) in their preliminary list include 21 species (also stated by Boiteau, 1981), only one of which is from Hawaii, but St. John (in Adansonia II. 18: 199-220. 1978) accounts for eleven species in Hawaii alone. Markgraf (1979) 1988 APOCYNACEAE 51 indicated the genus as including about 23 species. One species is indigenous in Fiji and Tonga. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: MARKGRAF, F. Florae Malesianae Praecursores LIX. Apocynaceae V. Ochrosia, Neisosperma. Blumea 25: 233-247. 1979. FiGurRE 23. Ochrosia vitiensis; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, x 1/3; B, inflorescence and detached corollas, x 2; C, gynoecium of young flower, also showing 3 calyx lobes and a bracteole, x 12; D, opened corolla, showing stamens, x 4; E, spreading mericarps of developing fruit, x 1. A-D from Smith 1224, E from Smith 1501. Vol. 4 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 52 — 1988 APOCYNACEAE 33} 1. Ochrosia vitiensis (Markgraf) Pichon in Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris) II. 19: 207. 1947; Fosberg, Boit., & Sachet in Adansonia II. 17:28. 1977. FIGURES 23, 24A. Excavatia vitiensis Markgraf in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 127. fig. 66, b, c. 1936. Bleekeria vitiensis A. C. Sm. in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 70: 549. 1943; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 221. 1959; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 183. 1964, ed. 2. 259. 1972. Tree or shrub 2-12 m. high, with white latex, occurring from near sea level to about 500 m. in dense, dry, or open forest or on its edges, in beach thickets, and on cliffs along beaches, often on limestone. The corolla is pale yellow and the fruit becomes red at maturity, or it is sometimes noted as brown withred pulp. Flowers have been obtained between November and May, fruits in most months. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 1155 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Feb. 23, 1934, on Fulanga. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji and Tonga. The species appears scattered and infrequent in Fiji, but probably it is more abundant in the Lau Group than suggested by the known collections. LOCAL NAMES: In southern Lau the names ndongondongo and vaoko have been recorded, but both are questionable for this species. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Serua: Hills west of Waivunu Creek, between Ngaloa and Korovou, Smith 9478; hills between Waininggere and Waisese Creeks, between Ngaloa and Wainiyambia, Smith 9659; Loloma Beach, DA 16644. KANDAVU: Ndravuwalu Village, Natheva Tikina, Berry 248. VANUA LEVU: Martuuata: Southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6581. VANUA MBALAVU: Northern limestone section, Smith 1501; Namalata islet, southern limestone section, Smith 1434. FULANGA: On limestone, Smith 1224. ONGEA LEVU: Bryan 428 (fruits only); on rocky beach cliff, Bryan 438. 3. NEISOSPERMA Raf. Sylva Tellur. 162. 1838; Fosberg & Sachet in Micronesica 8: 48, as Neiosperma. 1972, in op. cit. 10: 254, as Neiosperma. 1974, in Adansonia II. 17: 21. 1977; Fosberg, Boit., & Sachet in op. cit. 17:28. 1977; Markgraf in Blumea 25: 241. 1979; Boit. in Fl. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 64. 1981. Ochrosia sensu Seem. Fl. Vit. 158, p. p. 1866; non Juss. Trees, often with thick branchlets; leaves verticillate (3-6 at a node), rarely oppo- site, the blades usually subcoriaceous, with straight secondary nerves; inflorescences axillary, cymose, usually long-pedunculate, the peduncle producing an irregular whorl of branchlets, these branched again or not, the flowers spirally arranged and crowded, the pedicels short; calyx lobes ovate-orbicular, obtuse, without glands; corolla hypo- crateriform, soon caducous, the tube comparatively short, cylindric, broadening toward middle, the throat contracted, glabrous, without scales, the lobes dextrorsely contorted in bud; stamens inserted near middle of corolla tube, the filaments short, the anthers erect, longer than filaments; disk often reduced to 2 scales alternate with carpels; ovary bicarpellate, the carpels immersed in tissue at base or adnate to disk scales, with 2-6 2-seriate ovules, abruptly truncate below style, this comparatively broad, consisting of 2 readily separable strands, the style head ellipsoid, short, witha basal ring of hairs and 2 apical appendages; fruit always apocarpous, fleshy, the mericarps not or rarely dorsiventrally compressed, drupaceous, the exocarp thin, the mesocarp usually more fleshy than that of Ochrosia, fragrant, often consumed by animals, the endocarp fibrous, muricate, emitting into mesocarp numerous, hornlike, distally directed processes, without cavities other than seminiferous cavity, this incom- Ficure 24. A, Ochrosia vitiensis; dorsal surface of mature mericarp (lower), cross section through mericarp (center) showing 2 cavities and central seminiferous cavity, and distal portions of mericarp (above) separated and disclosing distal portions of seeds, x 1. B-D, Neisosperma oppositifolium; B, mericarp of fruit with exocarp still mostly intact, x 1; C, mericarp (exocarp and mesocarp decayed and absent) showing distally directed processes of endocarp, x 1; D, inner surface of longitudinally split mericarp (exocarp and mesocarp absent), showing flattened seed, x 1. A from Bryan 428, B from Bryan 336, C & D from Bryan 444. 54 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 pletely 2-locular, containing 1-4 seeds, these oblong, compressed, the hilum puncti- form. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: No type species was designated by ING (1979). In proposing Neisosperma, Rafinesque (1838) included two species in his concept, N. muricata, based on Cerbera platyspermos (“platisperma’’) Gaertn., and N. musculiformis, based on Cerbera musculiformis Lam. The second of Rafinesque’s species has been referred to the loganiaceous Neuburgia musculiformis (Lam.) Mig. (cf. Merr. Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amb. 425. 1917, Index Rafin. 194. 1949), which is probably referable to N. moluccana (Boerl.) Leenh. (cf. Leenh. in Fl. Males. I. 6: 367. 1963). Therefore, in accord wth ICBN (T.4(e)), the first of Rafinesque’s species provides the appropriate lectotype species of Neisosperma: N. muricata Raf., nom. illeg. (Cerbera platyspermos Gaertn.) = N. oppositifolium (Lam.) Fosberg & Sachet (cf. Fosberg, Boit., & Sachet in Adansonia II. 17: 30. 1977; Markgraf in Blumea 25: 243. 1979). DISTRIBUTION: The Seychelles to Malesia and Australia, north to the Ryukyu and Bonin Islands, and east in the Pacific to the Marquesas Islands, with 18-20 species. One widespread species is indigenous in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: MARKGRAF, F. 1979, as listed under Ochrosia. Neisosperma has been treated as feminine by Fosberg, Sachet, and Boiteau, following the first specific combination (Neisosperma muricata Raf.), in spite of ICBN, Rec. 75A.2(c), which states that all modern compounds ending in such neuter words as -sperma (not specifically mentioned in the Recommendation) should be treated as neuter. Boiteau (1981) states: “La premiere combinaison spécifique a été donnée au féminin; malgré son étymologie, le genre doit donc étre considéré comme féminin.” Markgraf (1979) used Neisosperma as neuter, in which I believe he should be followed. 1. Neisosperma oppositifolium (Lam.) Fosberg & Sachet in Micronesica 8: 48, as Neiosperma oppositifolia. 1972, in op. cit. 10: 255. 1974, in Adansonia II. 17: 21. 1977; Fosberg, Boit., & Sachet in op. cit. 17: 30. 1977; Markgraf in Blumea 25: 243. 1979: Boit. in Fl. Nouv-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 66. p/. 12. 1981. FIGURE 24B-D. Cerbera oppositifolia Lam. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 1: 62. 1783. , Cerbera parviflora Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 19. 1786. Neisosperma muricata Raf. Sylva Tellur. 162. 1838. Ochrosia parviflora Hensl. in Ann. Nat. Hist. 1: 345. 1838; A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 333. . 1862, in Bonplandia 10: 37. 1862; Seem. Viti, 439. 1862, FI. Vit. 158. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 233. 1892; Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 19. 1932; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 185. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 97. 1943. Ochrosia elliptica sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861; non Labill. Ochrosia oppositifolia K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 2: 156. fig. 57, K-M. 1895, Merr. Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amb. 431. 1917; Pichon in Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris) II. 19: 211. 1947; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 220. 1959; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 45. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 338. 1971; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 261. 1972: M. Grant, Fosberg, & H. M. Sm. in Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 17: 51. 1974. Bleekeria elliptica sensu A. C. Sm. in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 70: 549. 1943; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 183. 1964; non Koidz. As seen in Fiji, Neisosperma oppositifolium is a tree 4-15 m. high, with abundant white latex and with a trunk up to 15 cm. or more in diameter, occurring near sea level in coastal forest, beach thickets, and clearings, sometimes on the inner edges of mangrove swamps, and often on limestone. The large leaves have petioles 3-6 cm. long and elliptic-obovate blades 12-32 < 6-15 cm., with 16-25 spreading lateral nerves 1988 APOCYNACEAE 55 interspersed with others nearly as prominent. The comparatively large, repeatedly dichasial inflorescence has a stout peduncle elongating to 5-8 cm. and secondary branches of very variable length. The corollas are white to pale yellow, with a narrow tube 5-7 mm. long and slightly longer lobes. The fruit (FIGURE 24B-D) of the species is highly characteristic, with a buoyancy that permits its wide dispersal. The mericarps turn from green to brown, and the strikingly elongate processes of the endocarp are also pale brown. Flowers have been noted in Fiji between December and April, fruits between February and August. TYPIFICATION: Cerbera oppositifolia is based on Lactaria salubris Rumph. Herb. Amb. 2: 255. t. 84. 1741. For Cerbera parviflora, G. Forster noted: “Insulae Amicorum et Savage island,” but I have seen no Forster specimens indicated as from Tonga. An appropriate citation is: J. R. & G. Forster (BM LECTOTYPE, 2 sheets; ISOLECTOTYPE at K), obtained during Cook’s second voyage on Niue (Savage Island). Neisosperma muri- cata (nom. illeg.) is based on Cerbera platyspermos Gaertn. (1791). DISTRIBUTION: Seychelles to Ceylon and eastward to the Mariana Islands and Polynesia. LOCAL NAMES: The species is well known locally as vaoko, vavaoa, vao, and vavakana; a name noted only on Vanua Mbalavu is papaio. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & NAVoSA: Korotongo, O. & I. Degener 32123. SeRuA: Vunindilo Beach, DA, May 8, 1951 (L.2424), 16575. Rewa: Nukulau Island, Barclay. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Along Hibiscus Highway leading from Savusavu, Bierhorst F162; Ndromoni- nuku, DA 168/9; Mbutha Bay, DA 1341/7. VANUA LEvU without further locality, Seemann 316. MOALA: Bryan 336. VANUA MBALAVU: Southern limestone section, Smith 1430. FULANGA: Bryan 444. Fist without further locality, Horne 504. 4. ALyxIA Banks ex R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 469. 1810; Seem. FI. Vit. 156. 1866: Pichon in Mém. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. 27: 164. 1948; Fosberg & Sachet in Micronesica 10: 251. 1974; M. Grant, Fosberg, & H. M. Sm. in Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 17: 46. 1974; Markgraf in Blumea 23: 377. 1977; Boit. in FI. Nouvy.-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 96. 1981. Nom. cons. Gynopogon J. R. & G. Forst. Char. Gen. Pl. 18. 1775, ed. 2. 35. 1776; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 2: 151. 1895. Nom. rejic. Lianas or scandent shrubs, the branchlets often angular when young; leaves opposite or verticillate, the blades often coriaceous, entire, glabrous, nitid, the costa prominent, the secondary nerves inconspicuous; inflorescences axillary or pseudoter- minal, thyrsoid, cymose, or paniculiform, few-many-flowered (rarely 1-flowered), the pedicels with small bracts at base and sometimes bracteolate distally, the flowers (4 or)5-merous; calyx deeply lobed, the lobes ovate to lanceolate, usually ciliolate, without glands; corolla hypocrateriform, the tube slightly expanded at insertion of stamens, constricted at throat and without scales, pilose distally within, the lobes sinistrorsely contorted in bud, often asymmetrical, rounded; stamens included in upper part of corolla tube, the filaments short, slender, the anthers lanceolate to ovate, obtuse; disk inconspicuous or none; ovary bicarpellate, the carpels free or shortly adherent at base, usually pilose near base, the ovules 2-6, biseriate, the style single, glabrous, the style head subglobose to cylindric, usually glabrous, without a flange, the stigma with 2 short tips; fruit composed of paired, drupaceous mericarps, frequently only | maturing, the mericarps stipitate, ellipsoid, not or indistinctly compressed, short-beaked, composed ofa single article or moniliform (in our taxa articles usually 1, sometimes 2, rarely 3), each article with its own endocarp, |-seeded, the pericarp thin, the mesocarp without fibers, thin, fleshy, the endocarp crustaceous to subligneous, usually thin, the seeds black to reddish, not or indistinctly compressed or angled, witha deep ventral groove, ecomose, the endosperm ruminate. TYPE SPECIES: The conserved type species of Alyxiais A. spicata R. Br. The Forsters proposed two species of Gynopogon in 1775, G. stellatum (sic) and G. scandens; since 56 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 the generic name is now rejected, lectotypification is unnecessary, but Grant, Fosberg, and Smith (1974) provide a justification for considering G. ste/latum the lectotype species. DISTRIBUTION: Southeastern Asia throughout Malesia to Australia, and eastward to the Tuamotus (Henderson Island) and Hawaii, with 120-130 species. In Fiji five species are here considered, three of them endemic. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: MARKGRAF, F. Florae Malesianae Praecursores LV. Apocynaceae IV. Alyxia. Blumea 23: 377-414. 1977. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Throughout Fiji all taxa of A/yxia are known as vono, sometimes as vono matailevu, vono yauyau, or vono ni veikau. The stems and attached leaves are used for necklaces in dances and on other festive occasions for their attractive fragrance, as throughout the Pacific. Markgraf (1977) has arranged the Malesian species in twelve series, and Boiteau (1981) the New Caledonian species in six series. The species of A/yxia in the Fijian Region clearly fall into two series, those species without pedicellary bracteoles under the calyx (A. stellata and its allies, to be referred to ser. Reinwardtianae), and those species with pedicellary bracteoles subtending the calyx and suggestive of calyx lobes. The latter group, a cluster of species consisting of A. bracteolosa and its allies, is apparently not represented among the series discussed by Markgraf and Boiteau and is here taken to compose a new series Bracteolosae'. Although Boiteau (1981, p. 98) has remarked that several Fijian species fall into ser. Globuliferae, neither his nor Mark- graf’s definition of that series permits the inclusion in it of Fijian species. KEY TO SPECIES Inflorescences 3-6-flowered and without secondary branchlets; pedicels 1-9 mm. long, without distal bracteoles; corolla tube 2-5 mm. long; mericarps | or 2 per fruit, each with | or 2 (rarely 3) articles, these. 7-17 x 6-11 mm., smooth-surfaced but drying somewhat wrinkled and inconspicuously several-costate or shallowly grooved, the endocarp crustaceous, about 0.1 mm. thick, adherent to the very thin mesocarp, the seed round in cross section (ser. Reinwardtianae). Leaves usually ternate, infrequently opposite, the blades elliptic to elliptic- or oblong-lanceolate, (1.2-) 2-6 cm. long, (3-) 5-23 mm. broad, 2-6 times longer than broad, rounded or retuse at apex, the margins not parallel; peduncle 7-40 mm. long; pedicels 1-9 mm. long. .......... |. A. stellata Leaves usually quaternate or ternate, infrequently opposite, the petioles negligible or to 2 mm. long, the blades oblong-linear, 2-6.5 cm. long, 1.2-5.5 (-7) mm. broad, (6-) 10-20 times longer than broad, obtuse at apex, the margins usually parallel; peduncle 3-10 mm. long; pedicels 1-3.5 mm. long; corolla tube 2-3.5 mm. long; articles of mericarps 8-11 x 6-8 mm. .......... 2. A. linearifolia Inflorescences sometimes many-flowered and often with short secondary branchlets; pedicels negligible to 3 mm. in length (sometimes appearing longer but then presumably solitary at apex of an ultimate ‘inflorescence branchlet and not clearly differentiated from it), bearing 3-many bracteoles distally, these often congested and closely subtending calyx, simulating calyx lobes in shape and texture; corolla tube 3.5-12 mm. long; mericarps usually | (sometimes 2) per fruit, each with a single article, this 10-40 x 7-25 mm., smooth-surfaced but drying irregularly wrinkled or sharply angled, the endocarp crustaceous or subligneous, 0.1-1 mm. thick, adherent or not to mesocarp, the seed round or angled in cross section (ser. Bracteolosae). !Alyxia ser. Bracteolosae A. C. Sm., ser. nov. Frutices scandentes, foliis pro genere saepe magnis; inflorescentia interdum multiflora et ramulosa, pedicellis brevibus et distaliter bracteolatis, bracteolis vulgo congestis et calycem arcte amplectentibus; corollae tubo 3.5-12 mm. longo; fructuum mericarpiis plerumque | (interdum 2) et cum articulo unico, articulis saepe amplis (10-40 x 7-25 mm.) in sicco irregulariter rugosis vel angulatis, endocarpio crustaceo vel sublignoso, semine in sectione transversali rotundo vel angulato. SPECIES TYPICA: Alyxia bracteolosa A. Gray. 1988 APOCYNACEAE D7 Branchlets stout (4-6 mm. in diameter), sharply 4-angled and shallowly canaliculate in several ultimate internodes; leaves quaternate, sessile or subsessile (petioles if present less than 5 mm. long, laterally sharply angled, broadened from base, 3-5 mm. thick); leaf blades coriaceous, elliptic to oblong- obovate, obtusely cuspidate to emarginate at apex, 9-14 x 3-5.5 cm.; infructescences compact, the mericarps | or 2, ellipsoid, drying wrinkled but 5-angled 2.5-3.5 x 1.5-1.8 cm., the endocarp subligneous, 0.5-1 mm. thick, the seed drying S-angled. ................. 3. A. erythrosperma Branchlets comparatively slender (1-4 mm. in diameter), terete or 3-angled (the faces then essentially flat) in several ultimate internodes; leaves ternate (rarely quaternate in juvenile specimens), obviously petiolate, the petioles (2-) 7-20 mm. long, comparatively slender (if as short as 2-7 mm. then very slender and obviously distinct from leaf blade). Inflorescences congested-capitate, each consisting of a stout (1.5-2 mm. in diameter) peduncle 3-4 mm. long and 10-15 flowers, the pedicels negligible (to | mm. long and completely concealed by bracteoles at anthesis), the corolla tube 10-12 mm. long at anthesis; mericarps at apparent maturity ellipsoid to obovoid, 15-20 x 8-12 mm., when dry irregularly wrinkled or longitudinally 5-7- angled, the endocarp 0.2-0.5 mm. thick, the seed irregularly angled in cross section; petioles stout, 9-13 mm. long; leaf blades coriaceous, prevailingly elliptic, S-9 x 2.5-5 cm., rounded to obtusely CuSpidateyatta Pexcwarrahcvsacteeyseveie sie cure tec ee siete tel tata sie cos alchicheus tesobe eter ays arias are 4. A. ovalifolia Inflorescences less congested, not capitate, the peduncles 2-30 mm. long, comparatively slender (0.5-1.5 mm. in diameter at anthesis), often shortly branching distally, each ultimate branchlet with 2-6 flowers, the pedicels negligible to 3 mm. long (occasionally appearing longer but then presumably solitary at apex of an ultimate inflorescence branchlet and not clearly differentiated from it). Mericarps at maturity subglobose to ellipsoid, irregularly wrinkled in drying but not regularly nor sharply angled, the endocarp crustaceous, 0.1-0.2 mm. thick, frangible and readily separating from mesocarp, the seed drying terete in cross section or bluntly 5S-7-angled; branchlets subterete or shallowly grooved to inconspicuously 3-angled in ultimate 3-5 internodes; petioles 2-17 mm. long, narrowly winged in distal half or nearly to base; leaf blades chartaceous to subcoriaceous. 5. A. bracteolosa Mericarps at maturity ellipsoid, sharply 5-angled in drying, (2-) 2.5-3.5 x (1.3-) 1.4-2 cm., the endocarp subligneous, 0.3-0.5 mm. thick, not frangible nor readily separating from mesocarp, the seed drying 5-angled; branchlets usually sharply 3-angled in ultimate 3-5 internodes; petioles 11-20 mm. long, narrowly winged nearly to base; leaf blades coriaceous, elliptic to oblong or obovate-oblong, (6-) 9-16.5 = (2-) 3-5 cm., short-acuminate or obtusely cuspidate at apex (acumen 4-10 mm. long); Samoa, at elevations of 600-1,600 m. ............ A. samoensis 1. Alyxia stellata (J. R. & G. Forst.) Roemer & Schultes, Syst. Veg. 4: 439. 1819. Gynopogon stellatum (sic) J. R. & G. Forst. Char. Gen. Pl. 18. 1. /8. 1775, ed. 2. 36. 1. 18. 1776. Interesting discussions of the perplexing A/pxia stellata in Polynesia, its variability, and its relationship to A. scandens (J. R. & G. Forst.) Roemer & Schultes have been provided by Fosberg (1968), Fosberg and Sachet (1974), and Grant, Fosberg, and Smith (1974). No satisfactory treatment of these species in their entirety has been offered, but it would seem probable that at least some of the proposed Polynesian varieties will be found to merit specific rank. Fairly typical material (1. e. in the sense of the original Forster collections) of A. stellata seems to occur from the Societies to Samoa (Christophersen, 1935) and New Caledonia (Boiteau, 1981). On mature consid- eration, I am now disposed to consider the taxon I described in 1952 as A. amoena to be of no more than varietal significance; A. /inearifolia, however, appears to be such an extreme variant that it is here retained as a separate species. KEY TO VARIETIES Petioles 2-4 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, (2.5—-) 3.5-6 cm. long, (6-) 10-23 mm. broad, 2-5 times longer than broad, rounded or retuse at apex; corolla tube 2.5-5 mm.long; articles of mroicqs O=N7/ 22 JM goedadcbcoosesnqpoocensensooseAsapaoseedmadioas la. var. stellata Petioles negligible or to 2 mm. long; leaf blades narrowly oblong-elliptic, (1.2) 2-5 cm. long, (3-) 5-12 mm. broad, (2-) 4-6 times longer than broad, obtuse at apex; corolla tube 2-3.5 mm. long; articles of Mencia JANI Caoilibs wasecadochoodeoroear ponptopecossaccnaddcodorauT lb. var. amoena 58 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 la. Alyxia stellata var. stellata. FIGuRE 25A & B. Gynopogon Stellatum (sic) J. R. & G. Forst. Char. Gen. Pl. 18. 1. 18. 1775, ed. 2. 36. 1. 18. 1776; Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 19. 1786. Alyxia stellata sensu Roemer & Schultes, Syst. Veg. 4: 439. 1819; A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 333, p. p. 1862; Seem. Viti, 439. 1862, Fl. Vit. 157, p. p. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 233. 1892; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 184. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178:97. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 58. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 220. 1959; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 183. 1964, ed. 2. 259. 1972; Fosberg in Micronesica 4: 258. 1968; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 44. 1970; St. John & A.C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 338. 1971; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser.85: 42, 59, 65, 88. 1972: Fosberg & Sachet in Micronesica 10: 253. 1974; M. Grant, Fosberg, & H. M. Sm. in Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 17:47. 1974; Boit. in Fl. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 137. pl. 27 (1-7). 1981. Gynopogon stellatus J. R. & G. Forst. ex K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 2: 151. 1895; Rechinger in Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 331. 1910. As seen in Fiji, the typical variety of A/yxia stellata is usually a liana, sometimes a scandent shrub 0.5-2 m. high, found from near sea level to about 350 m. in dense or thin forest, in thickets on hillsides and ridges, in beach thickets, and on sea cliffs, often on limestone. The corolla is pale yellow, or the tube may vary to pale orange or pink-tinged and the limb to white. The fruits turn from green to black at maturity. Flowers and fruits have been obtained in months scattered throughout the year. TyPIFICATION: Specimens collected by J. R. & G. Forster during Cook’s second voyage, presumably from the Society Islands, are to be found at BM, K, and p. The BM sheet is indicated as from the Pallas Herbarium, but it was doubtless available to the Forsters in 1775 and may be taken as the LECTOTYPE. Boiteau (1981) considered “Forster 54” (p) as the holotype. DISTRIBUTION: Widely distributed in the southern Pacific, at least between the Society Islands and New Caledonia, and perhaps farther to both east and west. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Naruarua Gulch, west of Mbatinaremba, St. John 18052. MAMANUTHAS: NaGatito Island, Malolo Group, O. & I. Degener 32234. OVALAU: Hills southeast.of valley of Mbureta River, Smith 7437; slopes of Mt. Koronimoko, vicinity of Thawathi, Smith 8074, vicinity of Levuka, Gillespie 4570. MAKONDRONGA: Degener & Ordonez 13799. NAIRAI: Milne 178. TOTOYA: Milne 84, Tothill 602. THIKOMBIA: Tothill 398. VANUA MBALAVU: Namalata Islet, southern limestone section, Smith 1455. FULANGA: On limestone formation, Smith 1196. Fis1 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped. (GH, p. p.). 1b. Alyxia stellata var. amoena (A. C. Sm.) A. C. Sm., comb. et stat. nov. FiGures 25C & D, 26A. & B. Alyxia stellata sensu A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 333, p. p. 1862; Seem. Fl. Vit. 157, p. p. 1866; non sensu str. Alyxia amoena A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 33: 115. 1952; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 181. 1964, ed. 2. 257. 1972. A liana or sometimes a scandent shrub 1-2 m. high, occurring at elevations of 100-900 m. in dense or open forest usually on crests and ridges. Flowers and fruits, in color similar to those of the typical variety, have been obtained in scattered months. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 6375 (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected in flower and fruit Oct. 27, 1947, on the southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Nangua, St. John 1816]. VIT1 LEVU: MBa: Northern slopes of Mt. Namendre, east of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4513. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Southern slopes of Nausori Highlands, above Tumbenasolo, Greenwood 1065A. OVALAU: Vicinity of Levuka, Gillespie 4568, Ficure 25. A & B, Alyxia stellata var. stellata; A, foliage and inflorescences, x 2; B, foliage and infructescences, showing a mericarp with 3 articles, x 2. C & D, Alyxia stellata var. amoena; C, inflorescence, x 8: D, opened corolla (1 stamen fallen), x 20. A from Smith 1455, B from St. John 18052, C & D from DA 14631. ea] < sa O < Zz Pal oO ie) ay < FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 1988 APOCYNACEAE 61 p. p. VANUA LEVU: Msua: Ramasa Hill, H. B. R. Parham VIII; vicinity of Nasarowangga, DA 1100. MartuuatTa: Summit ridge of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6498, DA 14631. F1s1 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped. (GH, p. p., US 65908), Horne 671. 2. Alyxia linearifolia A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 107. fig. 5. 1942, in J. Arnold Arb. 27: 321. 1946, in op. cit. 33: 114. 1952; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 182. 1964, ed. 2. 259. 1972. FIGuRE 26C & D. A liana or subscandent shrub 1-3 m. high, found between 50 and 950 m. in forest along streams, dry forest, or dense crest forest. Flower and fruit colors are as in the preceding species. Flowers have been observed between February and June, fruits throughout much of the year. TYPIFICATION: The species is based on Degener 15396 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, US), collected June 2, 1941, in flower and fruit, at Vatundamu, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Ra Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Nangua, St. John 18113. VITI LEVU: Mpa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 1065; vicinity of Nalotawa, eastern base of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 447]. REwA: Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2356, DA 1163. OVALAU: Vicinity of Levuka, Gillespie 4568, p. p. VANUA LEVU: Mbua: Vicinity of Nasau, Rukuruku Bay, H. B. R. Parham 11. MATHUATA: Southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6563. VANUA LEVU without further locality, H. B. R. Parham 340, 358. Fiy1 without further locality, Tothill 437. 3. Alyxia erythrosperma Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 17. fig. 20. 1930; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 181. 1964, ed. 2. 259. 1972. FIGURE 27A. A scandent shrub characterized by stout, sharply 4-angled, grooved branchlets, essentially sessile, quaternate, coriaceous leaves, and large mericarps with a subligne- ous, 5-angled endocarp. Flowers are not yet known. TYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 3219 (BISH HOLOTYPE and ISOTYPE), collected Oct. 1, 1927, between Nanggarawai and Saliandrau, Wainikoroiluva River, Namosi Province, Viti Levu, elevation 150-200 m. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from the type collection. It is curious that this sharply demarcated taxon, which would readily be recognized even if sterile, has not been obtained by other collectors, since the type locality has been traversed by other botanists, including the present writer. Gillespie perceptively recog- nized the distinct nature of this species and the following, although he saw only a single fruiting collection of each of them. The Samoan collections that Christophersen in 1935 described as a variety of Alyxia erythrosperma, with which they share a type of fruit very distinct within ser. Bracteolosae, are believed to be specifically distinct, as noted below. 4. Alyxia ovalifolia Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 17. fig. 27. 1930; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 183. fig. 65, B. 1964, ed. 2. 259. fig. 76, B. 1972. FiGure 27B-D. Alyxia stellata sensu Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 156. 1909; non Roemer & Schultes. An infrequent liana, recorded from forest, sometimes on ridges, at elevations between 150 and 1,127 m. The highly distinctive congested-capitate inflorescences bear flowers with white corollas, but the fruits are not obviously to be distinguished from those of Alyxia bracteolosa. Flowers have been collected in May, fruits in April and December. Ficure 26. A & B, Alyxia stellata var. amoena; A, gynoecium and calyx with 2 lobes removed, = 40; B, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, x 2. C & D, Alyxia linearifolia; C, foliage and inflorescences, x 2; D, foliage and fruit with 2 mericarps, x 2. A & B from DA 14631, C from Greenwood 1065, D from Smith 6563. FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Ficure 27. A, Alyxia erythrosperma; mericarp and cross section, with ventral surface of seed, x 2. B-D, Alyxia ovalifolia; B, inflorescences at a node and proximal portions of leaves, x 2; C, inflorescence, with some styles remaining, and a detached corolla, x 6; D, fruit with 2 mericarps and cross section of a mericarp, x 2. A from Gillespie 3219, B & C from DA 15176, D from Gillespie 4340. 1988 APOCYNACEAE 63 TYPIFICATION: The species was based on Gillespie 4340 (BISH HOLOTYPE and ISOTYPE), collected Dec. 19, 1927, on the summit of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DiIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from the two largest islands. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 669. NAITASIRI: Naitauvoli, Waingga Creek, Wanimala River tributary, DA 7025. VANUA LEVU: Mua: Mt. Uluimbau, DA 15176. Possibly the Milne specimen (k) from Ovalau cited by Seemann (FI. Vit. 157. 1866) as Alyxia scandens (cf. also J. W. Parham’s (1964, 1972) references to A. scandens) belongs here, together with Horne 343 (kK) and 444 (kK) without further data. 5. Alyxia bracteolosa A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 332. 1862; Seem. FI. Vit. 156. 1866; Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 91: 26. 1932. Gynopogon bracteolosus Rich ex K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 2: 151. 1895. Alyxia bracteolosa (sensu lat.) is a liana with copious white latex, occurring with some frequency at elevations between sea level and 1,050 m. (up to 1,500 m. in Samoa) in dense, dry, or crest forest, in hillside thickets, and in patches of forest in open country. The corolla is white or cream-white to pale yellow, the tube sometimes orange-tinged; the mericarps at maturity are deep blue to black. Flowers are most frequently obtained between October and June, but fruits persist throughout most of the year. In describing Alyxia bracteolosa, Gray included three varieties (vars. macrocarpa, angustifolia, and parvifolia), but it would seem that he intended to append these to his concept of the species as additional entities (as customary in taxonomic work of that period) rather than to interpret them as comprising his entire concept of the species. As lectotypes of the species itself (i. e. var. bracteolosa) and the three appended varieties I have accepted the specimens at Us so annotated in Gray’s hand; U. S. Exploring Expedition specimens at other herbaria are not necessarily strict isolectotypes of any of the components. Gillespie’s suggestion (1932) that Samoa is properly considered the type locality of the species is therefore not accepted; in fact all the us lectotypes of the four original components of the species are from either Fiji or Tonga. The additional taxa of Alyxia described from Samoa by Christophersen in 1935 must be taken into consideration in discussing A. bracteolosa and its immediate relatives in the Fijian Region. But still a satisfactory solution is elusive. I here retain four populations of A. bracteolosa as varieties. Variety angustifolia is perhaps the most realistic of them, characterized by consistently short-petiolate leaves with narrow blades rounded at apex, a compact inflorescence, and short corollas. Variety retusa, although known only from the type collection, also seems reasonably distinct by virtue of its rounded to retuse leaf blades and short corollas. Variety macrocarpa seems scarcely separable from the typical variety in foliage or inflorescence, but its compara- tively large mericarps (FIGURE 30D) suggest that varietal recognition is reasonable. Of var. bracteolosa itself Gray’s var. parvifolia seems only a variant with slightly smaller than usual leaves, without recognizable differences in either inflorescences or fruits. In describing the Samoan A. septangularis, Christophersen emphasized only its 7- angular seeds (FIGURE 30B). In my opinion no differences of foliage or inflorescence separate this Samoan population from A. bracteolosa var. bracteolosa, in which may be found 5-7-angled seeds (FIGURE 30A), seeds round in cross section (FIGURE 30C), and all intermediates. Also, some of the specimens referred by Christophersen to his A. erythrosperma var. samoensis seem better placed in A. bracteolosa var. bracteo- losa. 64 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 SYNOPSIS OF VARIETIES Petioles 6-17 mm. long; leaf blades narrowly elliptic or lanceolate to elliptic-oblong, (5-) 6-13 x (1.2-) 2-4.5 cm., cuspidate or short-acuminate at apex (acumen 3-10 mm. long, obtuse); peduncle (2-) 4-27 mm. long; corolla tube (4-) 5-12 mm. long; mericarps subglobose to ellipsoid, 12-22 x 9-16 mm. 5a. var. bracteolosa Petioles 5-17 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic-oblong to elliptic-lanceolate, 5-12 x 1.8-4.5 cm., cuspidate or short-acuminate at apex (acumen 2-10 mm. long, obtuse); peduncle 5-30 mm. long; mericarps subglobose to ellipsoid, 20-40 = 18-25 mm. .........-.----+---+++++eee 5b. var. macrocarpa Petioles slender, 2-8 mm. long; leaf blades oblong- or elliptic-lanceolate, (2) 3-9 x (0.5-) 1-2.5 cm., obtuse or rounded or faintly retuse at apex; peduncle 2-6 mm. long; corolla tube 5-8 mm. long; mericarps ellipsoid, 10-18 x 7-12 mm. .............--. ee eee eee eee eee ees 5c. var. angustifolia Petioles 7-13 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic-obovate, 4-7.5 x 2-3.7 cm., rounded to shallowly retuse at apex; peduncle 10-15 mm. long; corolla tube 3.5-4 mm. long. ..............-+--.-+--- 5d. var. retusa 5a. Alyxia bracteolosa A. Gray var. bracteolosa; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 181. 1964, ed. 2. 257. 1972; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 338. 1971. FIGURES 28, 29C, 30A-C. Alyxia bracteolosa sensu A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts. 5: 332. 1862; Reinecke in Bot. Jahrb. 25: 668. 1898; Rechinger in Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 331. 1910; Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 91: 26, p. p. fig. 29 (a-e). 1932; Christophersen in op. cit. 128: 180. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 184: 58. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 219. 1959; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 59. 1972; St. John in Phytologia 36: 373. 1977. Alyxia bracteolosa vat. parvifolia A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 333. 1862; Seem. FI. Vit. 157. 1866; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 181. 1964, ed. 2. 259. 1972. Alyxia septangularis Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 182. fig. 29. 1935; B. E. V. Parhamin New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 59. 1972. TyYPIFICATION: For the species as a whole Gray noted: “Navigators’, Tonga, and Feejee Islands”; the only sheet at Us unequivocally identified by Gray as Alyxia bracteolosa (without modification) is U. S. Expl. Exped. (US 78371 LECTOTYPE here designated), obtained on Tongatapu, Tonga. The type of A. bracteolosa var. parvi- folia may be taken as the only sheet at Us so annotated by Gray: U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 78368 LECTOTYPE here designated), collected in Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu, Fiji. The type of A. septangularis is Christophersen 3297 (BISH HOLOTYPE and ISOTYPE), collected in fruit Nov. 19, 1931, between Siuvao and Auala, Savai‘i, Samoa. DIsTRIBUTION: Fiji, Tonga, Samoa, and Horne and Wallis Islands. In Samoa it is seen for the most part at elevations up to about 800 m. but occasionally up to 1,500 m. From Fiji about 30 collections from six of the high islands are at hand. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Savundamatau Creek, west of Nandarivatu, Webster & Hildreth 14242; Nandala, south of Nandarivatu, Degener 14850. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Southern slopes of Nausori Highlands, in drainage of Namosi Creek above Tumbenasolo, Smith 4569; vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Degener 15305. SERUA: Ngaloa Nature Reserve, DA 16589. Namosi: Hills bordering Wainavindrau Creek, vicinity of Wainimakutu, Smith 858]. Nartasirt: Plant Introduction and Quarantine Station, Nanduruloulou, DA 8393. REwa: Vicinity of Lami, Gillespie 4591, p. p. KANDAVU: Summit of Mt. Mbuke Levu, Smith 287. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7858. VANUA LEVU: Mpua: Track to Volili, DA 17537. MaTHUATA: Vicinity of Lambasa, Greenwood 514. THAKAU- NDROVE: Hills west of Mbutha Bay, Natewa Peninsula, Smith 819. TAVEUNI: Track to lake above Somosomo, DA 14071. MOALA: Forest above Maloku, Smith 1352. eee FiGuRE 28. Alyxia bracteolosa var. bracteolosa; A, inflorescences and proximal portion of a leaf, x 2; B, ultimate cluster of flowers, * 6; C, inflorescences, x 2; D, ultimate cluster of flowers, x 6. A & B from Degener 15305, C from DA 14071, D from Smith 819. APOCYNACEAE < S) Z Z a Z a Ss > < [a4 oe) =] i 1988 APOCYNACEAE 67 5b. Alyxia bracteolosa var. macrocarpa A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 332. 1862; Seem. Fl. Vit. 157. 1866; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 181. 1964, ed. 2. 259. 1972. FIGuRE 30D. Alyxia macrocarpa Rich ex A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 332, pro syn. 1862. Alyxia bracteolosa sensu Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 91: 26, p. p. fig. 29 (habit). 1932. TYPIFICATION: The only us sheet so annotated by Gray, from Fiji without further locality, is U. S. Expl. Exped. (US 78369 LECTOTYPE here designated). DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and apparently less abundant than var. bracteo- losa; its recognition as a separate variety is open to question. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Slopes of Mt. Nairosa, eastern flank of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4055. KORO: Eastern slope of main range, Smith 951, 1000. NGAU: Slopes of Mt. Ndelaitho, on northern spur toward Navukailangi, Smith 7886; hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7790. VANUA LEVU: Matuuata: Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6743. TAVEUNI: Borders of lake east of Somosomo, Smith 932; vicinity of Wairiki, Gillespie 4752. 5c. Alyxia bracteolosa var. angustifolia A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 332. (Jan.) 1862, in Bonplandia 10: 37. (Feb.) 1862; Seem. in op. cit. 10: 296. 1862, FI. Vit. 157. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 232. 1892; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 181. 1964, ed. 2. 257. 1972. Ficures 29A & B, 30E. Alyxia stellata sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861; non Roemer & Schultes. Alyxia bracteolosa sensu Seem. Viti, 439. 1862. Alyxia scandens sensu Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 156. 1909; non Roemer & Schultes. TYPIFICATION: The only Us sheet so annotated by Gray is U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 78370 LECTOTYPE here designated), collected on Tongatapu, Tonga. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji and Tonga. In Fiji this comparatively distinctive variety is now known from about 40 collections but from only four islands. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Nangua, St. John 18117. VITI LEVU: MBa: Lomo- lomo Levu, Mt. Evans Range, DA 14040; northern slopes of Mt. Namendre, east of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4517; Naloto Range, DA 14765; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 598. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Southern slopes of Nausori Highlands, in drainage of Namosi Creek above Tumbenasolo, Smith 4586. SERUA: Coastal hills in vicinity of Taunovo River, east of Wainiyambia, Smith 9572; Loloma Beach, DA 16640. NAmos!: Mountains near Namosi, Milne 63. Ra: Vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15389. REWaA: Vicinity of Lami, Gillespie 4591, p. p.; vicinity of Suva, MacDaniels 1079. VITI LEVU and OVALAU: Seemann 310. OVALAU: Slopes of Mt. Koronimoko, vicinity of Thawathi, Smith 8070; Korotumbuitho, Lovoni Valley, DA 13291. VANUA LEVU: Martuuata: Vicinity of Lambasa, Greenwood 564. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Uluinambathi, Savusavu Bay region, Degener & Ordonez 13931. Fis without further locality, Storck 900. 5d. Alyxia bracteolosa var. retusa Markgraf in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 125. fig. 66, a. 1936; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 181. 1964, ed. 2. 259. 1972. FIGuRE 29D. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 1775 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected May 10, 1934, in flower, in dense, low forest on Mt. Kasi, Yanawai River region, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu, 300-430 m. alt. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from the type collection. LocAL NAME: Vono mbuli. Figure 29. A & B, Alyxia bracteolosa var. angustifolia; A, foliage and inflorescences, * 2; B, ultimate cluster of flowers, x 6. C, Alyxia bracteolosa var. bracteolosa; opened distal portion of corolla, showing style head and partly concealed stamens, «20. D, Alyxia bracteolosa var. retusa; ultimate cluster of flowers, x 6. A from DA 16640, B from Degener & Ordonez 13931, C from Degener 15305, D from Smith 1775. 68 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Alyxia samoensis (Christophersen) A. C. Sm., comb. et stat. nov.! FIGURE 30F. Christophersen correctly discerned the similarity of the mericarps of the fruits of his new variety samoensis to those of Alyxia erythrosperma, but his taxon sharply differs from the Fijian species in having its branchlets more slender, 3-angled rather than 4-angled in the ultimate internodes, and there with nearly flat rather than canaliculate faces, in its ternate rather than quaternate leaves that are obviously petiolate, and in its leaf blades being less coriaceous and more obviously cuspidate or acuminate at apex. In spite of the similarity of the fruits, I believe that these Samoan and Fijian taxa both merit specific status. No dependable characters of foliage or inflorescences separate A. samoensis from A. bracteolosa var. bracteolosa, which in Samoa usually (but not always) occurs at lower elevations; in general the latter taxon has the ultimate internodes of its branchlets less obviously angled than those of A. samoensis. 5. ALSTONIA R. Br. Asclepiadeae, 64. 1810 (preprint from Mem. Wern. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 75. 1811); Seem. FI. Vit. 160. 1866; Pichon in Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Paris) II. 19: 294. 1947; Monach. in Pacific Sci. 3: 137. 1949; Pichon in Mém. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. Ser. B, Bot. 1: 170. 1950; Markgraf in Blumea 22: 21. 1974; Boit. in FI. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 160. 1981; non Scop. (1777). Nom. cons. Trees or erect shrubs, the stipules reduced to lines or sometimes intrapetiolar; leaves opposite or verticillate, the blades usually with obvious secondary nerves and inconspicuous veinlets; inflorescences terminal, cymose, with several often freely branched primary peduncles, the flowers 5-merous; calyx deeply or shallowly lobed, the lobes broad, ciliolate or not, without glands; corolla tube cylindric, usually staminiferous near middle or toward apex and there slightly inflated, often pilose within, the throat thickened or not, pilose or glabrous, the lobes sinistrorsely or dextrorsely (as in our species) contorted in bud, spreading at anthesis; stamens with short filaments, the anthers not exserted, without appendages; disk annular, free or adnate to and often indistinct from ovary; ovary apocarpous, superior or partly inferior, glabrous to densely pilose, the carpels free or shortly concrescent at base, the ovules numerous (18-110), 2-8-seriate, the style filiform to short, glabrous, the style head cylindric or truncate-conical, often densely velutinous at least at base, membranous-indusiate above, the stigma apiculate or short-conical; fruit a double follicle, the mericarps free or very shortly connate proximally, slender, not com- pressed, slightly striate, the placentae marginal, the seeds numerous, sessile, dorsiven- trally flattened, not imbricate, marginally ciliate with simple, distinct hairs and often also pilose on surfaces, without wings or with a distal wing or with both distal and proximal wings, these sometimes variously bifid or bipartite or irregularly branched, the hilum punctiform near middle of one surface of seed body. TYPE SPECIES: Alstonia scholaris (L.) R. Br. (Echites scholaris L.) (typ. cons.). DISTRIBUTION: Tropical Africa to tropical Asia, Malesia, and Australia, and eastward in the Pacific to the Society and Marquesas Islands, with 40-45 species. 'Alyxia samoensis (Christophersen) A. C. Sm., comb. et stat. nov. Alyxia erythrosperma var. samoensis Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 181. fig. 28. 1935. TyYPIFICATION: The type is Christophersen & Hume 2157 (BISH HOLOTYPE and ISOTYPE), collected in fruit July 24, 1931, in forest abové Matavanu Crater, alt. 1,300 m., Savai‘i, Samoa. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Samoa and now known from Savai‘iand Upolu at elevations of 600-1,600 m. ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED: SAMOA: SAVAI‘I: Vaupel 606, Christophersen & Hume 2563, Whistler 2563, 2636. UPOLU: Christophersen 388, 391, Whistler 699, 1155, 1910. 1988 APOCYNACEAE 69 Ficure 30. Alyxia, dried mericarps and cross sections, all * 2. A-C, Alyxia bracteolosa var. bracteolosa (B also with ventral surface of seed). D, Alyxia bracteolosa var. macrocarpa. E, Alyxia bracteolosa vat. angustifolia. F, Alyxia samoensis. A from Smith 8581, B from Christophersen 3297 (Savai‘i, Samoa), C from Smith 1352, D from Smith 7790, E from DA 16640, F from Christophersen 388 (Upolu, Samoa). 70 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 (However, Alstonia is presumably lacking from Tonga and Niue; Yuncker’s (1959) record of the genus in Tonga is referable to Ervatamia obtusiuscula, q. v.) Three indigenous species, of which two are endemic, and one cultivated species are recorded from Fiji; all of these belong in sect. Dissuraspermum (A. Gray) Benth. as that is defined by Pichon (1947, 1950) to include sect. Monuraspermum Monach. (1949). Tonduzia Pittier, a small Central American genus, was treated as a section of Alstonia by Pichon (1947, p. 296), but this suggestion was refuted by Monachino (1949, pp. 179-180), who pointed to a substantial difference in seed morphology between the two genera. Monachino’s observation was verified by Pichon (1950, p. 168) but did not cause him to modify his point of view, which is also adopted by Gentry (in Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 70: 206. 1983). The generic distribution stated by Markgraf (1974) indicates that he has not accepted the inclusion of Tonduzia in Alstonia. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: PICHON, M. Classification des Apocynacées: IV, genre “Alstonia” et genres voisins. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris) II. 19: 294-301. 1947. MoNACHINO, J. A revision of the genus Alstonia (Apocynaceae). Pacific Sci. 3: 133-182. 1949. MARKGRAF, F. Florae Malesianae Praecursores LIV. Apocynaceae III. Blumea 22: 20-29. 1974. The taxa of Alstonia indigenous in the Fijian Region are difficult to analyze, as pointed out by Monachino (1949, pp. 167-168), but they seem amply distinct from the Polynesian A. costata (Forst. f.) R. Br. on the basis of leaf blade shape (blades of the latter being abruptly long-acuminate at apex) and seed proportions. The species of our area have coriaceous leaf blades of very diverse size, in shape varying from lanceolate- elliptic to broadly oblong- or obovate-elliptic, rounded to obtuse to long-decurrent on petiole at base, rounded to obtuse to cuspidate or short-acuminate at apex (but then the acumen obtuse and not exceeding | cm. in length), the costa and secondary nerves often sulcate above and prominent beneath, the secondary nerves spreading-arcuate and 9-22 per side. The petioles are slender to stout, shallowly canaliculate or deeply so - at base and often expanded and clasping, sometimes with an obvious erect ligule, when fallen leaving conspicuous, pale, broad, obdeltoid or lunate scars. The inflorescences are often long-pedunculate, spreading, and freely branched; the calyces are 1-2 mm. long and not more than 2.5 mm. in diameter, with rounded, eciliate lobes; the corolla tube is 2-6 mm. long and the variable lobes are oblong- or linear-lanceolate, usually 5-10 x 1.5-2 mm. The mature fruits have sharply divergent mericarps that are very slender (2.5-5 mm. in diameter prior to dehiscence) and variable in length (6-40 cm. long); the seeds are caudate-winged at both ends, copiously short-ciliolate and often minutely pilose on the flattened surfaces; the seed wings are entire or bifid or some- times irregularly forked. Dimensional characteristics as to branchlets, leaves, and inflorescences are useful in separating taxa but are certainly not sharply differentiat- ing. Floral differences among the taxa seem inconsequential, but mericarp length and seed proportions are worthy of consideration. LocAL NAMES AND USES: Commonly used names for any indigenous species of Alstonia are mbulei, ndrenga, ndrengandrenga, ndrenga nggurungguru, and sorua; other recorded names are rerese and mbuleki; mbulei lailai usually refers to A. montana. The latex of all species is used as a chewing gum, and it has been noted as part of a preparation used to relieve eye troubles. The commercial potential of the Fijian caoutchouc was interestingly discussed by Horne (1881, pp. 195-202), but apparently his recommendations have been ignored. 1988 APOCYNACEAE 71 KEY TO SPECIES Leaves opposite; calyx and corolla lobes eciliate; seeds caudate-winged at both ends; indigenous species. Seeds 5-10 mm. long, the body 2-4 x 1.5-2 mm. (about twice as long as broad), abruptly caudate-winged at both ends, the wings 1-4 mm. long; mericarps of mature fruits 6-20 cm. long; inflorescences at full anthesis 4-11 cm. long, 2-7 cm. broad, the peduncles (1—) 2-7 cm. long; petioles slender (1-2 mm. in diameter), 1-3 cm. long, slightly expanded at base but without a clasping ligule; leaf blades (3-) 5-15 x (1.5-) 2.5-5 (-6) cm., glabrous, the secondary nerves 2-10 (-12) mm. apart; branchlets compara- tively slender, 1.5-4 (-5) mm. in diameter in ultimate 10-20 cm., the leaf scars 2-5 mm. broad and 1-2 TNE IMD, ccoosooscncagcaoacno on EdosoduDdbnDEDdS SUBD DD HODOUSSDDUDBODUONE 1. A. montana Seeds 12-19.5 mm. long, the body 4-6 1-2 mm. (3 or 4times as long as broad), gradually caudate-winged at both ends, the wings 4-8 mm. long; mericarps of mature fruits (8-) 13-40 cm. long; inflorescences at full anthesis often exceeding 15 cm. long and broad, the peduncles usually 5 cm. long or much longer; petioles comparatively stout, expanded to a broad base and often with a clasping ligule; leaf blades usually exceeding 15 x 5 cm., the secondary nerves (4—) 5-40 mm. apart; branchlets compara- tively stout, 2.5-15 mm. in diameter in ultimate 10-20 cm., the leaf scars usually exceeding 5 mm. in breadth and 2 mm. in height. Branchlets 2.5-5 (-8) mm. in diameter, the leaf scars 3-8 (-10) mm. broad and 1.5-4 (-6) mm. high; petioles 1-5 (-7) cm. long, 1-2.5 mm. in diameter, often with a comparatively inconspicuous ligule to | mm. high or this obscure or lacking; leaf blades (5S—) 7-22 (-26) x (2-) 3-11 (-16) cm., glabrous, the secondary nerves (4-) 5-20 mm. apart; inflorescences 4-16 (—22) cm. long and 4-13 cm. broad, the peduncles (1-) 4-10 (-12) cm. long; mericarps of mature fruits (8-) 13-38 cm. long. 2. A. pacifica Branchlets (5-) 7-15 mm. in diameter, often obviously fistulose, the leaf scars 10-16 mm. broad and 4-8 mm. high; petioles (2-) 4-10 cm. long, (2-) 3-6 mm. in diameter, with a coriaceous clasping ligule 1-3 (-5) mm. high; leaf blades (13-) 20-60 x (6-) 12-30 cm., sometimes soft-villose beneath, the secondary nerves 10-40 mm. apart; inflorescences 10-35 cm. long and broad, the peduncles (1-) 5-20 cm. long; mericarps of mature fruits 20-40 cm. long. ................... 3. A. vitiensis Leaves verticillate, usually 4 per node; calyx and corolla lobes ciliate; seeds caudate-winged at one end only; GUILE FHEGSS. soo sonooconcoaccoos ood onocoacodcoNs Soo OsHSoaDOUOD ESOS 4. A. macrophylla 1. Alstonia montana Turrill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43: 32. 1915; Monach. in Pacific Sci. 3: 173. 1949. Ficures 31, 32A & B, 33A. Alstonia plumosa sensu Seem. FI. Vit. 161. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 234. 1892; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 157. 1909; non Labill. Alstonia smithii Markgraf in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 125. fig. 65, a. 1936. Alstonia montana var. filiformis Monach. in Pacific Sci. 3: 173. 1949; J. W. Parham, PI. Fijilsl. 181. 1964, ed. 2. 257. 1972. Alstonia montana var. montana; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 181. 1964, ed. 2. 257. 1972. Shrub or tree (1-) 2-15 m. high, with white latex, often abundant from near sea level to 1,195 m. (more common at higher elevations) in dense, dry, or open forest or in the thickets of crests and ridges. The corolla is white to pale yellow, but with the tube often greenish and the lobes often bright yellow to orange as well as white (such colors apparently lacking in the other indigenous species). Flowers and fruits have been obtained in all months. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: A/stonia montana is based on im Thurn 58 (kK HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BM), collected Jan. 31, 1906, near Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. The type of A. smithii is Smith 697 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), obtained Nov. 29, 1933, on the summit of Mt. Mbatini, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu. Markgraf did not compare his species with A. montana, but no differen- ces are apparent. Alstonia montana var. filiformis is typified by Horne 1043 (Kk HOLOTYPE), collected in June, 1878, at Na Vasi (“Navesi”), Rewa Province, Viti Levu. Monachino distinguished the variety by its small flowers and slender inflorescence branches, characters now seen to be very variable. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji but known from only three of the high islands, from which some 75 collections are now at hand. Monachino (1949) believed Alstonia montana to occur in Samoa on the sole basis of Christophersen 1061, a flowering 72 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 specimen in my opinion indistinguishable from various others of Samoa accepted by Monachino as A. reineckeana (i. e. A pacifica). REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Northern portion of Mt. Evans Range, between Mt. Vatuyanitu and Mt. Natondra, Smith 4386; Mt. Lomolomo Levu, DA 14045; upper slopes of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4638; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 563, 605, Parks 20505; summit of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Gillespie 3801. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 5427. SERUA or NAMosI: Mountains between Vienungga and Waionamoli Creeks, Horne 861. Namosi: Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3375; Mt. Voma, Gillespie 2912; Mt. Vakarongasiu, DA 14596. NaltTasiri: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomanivi and Nasonggo, Smith 6091; Central road, MacDaniels 1150. Viti Levu without further locality, Milne 10]. OVALAU: Hills west of Lovoni Valley, on ridge south of Mt. Korolevu, Smith 7541; mountains west of Levuka, Gillespie 4428. VANUA LEVU: Mua: Mt. Seatura, DA 15170; woods above Nandi, Milne 213; lower Wainunu River Valley, Smith 1722. MaTHuATA: Mt. Ndelaikoro, DA 1262]. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Mbatini, Smith 711; Navonu Creek, Natewa Peninsula, DA 1508]. VANUA LEvU without further locality, Milne 261. 2. Alstonia pacifica (Seem.) A. C. Sm. in Brittonia 27: 151. 1975. FIGURES 32C, 33B. Tabernaemontana sp. Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861. Alstonia plumosa sensu A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 334. 1862; non Labill. Tabernaemontana pacifica Seem. Fl. Vit. 160. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 235. 1892; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 185. 1964, ed. 2. 262. 1972. Alstonia godeffroyi Reinecke in Bot. Jahrb. 25: 667. 1898. Alstonia reineckeana Lauterb. in Bot. Jahrb. 41: 233. 1908; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 177. 1935; Monach. in Pacific Sci. 3: 172. 1949; J. W. Parham, PI. FijiIsl. 181. 1964, ed. 2. 257. 1972; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 52, 81. 1972. Alstonia villosa f. calvescens sensu Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 19. 1932; non Markgraf. Rejoua pacifica Markgraf in Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 12: 546. 1935. Alstonia aff. plumosa Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 177. 1935. Alstonia setchelliana Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 178. fig. 27. 1935. Alstonia sp. Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 180. 1935. Alstonia vitiensis var. novo-ebudica Monach. in Pacific Sci. 3: 171. 1949. Alstonia vitiensis var. whitmorei Markgraf in Gard. Bull. Singapore 22: 24. 1967. Tree 2-20 m. high, often slender, with white latex, found in various types of forest and sometimes in coastal thickets, between sea level and about 1,000 m. (but less frequently at the higher elevations than A/stonia montana). The corolla is white to pale yellow, often with the tube greenish. Flowers and fruits have been noted throughout the year. TyYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Tabernaemontana pacifica is based solely on Seemann 314 (K HOLOTYPE), collected in May, 1860, in the vicinity of Somosdmo, Taveuni. The specimen clearly represents the widespread “transitional species between A. vitiensis and A. montana” (Monachino, 1949). The type of Alstonia godeffroyi is Reinecke 483 (HOLOTYPE presumably at wRsL), obtained in April, 1895, at “Letogo- Siuma-Kamm,” Upolu, Samoa. I have seen no duplicates or photographs of this type, but nothing in the description indicates it to be different from the common Samoan species usually identified as A. reineckeana, typified by Vaupel 353 (ISOTYPES at BISH, K, US), collected July 19, 1906, at “Maugamu,” Savai‘i, Samoa. The type of A. setchelliana is Christophersen 1265 (BISH HOLOTYPE), collected Nov. 14, 1929, west of Pago Pago, Tutuila, Samoa. Alstonia vitiensis var. novo-ebudica is based on Kajewski 292 (NY HOLOTYPE), obtained May 23, 1928, at Dillon Bay, Eromanga, New Hebrides; A. vitiensis var. whitmorei on Whitmore BSIP 605 (depository not indicated), col- lected Oct. 13, 1962, at Gold Ridge, Guadalcanal, Solomon Islands. The occurrence of A. vitiensis in the New Hebrides and Solomon Islands, as suggested by the last two Ficure 31. Alstonia montana; A, portion of inflorescence, x 4; B, corolla with 2 lobes removed, showing a stamen, x 12; C, calyx with 2 lobes removed and gynoecium, * 24; D, seeds, x 4. A-C from Smith 1722, D from Gillespie 4428 (left), DA 14045 (center), and Parks 20505 (right). APOCYNACEAE 74 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 varietal taxa, cannot be supported. Specimens from those areas of this general rela- tionship appear to me indistinguishable from a reasonable concept of A. pacifica. FiGuRE 32. A & B, Alstonia montana; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and an inflorescence, x 1/3; B, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and a mature fruit, x 1/3. C, Alstonia pacifica; seeds, x 4. D, Alstonia vitiensis f. vitiensis; seeds, x 4. A from Smith 1722, B from DA 14045, C from Gillespie 4273 (left), Bryan 343 (center), and Smith 1701 (right), D from DA 9612 (left) and Gillespie 3623 (right). 1988 APOCYNACEAE 75 DIsTRIBUTION: Solomon Islands (Bougainville eastward) through the Santa Cruz Islands, New Hebrides, and Fiji to Samoa. In Fiji the species has been collected on eight of the high islands but doubtless occurs on others; 55 Fijian collections have been examined. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Nandala Valley, vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 4273; western and southern slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5286. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori High- lands, DA 12657 (Melville et al. 7032). SERUA: Nathengathenga Creek, upper Navua River, DA 14273; hills between Waininggere and Waisese Creeks, between Ngaloa and Wainiyambia, Smith 9380. Namosi: Hills bordering Wainavindrau Creek, vicinity of Wainimakutu, Smith 8853; Mt. Voma, DA 11650. NAITASIRI: Lower Waimanu River, DA L.13301; Tholo-i-suva, DA 14515. TAILEVU: Track to Nandrano, DA 13609. Rewa: Mt. Korombamba, DA 16527. KANDAVU: Western end of island, near Cape Washington, Smith 251; hills above Naikorokoro, DA 11698 (Krauss 401). OVALAU: Hills southeast of valley of Mbureta River, Smith 7444. KORO: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 1026. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7803. VANUA LEVU: Mua: Southern portion of Seatovo Range, Smith 170]. MatHuata: Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6651; Mathuata coast, Greenwood 49]A. THAKAUNDROVE: Wailevu, DA 14283. TAVEUNI: Summit ridge above Somosomo, Gillespie 4836. MOALA: Summit ridge, Bryan 343. F131 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped. In my opinion Alstonia pacifica and A. vitiensis are well distinguished, but some previous workers have found difficulties in separating them, referring to the latter non-Fijian elements that seem better referred to the former. If the two taxa should be combined in the future, the older specific epithet is pacifica. 3. Alstonia vitiensis Seem. Fl. Vit. 430. 1873. Tree 2-15 m. high, with copious white latex, occurring from sea level to about 1,100 m. in dense or open forest, in hillside thickets, and in beach thickets. The corolla is white, rarely yellowish, frequently with the tube green-tinged. The mericarps of mature infructescences are sometimes aggregated in a mass as much as | m. in diameter. Flowers and fruits do not appear seasonal. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji, here construed to be composed of two elements that have been denoted (Monachino, 1949, p. 171) as a pubescent-leaved series and a glabrous-leaved series. While the latter has all the remarkable dimensional features of typical (pubescent-leaved) Alstonia vitiensis, its leaf blades are completely with- out indument, and intermediates have not been noted. The glabrous speci- mens of this complex, here designated as a form for convenience, could conceivably be considered better placed in A. pacifica, but they would expand dimensional characteristics of that species to an unwarranted degree. KEY TO FORMS Leaf blades copiously soft-villose beneath with pale hairs 0.3-0.7 mm. long. ........... 3a. f. vitiensis Meafabladestelabroussbeneath seyanieieyaiciecicieiste cicles cioleletele) chevelle ciereleues ce leyateleiarsiarels ues s ers 3b. f. glabra 3a. Alstonia vitiensis f. vitiensis. FIGURES 32D, 33C. Alstonia plumosa sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861, Viti, 439. 1862; A. Gray in Bonplandia 10: 37. 1862; non Labill. Alstonia villosa Seem. Fl. Vit. 161. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 234. 1892; non BI. Alstonia vitiensis Seem. F\. Vit. 430. 1873; Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 18. fig. 23. 1930; Monach. in Pacific Sci. 3: 171, p. p. 1949. Alstonia vitiensis var. vitiensis; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 181. fig. 65, A. 1964, ed. 2. 257. fig. 76, A. 1972. The nomenclaturally typical form, occurring from sea level up to about 400 m., with leaf blades copiously soft-villose beneath. TYPIFICATION: The type of Alstonia villosa Seem. (non Bl.), for which A. vitiensis was a new name, is Seemann 318 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BM). Doubt must remain as 76 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 to the type locality; although this was given as Viti Levu by Seemann in 1866, the holotype bears a label indicating “Port Kinnaird, July 1860.” Seemann spent part of July at Port Kinnaird (Ovalau) and also visited parts of southeastern Viti Levu during that month. DISTRIBUTION: Viti Levu, Ovalau (?), and Vanua Levu, but frequent only in south- eastern Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & NAvosa: Vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Degener 15266. SERUA: East of Nambukelevu, upper Navua River, Berry 88; hills between Navua River and Wainiyavu Creek, near Namuamua, Smith 8979, hills west of Waivunu Creek, between Ngaloa and Korovou, Smith 9479; Ndeumba Beach, DA 11008, 11452. NatTAsirI: Waindina River, Tothill 385; Waimanu River, DA 15845; Tholo-i-suva, Parks 20900, DA 11253, 12211 (Watkins 729); 9 miles from Suva, Meebold 16787; Tamavua, Yeoward 77, Gillespie 2467; Nasinu, Gillespie 3623, 3653, DA 9587; Koronivia, DA 9612. TAILEvu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7168. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Kasi, Yanawai River region, Smith 1795. F131 without further locality, Storck XX, Horne 514, DA 262, DF 155. 3b. Alstonia vitiensis f. glabra A. C. Sm., f. nov.! FIGURE 33D. A form of Alstonia vitiensis differing from the typical form only in having its leaf blades completely glabrous; it is known from similar habitats but occasionally occurs at higher elevations (up to about 1,100 m.) than the typical form of the species. TYPIFICATION: As type I designate Smith 5474 (BISH HOLOTYPE, 2 sheets; many ISOTYPES), collected in flower Aug. 4, 1947, on the northern portion of the Rairaima- tuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Nandronga & Navosa Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Known from several Fijian islands, more widely distributed than the typical form of the species. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 361A; Mt. Evans Range between Vakambuli and Nalotawa, Greenwood 26; Vovono, DA 14718; Nandarivatu, DA 8533; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, DA 10389; western and southern slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5228. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Southern slopes of Nausori Highlands, in drainage of Namosi Creek above Tumbenasolo, Smith 4560; Mbulu, near Sovi Bay, Degener 15040. SERuA: Hills west of Waivunu Creek, between Ngaloa and Korovou, Smith 9214; Ngaloa, DF 935 (Kunawage 19); Ndeumba, DA 9212; Ndeumba Beach, DA 11455. Namos!: Vicinity of Namuamua, Gillespie 3040. NaITASIRI: Matawailevu, Wainimala River, St. John 18301. OVALAU: Hills east of Lovoni Valley, Smith 7277. VANUA LEVU: MBua: R. L. Holmes (k); Ndama road, DA 16694; Koromba Forest, DA 15157. MATHUATA: South of Ndreketi, Mead 2006; vicinity of Lambasa, Greenwood 491; Nasautha, DA 13478. THAKAUNDROVE: Vatunivuamonde Mt., Savusavu Bay region, Degener & Ordonez 14022; between Salt Lake and Natewa Bay, Bierhorst F194. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Waiyevo, Gillespie 4790. VANUA MBALAVU: Nambavatu, northern limestone section, Tothill 399. Fist without further locality, Sir Arthur Gordon (k), Horne 255, Joske. _ Monachino (1949, p. 171) was aware that certain Fijian specimens could be distinguished from typical Alstonia vitiensis only by their glabrous leaves, but he did not apply a formal name to his “glabrous-leaved series,” of which he remarked: “The leaves are frequently smaller and easily confused with those of A. reineckeana and A. montana.” In fact, of the specimens cited by Monachino as representing his glabrous- leaved series, only three can actually be referred to A. vitiensis. In my opinion he also there cited specimens of A. pacifica (Degener 15062, 15124, 15153, Meebold 16716, Smith 251, 1701) and A. montana (Gillespie 2912). Monachino’s mixed impressions of the three indigenous Fijian taxa caused him to refer to A. vitiensis certain collections from the Solomons and New Hebrides that are surely better placed in A. pacifica. 1Alstonia vitiensis Seem. f. glabra A. C. Sm., f. nov. Arbor grandifolia a forma typica foliorum laminis omnino glabris recedens. HoLotyre: FIJI: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & NAvosA: Smith 5474 (BISH). 1988 APOCYNACEAE 77 Although the glabrous form of A. vitiensis has all the dimensional characteristics of the typical form of that species, it may indeed be confused with A. pacifica if well- developed leaves and branchlets or mature inflorescences are not available. FiGuRE 33. Lower surfaces of leaf blades of A/stonia, each photo showing one (or two) secondary nerves and veinlet reticulation, all x 10. A, A. montana, from Mac Daniels 1150. B, A. pacifica, from Smith 6651. C, A. vitiensis f. vitiensis, from Gillespie 2467. D, A. vitiensis f. glabra, from Smith 9214. 78 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 4. Alstonia macrophylla Wall. ex G. Don, Gen. Hist. Dichlam. Pl. 4: 87. 1837; Monach. in Pacific Sci. 3: 164. 1949; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 257. 1972; Markgraf in Blumea 22: 28. 1974. Tree 3-4 m. high (as noted in Fiji, but where indigenous to 20 m. high), cultivated near sea level, with white corollas. TYPIFICATION: The type is Wallich 1648 (K HOLOTYPE), from Penang, Malaya. DISTRIBUTION: Southeastern Asia (from Thailand) into Malesia (to the Moluccas); cultivated elsewhere. It is said to have been recently introduced into Fiji by the Department of Forestry. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: Rewa: Suva Botanical Gardens, DA 11569, in flower, January, 1959. 6. CARRUTHERSIA Seem. FI. Vit. 155. 1866; Benth. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 718. 1876; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 2: 174. 1895; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 287. 1955. High-climbing lianas or scandent shrubs; leaves opposite, the blades with well- spaced secondary nerves; inflorescences axillary, pedunculate, cymose, laxly paniculi- form, bracteate and bracteolate; calyx small, deeply lobed, the lobes ovate or deltoid, obtuse, ciliolate, with a few small glands within at base; corolla hypocrateriform, the tube cylindric, slender, slightly swollen proximally by stamens, pilose within, the throat pilose but without scales, the lobes asymmetrically obovate or obdeltoid, conspicuously nerved, sinistrorsely contorted in bud, spreading at anthesis; stamens attached toward base of corolla tube, the filaments short, pilose or essentially gla- brous, the anthers oblong-linear or lanceolate, shortly mucronulate, loosely connivent by extruded pollen about style head but free from it, inconspicuously subcordate- sagittate at base; disk 2-lobed, subcarnose, the lobes broad, alternating with carpels and about half their length; ovary bicarpellate, the carpels appressed to one another, the ovules numerous, the style filiform, the style head narrowly oblong-subconical or clavate, without a flange, the stigma with 2 acute lobes; fruit apocarpous, the mericarps follicular, strongly divaricate, terete, gradually narrowed distally, the seeds numerous, oblong-lanceolate, subcoriaceous, slightly thickened on one margin and narrowly winged on the other, with a conspicuous distal coma of numerous hairs longer than seed body. TYPE SPECIES: Carruthersia scandens (Seem.) Seem. (Rejoua scandens Seem.), the only original species. - DIsTRIBUTION: Philippines to Solomon Islands, New Hebrides, and Fiji, with 10-12 species; three endemic species terminate the generic range in Fiji. KEY TO SPECIES Leaf blades elliptic-oblong or oblong-ovate, usually 8-16 x 3-7.5 cm., about 2.5-3 times longer than broad, narrowly subcordate to broadly obtuse at base, glabrous, the secondary nerves 6-11 pairs; petioles 1.3-2.5 cm. long; vegetative parts glabrous; inflorescences comparatively narrow, 4.5-15 x 3-9 cm. (including flowers), with 3-15 flowers; pedicels variable in length, at anthesis 6-25 (-30) mm. long; corolla tube 13-24 mm. long, glabrous without, the limb 15-28 mm. in diameter at anthesis, the lobes 10-18 x 8-12 mm.; filaments about 1 mm. long. ...............---2---eeeeeees 1. C. scandens Leaf blades elliptic-ovate to suborbicular, usually 9-19 x 6-14.5 cm., 1. 1-1.7 times longer than broad, openly cordate to broadly obtuse at base, the secondary nerves 5-9 pairs; petioles 1.5-5 cm. long; vegetative parts glabrous or with patches of evanescent indument on leaves or copiously pilose; inflorescences about as broad as long, up to 15 x 13 cm. (including flowers), with 10-30 (-70) flowers; pedicels at anthesis 2.5-6 mm. long; corolla limb 20-37 mm. in diameter at anthesis; filaments 1.5-2 mm. long. Young branchlets glabrous; petioles glabrous to spreading-pilose with pale hairs to 0.5 mm. long when young especially distally, usually very soon glabrate; leaf blades glabrous but sometimes with a few evanescent or subpersistent hairs on proximal parts of costa and secondaries beneath; inflorescence peduncle, branches, and pedicels glabrous; corolla tube 10-27 mm. long at anthesis, glabrous without (or with a few sporadic distal hairs), the limb 20-35 mm. in diameter at anthesis, the lobes 11-20 x 6-15 mm., glabrous; style about 2 mm. long. ...............2. eee e eee etter es 2. C. latifolia 1988 APOCYNACEAE 79 Young branchlets copiously spreading-pilose with pale hairs 0.3-0.7 mm. long; petioles persistently pilose like branchlets; leaf blades copiously and persistently spreading-pilose beneath; inflorescence pedun- cle, branches, and pedicels copiously spreading-pilose with hairs 0.2-0.4 mm. long; corolla tube 30-35 mm. long at anthesis, copiously pale-spreading-pilose with hairs 0.2-0.4 mm. long, the limb 33-37 mm. in diameter at anthesis, the lobes 15-18 x 13-22 mm.; style 2.5-3 mm. long. 3. C. macrantha 1. Carruthersia scandens (Seem.) Seem. FI. Vit. 156. 7. 30 (excl. figs. 6-10). 1866; Rolfe in J. Bot. 21: 201. 1883; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 235. 1892: Turrillin J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43: 33, p. p. 1915; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 287. 1955; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 183. fig. 66 (excl. 6-10). 1964, ed. 2. 260. fig. 77 (excl. 6- 10). 1972. FiGures 34A-C, 35A. Rejoua scandens Seem. in Bonplandia 10: 296. 1862, Viti, 439. 1862. A liana with white latex (rarely indicated as a slender shrub to 1 m. high in exposed situations), occurring in dense or secondary forest or in crest thickets at elevations between 100 and 1,000 m. The corolla is white to yellowish, or more commonly the tube is pinkish or red toward base, tinged with these colors in throat, and the limb is white. Flowers have been obtained between October and April, but no fruiting collections have been noted. TYPIFICATION: The species is based on Storck 901 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BM), collected in December, 1860, at Port Kinnaird, Ovalau. The fruit and seeds figured by Seemann (1866) belong to Melodinus vitiensis Rolfe; this mixture was noted by Rolfe (1883) when he described the Melodinus. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known from the two large islands and Ovalau; it has been most frequently obtained in southeastern Viti Levu. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: The name wa rerenga was recorded by Storck, who noted that the leaves were used medicinally; the name vono was reported from Mathuata. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Nandarivatu and vicinity, im Thurn 121, Tothill 393. SeERuA: Hills between Waininggere and Waisese Creeks, between Ngaloa and Wainiyambia, Smith 9370, 9530. NAITASIRI: Prince’s Road (or Central road), DA 3805, Tothill 387, MacDaniels 1155; Tholo-i-suva, DA 17, 159, 3287, 3787, 7578, 9823, 9855, 11580, 12065, 12989; Tamavua ridge, Vaughan 3167; vicinity of Nasinu, Greenwood 722C, DA 7336. OVALAU: Above Levuka reservoir, Gillespie 4523. VANUA LEVU: MaTHuaATA: Summit ridge of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6473. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Mbatini, Smith 652, 661. Fist without further locality, Horne, Joske. 2. Carruthersia latifolia Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 18. fig. 22. 1930; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 287. 1955; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 183. 1964, ed. 2. 259. 1972. FiGures 34D, 35B-D, 37A & B. Echites scabra sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861, Viti, 439. 1862; A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts §: 333. 1862; non Labill. Carruthersia scandens sensu Turrill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43: 33, p. p. 1915; non Seem. An often high-climbing liana with abundant white latex, occurring in dense or thin forest or on its edges from near sea level to about 900 m. The flowers (noted by different collectors as fragrant or odorless) have white corollas, of which the tube is often pink-tinged proximally or yellowish. Flowers have been collected between October and April, fruits only in April and July. Of the three indigenous Fijian species of Carruthersia, only C. latifolia seems to have been collected in fruit (Smith 1522, Parks 20678). This highly distinctive fruit (FIGURE 35C & D) is probably characteristic of the genus and has been seldom if ever described: Mature mericarps widely spreading and directly opposed, coriaceous, terete, gradually narrowed distally to a slender, blunt tip, 15-20 cm. long, 7-11 mm. broad proximally, at first soft-pilose with hairs 0.3-0.5 mm. long, at length glabrate; seeds numerous, about 15 mm. long and 2-3 mm. broad, gradually narrowed to an obtuse base, distally narrowed and elongated into an abruptly flaring apex subtending the conspicuous coma, this composed of numerous silky hairs 25-30 mm. long. 80 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 TyYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 4656 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH (3), K, us), collected Feb. 22, 1928, on edge of woods above coconut plantations east of Wairiki, Taveuni. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and now known from five of the high islands. LOCAL NAME: Rumbarumba (recorded from Mbua). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Vicinity of Nandarivatu, im Thurn 114, Parks 20678; Nandala, south of Nandarivatu, O. & I. Degener 32021. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Singatoka River, Green- wood 835. SERUA: Hills between Navua River and Wainiyavu Creek, near Namuamua, Smith 8973. NAMOSI: Nakavika, DA 11626. NatTasiri: Near Korosuli, Wainimala River, Horne 967. Rewa: Near Wainisasa, Horne 89; vicinity of Suva, Yeoward 68. OVALAU: Graeffe 1587. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Upper Ndama River Valley, Smith 1697; southern portion of Seatovo Range, Smith 1522; Mbua without further locality, R. L. Holmes (Kk). MATHUATA: Southern base of Mathuata Range, north of Natua, Smith 6797; mountains along Mathuata coast, Greenwood 639. THAKAUNDROVE: Nasuvasuva, hills south of Nakula Valley, Smith 356. RAMBI: Horne 460. TAVEUNI: Western slope between Somosomo and Wairiki, Smith 844. Fist without further locality, Seemann 315, Joske. Carruthersia latifolia is amply distinct from C. scandens in its more robust habit, leaf blade shape, and long petioles (1.5-5 cm. long); the sparse, sporadic vegetative indument (described by Gillespie) is suggestive of the uniform and persistent indument of the following species. Both C. latifolia and C. macrantha have a broad and many-flowered inflorescence in comparison with that of C. scandens. 3. Carruthersia macrantha A. C. Sm., sp. nov.! FIGURES 36, 37C & D. A robust liana with abundant, white, sticky latex, apparently rare in perhaps secondary forest at an elevation of about 200 m. The flowers, collected in November, are said to be white and fragrant. TYPIFICATION: The type is DA 11029 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at MASS, SUVA), collected by M. K. Ledua on Nov. 13, 1957, in the vicinity of Ndakuivuna, east of Wainimbuka River, Ra Province, Viti Levu. ; DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from the type collection. \Carruthersia macrantha A. C. Sm., sp. nov. Frutex scandens latice albo copioso, ramulis junioribus teretibus in sicco subtiliter striatis 2.5-4 mm. diametro copiose pilosis (pilis pallidis 0.3-0.7 mm. longis); petiolis crassis (2-3 mm. diametro) 2.5-3 cm. longis supra vadose canaliculatis ut ramulis pilosis; foliorum laminis coriaceis late elliptico-ovatis, 10-15 cm. longis, 8.5-10 cm. latis (1.2-1.5-plo longioribus quam latis), basi aperte et vadose cordatis, apice rotundatis vel abrupte et obtuse cuspidatis, margine integris in sicco anguste recurvato- undulatis, supra glabris, subtus pilis 0.5-0.8 mm. longis copiose et persistenter indutis, nervis secundariis utrinsecus 6-8 patentibus subcurvatis ut costa in sicco supra sulcatis subtus prominentibus, rete venularum copioso supra haud impresso subtus prominulo vel subplano; inflorescentia cymoso-paniculiformi pauciramosa ad 9 cm. longa et lata 10-20-flora, pedunculo complanato crasso (3-5 mm. lato) sub anthesi 5-6.5 cm. longo, ramulis (ut pedunculo pedicellisque) pilis 0.2-0.4 mm. longis indutis; pedicellis crassis 2.5-6 mm. longis, bracteolis | vel 2 deltoideis subacutis ciliolatis ad 1 mm. longis latisque; calycis lobis deltoideis 1.5—2 mm. longis latisque obtusis ciliolatis extus parce pilosis; corollae tubo gracili (1-1.8 mm. diametro supra stamina) sub anthesi 30-35 mm. longo utrinque pilis 0.2-0.4 mm. longis pallidis piloso, limbo sub anthesi 33-37 mm. diametro, lobis late et oblique obdeltoideis 15-18 mm. longis et apice inaequilateraliter truncato 13-22 mm. latis gla- bris vel basim versus utrinque parce pilosis; filamentis filiformi-ligulatis ad 1.5 mm. longis subglabratis supra corollae tubi basim 3 mm. insertis, antheris oblongo-lanceolatis 2-2.5 mm. longis et 0.3-0.5 mm. latis apice mucronulatis basi inconspicue sagittatis; carpellis parce pilosis, stylo gracili tereti 2.5-3 mm. longo basi parce piloso, styli capitulo anguste clavato ad 2 mm. longo et 0.5mm. diametro apice attenuato. HOLO- TYPE: FIJI: VITI LEVU: Ra: DA 11029 (BIsH). Ficure 34. A-C, Carruthersia scandens; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, 1/2; B, flower bud near anthesis, x 2; C, opened lower part of corolla tube showing gynoecium and 3 stamens, x 16. D, Carruthersia latifolia; distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, x 1/2. A from DA 11580, B & C from MacDaniels 1155, D from Smith 844. APOCYNACEAE FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 1988 APOCYNACEAE 83 FiGure 36. Carruthersia macrantha, from DA 11029; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, < 1/3; B, indument of lower surface of leaf blade at junction of costa (diagonal in photo) anda secondary nerve, x 20. The new species is related to Carruthersia latifolia Gillespie, from which it is readily distinguished by the copious indument of its young branchlets, leaves, inflorescence branches, pedicels, and corolla tube. The indument occasionally noted on individuals of C. latifolia is of the same type but is sporadic in occurrence and very sparse, usually quite lacking. The corollas of C. macrantha are notably larger than those of C. latifolia, in which the corolla tube is 10-27 mm. long, variable in different individuals but appreciably short in contrast to that of the new species (30-35 mm. long). In characters of indument C. macrantha suggests the Solomon Island C. mollis Markgraf (in Gard. Bull. Singapore 22: 25. 1967), but that species has substantially smaller and more conspicuously acuminate leaf blades with shorter petioles, longer pedicels, and much smaller corollas (the tube 8-9 mm. long, the limb 10-15 mm. in diameter). FiGure 35. A, Carruthersia scandens; lower surface of leaf blade at junction of costa (diagonal in photo) and a secondary nerve, x 20. B-D, Carruthersia latifolia; B, lower surface of leaf blade at junction of costa (diagonal in photo) and a secondary nerve, = 20; C, mature fruit, x 1/4; D, seed, x 2. A from DA 11580, B from Gillespie 4656, C & D from Parks 20678. FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Figure 37. A & B, Carruthersia latifolia, from Smith 356; A, mature corolla, flower bud, calyx from which corolla has fallen leaving style, and corolla in advanced bud, x 2; B, opened lower part of corolla tube showing 4 stamens, x 8. C & D, Carruthersia macrantha, from DA 11029; C, mature flower (corolla tube broken) and flower bud, = 2; D, pedicel and calyx (1 lobe removed) and opened lower part of corolla tube showing style, style head, and stamens, x 8. 1988 APOCYNACEAE 85 7. CATHARANTHUS G. Don, Gen. Hist. Dichlam. Pl. 4: 71, 95. 1837; Markgraf in Fl. Madagasc. Fam. 169. 139. 1976; Boit. in Fl. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 207. 1981. Lochnera Reichenb. Consp. Reg. Veg. 134, nom. nud. 1828; Reichenb. ex Endl. Gen. Pl. 583. 1838. Perennial herbs or subshrubs with herbaceous branches, with intra- and interpetio- lar, stipiform, stipular glands; leaves opposite, the blades usually membranaceous; inflorescences pseudolateral, alternating left and right at adjacent nodes, usually 2-flowered; calyx deeply lobed, the lobes narrow, acute, without glands; corolla hypocrateriform, the tube long, pilose within, narrowed at throat, the lobes sinis- trorsely contorted in bud, spreading at anthesis, obliquely ovate or obovate, short- acuminate; stamens inserted near corolla throat or slightly lower in tube swelling, the filaments short, the anthers free or connivent (but free from style head), oblong, shortly sagittate at base; disk composed of 2 linear-oblong scales alternate with carpels; ovary of 2 distinct carpels, these ovate-oblong, the ovules numerous, the style elongate, the style head short-cylindric, enlarged and pilose distally, with a reflexed flange of long hairs at base; fruit apocarpous, composed of 2 follicles, the mericarps cylindric, acuminate, finely furrowed, thin-walled, the seeds oblong to ellipsoid, truncate, black, with a ventral groove, ecomose. TYPE SPECIES: The type species of Catharanthus is C. roseus (L.) G. Don (Vinca rosea L.) (Markgraf, 1976; Boiteau, 1981; not listed by ING, 1979). The same species is the type species of Lochnera, as L. rosea (L.) Reichenb. ex K. Schum. DISTRIBUTION: Paleotropical, mostly Madagascan, with eight species, one of which is widely cultivated and naturalized. 1. Catharanthus roseus (L.) G. Don, Gen. Hist. Dichlam. PI. 4: 95. 1837; A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 107. 1942; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 219. 1959; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35: 100. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 183. 1964, ed. 2. 261. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 44. 1970; Markgraf in Fl. Madagasc. Fam. 169. 152. 1976; Boit. in Fl. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 208. 1981. Vinca rosea L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10. 944. 1759. Lochnera rosea Reichenb. ex K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 2: 145. fig. 57, A-D. 1895; Safford in Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 9: 310. 1905; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 180. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 97. 1943; Greenwood in Proc. Linn. Soc. 154: 100. 1943. In Fiji Catharanthus roseus is commonly seen as a cultivated subligneous herb or low shrub to | m. high, often found at low elevations escaped and naturalized in clearings, coconut plantations, and waste places, and along roadsides. The corolla varies from white to purple, commonly pink or rich pink, with a crimson throat. Flowers are most often noted between January and July. TYPIFICATION: Linnaeus’s citation was “Mill. fig. 186.” Markgraf (1976) notes: Miller 1849 (BM LECTOTYPE); cf. Stearn in Taylor & Farnsworth, The Catharanthus Alkaloids, 35. 1975. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Madagascar, but now cultivated and naturalized throughout the tropics. Thurston’s Catalogue (1886) suggests that he may have made the introduction into Fiji. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Periwinkle, red periwinkle, or Madagascar periwinkle; an attractive garden plant. Markgraf (1976) notes two varieties in Madagascar, but only var. roseus seems to be in cultivation. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Lautoka, Greenwood 192; Ndreketi, Lautoka, DA 11397, 11398; Tumbenasolo, valley of Namosi Creek, Smith 4611. NANDRONGA & NAVoSA: Thuvu, west of Singatoka, DA 11465. Nattasiri: Plant Introduction and Quarantine Station, Nanduruloulou, DA 12155. MBENGGA: Rukua, DA 6073. KORO: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 1029. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Maravu, near Salt Lake, Degener & Ordonez 14188. 86 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 8. PLuMERIA L. Sp. Pl. 209. 1753; Woodson in Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 25: 202. 1938; Pichon in Mém. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. 27: 207. 1948; Boit. in Fl. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 209. 1981. Erect trees, small or medium-sized, freely branching, the branches swollen and fistulose distally, with a spongy, suberized periderm marked by scars of fallen leaves, without stipules; leaves spiralled, clustered at ends of branches, persistent or caducous, the blades with well-spaced secondary nerves and often indistinct veinlets; inflorescen- ces terminal or pseudolateral, pedunculate, broadly corymbose or fastigiate- thyrsiform, the bracts small, scariose, caducous before anthesis; calyx deeply lobed, the lobes broad, glandular at tips, without glands at base within; corolla infundibular, the tube narrow, staminiferous near base, pilose within including throat, the throat not thickened, the lobes sinistrorsely contorted in bud, glabrous or pilose; stamens with minute filaments and slender anthers, the outer lobes of these exceeding inner lobes at base, the inner ones with a protuberance at base; disk lacking; ovary adherent to receptacle for most of its length, glabrous, the carpels free, with 40-50 6-seriate ovules, united by the short, fusiform style, the style head cylindric, without a flange, the stigmas conical or digitaliform; fruit apocarpous, follicular, the mericarps free, recurved, cylindric, acuminate, each with an accrescent, hardened placenta, the seeds numerous, glabrous, dorsiventrally flattened, imbricate, basally winged, ecomose, the hilum short-linear. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Plumeria rubra L. (vide Britton & Wilson, Sci. Surv. Porto Rico 6: 87. 1925). DISTRIBUTION: Tropical America, especially in the West Indies, with seven or eight species. One variable species has been introduced into Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: WoopsoNn, R. E., JR. Studies in the Apocynaceae. VII. An evaluation of the genera Plumeria L. and Himatanthus Willd. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 25: 189-224. 1938. 1. Plumeria rubra L. Sp. P1. 209. 1753; Woodson in Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 25: 207. 1938: St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 338. 1971; M. Grant, Fosberg, & H. M. Sm. in Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 17: 40. 1974; Boit. in Fl. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 210. 1981; MacKee, Pl. Intro. Cult. Nouv.-Caléd. 17. 1985. As seen in Fiji, Plumeria rubra is extensively cultivated in towns and villages and is naturalized along nearby streams; it is a freely branched tree 5-8 m. high, with abundant white latex and fragrant flowers which are seen throughout the year. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical America from Mexico to Panama (Woodson, 1938), but early cultivated and naturalized in the West Indies and northern South America, now extensively cultivated and frequently naturalized in most tropical and subtropical areas. The references listed above are to P. rubra in the broad sense, as taken by Woodson (1938) to include more than one of his forms. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Mbua ni vavalangi; frangipani; plumeria. A common garden ornamental with flowers that are used for adornment. Because of the paucity of collections in herbaria, it is not feasible to document the cultivation in the Fijian Region of more than one variable species of Plumeria, which, following Grant, Fosberg, and Smith (1974) in Polynesia, may be assigned to P. rubra. Those authors indicate that P. alba L. has been frequently but erroneously reported from Polynesia. However, P. alba is said to be in cultivation in New Caledonia (Boiteau, 1981; MacKee, 1985), and a third species, P. obtusa L., is listed from Micronesia by Fosberg, Sachet, and R. Oliver (in Micronesica 15: 217. 1979). Either or both of the latter species may indeed occur in Fiji; Woodson’s (1938) key and discus- sion should permit their recognition. Of the four color forms recognized by Woodson, at least the two following are commonly grown in Fiji. 1988 APOCYNACEAE 87 la. Plumeria rubra L. f. rubra; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 46. 1970. Plumeria rubra f. typica Woodson in Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 25: 211, nom. inadmis. 1938. Plumeria rubra sensu Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 96. 1943; J. W. Parhamin Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 19: 96. 1948: Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 218. 1959; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 185. 1964, ed. 2. 262. 1972. The form with the corolla predominantly rose-colored of variable intensity, usually with a yellow center; commonly seen in Fiji but no herbarium specimens noted. TYPIFICATION: Linnaeus gave several prior references and noted: “Habitat in Jamaica, Surinamo.” 1b. Plumeria rubra f. acutifolia (Poir.) Woodson in Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 25:211. 1938; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 46. 1970. Plumeria acuminata Ait. Hort. Kew. 2: 70. 1789; Merr. in Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. n. s. 24: 311. 1935; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 186. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 96, 1943, in op. cit. 184: 58. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 218. 1959; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 103. 1972. Plumeria obtusa Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 117. 1790; non L. (1753). Plumeria acutifolia Poir. in Lam. Encycl. Méth. Bot. Suppl. 2: 667. 1812; J. W. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 19: 96. 1948, in op. cit. 29: 33. 1959, PI. Fiji Isl. 185. 1964, ed. 2. 262. 1972. The form with the corolla white or occasionally flushed with rose without, usually with a yellow center; widely cultivated and sometimes naturalized in Fiji. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Plumeria acuminata was based ona cultivated plant introduced by Banks from the East Indies; P. obtusa Lour. (non L.) on material from Cochinchina and China; P. acutifolia was a new name to replace P. obtusa Lour. Woodson listed his new combination with the parenthetical author “Ait.”, apparently intending to base it on P. acuminata Ait., but since he used the epithet acutifolia, presumably inadvertently, it would seem that Poiret’s binomial of 1812 must be taken as the basionym of the form. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Vicinity of Tumbenasolo (naturalized near village), valley of Namosi Creek, Smith 4612. At least this form of Plumeria rubra may have been first introduced into Fijiin the 1880’s by J. B. Thurston, who listed it in his 1886 Catalogue as Plumeria acutifolia. 9. CASCABELA Raf. Sylva Tellur. 162. 1838; Lippold in Repert. Sp. Nov. 91:52. 1980. Thevetia sensu Adanson, Fam. Pl. 2: 171. 1763; Pichon in Notul. Syst. (Paris) 13: 226, p. p. 1948; et auct.; non L. (1758) sensu str. Small trees or shrubs, freely branched; leaves spiralled, the blades linear, thin- coriaceous, the secondary nerves inconspicuous; inflorescences terminal, cymose, the flowers showy; calyx deeply lobed, the lobes persistent, each with 7-12 glandular scales at base within; corolla infundibuliform, the tube narrow at base, campanulately broadened in the lower quarter or fifth, pilose within, with small, infrastaminal, pilose scales, the lobes sinistrorsely contorted in bud; stamens inserted at apex of narrow portion of corolla tube, the filaments very short, lobulate, stiff-pilose, the anthers concealed by corolla scales, not connivent, ovoid to ellipsoid, short-acuminate or subacute, appressed to stigma but free from it; disk cupular or pulvinate, entirely or partly adnate to ovary; ovary bicarpellate, the carpels concrescent proximally, gla- brous, the ovules 2-6, biseriate, the placenta intruded, the style head obconical, with many isomorphic, spreading lobes, surmounted by 2 thick, apically separated stig- matic appendages; fruit with mericarps united into an obdeltoid or pyriform drupe, laterally compressed, with a perceptible median suture, not winged, the exocarp fleshy, the mesocarp stony, the endocarps free, thick, corky, the seeds slightly compressed, narrowly winged, ecomose, the hilum punctiform. 88 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 TYPE SPECIES: Cascabela peruviana (Pers.) Raf., nom. illeg. (Cerbera peruviana Pers.) = Cascabela thevetia (L.) Lippold. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical America from Mexico and the West Indies to Paraguay, with seven or eight species, one of which is widely cultivated and naturalized through- out tropical and subtropical areas. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: LIPPOLD, H. Die Gattungen Theveria L. und Cascabela Rafin. (Apocyna- ceae). Repert. Sp. Nov. 91: 45-55. 1980. It has long been recognized that Thevetia L. comprises two groups (e. g. by K. Schumann in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 2: 159. 1895, as sect. Ahouai and sect. Euthevetia). It seems reasonable to recognize these groups at the generic level as proposed by Rusby and Woodson (in Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 24: 11. 1937) and by Lippold (1980). Since Thevetia ahouai (L.) DC. is the conserved type species of Thevetia (ICBN), that genus (syn.: Plumeriopsis Rusby & Woodson) if strictly limited is monotypic; for the remaining species the generic name Cascabela Raf. is available. Differences between Thevetia and Cascabela are well summarized and illustrated by Lippold (1980, pp. 49, 50) and may be thus expressed: Corolla white, the tube inflated in the upper third or quarter; filaments glabrous, slender; anthers oblong, the locules curved and separated at base; disk small, many-lobed; style head with 10 irregular, pendent lobes, scarcely projecting distally into stigmatic lobes; fruits with mericarps united, berrylike, obversely pyriform, the exocarp and endocarp thin, the mesocarp fleshy. .................0000- Thevetia Corolla yellow to red, the tube campanulately broadened in the lower quarter or fifth; filaments pilose, broadened, lobulate; anthers ovoid to ellipsoid; disk cupular or pulvinate; style head with isomorphic, spreading lobes, the stigmatic lobes appressed into a conical protuberance; fruits with mericarps united into an obdeltoid to pyriform drupe but with a perceptible median suture, the exocarp fleshy, the mesocarp stony, the endocarp Corky. ........... csc eee cece cece cette eet e ee eeees Cascabela 1. Cascabela thevetia (L.) Lippold in Repert. Sp. Nov. 91: 52. 1980. Cerbera thevetia L. Sp. Pl. 209. 1753. Cerbera peruviana Pers. Syn. Pl. 1: 267. 1805. Cascabela peruviana Raf. Sylva Tellur. 162. 1838. Thevetia nereifolia Juss. ex Steudel, Nomencl. Bot. ed. 2. 680. 1841; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 2: 159. fig. 57, T-X. 1895. Thevetia peruviana K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 2: 159. 1895; Merr. in Philipp. J. Sci. Bot. 9: 130. 1914; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 186. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 97. 1943, in op. cit. 220: 222. 1959; J. W. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 29: 33. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 185. 1964, ed. 2. 262. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 46. 1970; M. Gtant, Fosberg, & H. M. Sm. in Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 17:52. 1974; Boit. in Fl. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 211. 1981; MacKee, Pl. Intro. Cult. Nouv.-Caléd. 17. 1985. As seen in Fiji, Cascabela thevetia is widely cultivated in villages and gardens near sea level, also being freely naturalized in pastures, under coconuts, etc., as a shrub or tree 2-4 m. high with copious white latex. The corolla is bright yellow, the tube being greenish proximally. It seems to flower most profusely between November and March. TYPIFICATION: Linnaeus in 1753 gave references to works of Plumier and Plukenet, the former being considered to provide the better lectotype by Lippold (1980). The other synonyms listed above are essentially based on Linnaeus’s concept. DIsTRIBUTION: Tropical America including the West Indies, now widely cultivated and naturalized elsewhere. LOCAL NAME AND USE: The yellow oleander is a frequent garden and street tree in Fiji; it was probably introduced by J. B. Thurston, being listed in his 1886 Catalogue. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & NavosaA: Tonuve, Ruwailevu Tikina, H. B. R. Parham 166. SERuA: Ngaloa, Smith 9617. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Along Hibiscus Highway leading from Savusavu, Bierhorst F184. KAMBARA: Tokalau, on limestone, Smith 1303. 1988 APOCYNACEAE 89 10. CERBERA L. Sp. Pl. 208. 1753; Seem. Fl. Vit. 157. 1866; Pichon in Notul. Syst. (Paris) 13: 221. 1948; Markgraf in Fl. Madagasc. Fam. 169. 156. 1976; Lippold in Repert. Sp. Nov. 91:51. 1980; Boit. in Fl. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 212. 1981. Trees, often with rounded crowns; leaves spirally arranged, clustered at apices of branchlets, the petioles long, the blades coriaceous, glabrous, the secondary nerves spaced, widespread, connected by a marginal nerve, the veinlet reticulation usually obvious; inflorescences terminal, large, pedunculate, laxly cymose, glabrous, the peduncles and branchlets thick, the bracts large, caducous, the flowers large; calyx deeply divided, the lobes nearly free, large, attenuate or narrowed at base, without glands, caducous; corolla hypocrateriform, glabrous without, the tube narrowly cylin- dric, inflated below the narrow throat, distally infundibular or campanulate, with 5 suprastaminal scales projecting nearly to center of tube, the lobes sinistrorsely con- torted in bud, spreading, obovate, obtuse or emarginate; stamens inserted in swollen part of tube, attached to 5 thickened projections in corolla tube, the filaments short, slender, glabrous, the anthers obliquely ascending, lanceolate, contiguous to style head by means of filiform apical appendages; disk lacking; ovary bicarpellate, each carpel usually with 4 biseriate ovules, the style long, the style head composed of 2 annular swellings, surmounted by 2 apical, conical, obtuse, thick, appressed stigmatic append- ages, the ensemble of corolla, stamens, style, and style head caducous soon after anthesis; fruits apocarpous, the mericarps (often only 1 developing) large, drupaceous, the exocarp fleshy, the mesocarp reticulate-spongy, with numerous fibers, these inde- pendent of endocarp (contrary to those of Neisosperma), the endocarp lignified, smooth or rugose-striate without, with an apical wing, the seeds large, | per locule, moderately compressed, elliptic or oblong, not or narrowly winged, ecomose, the hilum large. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Although all three of the original species of Linnaeus have at one or another time been chosen as the lectotype species (ING, 1979), they are now taken to represent three different genera. Recent authors seem unanimously to have listed Cerbera manghas L. as the type (i. e. lectotype) species (cf. Pichon, Markgraf, Lippold, and Boiteau, as cited above). DIsTRIBUTION: Madagascar, Indian Ocean islands, and eastern Asia throughout Malesia and into the Pacific to the Tuamotus (Pitcairn Island), with about eight species. In Fiji one widespread species is indigenous. 1. Cerbera manghas L. Sp. Pl. 208. 1753; Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 19. 1786; Gaertn. Fruct. Sem. Pl. 2: 192. ¢. 123, 124, fig. f-h. 1791; Merr. Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amb. 432. 1917; Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13:18. 1932; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 185. 1935, in op. cit. 154: 37. 1938; Yuncker in op. cit. 184: 58. 1945: J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 261. 1972; M. Grant, Fosberg, & H. M. Sm. in Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 17: 51. 1974; Boit. in Fl. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 214. 1981; Fosberg & Sachet in D. J. Carr, Sydney Parkinson, 186. pl. 177. 1983. FIGURES 38, 39, 126 (lower). Cerbera lactaria Buch.-Ham. in Trans. Linn. Soc. 13: 509. 1822, ex A. DC. in DC. Prodr. 8: 353. 1844; A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 333. 1862, in Bonplandia 10: 37. 1862; Seem. Viti, 439. 1862, Fl. Vit. 158. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 233. 1892. Cerbera odollam sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257, as C. odallam. 1861; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 157. 1909; J. W. Parham in Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 29: 32, as C. adollam. 1959, P|. Fiji Isl. 183. 1964; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 65. 1972; non Gaertn. As seen in Fiji, Cerbera manghas is a tree (or shrub) 1-20 m. high, with copious white latex, often locally abundant in beach thickets and inland in dense or open forest or among reeds in open country at elevations from near sea level to about 1,000 m. The leaves have petioles 1-3.5 (-5) cm. long and oblong- to obovate-lanceolate blades 8-23 90 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 FiGure 38. Cerbera manghas; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescence, x 1/3; B, portion of inflorescence, showing bracts, calyx lobes, and a corolla, = 1. A from Smith 8897, B from Smith 68. x 2.5-7 cm. that are obtuse to acute or short-acuminate at apex. The inflorescence (often to 15-20 cm. long and broad) may have a stout peduncle to 10 cm. long and conspicuous but soon caducous bracts. The fragrant flowers have the corollas white, more or less conspicuously pink to red at throat, and often with the limb deeply pink-tinged without. The corolla tube is (25—-) 30-40 mm. long, distally inflated to an infundibular portion sometimes to 10 mm. long and 7 mm. in diameter, the limb spreading to a breadth of 25-35 mm. The ellipsoid fruit, at first green but becoming bright red at maturity, attains a size of about 9 x 6 x 5 cm. Flowers and fruits occur throughout the year. LECTOTYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Merrill (1917) noted that Linneaus de- scribed Cerbera manghas from a Javan specimen of Osbeck. This opinion is seconded by Boiteau (1981), who cites the later description by Osbeck (Dagb. Ostind. Resa, 91. 1757); the actual lectotype may be taken as Linnaeus’s description, as suggested by Fosberg (in Boiteau, 1981). Hamilton based C. /actaria on references to Gaertner (as cited above as C. manghas) and Rumphius; his name may be taken as a direct synonym. DIsTRIBUTION: Malesia eastward to the Tuamotus as far as Pitcairn, widespread and often abundant, and also in the Seychelles and Comores Islands (Markgraf, 1976). About 60 Fijian collections from eight islands have been examined, but the species may be anticipated on most islands. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The usual names in Fiji are vasa and rewa, but also noted are vasavasa, vasa ni veikau, savisavirewa, and leva. The dried leaves are sometimes 1988 APOCYNACEAE 91 Ficure 39. Cerbera manghas; A, mature corolla, = 2; B, corolla throat spread open, showing style (st), style head (h), filaments (f), anthers (a), and suprastaminal scales (s), x 4; C, young fruits, each with a single developing mericarp, x 1; D, longitudinal section of mature fruit, x 1. A from Smith 1581, B from Gillespie 2267, C from Smith 9201, D from Whistler 2835 (Tutuila, Samoa). applied to skin irritations and are also used as part of an internal remedy for eye pains. The latex is said to be used in various medications, although it contains a violent poison and indeed can cause death. 92 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: North of Lomolomo, Degener & Ordonez 13718; vicinity of Tumbenasolo, valley of Namosi Creek, Smith 4708; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 3731; Mt. Tomanivi, O. & I. Degener 32077. SERuA: Korovisilou, DF 498 (Damanu 137); hills north of Ngaloa, in drainage of Waininggere Creek, Smith 9201. NAMos!: Hills east of Wainikoroiluva River, near Namuamua, Smith 8897. Ra: Rakiraki, DA 7928. NaITAsIRI: Suva Pumping Station, Degener & Ordonez 13768; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3429. TaILevu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7170; Raralevu, Weiner 106. REwa: Mt. Rama (Joske’s Thumb), Vaughan 3292; trail between Lami and Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2267; Nukulau Island, Barclay. KANDAVU: Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 68; Naikorokoro, DF 436 (Damanu 100). OVALAU: Port Kinnaird, Seemann 309. NGAU: Shore of Herald Bay, near Sawaieke, Smith 7913. VANUA LEVU: Mua: Southern portion of Seatovo Range, Smith 1581. MATHUATA: Natindoyanga Creek, Korovuli River headwaters, DA 12943. THAKAU- NDROVE: Track from Valeni to Mathuata, DA 15718. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Waiyevo, Gillespie 4686. VANUA MBALAVU: Near Lomaloma, Garnock-Jones 998. LAKEMBA: Ridge east of Tumbou Valley, Garnock-Jones 835. F131 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped. Uncertainty has often been associated with the distinctions between Cerbera manghas and C. odollam Gaertn. (Fruct. Sem. Pl. 2: 193. ¢. 124, fig. i-m. 1791, based on Rheede, Hort. Ind. Malabar. 1: 71. t. 39. 1678) and their geographic ranges. Fos- berg and Sachet (1985) indicate that the two taxa are easily distinguished in a living state by flower color; C. manghas has a white corolla with a red eye around the mouth of the corolla tube, whereas the corolla of C. odollam has a yellow eye. They also imply that both species occur in Tahiti, and, indeed, Seemann (FI. Vit. 157. 1866) had de- scribed the yellow-eyed taxon as C. forsteri Seem. (Wiles & Smith (BM HOLOTYPE), from Tahiti). If corolla throat color is the essential character, C. forsteri would indeed be referable to C. odollam. Grant, Fosberg, and Smith (1974), however, had placed C. forsteri in the synonymy of C. manghas, which they considered the only Tahitian species of Cerbera, not mentioning the corolla color character. Boiteau (1981) implies that Cerbera manghas may sometimes have a corolla witha yellow eye (C. manghas var. manghas f. luteola Boit., 1981, p. 219). Huber (in Rev.. Handb. FI. Ceylon 4:53. 1983) indicates that the only species of Cerberain Ceylonis C. odollam Gaertn., with a yellow-throated corolla, indicating its eastern range as extend- ing into Malesia. Both species are stated to occur in Java (Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 233. 1965) and New Caledonia (Boiteau, 1981), other characters supplementing the red vs. yellow corolla eye. Earlier, Pichon (in Notul. Syst. (Paris) 13: 223. 1948) had based two sections of the genus (sect. Odollam, with six species, and sect. Manghas, with two species) on corolla shape differences. Characters to separate Cerbera odollam from C. manghas have indeed seemed elusive, but if the color of the corolla throat is of primary importance it would seem that the former extends as far east as the Societies (Fosberg and Sachet, 1983), perhaps occurring westward in Tonga and Samoa as well as in New Caledonia. In Fiji, however, only C. manghas (sensu Boiteau, 1981, as C. manghas var. manghas f. manghas) occurs, all the collections with color notes having the corolla pink to red in the throat, while the shape of the corolla tube agrees with that indicated by Pichon (1948). 11. PAGIANTHA Markgraf in Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 12: 542, 546, 549. 1935; Pichon in Mém. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. 27: 217. 1948; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 287. 1955; Boit. in Fl. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 232. 1981. Trees or shrubs, the stipules forming a short intrapetiolar sheath; leaves opposite, often anisophyllous, petiolate, the blades coriaceous or subcoriaceous, entire, the secondary nerves spreading; inflorescences terminal or pseudoaxillary, cymose, long- pedunculate, the bracts small; calyx deeply lobed, the lobes broadly ovate, obtuse, 1988 APOCYNACEAE 93 ciliolate or not, with 6-15 glandular scales at base within; corolla subcoriaceous or thick-carnose, hypocrateriform, the tube glabrous within, the lobes forming a subglo- bose, thick, coherent mass deeply inflexed in aestivation and penetrating into corolla throat, sinistrorsely contorted, at length spreading, oblong or falciform; stamens inserted below middle of tube, with slender filaments, the anthers basifixed, not adnate, apically mucronulate, sagittate at base with short sterile prolongations; disk adnate and indistinct; ovary apocarpous, the carpels concrescent only at base, gla- brous, gradually contracted into style, the ovules numerous (35-250), 6-16-seriate, the style head broader than style, obconical or ellipsoid-cylindric, without ribs or dilated parts, the stigmas slightly shorter or longer than style head; fruit apocarpous, the mericarps subglobose or obliquely ovoid or obovoid, dehiscent along ventral suture, the exocarp opaque, thick, verrucose at maturity, the mesocarp thin, the seeds numer- ous, oblong to obliquely pyramidal, not compressed, ecomose, completely covered by a fleshy arillode. TYPE SPECIES: Pagiantha dichotoma (Roxb.) Markgraf (Tabernaemontana dicho- toma Roxb.). In describing the genus Pagiantha, Markgraf assigned to it eleven species, clearly indicating P. dichotomaas the type species (although this was not listed by ING, 1979). Boiteau (1981) erroneously listed P. cerifera (Pancher & Sébert) Markgraf as the type species. DISTRIBUTION: Southeastern Asia, Malesia, and eastward to Fiji, where a single apparently endemic species terminates the generic range. Pagiantha was retained by Pichon (1948) as distinct from Ervatamia, but only as including sect. Dichotomae Markgraf (i. e. sect. Pagiantha), with six species; Markgraf’s sect. Corymbosae was transferred to Ervatamia by Pichon, who correctly listed the Fijian P. koroana in Pagiantha, although he referred Tabernaemontana thurstoni to Ervatamia, unaware of the conspecificity of these taxa. According to the concepts of Pichon and Boiteau, the Fijian taxon is properly referred to Pagiantha, having the stamens slightly below the middle of the corolla tube and the thick corolla lobes inflexed into the throat in bud (FIGURE 40C). Pichon (1948) states that the style head of Pagiantha is always glabrous, whereas that of Ervatamia is usually pubescent-velvety; this character apparently is not reliable, since the style head of P. thurstonii is seen to be very minutely but copiously velutinous (FIGURE 40E). In his introductory remarks on the genus Tabernaemontana L. in Africa, Leeuwen- berg (in Adansonia II. 16: 383-392. 1976) interpreted that genus very broadly, to include not only Ervatamia and Pagiantha but also many other genera recognized by such recent specialists as Markgraf, Pichon, Boiteau, and their colleagues. Whether or not to interpret Tabernaemontana in such an extremely broad sense remains for future specialists to consider, when all species of this pantropical complex have been tho- roughly studied. 1. Pagiantha thurstonii (Horne ex Baker) A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 33: 114. 1952, in op. cit. 36: 287. 1955; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 185. 1964, ed. 2. 262. 1972. Ficures 40, 41. Tabernaemontana thurstoni Horne, A Year in Fiji, 268, nom. nud. 1881; Horne ex Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 368. 1883; Anon. in Kew Bull. 1898: 164. 1898; Burkill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 35: 46. 1901; Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 19. fig. 24. 1930. Tabernaemontana pacifica sensu Horne, A Year in Fiji, 195, 268. 1881; non Seem. Pagiantha koroana Markgraf in Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 12: 546, 549. 1935, in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 129. fig. 65, h-k. 1936; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 185. 1964, ed. 2. 262. 1972. Ervatamia thurstoni Pichon in Mém. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. 27: 220. 1948. Tree 4-30 m. high, with abundant but thin white latex, occurring at elevations of 30-1,100 m. in dense forest or on its edges. The leaves have stout petioles 4-15 mm. FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 1988 APOCYNACEAE 95 Ficure 41. Pagiantha thurstonii; A, infructescence with developing fruits, x 1; B, mature mericarps, one opened to show seeds, x 1. A from DA 14440, B from Gillespie 4128. long and coriaceous or thick-chartaceous blades variable in shape and size, ovate or elliptic to obovate-elliptic, 7-22 x (3-) 4-12 cm., with 8-20 well-spaced secondaries prominent beneath. The inflorescence may be 5-12 cm. long and broad, few-branched. The fragrant flowers have the corolla pure white or sometimes with the tube greenish, the tube at anthesis 15-20 mm. long and 3-5 mm. in diameter, the swollen lobes forming a globose bud 7-8 mm. in diameter, eventually becoming obliquely oblong and 20-25 x about 8 mm. The mericarps are at first green, eventually becoming brownish and coarsely verrucose, the endocarp yellowish within; the seeds are brown- ish but covered by red, fleshy arillodes. The largest mericarps seen, apparently mature, are about 5 x 3cm., sharply recurved, with obovoid seeds up to 15 x 8mm. Flowers and fruits have been obtained throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type is Horne s. n. (K HOLOTYPE), collected in August, 1878, in Fiji without further locality; Baker cited 268 as the number, but actually that was the page number of Horne’s 1881 listing of the name. This taxon is doubtless the one that Horne referred to as Tabernaemontana pacifica (Alstonia pacifica in the present work) in his discussion of Fijian caoutchouc-yielding plants; the fact that the latex is thin and Horne’s description of the fruit make it apparent that he FiGureE 40. Pagiantha thurstonii; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, * 1/3; B, maturing flower and bud, x 3; C, maturing corolla spread open, showing the coherent, inflexed lobes and the stamens (1 removed), x 3; D, gynoecium and calyx, showing glands within calyx lobes, x 9; E, style head and stigmas, x 30. A from DA 16297 (separate foliage from Gillespie 3557), B-E from DA 16297. 96 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 did not refer to a species of Alstonia. The type of Pagiantha koroana is Smith 1019 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), obtained Jan. 31, 1934, on the eastern slope of the main ridge of Koro. Markgraf was unaware of Baker’s earlier name for the species. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and now known from four of the high islands; 38 collections have been studied. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The most often used names for this distinctive species are ndrenga, kau ndrenga, and tandalo, but also recorded are ndatalu, nda‘alu, tambua- sere, tambua rakolavu, and vueti naitasiri. The species is infrequently used for timber, and the latex, although thinner than that of Alstonia, is sometimes used as a chewing gum. Ananonymous article on “Fiji India Rubber” (in Kew. Bull. 1898: 164-166. 1898) discusses Tabernaemontana thurstoni based on the collection of R. L. Holmes from Mbua, cited below. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Navai, DA 14440; vicinity of Nambuyasa, Nggali- wana Creek, Gillespie 4128; western and southern slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5089. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 13323; northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 5638. SERUA: Namboutini, DA L.22289 (DF 83). NAMosI: Between Mburotu and Namua- mua, DA 116] 1. NaITASIRI: Vicinity of Nanduna, DA 1049; Toninaiwau, Tholo-i-suva, DA 16297; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3557. TAILEVU: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7190; Namulomulo, DF 1072 (Damanu 186). VANUA LEVU: MBua: Koromba Forest, DA 15126; Mbua without further locality, R. L. Holmes (k). TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Waiyevo, Gillespie 4788; Nggathavula, Valentine 36 (BISH). From the description of Pagiantha koroana var. salomonensis Markgraf (in Gard. Bull. Singapore 22: 28. 1967), that taxon is questionably referable to P. thurstonii, than which it is said to have larger leaves, calyx lobes (6 mm. long rather than 3-4 mm.), and mature mericarps (up to 15 cm. long) with more numerous seeds. 12. ERVATAMIA Stapf in This.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 4 (1): 126. 1902; Markgraf in Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 12:544, 547. 1935; Pichon in Mém. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. 27: 218. 1948; Boit. in Fl. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 238. 1981. Tabernaemontana sensu Seem. FI. Vit. 159, p. p. 1866. Tabernaemontana sect. Ervatamia A. DC. in Prodr. 8: 373. 1844. Trees or erect shrubs, the stipules intrapetiolar; leaves opposite, often anisophyl- lous; inflorescences terminal or pseudoaxillary, pedunculate, cymose; calyx deeply lobed, the lobes ciliolate or not, with or without glandular scales within; corolla membranous or somewhat carnose, hypocrateriform, the tube staminiferous above middle or toward apex, without faucial scales, the lobes sinistrorsely (rarely dex- trorsely) contorted, the inflexed portions in aestivation not penetrating into corolla throat: stamens with obvious or short filaments, the anthers basifixed, not adnate, mucronulate at apex or with a tuft of hairs, sagittate at base with short sterile prolongations; disk adnate and indistinct, rarely prominent; ovary apocarpous, the carpels concrescent only at base, smooth, the ovules usually numerous (2-100), 2-6-seriate, the style slender, the style head broader than style or sometimes nearly as slender, subglobose to conical or obovoid, usually glandular-pilose with hairs at least forming a flange at base, without ribs or dilated parts, the stigmas usually as long as or longer than style head; fruits apocarpous, the mericarps spreading, the seeds ecomose, with a fleshy arillode. TYPE SPECIES: Ervatamia coronaria (Jacq.) Stapf (Nerium coronarium Jacq.). DIsRIBUTION: Tropical eastern Asia throughout Malesia and eastward to the Tuamotus, with 90-95 species. One indigenous and one cultivated species are known to occur in Fiji. 1988 APOCYNACEAE 97 KEY TO SPECIES Stamens borne near apex of corolla tube, essentially in corolla throat, the anthers about 2 mm. long; corolla tube 7-17 mm. long, the lobes 7-15 mm. Jong and 3-7 mm. broad; leaf blades obtuse to obtusely acuminate and then with the apex (rarely to 20 mm. long) broad and usually rounded; indigenous. 1. E. obtusiuscula Stamens borne near middle of corolla tube, the anthers about 3 mm. long; corolla tube 13-25 mm. long, the lobes 20-35 mm. long and nearly as broad, often with crisped edges; leaf blades abruptly acuminate, the apexesienders 10-15) mm* long; cultivatedvonlys es). 1) dee lee oe = 2. E. coronaria 1. Ervatamia obtusiuscula Markgraf in Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 12: 547, 551. 1935, in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 128. fig. 65, b-d. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 184. 1964, ed. 2. 261. 1972. FIGURE 42. Tabernaemontana vitiensis Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257, nom. nud. 1861, Viti, 439, nom. nud. 1862; A. Gray in Bonplandia 10: 37, nom. nud. 1862. Tabernaemontana orientalis sensu Seem. Fl. Vit. 159. 1866, op. cit. 430. 1873; Drake, Il. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 235. 1892; Reinecke in Bot. Jahrb. 25: 668. 1898; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 180. 1935; non R. Br. (1810). Ervatamia orientalis sensu Turrill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43: 32. 1915; Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 20. 1932; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 219. 1959; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 185. 1964, ed. 2. 261. 1972; M. Grant, Fosberg, & H. M. Sm. in Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 17: 46. 1974; non Domin (1913). Alstonia reineckeana sensu Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 218. 1959; non Lauterb. As seen in Fiji, Ervatamia obtusiuscula is an often abundant shrub or tree 1-10 m. high, with white latex, occurring at elevations from near sea level to about 900 m. in dense, dry, or secondary forest, in thickets and on open hillsides, and along coasts, often on limestone. Its variable leaves have slender petioles (4—) 7-17 (-22) mm. long and chartaceous or submembranaceous blades, these elliptic or less frequently lanceolate, (4-) 7-20 x (1-) 2.5-8.5 cm., obtuse to obtusely acuminate at apex. The inflorescences vary from compact to 12 cm. in length and breadth and are few-many- flowered, the pedicels (3-) 7-20 mm. long. The fragrant flowers have obtuse calyx lobes 1-1.5 mm. long; corolla white, sometimes with the tube greenish and the lobes pale yellow, the tube 7-17 mm. long and 1-2 mm. in diameter at anthesis, enlarged below throat, the lobes forming a globose-ovoid bud 5-6 mm. in diameter, at anthesis spreading into a limb 10-28 mm. broad, briefly ascending in basal portion and then curved and spreading, obliquely obovoid, 7-15 e) Z ve Nn Zi = ES > < m4 e) —] (oy 1988 OLEACEAE 129 FiGurRE 52. Jasminum degeneri; A, stamens in corolla tube (2 lobes and corresponding portion of tube removed), x 12; B, stamens in corolla tube (1 lobe and corresponding portion of tube removed), x 12. A from Degener 14980, B from Degener 15331. Yasawas. In fact, if J. didymum is interpreted in a fairly inclusive sense (Green, 1962, pp. 112-115; 1984, pp. 405-417), both of Kobuski’s taxa could perhaps be included within it; both are mentioned by Green (1962) as belonging to a complex of Australian -Malesian-Pacific taxa (including J. didymum, with the oldest epithet) that requires a careful review. For the time being, a single Fijian trifoliolate species (J. degeneri) is here retained as reasonably distinct from J. didymum, although certainly closely related to it. In Fiji the two resulting taxa have discrete habitats; although both may be coastal, J. degeneri seems strictly limited to very arid conditions, whereas J. didymum often occurs inland, in diversely forested areas, and upward to high crests and ridges. 4. Jasminum sessile A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 124. fig. 64, a, b. 1936; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 180. 1964, ed. 2. 256. 1972. A slender shrub 1-3 m. high, apparently rare on rocky slopes near the sea, witha white corolla and known to flower in January and May. FiGuRE 51. Jasminum degeneri; A, distal portions of branchlets, with foliage and an immature infructes- cence, x 1; B, inflorescence and detached corolla, x 8; C, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, 2; D, inflorescence and detached flower, x 8. A from DA 13568, B from Degener 14980, C & D from Degener 15331. 130 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 TYPIFICATION: The type is Greenwood 656 (K HOLOTYPE), collected Jan. 10, 1924, on “dry rocky slopes of the seacoast,” Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from the Mathuata coast of Vanua Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VANUA LEVU: Martuuata: Tutu Island (Mathuata coast at 179° 35’ E.), Horne 672 (k), May, 1878. Jasminum sessile, still known only from the two specimens that were cited in 1936, appears to be a very distinct species of the general relationship of J. simplicifolium, from which it is at once distinguished by its small, subsessile leaves and its few- flowered, compact inflorescences, the corollas having only four or five lobes. It is thus far known only from dry, rocky, coastal slopes of Mathuata Province, and it does not seem closely allied to any of the New Caledonian species discussed by Green (1962). 5. Jasminum simplicifolium Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 3. 1786. Only the typical subspecies of Jasminum simplicifolium, from Fiji and Tonga, is here taken into consideration. The species as a whole (Green, 1984, pp. 419-427) includes elements extending westward to eastern Australia. 5a. Jasminum simplicifolium subsp. simplicifolium; P. S. Green in Allertonia 3: 423. 1984. Ficures 53A & B, 54A. Jasminum simplicifolium sensu Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 3. 1786; A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts §: 332. 1862, in Bonplandia 10: 37. 1862; Seem. Fl. Vit. 430. 1873; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 156. 1909; P. S. Green in J. Arnold Arb. 43: 119. 1962; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 180. 1964, ed. 2. 256. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 142. 1970. Jasminum australe Pers. Syn. Pl. 1: 8, nom. illeg. 1805; Seem. FI. Vit. 153. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 231. 1892. Jasminum gracile sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861, Viti, 439. 1862; non Andrews. An often high-climbing liana found from near sea level to about 900 m. in dense or open forest, thickets and patches of forest in open country, and on dry, exposed ridges. The fragrant flowers have the corolla white, the tube sometimes greenish or pink- or purple-tinged; the fruit becomes black at maturity. Flowers have been collected between May and December, fruits in months scattered throughout the year. TyYPIFICATION: The type is J. R. & G. Forster (BM LECTOTYPE here designated; ISOLECTOTYPE at K), collected on Tongatapu, Tonga, during Cook’s second voyage. The BM specimen is clearly marked “Tongatabu (Amsterdam Island),” whereas the k sheet (transferred from LIV) is indicated as “Habitat in America” (presumably a garbling of “Amicorum”). Jasminum australe is a direct renaming of J. simplicifolium, cited as a synonym. DIsTRIBUTION: Although the species in a broad sense extends from Australia to Tonga, the typical subspecies is presumably limited to Fiji and Tonga. Some 55 Fijian collections from nine islands have been studied, suggesting that this is the most abun- dant Jasminum in Fiji. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Wa vatu (general); names mentioned infrequently by collectors have been mbene viriviri, wa ndakua (Mba), wa tirikalou (Nandronga & Navosa), vono ni mbengga (Kandavu), nggilawa (Ovalau), mothe ni vai and ngilangila wawa (Thakaundrove), and wa ndundundawa (Lakemba). A concoction prepared from the leaves is said to be used for fevers and sore throat. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Msa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 1076; Vatia, near the jetty, DA 13567 (coll. Green); Nandarivatu, Gibbs 657; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Gillespie 4291. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 1988 OLEACEAE 131 Ficure 53. A & B, Jasminum simplicifolium, from Smith 8907; A, calyx, with distal portion of pedicel and proximal portion of corolla, x 8; B, flower and detached corolla, x 1. C & D, Jasminum betchei, from Gillespie 2160; C, flower, x 1; D, calyx, with distal portion of pedicel and proximal portion of corolla, * 8. 5566; vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Tabualewa 15635. SERUA: Hills east of Navua River, near Nuku- sere, Smith 9109. NAmos!: Hills east of Wainikoroiluva River, near Namuamua, Smith 8907; Wainandoi River, DA 11976. TaILevu: King’s Road, DA 856. NaITasirRi: Vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3553. REWA: Wainisasa, Horne 98. KANDAVU: Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 105. OVALAU: Vicinity of Levuka, Gillespie 4485. VANUA LEVU: Seemann 298. MBua: Koromba Forest, DA 15145. MATHUATA: Wainunu-Ndreketi divide, Smith 1852; Lambasa, Greenwood 508. THAKAUNDROVE: Hills west of Korota- sere, Natewa Bay region, Smith 1922. TAVEUNI: Somosomo, DA 1437]. MOALA: Milne 119. THIKO- MBIA: Tothill 381. LAKEMBA: Between Yandrana and Vakano, Garnock-Jones 956. AIWA: Central wooded basin, Bryan 524. F131 without further locality, U.S. Expl. Exped. Green (1962, pp. 115-122) distinguished the New Caledonian Jasminum leratii Schlechter from J. simplicifolium, also suggesting (p. 121) that the simple-leaved Jasminum from the New Hebrides is referable to J. /eratii. In the same treatment (p. 119) he maintained J. volubile Jacq. as a distinct species, but later (1984, p. 419) he referred that element to J. simplicifolium subsp. australiense P. S. Green. In view of that 1984 treatment, I doubt if J. /eratii should be maintained at the species level. 132 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Figure 54. A, Jasminum simplicifolium; half of corolla tube with attached stamen (introrse surface), with style and stigma (left) and stamen (extrorse surface) attached to a strip of corolla tube tissue (right), * 4. B & C, Jasminum betchei; B, opened corolla tube with attached stamens and detached style and stigma, * 4; C, portion of branchlet, with foliage and infructescences, = 1/3. A from Smith 8907, B from Gillespie 2160, C from Smith 9470. 6. Jasminum betchei F. v. Muell. in Vict. Chem. & Druggist, Sept. 1881; P.S. Greenin Kew Bull. 23: 343. 1969; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 140. 1970; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 254. 1972. FiGcures 53C & D, 54B & C. Jasminum unifoliolatum Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 16. fig. 19. 1930; J. W. Parham, PI. Fijilsl. 180. 1964. : Jasminum simplicifolium sensu Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 175. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 95. 1943, in op. cit. 220: 215. 1959; non Forst. f. Jasminum pedicellatum A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 122. fig. 64. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fijilsl. 180. 1964. An often high-climbing liana occurring in dense or dry forest, in thickets, and sometimes on the edges of forest along rocky coasts, at elevations from near sea level to 1,130 m. The corolla is white and the mature fruits black. Flowers have been noted from August to November and in March, fruits between July and February. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Jasminum betchei is based on Betche s. n. (MEL HOLOTYPE), from “lower mountain-region of Apia,” Upolu, Samoa. The type of J. 1988 OLEACEAE 133 unifoliolatum is Parks 20667 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at US), collected in July, 1927, in fruit, near Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu; and that of J. pedicellatum is Smith 1400 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected March 24, 1934, on the rocky shore of the north coast of Moala. Green’s (1969) reduction of the two latter taxa to J. betchei seems justifiable. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji, Tonga, Niue, and Samoa. From Fiji I have examined 21 collec- tions, all here cited, but these are all from Viti Levu except for the type of Jasminum pedicellatum, from Moala. LOCAL NAMES: Wa vatu (Viti Levu); vere (Moala). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 719; Savundamatau Creek, west of Nandarivatu, Webster & Hildreth 14246; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Parks 20642; Mt. Nangga- ranambuluta, Gillespie 3805, 4058, DA 13548, p. p. SERUA: Hills west of Waivunu Creek, between Ngaloa and Korovou, Smith 9470; hills between Waininggere and Waisese Creeks, between Ngaloa and Wainiya- mbia, Smith 9359. NAmosi: Valley of Wainambua Creek, south of Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8788; hills bordering Wainavindrau Creek, vicinity of Wainimakutu, Smith 8561; ridge southeast of Namosi, Gillespie 2850; vicinity of Namuamua, Gillespie 300]. RA: Mountains near Penang, Greenwood 508A. NAITASIRI: Central road, Tothill 390; Prince’s Road, Nasinu River, Vaughan 3282; Tholo-i-suva, DA 10914; vicinity of Tamavua, Gillespie 2160; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3559. REwA: Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2231, 2351. In foliage Jasminum betcheiis difficult to distinguish from J. simplicifolium subsp. simplicifolium, but if mature inflorescences are available the key characters utilized above seem readily to differentiate the two taxa. The available fruits also suggest a difference, but this remains to be verified by field study. 7. Jasminum tetraquetrum A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 332. 1862; Seem. Viti, 439. 1862, Fl. Vit. 153. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 231. 1892; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 180. 1964, ed. 2. 256. 1972. FiGureE 55. Glabrous shrub, known only in fruit; petioles slender, 5-8 mm. long, the leaf blades ovate, (3.5—-) 4-6 x (1.3-) 2-3 cm., acute to obtuse at base, gradually narrowed to an acuminate apex, the venation inconspicuous; inflorescences apparently 3-7-flowered (flowers unknown), the peduncles less than | cm. long, the bracteoles subulate, 1-1.5 mm. long; pedicels in fruit 18-20 mm. long, slender, terete or 4-angled near base but conspicuously 4-angled or narrowly 4-winged distally; fruiting calyx 13-17 mm. long, the tube infundibular, about 5 mm. long, narrowly but sharply 4-winged, the wings decurrent on pedicel, the sinuses rounded, the lobes 4, erect, subulate-lanceolate, 8-12 mm. long, |-1.5 mm. broad proximally, sharply carinate dorsally into a basally con- spicuous wing; fruits 1-lobed (as far as noted), ellipsoid, 10-15 x 8-10 mm. at apparent maturity. TYPIFICATION: The type is U. S. Expl. Exped. (US 62666 HOLOTYPE; fragmentary ISOTYPE at GH), collected in 1840 “on the mountain summit back of Muthuata” (Gray, 1862, but not indicated on specimen), Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu. It is probable that Gray’s allusion was to Mathuata-i-wai Island and the Mathuata (Nawavi) Range (cf. this Flora, vol. 1, FIGURES 6, 12), doubtless visited by the U.S. Exploring Expedi- tion in 1840. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from the type collection. The relationship of this apparently very rare Fijian endemic is uncertain; among the New Caledonian species discussed by Green (1962) it is suggestive only of Jasmi- num noumeense Schlechter, from which it is readily distinguished by its longer, winged or angled pedicels, its winged calyx tube, and its longer calyx lobes. Jasminum tetraquetrum, like J. sessile, points to our very inadequate knowledge of the plants of the coastal areas of Mathuata Province. 134 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 corneas df FISHER SCIENTIFIC [feria Ives Pee Yes Ps 1988 OLEACEAE 135 8. Jasminum multiflorum (Burm. f.) Andrews, Bot. Repos. 8:7. 496. 1807; Kobuski in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 172. 1932; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 175. 1935; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 218. 1965; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 141. 1970; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 255. 1972; M. Grant, Fosberg, & H. M. Sm. in Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 17: 30. 1974; MacKee, PI. Intro. Cult. Nouv.-Caléd. 103. 1985. Nyctanthes multiflora Burm. f. Fl. Ind. 5. ¢. 3, fig. 1. 1768. Nyctanthes pubescens Retz. Obs. Bot. 5: 9. 1789. Jasminum pubescens Willd. Sp. Pl. 1: 37. 1797; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 184: 57. 1945. Shrub 1-2 m. high, sometimes with subscandent branches, cultivated in villages and European gardens from near sea level to about 800 m. The flowers are fragrant, especially at night, with a greenish corolla tube and pure white corolla lobes. Flowers have been observed between May and July. TYPIFICATION: Andrews’s drawing was based on a cultivated plant introduced by Lady Hume from the East Indies, but the nomenclatural type was probably collected from cultivation (perhaps in Kleinhoff’s garden in Java, cf. Fl. Males. I. 1: 284. 1950) and may be extant at G-DEL. Nyctanthes pubescens was based on a Koenig specimen from Calcutta, almost certainly from a cultivated plant. The species was often noted as Jasminum pubescens (Retz.) Willd. in pre-1920 literature (Kobuski, 1932). DIsTRIBUTION: Indigenous in India and probably an early introduction into China (P. S. Green, in litt.), where the flowers were dried and used to flavor tea. It is now widely cultivated in tropical and subtropical areas. Use: An attractive ornamental. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Nandarivatu, Smith 5026. REwa: Botanical Gardens, Suva, DA 12105. OVALAU: Lovoni Village, Smith 7465. Jasminum sambac (L.) Ait., noted in Thurston’s 1886 Catalogue, has not since that time been recorded in Fijian cultivation, but it is to be anticipated in Fijian gardens, since it is cultivated in many Pacific archipelagoes. It is related to J. multiflorum but is readily distinguished by its essentially glabrous foliage (the leaf blades with axillary hair tufts beneath) and comparatively inconspicuous inflorescence indument, shorter calyx lobes (7-10 in number), and smaller corollas. 2. LIGUSTRUM L. Sp. Pl. 7. 1753; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 215. 1965; Kiew in Blumea 24: 143. 1978; A. J. Scott in Fl. Masc. Fam. 119. 5. 1981. Small trees or erect shrubs, sometimes deciduous; leaves simple, short-petiolate, the blades entire, often glandular beneath; inflorescences terminal, thyrsoid or panicu- liform, bracteate, the flowers small, § , 4-merous, subsessile or short-pedicellate; calyx campanulate, truncate or shortly 4-dentate; corolla infundibular or campanulate, the tube equal to or longer than calyx tube, the lobes induplicate-valvate in bud, becoming spreading, slightly shorter than or longer than corolla tube; stamens 2, inserted on corolla tube, the filaments slender, short, the anthers basifixed, ellipsoid or oblong, usually exserted; ovary subglobose, the ovules 2 per locule, pendulous, the style often filiform, the stigma 2-lobed; fruit a carnose berry or somewhat drupaceous, the endocarp chartaceous or membranous, the seeds usually solitary, sometimes 2-4. TYPE SPECIES: Ligustrum vulgare L., the only original species. FiGuRE 55. Jasminum tetraquetrum; A, HOLOTYPE, x 1/3; B, foliage and infructescence, x 1; C, infructescence, showing a single fruit, x 2; D, fruit, with calyx and upper part of pedicel, x 4. All from U. S. Expl. Exped. 136 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 DIsTRIBUTION: Eurasia to Malesia and tropical Australia, with about 40 species, some of which are widely cultivated and naturalized. One cultivated species occurs in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: KIEw, R. Florae Malesianae Praecursores LVII. The Oleaceae of Malesia. I. The genus Ligustrum. Blumea 24: 143-149. 1978. 1. Ligustrum sinense Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 19. 1790; Merr. in Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. n. s. 24 (2): 307. 1935; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 256. 1972; Kiew in Blumea 24: 149. 1978: A. J. Scott in Fl. Masc. Fam. 119. 6. 1981; MacKee, Pl. Intro. Cult. Nouv.-Caléd. 104. 1985. As seen in Fiji, Ligustrum sinense is occasionally cultivated near sea level; it is a shrub or small tree 2-4 m. high, with young parts and leaf blades usually pale-villose, the blades elliptic, 2-5 x 1-2 cm., the flowers fragrant, with white corollas about 3 mm. long at anthesis. The noted collections were flowering and fruiting between October and December. TYPIFICATION: The type is Loureiro (P HOLOTYPE, cf. Merrill, 1935; but not found by Scott, 1981), collected near Canton, China. DISTRIBUTION: Southern China, often cultivated elsewhere. LOCAL NAME AND USE: The privet is a garden ornamental, often used in hedges. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Nairasiri: Plant Introduction and Quarantine Station, Nandu- ruloulou, DA 9809. REwa: Suva, near Government Pharmacy, DA 12240. 3. CHIONANTHUS L. Sp. Pl. 8. 1753; Stearn in Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 63: 355. 1977; A. J. Scott in Fl. Masc. Fam. 119. 10. 1981. Linociera Sw. ex Schreber, Gen. P1. 2: 784. 1791; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 213. 1965. Nom. cons. (sed non vs. Chionanthus). Olea sensu Seem. FI. Vit. 154. 1866; non L. Trees or erect shrubs, the branchlets often lenticellate; leaves opposite (or essen- tially so), simple, the blades entire, usually coriaceous, often glandular-punctate, sometimes with domatia in axils of secondary nerves beneath; inflorescences axillary, cymose or laxly thyrsoid, racemiform or paniculiform, sometimes fasciculate, the flowers small, 8 ; calyx 4-lobed or -dentate; corolla white to yellow or rose, composed of 4 free petals or these coherent in pairs at base, induplicate-valvate in bud, subcar- nose, linear or oblong; stamens 2, hypogynous or scarcely coherent to petal bases, the filaments short, the anthers exceeded by petals when these are fully developed; ovary 2-locular, the ovules 2 per locule, collateral, pendulous, the style short, the stigma entire to 2-lobed; fruit a drupe, the exocarp carnose, the endocarp bony or cartilagi- nous or subligneous, the seed usually solitary. LECTOTYPE SPECIES AND NOMENCLATURE: The lectotype species of Chionanthus is C. virginica L. (vide Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. N. U. S. ed. 2. 2: 728. 1913), one of Linnaeus’s two original species; the type species of Linociera is L. ligustrina (Sw.) Sw. (Thouinia ligustrina Sw.). Until recently the two generic names have been retained by most concerned taxonomists, who used Chionanthus for the few temperate species and Linociera for the many tropical ones. Although real distinctions between the genera had been questioned as long ago as 1860, Stearn (1977) was the first recent student to unite them. The arguments in favor of this union are so convincing that there now seems complete unanimity among students of Oleaceae to relegate Linociera to synonymy. FIGURE 56. Chionanthus vitiensis; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, x 1/3; B, portions of inflorescence, the petals in early anthesis, about as large as anthers, x 4; C, portion of inflorescence, the petals elongating, < 4; D, portion of inflorescence, the petals fully elongated, x 4. A & D from DA 15635, B from DF 1118, C from DA 13920. ea] < ea ©) < ea = ‘e) FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 1988 OLEACEAE 139 Linnaeus treated the generic name Chionanthus as feminine “because the plants were trees or large shrubs” (Stearn, 1977), but nevertheless Stearn treats Chionanthus as masculine, as do most subsequent students (Kiew in Malaysian Forester 42: 259-279. 1979, in op. cit. 43: 362-392. 1980, in op. cit. 44: 143-162. 1981; Stearn in Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 80: 191-206. 1980; Harborne & Green in op. cit. 81: 155-167. 1980; Kiew & Ibrahim in op. cit. 84: 79-101. 1982). Scott (1981), however, continues use of Chionanthus as feminine. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical, subtropical, and temperate regions of both hemispheres, with about 100 species. A single indigenous species represents the genus in Fiji and nearby Polynesian archipelagoes. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: STEARN, W. T. Union of Chionanthus and Linociera (Oleaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 63: 355-357. 1977. 1. Chionanthus vitiensis (Seem.) A. C. Sm., comb. nov. FIGuRES 56-59. Fagraea vitiensis Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257, nom. nud. 1861; Seem. ex A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 320, nom. nud. 1862, in Bonplandia 10:37, nom. nud. 1862; Seem. Viti, 439, nom. nud. 1862; non Gilg & Benedict (1921). Olea vitiensis Seem. Fl. Vit. 155. 1866; Drake, II]. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 231. 1892. Linociera pauciflora sensu Burkill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 35:45. 1901; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178:94. 1943; non C. B. Clarke. Linociera gillespiei A. C. Sm. in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 70: 548. 1943, in J. Arnold Arb. 33: 113. 1952; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 180. 1964, ed. 2. 256. 1972. Linociera vitiensis A. C. Sm. in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 70: 549. 1943, in J. Arnold Arb. 33: 112. 1952: J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 180. 1964, ed. 2. 256. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 142. 1970. Linociera sp. Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 214. 1959. Tree (2-) 10-20 m. high, often slender, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of about 1,130 m. in dense or open forest or on forested ridges. The fragrant flowers have the petals and stamens white to cream-colored or yellowish and the ovary greenish; mature fruits are yellow to orange. Flowers have been collected between July and March, fruits between December and May. The species, previously described only from the three type collections (all in fruit), is here redescribed from the ample material now at hand. Plant glabrous throughout or with inflorescence branches and calyx obscurely and evanescently puberulent, the branchlets cinereous to pale brown, subterete, sparsely to copiously lenticellate, slightly flattened and thickened at nodes; leaf pairs 0.5-3.5 cm. apart, the petioles rugulose, shallowly canaliculate, 10-25 mm. long, 1-3 mm. in diameter, the blades coriaceous, drying olivaceous and often rugulose, without doma- tia, with immersed glands, lanceolate-elliptic to ovate-oblong or broadly elliptic, 6.5-22 cm. long, 2.5-9 cm. broad, acute to attenuate or obtuse at base and decurrent on petiole, obtusely cuspidate (rarely rounded) to acuminate at apex (acumen to 15 mm. long), slightly recurved at margin, the costa stout, nearly plane or elevated above, prominent beneath, the secondary nerves 5-8 (-10) per side, erecto-patent, slightly curved, inconspicuously anastomosing within margin, plane or raised or slightly impressed above, inconspicuously to strongly elevated beneath, the veinlet reticulation immersed or inconspicuously prominulous on both surfaces, usually obvious beneath; inflorescences axillary or borne on defoliate branchlets, racemiform- or paniculiform- cymose (sometimes merely fasciculate on branchlets and 3- or 4-flowered), up to 6cm. long and broad, with or without a few or several lateral (or basal) branches decreasing in length distally (ultimate flowers solitary or 2-4-fasciculate), the bracts deltoid- FiGure 57. Chionanthus vitiensis; A, flowers, one with 2 developing petals removed, showing 2 petals, stamens, gynoecium, and calyx, the other with only calyx and gynoecium remaining, * 24; B, fully developed flower, with | petal removed, x 24. A from Howard 302, B from DA 15635. 140 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 1988 OLEACEAE 141 Ficure 59. Chionanthus vitiensis, from Smith 864; A, mature fruits, x 2: B, cross sections of mature dried fruit, x 2. oblong, obtuse, 1.5-2 mm. long, the flowers subsessile or borne on pedicels to 4 mm. long, these with | or 2 obscure bracteoles or ebracteolate; calyx cupuliform, at anthesis about 1 mm. long and 1.5 mm. in diameter, the lobes deltoid, subacute, 0.2-0.5 mm. long, 0.5-1 mm. broad, the sinuses rounded or obtuse; petals free or loosely adherent at base, thin-carnose, at first oblong and apically rounded (1.5 x 1 mm. inearly anthesis), rapidly elongating and ultimately lanceolate-ligulate, finally to 7 mm. long and 1-1.3 mm. broad and subacute to obtuse at the cucullate apex; stamens subsessile, the filaments carnose, flattened, to 0.2 mm. long, the anthers oblong-ellipsoid, 1.2-1.7 mm. long, 0.6-0.7 mm. broad, truncate or obtuse at apex; ovary ellipsoid, abruptly or gradually narrowed into a conical or subterete style 0.2-0.8 mm. long, the stigma obscurely or obviously lobed; infructescences to 14 cm. long, usually with 1-4 fruits persisting to maturity, the rachis thickening to 2-3 mm. in diameter, the pedicels becoming thick and rugose, (0-) 1.5-7 mm. long (above ultimate articulation); fruit carnose, becoming coriaceous in drying, ellipsoid or obovoid, slightly flattened, rounded at base and apex, at maturity 30-35 mm. long, 17-20 mm. broad, 14-16 mm. thick, the exocarp strongly rugulose in drying, the endocarp subligneous, (1-) 2-3 mm. thick, drying longitudinally ridged. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Three Fijian types are involved in the synon- ymy. Olea vitiensis is based on Seemann 307 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at GH), collected on Viti Levu without further locality in July, 1860. During that month Seemann visited several coastal areas of southeastern Viti Levu (cf. Viti, 82-119, 133-134. 1862). Between July 1 and 10 he called at Rewa village, Nanggara Island (coastal Namosi Province), and the Navua delta region and coastal Serua Province west of the delta. Toward the end of the month, while based at Mbau, he visited parts of the opposite Tailevu mainland. Therefore it is not possible to suggest a more detailed locality than coastal southeastern Viti Levu. FiGure 58. Chionanthus vitiensis; A-C, leaves, showing variability in size and shape, x 1/2; D, portion of infructescence with maturing fruits, x 1. A from DF ///8, B from Smith 9242, C from Gillespie 4289, D from Smith 6135. 142 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Seemann’s description of a species of Olea was completely overlooked by me in 1943, when I rashly described the only two Fijian collections of Linociera then known to me as two new species. Linociera gillespiei is typified by Gillespie 4289 (BISH HOLOTYPE; fragmentary ISOTYPE at A), collected Dec. 13, 1927, near the summit of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. The type of Linociera vitiensis is Smith 864 (GH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), obtained Dec. 29, 1933, from the borders of the montane lake east of Somosomo, Taveuni. The three type collections are all in fruiting condition. Differences in foliage between the type material of Linociera gillespiei and L. vitiensis are apparent but, in light of the many collections of the genus now available from Fiji, it is obvious that such foliage differences are inconsequential. The foliage of Olea vitiensis is very similar to that of L. vitiensis. The use of Seemann’s epithet in Linociera would create a later homonym, but in Chionanthus his epithet is available, and it is very suitable that the first known collection of this interesting species can now serve as its nomenclatural type. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji, Tonga, and Niue. Also, it is probable that a single sterile collection from Samoa (Whistler 4495, from the island of Nu‘utele) represents this species, as well as providing a new easternmost record in the Pacific for the genus. In Fiji 19 collections are now at hand from four of the high islands. LOCAL NAMES: Teinivia and thaunilawa (inland Viti Levu); Jolovatu (Taveuni). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Nandarivatu, Tothill 384; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Stauffer & Koroiveibau 5828. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 15635; northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 5632. SERuA: Nathengathenga Creek, Navua River tributary, DF 1118 (Damanu 216); hills west of Waivunu Creek, between Ngaloa and Korovou, Smith 9242. NAMosI: Ridges above Wainikoroiluva River, DA 2487. NaITAsiIRI: Northern portion of Rairaima- tuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomanivi and Nasonggo, Smith 5794, 6135; Tholo-i-suva, DA 14530, Bola 134. - OVALAU: Korotumbuitho, Lovoni Valley, DA 13290. VANUA LEVU: Matuuata: Serau, DA 13920; inland from Lambasa, Howard 302; southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6374, 6580. Specimens from the New Hebrides cited by Guillaumin (in J. Arnold Arb. 14: 59. 1933) as Linociera ramiflora Wall. are suggestive of Chionanthus vitiensis, but I hesi- tate to refer them (and Green RSNH 1298, from Eromanga) to that species. Kajewski 765, from Aneityum, has inflorescences at full anthesis with very slender branchlets and pedicels (these 6-8 mm. long) and anthers about 2 mm. long. The relationship of C. vitiensis to Malesian species is at present speculative, but at any rate it is unlikely that Seemann’s 1866 epithet will be antedated by those of taxa from New Guinea or the Solomon Islands. ORDER RUBIALES The large family Rubiaceae is perhaps most often placed in the order Gentianales, e. g. by Melchior (1964), Thorne (1976), Dahlgren (1980), Takhtajan (1980, 1986), and Ehrendorfer (1983). An order Rubiales has been used in the classifications of Lawrence (1951), Hutchinson (1973), and Cronquist (1981), although with different included families in each case. Arguments for a separate order are well summarized by Cron- quist (1981, pp. 998-1,000), who suggests that the Rubiaceae form a connecting link between the orders Gentianales and Dipsacales. 1988 RUBIACEAE 143 FAMILY 168. RUBIACEAE By ALBERT C. SMITH and STEVEN P. DARWIN (Tulane University) RUBIACEAE Juss. Gen. Pl. 196. 1789. Trees, shrubs, vines, lianas, or herbs, sometimes myrmecophilous, sometimes spiny; stipules interpetiolar or intrapetiolar, often connate, highly variable, sometimes conspicuous, commonly with colleters on inner surface, rarely reduced to a mere interpetiolar line; leaves simple and usually with entire blades, mostly decussately opposite, sometimes verticillate, rarely alternate by suppression of one of a pair at each node, petiolate or less often sessile, sometimes containing small bacterial nodules; inflorescences basically cymose but diverse (flowers rarely solitary), terminal or axil- lary, sometimes with conspicuous bracts and bracteoles, the flowers § or unisexual, actinomorphic (rarely somewhat irregular), often heterostylous, nearly always epigy- nous, basically 4- or 5-merous; calyx gamosepalous, mostly adnate to ovary and forming a hypanthium, the free portion (calyx limb) variable, minute to conspicuous (sometimes completely enclosing corolla in bud and then variously dehiscing), the lobes obsolete or small to obvious, one or more of them sometimes enlarged and highly colored; corolla sympetalous (very rarely with petals free to base, as in Mastixioden- dron and Hedstromia), (3 or)4 or 5(-11)-lobed, the lobes valvate, convolute, or imbricate; stamens as many as and alternate with corolla lobes, attached within corolla tube or at its throat, sometimes at its base, the filaments short to elongate, the anthers 2-locular, basifixed or dorsifixed, dehiscing by introrse longitudinal slits; epigynous disk often obvious, frequently surrounding (rarely basally united with) style; ovary inferior (rarely semisuperior, as in Mastixiodendron, or essentially superior), the locules (1 or) 2 or often more numerous, the placentation axile (or essentially basal or essentially apical) or parietal (in a unilocular ovary as in Gardenia, etc.), the ovules 1-many per locule, anatropous to hemitropous, sometimes embedded in fleshy placen- tae, the style terminal, slender, or styles rarely distinct to base (as in Hedstromia and Coprosma), the stigma often capitate or lobed or otherwise modified; fruit a capsule, berry, or drupe, or dry and indehiscent, or schizocarpic, occasionally united into syncarps; seeds with well-developed endosperm (or this scanty or lacking), the embryo straight to curved. DIsTRIBUTION: Pantropical and subtropical but also extensively extratropical, probably with about 500 genera and 6,500-7,000 species. In Fiji we here recognize the occurrence of 42 genera, 34 of which have indigenous species; 188 species are recorded as occurring in Fiji, 165 of them indigenous (and 138 of these endemic). USEFUL TREATMENTS OF FAMILY: The literature on Rubiaceae is so vast that a listing of even the most essential discussions would be out of place in the present treatment. Only a few of those recent papers discussing currently utilitarian classification systems are here listed. Other references are noted under generic treatments. VERDCOURT, B. Remarks on the classification of the Rubiaceae. Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 28: 209-290. 1958. BREMEKAMP, C. E. B. Remarks on the position, the delimitation, and the subdivision of the Rubiaceae. Acta Bot. Neerl. 15: 1-33. 1966. HALLE, N. Famille des Rubiacées. Fl. Gabon 12: 1-278. 1966; 17: 1-335. 1970. VERDCouRT, B. Rubiaceae (Part 1). Jn: Polhill, R. M. (ed.). Fl. Trop. E. Afr. Rub. 1-414. 1976. Darwin, S. P. The subfamilial, tribal and subtribal nomenclature of the Rubiaceae. Taxon 25: 595-610. 1976. Darwin, S. P. A synopsis of the indigenous genera of Pacific Rubiaceae. Allertonia 2: 1-44. 1979. Keddam-Malplanche,-M. Le pollen et les stomates des Gardéniées (Rubiacées) du Gabon: morpholo- gie et tendances évolutives. Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat., Sér. B, Bot. 29: 1-109. 1985. The Rubiaceae are one of the largest families of angiosperms (probably the fifth largest after Asteraceae, Orchidaceae, Fabaceae sensu lat., and Poaceae), and its members are frequent components of tropical vegetation worldwide. The family is well circumscribed; various segregate families (e. g., Naucleaceae Wernham) have not been generally accepted. The genera are fairly easily grouped into tribes, but the arrange- 144 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 ment of tribes into subfamilies is far from settled. The traditional classifications of de Candolle (Prodr. 4: 341-622. 1830), J. D. Hooker (in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 7-151. 1873), and Schumann (in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 1-156. 1891) divide the family into two groups, one having solitary ovules in each ovary locule, the other with two or more ovules per locule. Such a classification, while partially useful and maintained by some recent authors (e. g. Hallé, 1966, 1970), is manifestly artificial. A more natural classification, proposed by Verdcourt (1958) and modified by Breme- kamp (1966), is primarily based on the presence or absence of raphid crystals, a distinction that is at least as readily determinable as ovule number. Additional fea- tures, among others, considered important in the delimitation of tribes are ovule number (within limits), number of ovary locules, aestivation of corolla lobes, fruit type, alate vs. nonalate seeds, presence or absence of endosperm, and pitting of seed testa cells. The Rubiaceae as a whole or selected tribes have been studied from the points of view of comparative palynology (summarized by Keddam-Malplanche, 1985), wood anatomy (e. g. Koek-Noorman in Acta Bot. Neerl. 18: 108-123, 337-395. 1969; 19: 154-164. 1970; 21: 301-320. 1972; Koek-Noorman and Hogeweg in op. cit. 23: 627-653. 1974; Koek-Noorman and Puff in Pl. Syst. Evol. 143: 17-45. 1983), and serology (Lee and Fairbrothers in Taxon 27: 159-185. 1978). While some authors (e. g. Hallé, 1966, 1970; Keddam-Malplanche, 1985) suggest the tribe Gardenieae as containing the most primitive living Rubiaceae, there is no consensus as to infrafamilial phylogeny except that the herbaceous and largely temper- ate Rubieae are a highly modified and advanced group. While Bremekamp (1966) arranged the various tribes into eight subfamilies, the simpler classification employed by Verdcourt (1976) is at present the more adaptable and is the one used here. In the present treatment the sequence of tribes largely follows that of Verdcourt, with © modification where suggested by more recent studies; the generic sequence is arbitrary, and the keys to tribes and genera are adapted from Darwin (1979). The Rubiaceae are of some considerable biological interest for their variety of pollination mechanisms. While the majority of species have hermaphrodite, homosty- lous flowers, a high proportion (probably a majority) of all known instances of heterostyly occurs in the family. Heterostyly is especially common in certain tribes (e. g. Psychotrieae, Hedyotideae) but is often not constantly present even throughout a genus. Unisexual flowers (possibly derived from heterostylous flowers) and dioecism are not uncommon in Rubiaceae, especially among Guettardeae. A specialized type of floral system, the ixoroid pollination mechanism (here discussed under /xora), charac- terizes a number of evidently related genera. Other than Coffea, and to a lesser extent Cinchona, the Rubiaceae include no crop plants of great economic significance. However, a number of species are prominent tropical ornamentals, especially in the genera Gardenia, Ixora, and Pentas. A few other species (e. g. Morinda citrifolia) have some local uses. KEY TO TRIBES OCCURRING IN FIJI Raphid crystals absent in all plant parts; corolla lobes valvate, imbricate, or contorted in bud. Fruit drupaceous, containing several l-seeded pyrenes or a fused stone (putamen) with several locules; ovules solitary and pendulous in each ovary locule; endosperm absent; corolla lobes valvate or imbricate in bud (subfamily ANTIRHEOIDEAE); indigenous species. ............ 1. GUETTARDEAE Fruit various but not as above; ovules 1-many in each ovary locule; endosperm usually present (subfamily CINCHONOIDEAE). 1988 RUBIACEAE 145 Flowers arranged in dense, globose heads; ovules numerous in each ovary locule; corolla lobes imbricate or valvate in bud; indigenous or cultivated species. ................ 2. NAUCLEEAE Flowers variously arranged but not in dense, globose heads. Ovules 2-many in each ovary locule. Fruit capsular, dehiscent. Seeds alate (in our species with a long, narrow wing at each end); capsules (in our species) conspicuously elongate, more than 10 times as long as broad; corolla lobes contorted in Dud-sindi genousispPecies wary er eer telsiceisetrierretieiarisisisiereietrcio isi 3. CINCHONEAE Seeds not alate, or inconspicuously winged; fruit not conspicuously elongate. Stamens inserted in corolla throat; corolla lobes imbricate or contorted in bud; indigenous or cultivatedispecicsae eee EE Eee Eee oe ere eerie rire 4. RONDELETIEAE Stamens inserted at base of corolla; corolla lobes imbricate or valvate in bud; indigenous SIEGES. soocceccagoovso0ssaccoansn0o000Svasconsgas500000000 5. CONDAMINEEAE Fruit indehiscent. Corolla lobes valvate in bud; calyx (in our species) with one lobe expanded and petaloid; indigenous or cultivated species. ..............0 eee e eee eee eee cence 6. ISERTIEAE Corolla lobes contorted in bud; calyx lobes never petaloid. Seeds several in each ovary locule (or ovary unilocular and placentation parietal) and immersed in pulp; flowers or inflorescences often appearing lateral due to sympodial growth of branchlets; indigenous or cultivated species. ............. 7. GARDENIEAE Seeds I-several in each ovary locule, not immersed in pulp; inflorescences terminal, the branchlets monopodial; indigenous or cultivated species. ............ 8. PAVETTEAE Ovules solitary in each ovary locule; fruit indehiscent. Corolla lobes contorted in bud. Fruit not conspicuously tapering toward apex or strongly compressed contrary to dissepiment; ovules basal or attached near middle of dissepiment. Inflorescences terminal; indigenous or cultivated species. ................ 8. PAVETTEAE Inflorescences axillary at both sides of node; cultivated species. ........... 9. COFFEEAE Fruit (in our species) conspicuously tapering toward apex and strongly compressed contrary to dissepiment; ovules pendulous in each ovary locule; indigenous species. 10. ALBERTEAE Corolla lobes valvate in bud; ovules pendulous in each ovary locule. Stamens inserted in throat of sympetalous corolla; terminal portion of style conspicuously swollen:findigenousispecicssmmaciieeet lls cere eiaitetel eer -relreacle 11. VANGUERIEAE Stamens (in our species) inserted at base of polypetalous corolla; terminal portion of style not conspicuously swollen; indigenous species. ..................-+--:- 12. CHIOCOCCEAE Raphid crystals present in leaves or other plant parts; corolla lobes valvate in bud (subfamily R UBIOIDEAE). Ovules 2-many in each ovary locule, the placenta attached near base of dissepiment; fruit a loculicidal or septicidal capsule; indigenous, cultivated, or adventive species. .............. 15. HEDYOTIDEAE Ovules solitary in each ovary locule. Fruit multiple (or often simple in Gynochtodes), fleshy; flowers sessile in dense, globose heads (or frequently pedicellate in Gynochtodes); ovules attached at or below middle of dissepiment; indigenous or aboriginally introduced species. .............22.2--0-eeeeee: 14. MORINDEAE Fruit simple, fleshy or dry, circumscissile or separating into 1-seeded cocci; flowers usually not united into dense, globose heads. Ovules basal and erect in each ovary locule; fruit (in our species) drupaceous; flowers not arranged in dense clusters at nodes. Style simple or at least not divided to base (except in Hedstromia and then not elongate); stamens adnate to corolla tube or corolla polypetalous (Hedstromia). Inflorescences terminal; indigenous species. ...............--...200005 13. PSYCHOTRIEAE Inflorescences axillary; indigenous species. ............... 14. MoRINDEAE (Gynochtodes) Style elongate, divided to base; stamens inserted at base of sympetalous corolla; indigenous GIES, caogocoocsoovodsoadaacos0.oy Hooda cacDosCODOODDaDaHOONS 16. ANTHOSPERMEAE Ovules attached near middle of dissepiment; fruit a circumscissile capsule or separating into l-seeded cocci; flowers frequently arranged in dense clusters at nodes; adventive species. 17. SPERMACOCEAE \ KEYS TO GENERA TRIBE 1. GUETTARDEAE Corolla lobes imbricate in bud; fruit with a several-chambered stone (putamen). Fruit subglobose; calyx deciduous; flowers § or occasionally unisexual. ............. 1. Guettarda Fruit more or less oblong; calyx persistent; flowers (in Fijian species) unisexual. ....... 2. Antirhea Corolla lobes valvate in bud; fruit with few-many separate, single-seeded pyrenes; flowers unisexual. 3. Timonius 146 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 TRIBE 2. NAUCLEEAE Ovaries united; fruit a syncarp; seeds not winged; placenta Y-shaped; stigmas spindle-shaped; stipules flattened, adpressed in terminal bud; cultivated only. ................-.eeeeeeeeee 4. Nauclea Ovaries and fruits separate. Fruit somewhat fleshy, indehiscent, the distal end thick-walled and cartilaginous; seeds not winged; placenta undivided or Y-shaped; stigmas spindle-shaped; stipules obvolute in terminal bud; culti- VatedionlyNnentnie cence iccicacoeiieeciecrickiciieecrec erence 5. Neolamarckia Fruit dry, dehiscent, without cartilaginous thickenings; seeds winged at both ends; placenta obovoid; stigmas subglobose to obovoid; stipules flat, strongly adpressed in terminal bud; indigenous. 6. Neonauclea TRIBE 3. CINCHONEAE One indigenous genus in Fiji; monoecious trees or shrubs; inflorescences cymose, axillary, the terminal flower? estheyothersflowershoimereeieecieisciiceieiieieeicltiataerrieiicrertcrerer 7. Dolicholobium TRIBE 4. RONDELETIEAE Inflorescences terminal or axillary; corolla lobes imbricate in bud; anthers included or exserted; ovary and fruit subglobose, the seeds usually winged; cultivated only. ...................... 8. Rondeletia Inflorescences terminal; corolla lobes contorted in bud; anthers exserted; ovary and fruit longer than broad, the seeds angular but not winged; indigenous shrubs of riverine habitats (rheophytes). 9. Lindenia TRIBE 5. CONDAMINEEAE Corolla lobes valvate in bud; anthers hardly exserted; placentas T-shaped in cross section and intrusive into ovary locules, the fruit seemingly 4-locular before dehiscence, septicidally dehiscent. ....10. Bikkia Corolla lobes imbricate in bud; anthers long-exserted; placentas Y-shaped, not intrusive, the fruit septici- dally and loculicidally dehiscent. .............. cece cece eee eee etre eee eee 11. Badusa TRIBE 6. ISERTIEAE One genus only in Fiji; inflorescences terminal or in axils of the most distal pair of leaves, the flowers 8 or unisexual:vanthersnincludedsa-e eerie Oe cOne een rEeeC cee ree rier nererr 12. Mussaenda TRIBE 7. GARDENIEAE Flowers solitary, terminal at inception but soon appearing axillary due to sympodial growth of branchlet; ovary 1|-locular, the placentas parietal, alternating with calyx angles or wings; calyx with conspicuous angles or spurlike wings; anthers mostly included; stigmatic lobes connate; young stipular sheaths producing a yellowish exudate; pollen in permanent tetrads; indigenous or cultivated. ...13. Gardenia Flowers solitary or arranged in inflorescences; ovary mostly 2-locular, the placentas axile; calyx lacking- conspicuous angles or spurlike wings; stipular exudate absent; pollen in monads; indigenous. Leaf blades large (to 1 m. long); inflorescences axillary; sympodial growth absent; calyx lobes 5, erect, ovate-deltoid, subulate toward apex; anthers included; style included, the stigmatic lobes divergent; fruit large (more than 3 cm. broad), drying rugose or costate. ..................- 14. Sukunia Leaf blades not strikingly large; inflorescences terminal at inception but appearing axillary due to sympodial growth of branchlet, distributed at alternate nodes; stigmatic lobes coherent; fruit generally less than 3 cm. broad. Inflorescences 1-few-flowered, appearing as defoliate spur-branches at alternate, somewhat anisophyl- lous or defoliate nodes; calyx truncate to denticulate, not enclosing corolla in late bud, persistent; anthersandystyletincludedSurereceete ci iiicieieeeeeiirrtieiietiieiraieiei 15. Porterandia Inflorescences fasciculate to cymose, probably with as many as 30 flowers, occurring at alternate, isophyllous or defoliate nodes; calyx enclosing corolla in late bud, rupturing into 2 or 3 lobes, the limb at length deciduous; anthers and style exserted. ................... 16. Pelagodendron TRIBE 8. PAVETTEAE Flowers (4 or)5(-7)-merous; ovules 1-many in each ovary locule, the seeds angular; style usually conspicu- ously elongating beyond corolla limb in age, the stigmatic lobes coherent; corollas white; indigenous. 17. Tarenna Flowers 4(rarely 5)-merous; ovules solitary in each ovary locule, the seeds not angular; style usually not elongating far beyond corolla limb, the stigmatic lobes separate; corollas white to yellow or red; indipenousjon cultivated seer eecieociciiecisitirree creer 18. Ixora TRIBE 9. COFFEEAE One genus in Fiji, cultivated only; shrubs or small trees with inflorescences axillary in both axils of a leaf pete, Gre Mores Gs coccondcccsaccccn0 odd 0d 900 CNN ODDD DDD GDDGDdDODDODDODOOODDO 19. Coffea TRIBE 10. ALBERTEAE One indigenous genus in Fiji; our species slender trees or shrubs with % , evidently protandrous flowers. 20. Airosperma 1988 RUBIACEAE 147 TRIBE 11. VANGUERIEAE Corolla tube broadly cylindric, the tube in our species shorter than lobes; filaments well developed, the anthers in our species long-exserted; style slender, much longer than corolla tube, sometimes narrowing at apex, the stigmatic knob cylindric, longer than broad, hollow to about the middle, bifid or deeply cleft at apex when mature; inflorescences in our species expanded, cymose, 20-40-flowered. 21. Psydrax Corolla hypocrateriform, the tube longer than lobes; filaments short or essentially none, the anthers exserted; style (at least in our species) only slightly longer than corolla tube, widening below stigmatic knob, this solid, with style attached at base (not recessed); inflorescences 1-few-flowered, fasciculate or occasionally with rudimentary branches. ..... ovoidobonsodaoaouconEseeoodaay 22. Cyclophyllum TRIBE 12. CHIOCOCCEAE One indigenous genus in Fiji; our species with polypetalous § flowers, these with the ovary sometimes more than half-superior; fruit with perianth-scar below apex. ........+sseeeeee 23. Mastixiodendron TRIBE 13. PSYCHOTRIEAE! Plants with swollen, tuberous stems inhabited by ants, epiphytic (rarely terrestrial). Flowers unisexual or § and often heterostylous; corollas glabrous within or pubescent in throat, lacking basal squamellae; stamens with short filaments or these essentially lacking, the anthers subsessile in corolla throat; ovary (in our species) 2-locular, the fruit with 2 pyrenes; stigma 2- or 4-lobed; tubers comparatively broad and lobed at base, the foliate branches usually several from each tuber. 24, Hydnophytum Flowers § , homostylous; corollas glabrous within but invested with barbate squamellae toward base of tube; filaments of stamens well developed, about as long as anthers; ovary 4-locular, the fruit with 4 pyrenes; stigma discoid-peltate to cupular, the margin fimbriate and reflexed; tubers ellipsoid and not lobed, the foliate branches comparatively few from each tuber. ...........+.+ 25, Squamellaria Plants without swollen or tuberous stems; trees, shrubs, vines, or herbs, not epiphytic. Trailing herbs frequently rooted at nodes; leaf blades palmately nerved from base, reniform to broadly COUT. oodsodnndonmocooob oun te DApeHoD oop aS a ApaauEU nb onlp bomoloclomoouns 26. Geophila Erect trees or shrubs, occasionally vines; leaf blades carrouLly shaped, but not reniform. Calyx limb completely enclosing corolla in late bud, fleshy and splitting into 4 slightly unequal lobes, or membranous and opening along one side. Flowers 4-merous; calyx limb splitting into 4 unequal lobes, these fleshy and resembling corolla lobes in size and texture; disk basally united with style, distally free and urceolate; fruit subcylindric, truncate to depressed at apeX. ........-+eeeeeeeees ononpoo ote 27. Readea Flowers 5-merous; calyx limb spathaceous, membranous, opening along one side or rarely splitting into 2 lobes, these not resembling corolla lobes in size or texture; disk carnose, annular; mature fruits unknown. ..........ceeeeeesereecessevevvenvens 28. Gillespiea Calyx limb variable but not as described above, sometimes much expanded but not enclosing corolla in late bud. Inflorescences capitular or capitular-cymose, with conspicuous, often numerous, involucrate, free or united bracts, these pale green to white, at length deciduous; calyx limb relatively large, infundibular, deciduous in fruit. ........ccceeeceeeeeteeeteeereseeses 29. Calycosia Inflorescences variable, sometimes capitular, but not with conspicuous, involucrate bracts; calyx limb large or small. Corolla composed of 5 essentially free petals, the stamens attached at base of corolla; styles 2, laterally coherent; stipules free nearly to base, rounded to broadly obtuse at apex, 30. Hedstromia Corolla sympetalous, the stamens attached to corolla tube; style solitary, variously branched; stipules variously united, rarely rounded at apex. Leaf blades commonly less than | cm. long; flowers and fruits appearing solitary and terminal. 31. Amaracarpus Leaf blades usually more than | cm. long; flowers and fruits in terminal inflorescences. 32. Psychotria 'The tribe Psychotrieae (“Psychotriaceae”) Cham. & Schlechtendal (in Linnaea 4: 1, 4. (Jan.) 1829) was nomenclaturally superfluous when published and hence illegitimate (ICBN, Art. 63.1). However, in the sense of the contradictory Art. 63.3 it was not illegitimate (although incorrect when published) because it was based on the stem of a legitimate generic name, and hence it has priority over tribe Psathureae A. Rich, ex Dumortier (Anal. Fam, Pl. 32. (Oct.) 1829). Articles 63.1 and 63.3 of ICBN, presumed to have been clarified in the Sydney (1983) edition, leave much to be desired, 148 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 TRIBE 14. MORINDEAE Inflorescences axillary or terminal, the flowers in dense, irregular to globose heads, united by their calyces and forming a several-seeded multiple fruit; ovary 2- or incompletely 4-locular; trees, shrubs, or lianas. 33. Morinda Inflorescences axillary, paniculate or umbelliform, the flowers pedicellate and free or in pairs or triads united by their calyces and forming a multiple fruit (but frequently with only | ovary then developing); ovary 4-locular; lianas. ...........eeeee ee eee eee tent tee ete ences 34. Gynochtodes TriBE 15. HEDYOTIDEAE Fruit usually strongly laterally compressed, mitriform to obcordate, mostly broader than long; inflorescen- ces or inflorescence branches often cincinnoid; flowers 5-merous, the corolla white to pink or yellow; TANEOUS 90500000000500600050000000000000000000000 cag cdoG0G500aNb00000E 35. Ophiorrhiza Fruit various but not laterally compressed, mitriform, or obcordate; inflorescences generally not cincinnoid. Branchlets and inflorescences densely rufo-pubescent; calyx lobes spathulate to oblanceolate; inflorescen- ces axillary; flowers usually 5-merous, the corolla white to yellowish; fruit separating into 2 closed GUSSET ANOIS, gocc0ccc000c0cnGc00 DGD ND 0GoUD HOON GGCODOGCOHSGDDDCS 36. Xanthophytum Branchlets and inflorescences not densely rufo-pubescent; calyx various but the lobes usually not spathulate to oblanceolate; inflorescences axillary or terminal; fruit usually a dehiscent capsule, rarely separating into closed cocci. Inflorescences terminal, congested to umbelliform cymes; flowers 5-merous, the corolla red, pink, purple, or white; cultivated only. ........... 1. eee e eee e eee ete eee teenies 37. Pentas Inflorescences (in our species) terminal and paniculate to cymose, or axillary and glomerulate; flowers usually 4-merous, the corolla usually white; indigenous or adventive. .......... 38. Hedyotis TRIBE 16. ANTHOSPERMEAE One indigenous genus in Fiji; our species a dioecious shrub or small tree. ............ 39. Coprosma TRIBE 17. SPERMACOCEAE Ovary usually 3- or 4-locular, the stigmas 3 or 4; fruit separating into 1-seeded mericarps (cocci); seeds longitudinally grooved on inner (ventral) face; inflorescences terminal. ............ 40. Richardia Ovary usually 2-locular, the stigmas 2 or | and capitate; fruit a capsule, dehiscent longitudinally or circumscissily, or rarely separating into 2 cocci; inflorescences terminal or axillary. Fruit dehiscent from base or apex (or if separating into 2 cocci then 1 or both of them dehiscent); seeds longitudinally grooved or excavate on inner (ventral) face. ..............-.-- 41. Spermacoce Fruit a circumscissile capsule, the distal portion falling away with calyx limb; seeds with a characteristic X-shaped groove on inner (ventral) face. .........--- 2. eee eee eee eee eee 42. Mitracarpus 1. GUETTARDA L. Sp. Pl. 991. 1753; DC. Prodr. 4: 455. 1830; Seem. FI. Vit. 131, p. p. 1866; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 99. 1873; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 95. 1891; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 7. 1979. Trees or shrubs, the stipules interpetiolar, deciduous or persistent; leaf blades often with striate venation; inflorescences axillary, 1-3-branched, cincinnoid, the bracts and bracteoles usually conspicuous, the flowers § or occasionally unisexual; calyx cupuli- form, dentate or truncate, deciduous at maturity; corolla hypocrateriform to slenderly infundibular, 4-9-lobed, the lobes imbricate; stamens inserted at corolla throat, the anthers included; fruit hard, subglobose, with a fibrous mesocarp and a hard, lobed, 4-9-chambered putamen, the seeds solitary in each locule. TYPE SPECIES: Guettarda speciosa L., the only original species. DisTRIBUTION: A largely American genus, probably with more than 100 species, represented in the Old World by the widespread G. speciosa and possibly by a few additional species in New Caledonia. 1. Guettarda speciosa L. Sp. P1. 991. 1753; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256. 1861, Viti, 438. 1862, Fl. Vit. 131. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 192. 1890; Reinecke in Bot. Jahrb. 25: 690. 1898; Rechinger in Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 370. 1910; Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 6. 1932; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 201. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 112. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 64. 1945; A. C. Sm. in Smithsonian Rep. 1954: opp. 310. pi. 11, fig. 2. 1955; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 250. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 192. 1964, ed. 2. 271. 1972; 1988 RUBIACEAE 149 FIGURE 60. Guettarda speciosa on edge of forest along rocky shore on Ngau, from Smith 7915, x about 1/2. Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 177. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 339. 1971; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 104. 1972; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 8. fig. 1, A. 1979; Fosberg & Sachet in D. J. Carr, Sydney Parkinson, 91. p/. 83. 1983; Morat & Veillon in Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) IV. 7, Sect. B, Adansonia 3: 315. 1985. FiGures 60, 61. As seen in Fiji, Guettarda speciosa is an often spreading and freely branched tree 4-20 m. high, often locally abundant near sea level and at scarcely higher elevations in lowland forest and beach thickets, on rocky shores, and on sea cliffs and lagoon cliffs. The fragrant flowers have the corolla white, greenish and pink-tinged in bud, and the fruits are yellow-green. Flowers and fruits may be seen throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: Linnaeus noted the habitat as Java, without citing a collection. DISTRIBUTION: Widespread from eastern Africa to Micronesia and eastward to Pacific equatorial islands and the Tuamotus. Some 40 Fijian collections from 13 islands are at hand, but the species may be anticipated on most Fijian islands. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Mbuambua is the name in general use, but the seaside habitat is often emphasized by mbuambua ni waitui or mbuambua ni mbaravi. The timber is considered durable and is sometimes used for piling. Vague medicinal uses are sometimes ascribed to the species. FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 1988 RUBIACEAE 151 REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: MAMANUTHAS: Neaatito Island, Malolo Group, O. & I. Degener 32208. VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Singatoka, Greenwood 780 (coll. H. Phillips); Korotongo Beach, DA 17321. SERUA: Ndeumba Beach, DA 12511. TAILEvU: Matavatathou, DA 15362. REwA: Near quarry beyond Lami, Gillespie 4598; Nukulau Island, Tothill 558. MBENGGA: Raviravi, DA 13726. KANDAVU: Western end of island, near Cape Washington, Smith 253. KORO: West coast, Smith 1080. NGAU: Shore of Herald Bay, vicinity of Sawaieke, Smith 7915. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Maravu, near Salt Lake, Degener & Ordonez 14192. RAMBI: Horne s.n. TAVEUNI: Seemann 237. MOALA: Beach near Maloku, Smith 1328. VANUA MBALAVU: Near Sawana Village, Garnock-Jones 1069. NAVUTU-I- LOMA: Bryan 454. FULANGA: On limestone, Smith 1144. 2. ANTIRHEA Commerson ex Juss. Gen. PI. 204. 1789, in Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. 6: 377. 1820; Merr. & Perry in J. Arnold Arb. 26: 233. 1945; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2:8. 1979; M. E. Jansen in Blumea 29: 565. 1984. Antirhoea DC. Prodr. 4: 459, orth. var. 1830; Endl. Gen. Pl. 541. 1838; Walp. Ann. Bot. Syst. 2: 764. 1852. Antirrhoea Endl. Ench. Bot. 272, orth. var. 1841; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 21, 100. 1873; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 96. 1891. Guettardella Benth. in Champ. in Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4: 197. 1852, Fl. Hongkong. 158. 1861, Fl. Austral. 3: 418. 1867; M. E. Jansen in Blumea 29: 571. 1984. Guettarda sensu Seem. FI. Vit. 131, p. p. 1866. Antirrhaea Benth. Fl. Austral. 3: 418, orth. var. 1867. Dioecious (in Fiji) trees or shrubs, the stipules interpetiolar, valvate or imbricate; leaf blades with well-developed lateral nerves, the venation not striate; inflorescences axillary, cincinnoid, the bracts and bracteoles obvious or obscure, the flowers often fewer (sometimes solitary) in 9 plants than in co plants; calyx persistent, 3- or 4(rarely 5)-lobed; & corolla hypocrateriform, with 3 or 4 imbricate lobes, the stamens attached at corolla throat, included, the style (pistillodium) short, 2-branched; 9 corolla infundibular, otherwise similar to of, the staminodia attached at corolla throat, included, the style 2-12(-16)-branched; fruit with a thin, fleshy mesocarp and a hard 2-16-chambered putamen resulting from fusion of pyrenes, the seeds solitary in each locule. TYPE SPECIES: Antirhea borbonica J. F. Gmelin (Syst. Nat. 2: 244. 1791). The original spelling of the generic name is to be retained in preference to that of several later orthographic variants. The lectotype species of Guettardella is G. chinensis Benth. (vide M. E. Jansen, 1984, p. 565). DISTRIBUTION: Madagascar and the Mascarene Islands, and also from southeast- ern Asia through Malesia and eastward to Samoa, with about 36 species; additionally, more than 100 species from the New World tropics have been referred to Antirhea. Two species are indigenous in Fiji. Jansen (1984) restricts Antirhea to two Mascarene species arid assigns the other Old World species to Guettardella. In a more recent study, S.-M. Chaw (in press) provides cogent reasons for referring the Old World species of Antirhea to three subgenera, one limited to the Malagasy region and the other two essentially Asian-Pacific. The relationships of the American species of Antirhea remain to be reviewed. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: JANSEN, M. E. A synopsis of Guettardella Benth. and the Old World species of Antirhea A. L. de Jussieu (Rubiaceae: Guettardeae). Blumea 29: 565-588. 1984. FiGuRE 61. Guettarda speciosa; A, inflorescence with advanced buds, * 1; B, distal portion of opened corolla, showing stamens, * 2; C, distal and proximal surfaces of fruit, x 2; D, cross section and longitudinal section of fruit, x 2. A from Smith 1328, B from O. & I. Degener 32208; C & D from Gillespie 4598. 152 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 FIGURE 62. A & B, Antirhea smithii; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and essentially mature fruits, x 1/2; B, & inflorescences, showing a stipule, x 2. C & D, Antirhea inconspicua; C, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and mature infructescences, x 1/2; D, co inflorescences, showing a stipule, x 2. A from DA 15300, B from Gillespie 3522, C from Smith 1269, D from Smith 1131. 1988 RUBIACEAE 153 Ficure 63. A, Antirhea smithii; cross section and longitudinal section of fruit, x 2. B, Timonius affinis var. affinis; mature fruit, with cross section and longitudinal section, x 2. A from Smith 1930, B from Smith 5507. KEY TO SPECIES Stipules deltoid, to 4 x 3 mm.; petioles 5-15 mm. long, about 2mm. in diameter; leaf blades subcoriaceous to coriaceous, the secondary nerves 5-7 on each side of costa; peduncles of & inflorescences 1.5-2.5 mm. long, the & corollas with lobes about 2.5 x 2mm., the anthers to 6.5 x 0.5mm.; 9 flowers solitary; fruits cylindric-ellipsoid, irregularly and shallowly 6-10-ribbed, 15-28 x 9-18 mm., with 6-11 seeds. 1. A. smithii Stipules lanceolate, 5-7 x about 3 mm.; petioles 4-8 mm. long, about 1 mm. in diameter; leaf blades chartaceous to membranous, the secondary nerves 7-9 on each side of costa; peduncles of o& inflores- cences to 30 mm. long, the & corollas with lobes about 1 x 1 mm., the anthers about 2 x 0.3 mm.; ? inflorescences 6-13-flowered; fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, regularly to irregularly (3 or)4(or 5)-ribbed, 4-RPeapoutedummircwithis—SeScedseee tc hteetatetran ararce haves isle ide panto acletee aoe 2. A. inconspicua . Antirhea smithii (Fosberg) Merr. & Perry in J. Arnold Arb. 26: 233. 1945; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 187, as Antirrhoea s. 1964, ed. 2. 264, as Antirrhoea s. 1972. FIGURES 62A & B, 63A. Timonius sp. A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 140. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 210. 1964, ed. 2. aan Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 121. 1942, in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 70: 393. 1943. Guettardella smithii M. E. Jansen in Blumea 29: 585. 1984. An often slender tree 3-18 m. high, occurring at elevations of 30-550 m. in dense, thin, or secondary forest or in dense crest thickets. The corollas are pale yellow and the mature fruits are deep red to dark maroon. Insofar as specimens are dated, flowers have been collected in October, fruits between March and June. The fruits are said to be eaten by pigeons. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 1347 (Us 1676197 HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected in fruit March 22, 1934, in forest above Maloku, Moala. — 154 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known from four of the high islands. LOCAL NAMES: Recorded names are ndondolala, mboko ni lekutu, and kaulombo. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Sgrua: Inland from Ngaloa, DA 16570; Navua River, between Nakavu and Nukusere, Horne 820. NAmosi: Nambukavesi Creek, DA, April 22, 1962 (L.9568), DF 336 (Vaisewa 15). Nattasiri: Central road, Tothill 275, 420, 421, MacDaniels 327, 1147; Tholo-i-suva, DA, April 4, 1962 (L.9566), 24, p. p., 7574; Suva Pumping Station, Degener & Ordonez 13760; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3522. Rewa: Veisari, DA 13679; Mt. Korombamba, DA 16535. OVALAU: Hills west of Lovoni Valley, on ridge south of Mt. Korolevu, Smith 7664; summit of Mt. Tana Lailai and adjacent ridge, Smith 7685. VANUA LEVU: Mbuva: Lower Wainunu River Valley, Smith 1724. THAKAUNDROVE: Above Nai- ngganggi, DA 15715; Vunimoli, Vaturamulo, DA 15300; hills west of Korotasere, Natewa Bay region, Smith 1930. F131 without further locality, Howard 67. 2. Antirhea inconspicua (Seem.) Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 202, as Antirrhoea i. 1935; A. C. Sm. in op. cit. 141: 140, as Antirrhoea i. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 187, as Antirrhoeai. 1964, ed. 2. 264, as Antirrhoeai. 1972; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 8. fig. 1, B. 1979; Morat & Veillon in Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) IV, 7, Sect. B, Adansonia 3: 315. 1985. FIGuRE 62C & D. Vangueria? (an gen. nov.?) Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861. Vangueria A. Gray in Bonplandia 10: 36. 1862. Coffeacea Seem. in Bonplandia 10: 296. 1862, Viti, 438. 1862. Vangueria? sp. Seem. Viti, 438. 1862. Guettarda vitiensis A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 319, nom. nud. 1862; Seem. Viti, 438, nom. nud. 1862; A. Gray ex Seem. FI. Vit. 131, nom. nud. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 192, nom. nud. 1890; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 192, nom. nud. 1964, ed. 2. 271, nom. nud. 1972. Guettarda inconspicua Seem. FI. Vit. 131. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 192. 1890; Rechinger in Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 370. 1910; Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 91: 29. fig. 32. 1932. Guettardella inconspicua M. E. Jansen in Blumea 29: 576. 1984. Small tree 3-10 m. high found from near sea level to about 200 m. in dry forest, open woods, and thickets, sometimes on the edges of mangrove swamps, and often on limestone. The corolla is yellow, and the fruit turns from red to black at maturity. Flowers seem most frequent between December and March, while fruits persist somewhat longer. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: In describing Guettarda inconspicua, See- mann cited three collections: (1) Seemann 257, from Ovalau, (2) Storck 893 (BM, GH, K, w), from Port Kinnaird, Ovalau, and (3) McGillivray (BM, w), from Ngau. Gillespie (1932) listed Storck 893 as the type, without discussion; we do not consider this an appropriate lectotypification. As Seemann 257 is the best collection of the three, we suggest: Seemann 257 (K LECTOTYPE here designated; ISOLECTOTYPES at BM, GH, P), collected in 1860 on Ovalau. In 1936 Smith had indicated the Seemann collection as the type, but without discussion. Guettarda vitiensis, never formally described, is based on U. S. Expl. Exped. (GH, US 78367), collected in 1840 in Fiji without further locality. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji, Samoa, and the Horne Islands. In Fiji the species is of scattered occurrence, being known from 21 collections from ten islands. LOCAL NAMES: The species is known in the Lau Group as tambutasia; Storck recorded the name kau Jombo from Ovalau. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Yasawa: Tethi Village, DA 13660. MAMANUTHAS: NGGaLito Island, Malolo Group, O. & I. Degener 32218. VITI LEVU: MBa: North of Lomolomo, Degener & Ordonez 13633; Vatia, west of Tavua, Degener 14977. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Koro Nasingana, H. B. R. Parham 130b. KORO: East coast, Smith 1039. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Nasau, H. B. R. Parham 8. MATHUATA: Seanggangga area, DA 13934; Lambasa, Greenwood 557. THAKAUNDROVE: South coast near road to Salt Lake, DA 16829; Maravu, near Salt Lake, Degener & Ordonez 14240; Mbutha Bay area, Natewa Peninsula, Howard 243. MOALA: Tothill 283; near Maloku, Smith 1330. KAMBARA: On limestone, Smith 1269. FULANGA: On limestone, Smith 1131. F131 without further locality, Horne 350, 401. 1988 RUBIACEAE 155 3. Timonius DC. Prodr. 4: 461. 1830; A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 35. 1858; Seem. FI. Vit. 130. 1866; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 102. 1873; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 98. 1891; Valeton in Bull. Dép. Agric. Ind. Néerl. 26: 1. 1909; Merr. & Perry in J. Arnold Arb. 26: 235. 1945; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 9. 1979. Nom. cons. Dioecious (or perhaps rarely polygamodioecious) trees, shrubs, or woody epi- phytes, the stipules valvate, imbricate, or calyptrate, caducous or persistent, variously pubescent to glabrous; leaf blades with or without strongly striate (“reticuli- paxillate”!) venation, the lateral nerves often weakly developed; & inflorescences few-many-flowered, pedunculate, axillary, often cincinnoid, the bracts and bracteoles present or absent; & flowers usually 4- or 5-merous, the calyx lobed, toothed, or truncate, the corolla narrowly infundibular to hypocrateriform, the lobes usually induplicate-valvate, the stamens inserted at corolla throat, included, the gynoecium (pistillodium) short, 2-branched; @ inflorescences few-many-flowered or the flowers solitary and axillary, the bracts and bracteoles present or absent; 9 flowers 4-8- or 10-merous, the corolla shorter than that of ¢ flowers, the staminodia inserted at or below corolla throat, included, usually as many as corolla lobes; fruits soft at maturity, crowned by the persistent calyx and containing few-many separate, bony, l-seeded pyrenes. TYPE SPECIES: Timonius rumphii DC., nom. illeg. = T. timon (Spreng.) Merr. (Erithalis timon Spreng.), typ. cons. DISTRIBUTION: Mascarene and Seychelle Islands to Ceylon and eastward through- out Malesia to tropical Australia, Micronesia, and the Tuamotu Islands, with about 180 species. The two species indigenous in Fiji are only remotely related to one another. KEY TO SPECIES Petioles slender, 15-45 mm. long; stipules imbricate, long-lanceolate to linear, 50-120 x 10-20 mm., glabrous on both surfaces; & inflorescences with fewer than 8 flowers, lacking bracts; calyces (o' and ©) truncate, glabrous; corollas glabrous; fruits glabrous, usually with 20 or more (rarely as few as 10) pyrenes visible in longitudinal section. .............2.. sees eee eee cece cece eee eee 1. T. affinis Petioles stout, to 10 mm. long; stipules valvate, ovate-deltoid, to 10 x 6 mm., scattered-strigillose without, densely strigose within; & inflorescences (15-) 25-30-flowered, with bracts present at each node; calyces (oh and 9) irregularly 4- or 5-toothed, pubescent; corollas pubescent; fruits scattered- strigillose, with fewer than 10 pyrenes visible in longitudinal section. ........... 2. T. polygamus 1. Timonius affinis A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 36. 1858. Freely branched tree or shrub 2-13 m. high, found from near sea level to an elevation of 1,160 m. in dense, dry, or thin and rocky forest or in the dense thickets of crests and ridges. The faintly fragrant flowers have corollas with the tube at first greenish yellow but becoming purple without and with pale yellow or white lobes; the fruits, at first green, become purple and at length black at maturity. Flowers and fruits are found throughout the year. DISTRIBUTION: Santa Cruz Islands, Fiji, and Samoa. Two varieties are here recog- nized in Fiji, one of them extending to the Santa Cruz Islands and one endemic. The available Samoan collections of the species are assignable to a third variety, distin- guished by its broader petioles and shorter calyces among other characters. lef. R. Melville in Taxon 25: 553. fig. 29. 1976. 156 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 KEY TO VARIETIES Venation obvious on lower leaf surfaces, the finer venation “reticuli-paxillate;” fruits usually with more than Sy pyrenespmblongitudinallisecthlony reese eee eee ree eb erseee reece errr la. var. affinis Venation, including lateral nerves, obscure on lower leaf surfaces, these finely rugulose; fruits with fewer thanwlO%pyrenesjinilongitudinallsectiona ryt ettraieicieieriecieiiieeil 1b. var. sapotifolius la. Timonius affinis var. affinis; J. W. Parham, P1. Fiji Isl. 210. 1964, ed. 2. 293. 1972. FIGURES 63B, 64A & B. Timonius affinis sensu A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 36. 1858; Seem. Viti, 438. 1862, Fl. Vit. 131. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 193. 1890; Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 29 (excl. Gillespie 4468). fig. 39. 1930; Fosberg in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 67: 421. 1940. The typical variety, with the lower leaf blade surfaces with obvious secondary nerves and fine “reticuli-paxillate” venation, and with comparatively numerous pyrenes in the fruits. TYPIFICATION: The type is U.S. Expl. Exped. (US 62264 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at GH), collected in 1840 in Fiji without further locality. DISTRIBUTION: The typical variety of this readily recognized species is now repre- sented from Fiji by 50 collections from seven of the high islands. LOCAL NAMES: That the species is highly suggestive of mangroves is indicated by the widely used names tiri vanua, ndongo, ndongo ni vanua, ndongo ni lekutu, ndongo tangane, ndongo vuto, and ndongondongo. Names recorded only once are mokamoka (Namosi) and naka pinda (Naitasiri). REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Eastern slope of Mt. Koroyanitu, Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4159; upper slopes of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4640; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Greenwood 873. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, Verawa 8; northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5507. SERUA: Namboutini, DA /37/2. NAMosti: Mt. Naitara- ndamu, Gillespie 3106; hills east of Wainikoroiluva River, near Namuamua, Smith 9058. NAITASIRI: Taunaisali, Wainimala River Valley, St. John 18339; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3552. TAILEVU: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7070. REwA: Quarry near Lami, Gillespie 4613. — KANDAVU: Mt. Mbuke Levu, DA 2988. OVALAU: Hills west of Lovoni Valley, on ridge south of Mt. Korolevu, Smith 7526; vicinity of Levuka, Gillespie 4512. KORO: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 955. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7777. VANUA LEVU: MarTHUATA: Mathuata Range, Smith 6794. MATHUATA-T HAKAUNDROVE boundary: Crest of Korotini Range, between Navitho Pass and Mt. Ndelaikoro, Smith 547. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Kasi, Yanawai River region, Smith 1764. TAVEUNI: Borders of lake east of Somosomo, Smith 862. 1b. Timonius affinis var. sapotifolius (A. Gray) Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 121, as var. sapotaefolius. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 210, as var. sapotaefolius. 1964, ed. 2. 293, as var. sapotaefolius. 1972. FIGURE 64C. Timonius sapotaefolius A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 35. 1858; Seem. Viti, 438. 1862, Fl. Vit. 130. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 193. 1890. A variety characterized by having the lower leaf blade surfaces with secondary nerves and fine venation obscure, and with comparatively few pyrenes in the fruits. TYPIFICATION: Gray’s second Fijian taxon of this alliance is based on U. S. Expl. Exped. (US 62268 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at GH, K), obtained in 1840 without further locality. The fact that the only two other collections known to represent this variety are Figure 64. A & B, Timonius affinis var. affinis; A, lower surface of leaf blade, showing part of a secondary nerve and “reticuli-paxillate” venation, x 10; B, distal portion of branchlet with foliage and large stipules, showing @ flowers and fruits, x 1/3. C, Timonius affinis var. sapotifolius; lower surface of leaf blade, showing rugulose surface, without obvious venation, x 10. D, Timonius polygamus;, distal portions of branchlets with foliage and inflorescences, the upper branchlet with 2 flowers, the lower with & flowers, < 1/2. A from Smith 7070, B from Smith 1764, C from Gillespie 4468, D from Smith 1220 (specimens apparently from different individual plants assigned the same number). 1988 RUBIACEAE 157 158 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 from Ovalau suggests that the Exploring Expedition material may also have come from that island, which was the expedition’s principal base in Fiji. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known with certainty only from the island of Ovalau. LocaL NAME: Mbaka loa (DA 17018). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: OVALAU: Wooded hills overlooking Levuka, alt. 350 m., Gillespie 4468; Waililevu, alt. 90 m., epiphytic tree on Inocarpus fagifer on open hillside, DA 17018. 2. Timonius poly gamus (Forst. f.) Robinson in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 45: 408. 1910; A.C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 140. 1936; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 112. 1943, in op. cit. 220: 251. 1959; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 210. 1964, ed. 2. 294. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 181. 1970; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 10. fig. 1, D. 1979. FIGURE 64D. Erithalis polygama Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 17. 1786. Timonius forsteri DC. Prodr. 4: 461, nom. illeg. 1830; A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 35. 1858; Seem. FI. Vit. 130. 1866; Reinecke in Bot. Jahrb. 25: 690. 1898. As infrequently noted in Fiji, Timonius polygamus is a shrub 0.2-1.5 m. high occurring near sea level on rocky limestone islets and on lagoon cliffs. The corolla is white or pale yellow, and the fruit is green. Flowers have been obtained in February, July, and November, fruits only in July. TYPIFICATION: The type was obtained by J. R. & G. Forster in the Society Islands during Cook’s second voyage, but no Forster material of the species seems available at either BM or K; however, there is no doubt about the application of the name from G. Forster’s diagnostic if brief description. Timonius forsteri is illegitimate because Erithalis polygama was cited in synonymy. Gray (1858) and Seemann (1866) list other synonyms, and Seemann mentions an unpublished drawing by Forster. DISTRIBUTION: Widely distributed across the southern Pacific from Rennell Island in the Solomons to the Tuamotu Islands (Henderson Island). While the species is abundant in the eastern part of its range, it is known from only three Fijian collections, and the Rennell Island locality is disjunct to the west. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: NANGINGIA (Denham Island, immediately west of Kandavu): DA 14963. FULANGA: On limestone formation, Smith 1220. ONGEA NDRIKI: On rocky islet off shore, Bryan 391. 4. NAUCLEA L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 243. 1762; Merr. in J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 5: 534. 1915; Hallé in Fl. Gabon 12: 38. 1966; Ridsdale & Bakh. f. in Blumea 22: 547. 1975; Ridsdale in op. cit. 24: 325. 1978. Moderate-sized to large trees, the stipules ovate, elliptic, or obovate, flattened, often strongly keeled, adpressed in terminal bud; inflorescences terminal or lateral; ovaries united, the styles exserted, the stigmas spindle-shaped, the placentas Y-shaped, attached to the upper third of septum; fruit a syncarp, the seeds bilaterally compressed but not winged. TYPE SPECIES: Nauclea orientalis (L.) L. (Cephalanthus orientalis L.), the only original species. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical Africa; India and Ceylon eastward through southeastern Asia to the Philippines, New Guinea, and tropical Australia, with about ten species. Available specimens and records suggest that two species are cultivated in Fiji. KEY TO SPECIES Calyx lobes obtuse, not spathulate or clawed; corolla 8-10 mm. long; stipules keeled. ....1. N. diderrichii Calyx lobes spathulate to strongly clawed; corolla 7-8 mm. long; stipules usually not keeled. 2. N. orientalis 1988 RUBIACEAE 159 1. Nauclea diderrichii (De Wild.) Merr. in J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 5: 535. 1915; E. Petit in Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 28: 10. 1958; Hallé in Fl. Gabon 12: 44. pl. 4, fig. 1; pl. 5, fig. 1-6. 1966; Ridsdale in Blumea 22: 548. 1975. Sarcocephalus diderrichii De Wild. in Masui, Etat Indép. Congo Expos. Brux. 439, nom. nud. 1897, in Rev. Cult. Colon. 9: 7. 1901. Where indigenous, Nauclea diderrichii is a tree to 55 m. high; the flowers are white to greenish or yellowish, and the fruit is fleshy, fragrant, and gray-brown to clear white at maturity. Apparently it has been introduced into Fiji fairly recently as of possible use in reforestation; the only available collection is sterile. NEOTYPIFICATION: Hallé (1966, p. 46) takes as the neotype Briey 189 (BR), from the Belgian Congo, “spécimen authentifié par De Wildeman, les échantillons originaux de Diderrich ayant été perdus.” DISTRIBUTION: Africa from Sierra Leone to the central forest district of the Congo (Hallé, 1966, p. 47). AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: NaitasirI; Kalambo, Tholo-i-suva, DA 16433 (cult. in Dept. Forestry area). 2. Nauclea orientalis (L.) L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 243. 1762; Merr. in J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 5: 536. 1915: Ridsdale in Blumea 24: 327. 1978. Cephalanthus orientalis L. Sp. Pl. 95. 1753. Nauclea cordata Roxb. Hort. Beng. 14, nom. nud. 1814, Fl. Ind. 118. 1824. Sarcocephalus cordatus Mia. F\. Ned. Ind. 2: 133. 1856; B. E. V. Parhamin Agr. J. Dept. Agr. Fiji 10: 116, as S. cordata. 1939. Where indigenous, Nauclea orientalis is reported as a tree in primary and secon- dary forests, sometimes occurring on the borders of mangrove swamps and in other brackish localities, and sometimes as a pioneer species in sugarcane fields. LECTOTYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The lectotype of Cephalanthus orientalis is pl. 338 in Hermann’s herbarium (BM); cf. Merrill (1915, p. 533; Ridsdale, 1978). This lectotypification has been thoroughly discussed (cf. Committee for Spermatophyta in Taxon 22: 154. 1973; Ridsdale in Blumea 23: 184-186. 1976). Nauclea cordata is based on a Roxburgh specimen cultivated at Calcutta from seeds sent from Ceylon (Rids- dale, 1978, q. v. for an extensive synonymy of N. orientalis). DISTRIBUTION: Ceylon and Burma throughout Malesia to New Guinea and Austra- lia (Ridsdale, 1978). Parham (1939) records that it was introduced into Fiji in 1918 and was growing well on the property of W. L. Wallace on Tovu Island, Ra Province, Viti Levu. Although no available herbarium material supports this record, the species may persist in Fiji as a potential timber tree. 5. NEOLAMARCKIA Bosser in Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) IV. 6, sect. B. Adansonia 3: 247. 1984. Anthocephalus sensu auct.; non A. Rich. Moderate-sized to large trees, the stipules narrowly triangular, obvolute, decidu- ous; inflorescences terminal, solitary, the ovaries and fruits separate; calyx tube infundibular, the lobes linear-spathulate to narrowly elliptic; style exserted, the stigma spindle-shaped; ovary 2-locular (sometimes 4-locular distally due to a false septum), the placentas undivided or Y-shaped; fruit somewhat fleshy, indehiscent, the distal portion usually forming 4 hollow, white, cartilaginous lobes, the seeds somewhat trigonal, without wings. Type SPECIES: Neolamarckia cadamba (Roxb.) Bosser (Nauclea cadamba Roxb.). DIsTRIBUTION: India eastward to New Guinea, with two species, one of which is sparingly cultivated in Fiji. 160 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: Bosser, J. Sur le type du Cephalanthus chinensis Lam. Neolamarckia, nouveau nom pour Anthocephalus auct. non A. Rich. (Rubiaceae). Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) IV. 6, sect. B, Adansonia 3: 243-248. 1984. Bosser (1984) indicates that Cephalanthus chinensis Lam., the type species of Anthocephalus A. Rich (A. indicus A. Rich., nom. illeg.), is in fact based upon a Commerson specimen (P-LA) taken from a plant cultivated in Mauritius and belonging to the genus Breonia A. Rich., correctly to be known as Breonia chinensis (Lam.) Capuron (in Adansonia II. 13: 472. 1973; cf. Bosser, 1984, pp. 246-247 for synonymy). Anthocephalus is therefore to be referred to the synonymy of Breonia (for generic synonymy cf. Bosser, 1984, p. 246), and the new generic name Neolamarckia replaces it. The earlier opinion of Bakhuizen (in Taxon 19: 469. 1970) and Ridsdale (in Blumea 22: 551. 1975) held that Cephalanthus chinensis was at least partly based upon and lectotypified by an unlocated Sonnerat specimen from eastern Asia; that conclusion, according to Bosser, resulted from Lamarck’s confusion as to the origin of his herbarium material. 1. Neolamarckia cadamba (Roxb.) Bosser in Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) IV. 6, sect. B, Adansonia 3: 247. 1984. Nauclea cadamba Roxb. Hort. Beng. 14, nom. nud. 1814, Fl. Ind. 2: 121. 1824. Anthocephalus cadamba Mia. Fl. Ned. Ind. 2: 135. 1856. Anthocephalus chinensis sensu Bakh. f. in Taxon 19: 469. 1970; Ridsdale in Gard. Bull. Singapore 25: 252. 1970, in Blumea 24: 334. fig. 1, c, 2, a-d. 1978; non A. Rich. ex Walp. Nauclea esculenta sensu J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 279. 1972; non Merr. Where indigenous, Neolamarckia cadamba is a tree to 30 m. high, with spreading branches arranged in tiers, and with elliptic leaf blades up to 50 x 25 cm.; the flowering heads including styles are 3-5 cm. in diameter and the fruiting heads 2-4.5 cm. in diameter. The Fijian collections were bearing fruits in January, March, and May. LECTOTYPIFICATION: Although no specimen was mentioned, Roxburgh (1824) gave a lengthy description of Nauclea cadamba, stating that it is “common about Calcutta, where it grows to be a large tree and is not only highly ornamental but very useful from the extensive close shade it yields.” He listed a reference to Rheede’s “Katou-tajaka,” i. e. “Katou-tsjaka” Rheede, Hort. Ind. Malabar. 3: p/. 33. 1682, which Bosser (1984) indicates to be the “type;” presumably lectotype would be more appropriate. DISTRIBUTION: India eastward to New Guinea. The species appears to be a fairly recent introduction into Fiji, perhaps as having potential for reforestation or perhaps merely as a shade tree. - AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Naitasiri: Tholo-i-suva, DA 11788 (L.6494); Nasinu, on school grounds, DA 3130, 7299. 6. NEONAUCLEA Merr. in J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 5: 538. 1915; Bakh. f. in Taxon 19: 476. 1970; Ridsdale in Gard. Bull. Singapore 25: 253. 1970, in Blumea 24: 337. 1978; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 12. 1979. Nauclea sensu Korth. Observ. Naucl. Indic. 17. 1839; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. PI. 2:31. 1873; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4:57. 1891; Havil. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 33: 48. 1897; non L. Trees or shrubs, the stipules ovate, elliptic, or obovate, usually rounded at apex, strongly adpressed in terminal bud; inflorescences terminal, solitary or 3 (rarely as many as 7) in a terminal dichasium; ovaries separate at anthesis and in fruit; calyx tube short, the lobes clawed, the expanded apical portion deciduous; corolla hypo- crateriform, the lobes imbricate in bud; style exserted, the stigma subglobose to 1988 RUBIACEAE 161 obovoid, the placentas attached to upper third of ovary septum, the ovules and seeds numerous, pendulous; fruits capsular, loculicidally and septicidally dehiscent, the apical portion and calyx forming a cap, the central axis remaining attached to receptacle, the seeds ellipsoid, winged at both ends. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Neonauclea obtusa (Bl\.) Merr. (Nauclea obtusa Bl.) (vide Bakh. f. in Taxon 19: 476. 1970). DISTRIBUTION: Southwestern and southeastern Asia to Taiwan and eastward through Malesia to tropical Australia and to the Society Islands, with about 70 species, one of which is indigenous in Fiji. 1. Neonauclea forsteri (Seem. ex Havil.) Merr. in J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 5: 540. 1915; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 198. 1935; Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 119. 1942; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 184: 64. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 247. 1959; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 200. 1964, ed. 2. 279. 1972; Ridsdale in Gard. Bull. Singapore 25: 263. fig. 2, k, 3, 6. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 340. 1971; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 12, 92. 1972; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 12. fig. J, E. 1979; Fosberg & Sachet in D. J. Carr, Sydney Parkinson, 94. p/. 86. 1983; Morat & Veillon in Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) IV. 7, Sect. B, Adansonia 3: 316. 1985. FIGURE 65. FiGure 65. Neonauclea forsteri; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, = 1/3; B, longitudinal section of mature fruiting head, x 2. A from Smith 7550, B from DA 14249. 162 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Nauclea orientalis sensu Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 15. 1786; non L. Nauclea forsteri Seem. Fl. Vit. 121, nom. nud. 1866; Seem. ex Havil. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 33: 56. 1897; Reinecke in Bot. Jahrb. 25: 690. 1898. Neonauclea vitiensis Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 28. fig. 38. 1930; Fosbergin Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 67: 419. 1940. As seen in Fiji, Neonauclea forsteri is a tree 3-25 m. high with a trunk to 1.5 m. in diameter and a spreading crown, found at elevations from near sea level to about 1,000 m. in usually dry forest. The flowering heads appear yellowish white, the corolla being bright yellow or with a white tube and rich purple lobes; the styles are white; and the mature fruiting heads are brownish. Flowers have been noted between December and June, fruits between April and September. LECTOTYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Seemann (1866) listed the name Nauclea forsteri as based on G. Forster’s (1786) interpretation of Nauclea orientalis, but the first valid description was provided by Haviland (1897). The names were based on J. R. & G. Forster (K LECTOTYPE, vide Ridsdale, 1970; ISOLECTOTYPE at BM), collected in the Society Islands during Cook’s second voyage. The type of Neonauclea vitiensis is Gillespie 4188 (BISH HOLOTYPE and 2 IsoTYPES), collected Dec. 4, 1927, on steep slopes of “the canyon of the Mata ni Wasi” (Waikumbukumbu Creek tributary?) northeast of the Government Station, Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. Gillespie’s material is quite characteristic of the widely distributed species; surprisingly only one Fijian collection (Horne 896) antedates Gillespie’s discovery of the genus in Fiji, where it is by no means uncommon. DIsTRIBUTION: Solomon Islands (Bougainville eastward) through the New Hebrides, Fiji, Tonga, and Samoa to the Society Islands. In Fiji it has been collected on the two largest islands and Ovalau, but presumably is present elsewhere. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The names mbo, vathea, and vutoro have been recorded. In Naitasiri a decoction of bark is said to be used as a cough medicine, and the species is © noted as producing usable timber, although it is presumably not highly regarded as such. : AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 898; Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 1272; vicinity of Nalotawa, eastern base of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4470. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Degener 15232, 15312. NAMosI: Naraiyawa, Wainikoroi- luva River, DA L.13307 (Berry 87); Wainambua Creek, DA 14220; Wayauyau Creek, Wainikoroiluva River, DA 14249; hills in vicinity of Namosi Village, Gillespie 2931; Mt. Voma, DA 1806. NAITASIRI: Wainimala Valley, south of Matawailevu, St. John 18375; Waila Creek, near Vunindawa, Howard 350; Waimanu River, DA L.13306 (Berry 52); Central road, Tothill 532. OVALAU: Valley of Mbureta and Lovoni Rivers, Smith 7550. VANUA LEVU: Martuuata: Naketei, DA 13880 (Bola 93); vicinity of Korovuli, Howard 184. THAKAUNDROVE: Ndrawa, DA 14328. F131 without further locality, Horne 896, DA L.12634 (Berry 87), L.13724 (Berry 52), DF 1226 (Naulago 4), Howard 107. 7. DoLICHOLoBIUM A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 308. 1859; Seem. Fl. Vit. 121. 1866; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 41. 1873; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4:51. 1891; Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 118. 1942; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 288. 1955; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 21. 1979; M. Jansen & Ridsdale in Blumea 29: 258. 1983. Monoecious trees or shrubs, the stipules interpetiolar, laterally free, appressed in bud, entire and parallel-nerved; inflorescences cymose in distal leaf axils, the bracts usually absent, the terminal flower 9, the others co’; flowers 4-6-merous, the calyx 1988 RUBIACEAE 163 truncate to lobed, persistent in fruit; corolla hypocrateriform, the tube glabrous within, the lobes contorted in bud, the anthers inserted on upper part of corolla tube; ovary (absent in oc flowers) with 2 cylindrical placentas attached for most of their length to septum; fruits long-cylindrical, dehiscent, the mesocarp persistent and fibrous in age, the thin, horny endocarp dehiscing septicidally into 2 valves, the seeds small, lenticular, with a long wing at each end. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Dolicholobium oblongifolium A. Gray, one of the two original species (vide Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 119. 1942). DISTRIBUTION: Philippine Islands and the Moluccas eastward through New Gui- nea to the New Hebrides and Fiji, with 30 species or more (28 species, Jansen and Ridsdale, 1983). Three endemic species terminate the generic range in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: J ANSEN, M. E., & C. E. RIDSDALE. A revision of the genus Dolicholobium (Rubiaceae). Blumea 29: 251-311. 1983. Species of Dolicholobium in Fiji are trees 2-20 m. high (rarely noted as shrubs), often slender (with trunks up to 60 cm. in diameter) and sometimes with spreading crowns, occurring from near sea level to about 1,150 m. in dense, dry, or open forest, often along creeks but also on crests and ridges, and occasionally even on the edges of mangrove swamps or on sand dunes. The fragrant flowers have the corolla limb pure white, but the long tube usually has a green or yellowish to reddish tinge. The fruits turn from green to dull red or brownish and, after dehiscing, yield quantities of pale brown seeds. Flowers and fruits of the Fijian species do not appear seasonal. LOCAL NAMES: Well-established names in Fiji for any species of Dolicholobium are soso ni ura and mbua ni wai. Additional names are noted below under the different species. Jansen and Ridsdale (1983, p. 252) remark: “Monoecious species with functional male and female flowers, such as are found in Dolicholobium, are unknown in the Cinchoneae and have only been reported for some species in 8 other genera in the Rubiaceae. ... Monoecious taxa are rare in the Rubiaceae and Dolicholobium would seem to occupy a rather isolated position within the Cinchoneae.” And also (p. 255): “Enormous stipules are found in D. macgregorii where they may reach 13 x 7.8 cm., the largest we have ever observed in the Rubiaceae.” (In fact, some specimens of D. macgregorii have been observed with stipules as large as 15 x 11 cm.) In reference to the genus as a whole but to the Fijian collections in particular, Jansen and Ridsdale (1983, p. 253) state: “Although previously taxa were distin- guished partly on characters of the indumentum, it was found that no clear delimita- tion could be made with more abundant material available. The indumentum of the leaves and stipules is notoriously variable, always one or two collections having an exceptional indumentum type. . . . Generally we have ignored the indumentum type in delimiting some of the less well collected taxa.” We have examined 176 collections of the genus from Fiji and encounter no problems in distinguishing between the foliar indument of D. macgregorii and D. oblongifolium (FIGURES 67A & C) on the one hand and that of D. latifolium (FIGURE 67B) on the other. The foliar indument of D. aneityense (FIGURE 67D) is strikingly different from that of any Fijian species, and we firmly reject the inclusion of that New Hebridean taxon in D. oblongifolium. 164 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 KEY TO SPECIES Stipules large, usually 4.5-8 x 2-4 cm. (sometimes 4-15 x 1.5-11 cm.), usually persistent at nodes below terminal bud; leaf blades large, usually 18-45 x 10-22 cm. (sometimes 14-50 x 7-24 cm.); indument of costa and secondary nerves of lower surface of leaf blades usually appressed, often evanescent; flowers large, the corolla lobes usually 15-20 (-23) mm. broad. ..................... 1. D. macgregorii Stipules smaller, not exceeding 5.5 x 2.5 cm. and usually smaller, caducous, rarely persisting at node below terminal bud; leaf blades not larger than 25 x 17 cm. and usually smaller; flowers smaller, the corolla lobes rarely more than 12 mm. broad. Lower surface of leaf blades uniformly soft-tomentellous, or at least the indument of costa and secondary nerves;cons picuouslysspreadingae eee Eee eee eee eee EEE GEE eee eerie 2. D. latifolium Lower surface of leaf blades, including costa and secondary nerves, sericeous to strigose with appressed hairs hoftenvglabrates” jjctoctei-tcicrrleclee eerie eet ieee ieee 3. D. oblongifolium 1. Dolicholobium macgregorii Horne ex Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 360, as D. macgregori. 1883; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 21. fig. 2, D. 1979; M. Jansen & Ridsdale in Blumea 29: 308. 1983. FIGURES 66A-D, 67A. Dolicholobium macgregori Horne, A Year in Fiji, 261, nom. nud., as D. McGregori. 1881; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 185. 1890; Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 27. fig. 36. 1930; Fosberg in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 67: 419. 1940, in Sargentia 1: 118. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 189. 1964, ed. 2. 267. 1972. Dolicholobium knollysii Horne, A Year in Fiji, 260, nom. nud., as D. knollysi. 1881; Horne ex Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 360. 1883; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 185. 1890; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 189. 1964, ed. 2. 267. 1972. Dolicholobium macgregorii is well characterized by its large, comparatively per- sistent stipules, its large leaf blades, and its corollas with comparatively broad lobes. Its young foliage and stipules are frequently conspicuously reddish, a characteristic not noted in other Fijian species of the genus. Although a few specimens show dimensional variation toward that of D. oblongifolium, the difficulties of distinguishing these two species from one another seem less than implied by Jansen and Ridsdale (1983, pp. 309-310). In the few instances where stipules fall somewhat prematurely (for this species), the broad corolla lobes are highly characteristic. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Dolicholobium macgregoriiis based on Horne’ 690 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at GH), collected on the banks of the Tamavua River near Suva, in Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu; Dr. MacGregor was the chief medical officer of Fiji at the time of Horne’s visit. The type of D. knollysii is Horne 729a (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at GH), obtained in the vicinity of Suva, Rewa or Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu; Captain Knollys, at the time of Horne’s visit, was Aide-de-camp to then Governor Sir Arthur H. Gordon. Dolicholobium knollysii is typified by a poor specimen in young fruit, not appreciably different from D. macgregorii. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known from only the two largest islands, from which we have seen 34 collections. LOCAL NAMES: In addition to the usual generic names, these have been listed only once each: songasonga (Serua), molasa (Naitasiri), and kunukulu and uraura (Tha- kaundrove). REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Eastern slopes of Mt. Koronayitu, Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4154. SeRuA: North of Korovou, St. John 18945; inland from Ngaloa, DA 16598. NAITASIRI: Wainamo Creek, near Matawailevu, Wainimala Valley, St. John 18219; Sawani-Serea road, DA 11064; Tholo-i-suva, DA 10655. TAILEvu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7130. Rewa: Mt. Korombamba, Parks 20127, Gillespie 2297, Vaughan 3175. VANUA LEVU: MartuHuata: Southern base of Mathuata Range, north of Natua, Smith 6840. THAKAUNDROVE: Southern slope of Korotini Range, below Navitho Pass, Smith 487; track to Mt. Vatumbutho, DA 17189. Figure 66. A-D, Dolicholobium macgregorii; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and an inflorescence, showing large stipules, x 1/3; B, fruit, x 1/3; C, old, dehisced fruit, showing fibrous mesocarp and segments of endocarp, * 1/4; D, seeds, x 6. E, Dolicholobium oblongifolium; distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, x 1/3. A from St. John 18945, B from Parks 20127, C & D from Gillespie 2297, E from Gillespie 4284. RUBIACEAE 5 4 & i S ? i 4 = mn — Pee, ith uP re 166 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 2. Dolicholobium latifolium A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 309. 1859; Seem. Viti, 438. 1862, Fl. Vit. 121. 1866; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 260. 1881; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 185. 1890; Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 118. 1942; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 189. 1964, ed. 2. 267. 1972. FIGURE 67B. Dolicholobium longissimum Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256, nom. nud. 1861, Viti, 438, nom. nud. 1862; A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 318, nom. nud. 1862, in Bonplandia 10: 36, nom. nud. 1862; Seem. Fl. Vit. 121. ¢. 25. 1866; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 261. 1881; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 185. 1890; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 267. fig. 79. 1972. Dolicholobium oblongifolium var. longissimum Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 119. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 191. fig. 68. 1964. Dolicholobium oblongifolium sensu M. Jansen & Ridsdale in Blumea 29: 305, p. p. 1983. In its usual appearance Dolicholobium latifolium (including D. longissimum) differs from D. oblongifolium in having larger stipules and leaves, but with ample material for consideration these characters prove of little consequence. However, the spreading-hirtellous or soft-tomentellous indument of the lower leaf blade surfaces (persistent and obvious on the costa and secondaries) contrasts with the closely sericeous or strigose, appressed, comparatively evanescent indument of comparable parts of D. oblongifolium. In respect to such indument characters, we fail to perceive the “mass of intermediate collections” mentioned by Jansen and Ridsdale (1983, p. 308). TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type of Dolicholobium latifolium is U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 62252 HOLOTYPE), collected in 1840 on Ovalau; that of D. longis- simum (which was mentioned several times prior to its 1866 description) is Seemann 215 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BM, GH), collected in July, 1860, on Viti Levu. During that month Seemann collected at several localities between Tailevu Province and the Navua delta region, Serua Province. Although the foliar indument of D. longissimum is more copious than that of D. latifolium, it is of the same spreading type on the costa and secondaries of the lower surface, and we believe these taxa not to be separable at. any level. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and now known from four of the high islands and 32 collections. It appears to be absent from the northern part of Viti Levu, where D. oblongifolium is abundant. LocAL NAMES: Additional local names noted are mbuambua ni mbaravi and mbuambua ni waitui (Parham, 1964, 1972; the names suggest a seaside habitat) and loaloa (Yhakaundrove). REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: SeRuA: Upper Navua River, DA 15517; hills between Waininggere and Waisese Creeks, between Ngaloa and Wainiyambia, Smith 9560. NAMosI: Mt. Naitara- ndamu, Gillespie 3140; near Nakavu, on Navua River, Horne 834; Wainandoi River, DA 12508. NAITASIRI: Nanggarathangithangi, Mendrausuthu Range, DA 15036; Tamavua-Sawani road, Setchell & Parks 15100; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3488. REwA: Queen’s Road about 15 miles west of Suva, Vaughan 3457. KANDAVU: Na Kasaleke (Lomanikoro), DA 20. OVALAU: Summit of Mt. Ndelaiovalau and adjacent ridge, Smith 7590. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Mariko, Smith 426; track to Natewa Bay, DA 15073. 3. Dolicholobium oblongifolium A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 309. 1859; Seem. Viti, 438. 1862, Fl. Vit. 121. 1866; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 261. 1881; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 185. 1890; Turrill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43:24. 1915; Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 119. 1942; M. Jansen & Ridsdale in Blumea 29: 305, p. p. 1983. FIGURES 66E, 67C. Dolicholobium oblongifolium var. oblongifolium; Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 119. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 190. 1964, ed. 2. 268. 1972. Dolicholobium oblongifolium var. degeneri Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 119. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fijilsl. 190. 1964, ed. 2. 268. 1972. 1988 RUBIACEAE 167 TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Gray based Dolicholobium oblongifolium on three collections: (1) U. S. Expl. Exped. (GH, K, NY, US 62253), collected in 1840 at Mbua (Sandalwood) Bay, Mbua Province, Vanua Levu, a fruiting collection; (2) Milne 38 (xk), from the Waimanu River, Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu, with flowers; and (3) Milne 249 (kK), from the vicinity of Nandi Bay, Mbua Province, Vanua Levu, with flowers. Fosberg (1942) designated the first of these as the “type,” but Gray (1859) Ficure 67. Dolicholobium; lower surfaces of leaf blades, with portions of costa and secondary nerves, all x 10. A, D. macgregorii. B, D. latifolium. C, D. oblongifolium. D, D. aneityense. A from Smith 7130, B from Smith 9560, C from DA 14207, D from Morrison, June 18, 1896, from Aneityum, New Hebrides. 168 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 had stated: “. . . afterwards, in blossom, by Mr. Milne, which afforded the materials required for characterizing the genus.” Both of Milne’s specimens bear Gray’s annota- tion “Dolicholobium oblongifolium n. g. A. Gray,” and therefore we agree with Jansen and Ridsdale that one of the Milne collections would have been a more appropriate choice. A suitable citation is: Milne 38 (K LECTOTYPE), collected along the Waimanu River, Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu (vide Jansen and Ridsdale, 1983, p. 307). Variety degeneri is based on Smith 1643 (US 1672744 HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected in flower and fruit April 27, 1934, on Navotuvotu, summit of Mt. Seatura, Mbua Province, Vanua Levu. As noted above in our discussion of the genus, we consider D. latifolium (including D. longissimum) separable from D. oblongifolium, while the New Hebridean D. aneityense Guillaumin (in J. Arnold Arb. 13:2. 1932) is a strikingly distinct taxon. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and now known from seven of the high islands, 110 collections being at hand. LocAL NAMES: Names recorded only once for this species and hence not very reliable are mbo, vure, and meakavika na tute (Mba), tavotavo (Namosi), mata ni ura (Ovalau), kau ndamu (Mbua), and kasinga (Thakaundrove). REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Vicinity of Nalotawa, eastern base of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4444; Nandarivatu, im Thurn 299; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Gillespie 4284; western and southern slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5229. NANDRONGA & NavosSa: Singatoka dunes, DA 5558. SERUA: Mbuyombuyo, near Namboutini, Tabualewa 15590. NAmosi: Northern base of Korombasambasanga Range, in drainage of Wainavindrau Creek, Smith 8674; vicinity of Namosi, Gillespie 2646; vicinity of Namuamua, Gillespie 3061. NAITASIRI: Waindina River basin, MacDaniels 1057; Sawani-Serea road, DA 14207; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3618. TA1Levu: Near Copper Mine, Wainivesi River, DA 13644. REWA: Mt. Korombamba, DA 3854. KANDAVU: Kiombo, Batiratu 2. OVALAU: Hills west of Lovoni Valley, on ridge south of Mt. Korolevu, Smith 7647; near stream above Levuka reservoir, Gillespie 4515. KORO: Main ridge, Smith 1053. VANUA LEVU: Mua: Southern portion of Seatovo Range, Smith 1573. MATHUATA; Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6639. THAKAUNDROVE: Nauluvula Creek, DA 1/7178; eastern buttress of Mt. Ndikeva, Smith 1871. RAMBI: In mountains, Horne 518. TAVEUNI: Mountains slopes above Somosomo, Gillespie 4819. 8. RONDELETIA L. Sp. Pl. 172. 1753; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 33. 1891; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2:294. 1965; Steyermark in Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 17: 241. 1967; Kirkbride in Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 55: 374. 1969; Standley & L. O. Williams in Fieldiana, Bot. 24 (11, nos. 1-3): 177. 1975; Dwyer in Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 67: 463. 1980. Trees or shrubs, the stipules interpetiolar, entire or rarely bilobed, obtuse to acuminate at apex, erect or reflexed, persistent; inflorescences terminal or axillary, cymose or paniculate; calyx lobes 4-6, narrow or broad, often unequal, persistent; corolla infundibular to hypocrateriform, white, yellowish, pink, or red, the tube usually slender, often widening at throat, the lobes 4-6, spreading, imbricate in bud; stamens 4-6, inserted in corolla throat, included or exserted; ovary 2(rarely 3)-locular, the ovules numerous in each locule; fruit a subglobose capsule, loculicidally or septicidally dehiscent, the seeds numerous, minute, compressed or angular, usually winged. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Rondeletia americana L. (vide Hitchcock, Prop. Brit. Bot. 131. 1929), one of Linnaeus’s two original species. DIsTRIBUTION: West Indies and Mexico through Central America into South America, with 125-150 species; two species are recorded in cultivation in Fiji. It is probable that Rondeletia was introduced into Fiji by J. B. Thurston, as a species of the genus was listed in his 1886 Catalogue; however, we cannot verify the 1988 RUBIACEAE 169 identity of Thurston’s material. KEY TO SPECIES Leaf blade neither bullate nor scabrous, the margin not revolute; stipules foliaceous, reflexed; calyx lobes obtuse; corolla white to pink, densely yellow-pilose in throat. .................... 1. R. amoena Leaf blade bullate, scabrous, the margin revolute; stipules stiff, erect; calyx lobes narrow, acute; corolla brightareds9e labrousiwit hiner aaciet tet eeietiicis irene reir itt tren rrer 2. R. odorata 1. Rondeletia amoena (Planch.) Hemsl. Diagn. Pl. Nov. 26. 1879; Kirkbride in Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 55: 379. fig. 2. 1969; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 292. 1972; Standley & L. O. Williams in Fieldiana, Bot. 24 (11, nos. 1-3): 180. 1975; Dwyer in Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 67: 464. 1980. Rogiera amoena Planch. in Fl. Serres Jard. Eur. 5: t. 442. 1849. Sparingly cultivated near sea level in Fiji; where indigenous a shrub or tree to 14 m. high at elevations of 1,000-3,000 m.; stipules triangular to oblong, up to 17 x 10 mm., reflexed; leaf blades usually densely soft-pilose beneath or eventually glabrate; inflo- rescences many-flowered, densely pubescent; calyx lobes oblong to obovate-oblong, erect or spreading; corolla white to pink, the tube to 14 mm. long, densely yellow-pilose in throat; capsules to 6 mm. in diameter. The only available Fijian collection was flowering in January. TYPIFICATION: The species was first described from plants grown in Belgium from seeds obtained in Guatemala (Standley and Williams, 1975). DISTRIBUTION: Mexico (Chiapas) to Panama (Chiriqui); often cultivated else- where, as in Fiji. LOCAL NAME AND USE: Known simply as rondeletia in Fiji, this ornamental is “a handsome shrub because of the abundant pink flowers. It was formerly a favorite in northern hothouses, and still is grown occasionally.” (Standley and Williams, 1975). AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: ReEwa: Suva, in private garden, DA 16210. 2. Rondeletia odorata Jacq. Enum. Syst. Pl. Carib. 16. 1760; Alain, Fl. Cuba 5: 45. 1962: Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2:294. 1965; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 293. 1972; Fernandez Zequeira & Herrera Oliver in Acta Bot. Acad. Sci. Hung. 29: 37. fig. 1. 1983. Sparingly cultivated near sea level in Fijias a shrub 2-3 m. high; stipules triangular, erect, up to 10 x 5 mm; leaf blades stiff-coriaceous, bullate, scabrous, the margins revolute; inflorescences terminal, many-flowered, pubescent; calyx lobes narrowly oblong, about 4 mm. long; corolla bright red, orange at center of limb, the tube to 15 mm. long, glabrous within; capsules 3-4 mm. in diameter. The only available Fijian collection was flowering in March. TYPIFICATION: The species is doubtless based on material collected by Jacquin in Cuba. Fernandez Zequeira and Herrera Oliver (1983) cite as the holotype “Linn. Syst. 177: Pl. americ. pict. tab. 61 (ramulus florifer),” indicating the classical locality as Havana, from which they also list a “lectotype” (topotype?). DISTRIBUTION: Cuba; cultivated elsewhere, as in Java, Fiji, and Hawaii. The species has sometimes also been attributed to Panama on the basis of var. breviflora Hook., considered by Fernandez and Herrera (1983) a teratological form to be excluded from Rondeletia odorata. Those authors recognize the Cuban endemic species to be composed of three subspecies. LOCAL NAME AND USE: An attractive ornamental locally known as rondeletia. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: ReEwa: Lami, in private garden, DA 16465. 170 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 9. LINDENIA Benth. PI. Hartw. 84. 1841, in Hook. Icon. Pl. 5: r. 476. 1842; Endl. Gen. Pl. Suppl. 2:53. 1842; Benth. Pl. Hartw. 351. 1857; Hook. in Bot. Mag. 87:1. 5258. 1861; Seem. in Bonplandia 10: 33. 1862, Fl. Vit. 128. 1866; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2:51. 1873; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 37. 1891; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 288. 1955; van Balgooy, Pacific Plant Areas 3: 330. map 214. 1975; S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 57: 426. 1976, in Allertonia 2: 22. 1979; van Steenis, Rheophytes of the World, 358. fig. 43. 1981. Siphonia sensu Benth. Pl. Hartw. 84. 1841; non D. Rich. ex Schreber (1791). Riverine shrubs to 3 m. high, the stipules variable, acuminate or rounded at apex, caducous or persistent; leaf blades long-elliptic, chartaceous; inflorescences terminal, 1-14-flowered; calyx lobes 5, subulate to linear-lanceolate, persistent; corolla white to pinkish, hypocrateriform, the tube slender, to 16 cm. long, the lobes 5, spreading, sinistrorsely contorted in bud; stamens 5, attached at corolla throat, the anthers exserted; ovules numerous in each of the 2 ovary locules, the placentas elongate; fruits obovoid, septicidally dehiscent, the seeds small, rhomboidal. TYPE SPECIES AND NOMENCLATURE: The only original species was Lindenia rivalis Benth. Before distribution of fascicle M (pp. 81-88) of Plantae Hartwegianae, the name Lindenia was written in by hand and Siphonia crossed out; this is accepted as effective publication by indelible autograph as permitted by ICBN, Art. 29.3 (vide Darwin, 1976). DISTRIBUTION: A genus of three species, one occurring in southern Mexico and Central America, one endemic to New Caledonia, and one endemic to Fiji. The Old World species represent an unusual New World element in the flora of the southwest- ern Pacific. The genus seems closely related to Augusta Pohl, of eastern Brazil. A critical review of the tribe Rondeletieae may suggest that Lindenia, because of its contorted corolla lobes, be placed elsewhere. : Recently Tirvengadum (in Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris) IV, 6, sect. B, Adansonia 2: 197-205. 1984) has described a new genus Glionnetia, with a single species in the Seychelles, suggesting that it is closely allied to Lindenia. “Notons également la grande importance phytogéographique de ce genre de l’archipel des Seychelles, qui est incon- testablement a rattacher a ce group de Rubiacées essentiellement néotropical.” (p. 202.) USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: DARWIN, S. P. The genus Lindenia (Rubiaceae). J. Arnold Arb. 57: 426-449. 1976. 1. Lindenia vitiensis Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256, nom. nud. 1861; A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 318, nom. nud. (Jan.) 1862; Seem. in Bonplandia 10: 33. 1. 8. (Feb.) 1862; A. Gray in op. cit. 10: 36. 1862; Seem. Viti, 438. 1862, FI. Vit. 128. ¢. 24. 1866, op. cit. 430. 1873; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 186. 1890; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 288. 1955; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 195. fig. 71. 1964, ed. 2. 276. fig. 83. 1972; van Balgooy, Pacific Plant Areas 3: 330, p. p. 1975; S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 57: 441. fig. 13-22. 1976; van Steenis, Rheophytes of the World, 359. 1981. FIGuRE 68. Shrub 1-2 m. high, occurring infrequently in forest along rivers and streams from near sea level to about 100 m. The fragrant flowers have cream-colored corollas. Insofar as dated collections are available, flowers have been noted in December and fruits in March. However, Seemann’s type material, in flower, would have been 1988 RUBIACEAE 171 FiGuRE 68. Lindenia vitiensis; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and an inflorescence, x 1/3; B, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and an infructescence, x 1/3. A from DA 2288, B from DA 21/53. collected in August or September (Viti, 1862, pp. 147-155, 206-207). A detailed description and comparison with the related Lindenia austro-caledonica Brongn. are provided by Darwin (1976). TYPIFICATION: The type is Seernann 217 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BM, GH), col- lected in 1860 along the Navua River, Serua Province, Viti Levu. Seemann (1862, 1866) indicates the species to occur on Ovalau and Viti Levu, but the holotype bears only the notation “Navua River,” while the isotypes give no locality. No collections of the species from Ovalau have been seen, and it may be inferred that Seemann was either depending upon personal observation or was mistaken. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known with certainty only from Viti Levu and Vanua Levu. LOCAL NAMES: Recorded names are mbore ni wai, mborewai, mborewa, mbuare- wai, and mbua siu; all these except the last refer to the riverine habitat. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NairTAsiri: Ndrauniwalai, Waindina River, DA 18/1, 2153. VitT1 Levu without further locality, Graeffe s. n. (Kk). VANUA LEVU: MBua: Nakorotiki, Nalomate River, DA 2288. Fist without further locality, Horne 186, 964, Graeffe s. n. (BM, “Samoa” but doubtless erroneously so indicated). 172 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 10. BIKKIA Reinw. in Syll. Pl. Nov. 2:8. 1825; DC. Prodr. 4: 405. 1830; Brongn. in Bull. Soc. Bot. France 13: 42. 1866; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 46. 1873; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 20. 1891; Stone in Micronesica 6: 539. 1970; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 23. 1979; Jérémie & Hallé in Adansonia II. 15: 342. 1976. Nom. cons. Portlandia sensu L. f. Suppl. Pl. 143. 1782; Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 15. 1786; non P. Br. Trees or shrubs, the stipules entire, interpetiolar or frequently united around branchlet; inflorescences (or solitary flowers) axillary; calyx lobes 4 or 5, induplicate- margined, persistent; corolla campanulate to infundibular, the tube plicate in bud, the lobes 4 or 5, valvate in bud; stamens 4 or 5, inserted at base of corolla, the anthers basifixed, hardly exserted; ovules numerous in 2-locular ovary, the placentas T-shaped in cross section (ovary thus seemingly 4-chambered); fruit septicidally dehiscent, the seeds numerous, angular. Type SPECIES: Bikkia grandiflora Reinw., nom. illeg. (Portlandia tetrandra L. f.) = Bikkia tetrandra (L. f.) A. Rich. DISTRIBUTION: Eastern Malesia to Micronesia, New Caledonia, Fiji, the Horne Islands, Tonga, and Niue, with about 20 species, at least half of them endemic to New Caledonia. The genus is represented by a single species in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: JEREMIE, J., & N. HALLE. Le genre Bikkia (Rubiaceae-Condamineae) en Nouvelle-Calédonie. Adansonia II. 15: 341-355. 1976. Ficure 69. Bikkia tetrandra, from DA 14957; distal portion of branchlet, with a mature flower, developing flowers, and a dehisced fruit, x about 9/10. 1988 RUBIACEAE 173 1. Bikkia tetrandra (L. f.) A. Rich. Mém. Fam. Rub. 151. 1830, in Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris 5: 231. 1834; A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 307. 1859; Seem. FI. Vit. 124. 1866; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 20. 1891; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 245. 1959; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 174. 1970; Stone in Micronesica 6: 539. fig. 87; pl. 13f. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 339. 1971; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 264. 1972; Jérémie & Hallé in Adansonia II. 15: 344. 1976; S. Darwinin Allertonia 2: 23. 1979; Morat & Veillon in Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) IV. 7, Sect. B, Adansonia 3: 315. 1985. FIGURE 69. Portlandia tetrandra L. f. Suppl. Pl. 143. 1782; Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 15. 1786. Hofmannia (sic) amicorum Spreng. Syst. Veg. 1: 416, nom. illeg. 1824. Bikkia grandiflora Reinw. in Syll. Pl. Nov. 2: 8, nom. illeg. 1825; Hemsl. in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 30: 180. 1895; Burkill in op. cit. 35: 40. 1901; A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 135. 1936; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 110. 1943; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 187. 1964, ed. 2. 264. 1972. Bikkia australis DC. Prodr. 4: 405, nom. illeg. 1830. Bikkia australis var. forsteriana DC. Prodr. 4: 405, nom. illeg. 1830. Bikkia forsteriana Brongn. in Bull. Soc. Bot. France 13: 42, nom. illeg. 1866. Bikkia mariannensis Brongn. in Bull. Soc. Bot. France 13: 42. 1866; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 25. fig. 2, E. 1979. Bikkia hombroniana Brongn. in Bull. Soc. Bot. France 13: 43. 1866. As seen in the Fijian Region, Bikkia tetrandra is a shrub or small tree 1-3 m. high, found near sea level and usually (or always?) on limestone on rocky coasts, sea cliffs, and lagoon cliffs, with a waxy-white corolla. On the basis of material at hand one would have to assume it infrequent in Fiji, but it has been collected more often in appropriate habitats in Tonga and on Niue. In the area as a whole flowers have been obtained between November and April, fruits being fairly persistent. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type was collected on Niue (Savage Island) during Cook’s second voyage by J. R. & G. Forster (LINN 228 HOLOTYPE (vide Jérémie and Hallé, 1976); isoTyPEs at BM, K); although the Forster collection was not actually cited by the younger Linnaeus, material from Niue available to him can have come only from that source (cf. vol. 1 of this Flora, p. 37). Of the synonyms cited above, Hofmannia (sic) amicorum, Bikkia grandiflora, B. australis, B. australis var. forsteri- ana, and B. forsteriana are illegitimate because Portlandia tetrandra was cited in synonymy or because they were based on the same type material as the younger Linnaeus’s species. Bikkia mariannensis is based on collections from Guam made by Gaudichaud and Le Guillou, and B. hombroniana on Tongan material collected by Hombron and Le Guillou. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji, Tonga, Niue, and the Horne Islands, with a disjunct popula- tion in the Marianas Islands. The species is also ascribed to extreme eastern New Caledonia, the Loyalty Islands, and the Isle of Pines by Jérémie and Hallé (1976), and we have seen at least one collection (MacKee 16400, coll. L. Bernier, from Kuébéni, extreme eastern New Caledonia) that we consider correctly assigned to Bikkia tetran- dra. However, the broad interpretation of B. tetrandra by Jérémie and Hallé includes B. pancheri (Brongn.) Guillaumin, which, to judge from available collections, we think distinguishable on the basis of its shorter, more flaring corollas with broader and more rounded lobes and its longer fruits. Specimens we would refer to B. pancheri are from the Isle of Pines (Buchholz 1659), the New Hebrides (Raynal RSNH 16399), Solomon Islands (Brass 2998, Hynes, Templeton Crocker Exped., June 21, 1933), and New Britain (Sayers NGF 24117, Womersley NGF 41210, Croft et al. NGF 41297). Much of 174 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 the Malesian material identified as B. grandiflora is quite different from B. tetrandra (cf. Yuncker, 1959). The inclusion of New Guinea in the range of B. tetrandra (cf. Jérémie and Hallé, 1976, p. 343) seems incorrect, and we have seen no New Hebridean collections that we would refer to the species. LOCAL NAME AND USE: A single Fijian local name has been recorded, rongga (Fulanga), and the striking flowers are used in garlands. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: NANGINGIA (Denham Island, west of Kandavu): DA 2656, 14957. FULA- NGA: On limestone, Smith 1205. F131 without further locality, DA 17822. 11. BApusa A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 308. 1859; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 42. 1873; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4:54. 1891; Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 28. 1930; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 21. 1979; Ridsdale in Blumea 28: 145. 1982. Small trees or shrubs, the stipules undulate to deltoid, connate and sheathing at base; inflorescences axillary, the flowers (4 or)5-merous; calyx undulate to promi- nently lobed, persistent; corolla infundibular to hypocrateriform, pubescent within, the lobes imbricate; stamens inserted at base of corolla, the filaments briefly united at base, long-exserted, the anthers basifixed; ovules numerous in a 2-locular ovary, the placentas Y-shaped (distally 2-armed); fruit septicidally and loculicidally dehiscent, the seeds small, slightly winged or crested at one end. Type SPECIES: Badusa corymbifera (Forst. f.) A. Gray (Cinchona corymbifera Forst. f.), the only original species. DISTRIBUTION: Three or more species, occurring in the Philippines, Palau, and the southwestern Pacific with a disjunct population in Biak (West New Guinea); addi- tional species may be present in the Philippines and the Moluccas (vide Ridsdale, 1982, p. 149). USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: RIDSDALE, C. E. A revision of Badusa (Rubiaceae, Condamineae, Portlandiinae). Blumea 28: 145-150. 1982. 1. Badusa corymbifera (Forst. f.) A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 308. 1859; Seem. FI. Vit. 121. 1866; Horne, A Year in Fiji, 257. 1881; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 185. 1890; Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 28. fig. 37. 1930; Fosberg in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 67: 418. 1940; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 246. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 187. fig. 67, A. 1964, ed. 2. 264. fig. 78, A. 1972; Ridsdale in Blumea 28: 147. 1982. FIGuReE 70. Cinchona corymbifera Forst. f. in Nova Acta Regiae Soc. Sci. Uppsal. 3: 176. 1780; L. f. Suppl. Pl. 144. 1782; Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 15. 1786. Badusa occidentalis Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 3. 1932. Badusa corymbifera subsp. corymbifera; Ridsdale in Blumea 28: 148. 1982. In Fiji Badusa corymbifera is seen as a shrub or tree 1-6 m. high, often slender or compact, at elevations from near sea level to about 900 m. in rocky forest or thickets, in crest forest, and in rocky open places, often on limestone. The fragrant flowers have the corolla and filaments white, the anthers yellow, and the style faintly purple-tinged; fruits are brown at maturity. Flowers have been obtained between February and July, fruits in most months. TYPIFICATION: Cinchona corymbifera is based on J. R. & G. Forster (K LECTOTYPE here designated), collected during the second Cook voyage on Tongatapu, Tonga. Although duplicates of the Forster collection may exist elsewhere, none was found at BM and Ridsdale (1982) did not see one. The type of Badusa occidentalis is Kajewski 393 (A HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, P), collected June 8, 1928, at Dillon Bay, Eromanga, New Hebrides; Ridsdale (1982) is certainly correct in this reduction. RUBIACEAE FiGure 70. Badusa corymbifera; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, x 1/2; B, portion of inflorescence with calyces, a corolla, stamens, and style, x 2; C, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and infructescences, x 1/2; D, infructescence, x 2. A from Smith 1119, Bfrom St. John 18133, C from Bryan, Sept. 20, 1924, D from St. John 18099. DISTRIBUTION: Typical Badusa corymbifera occurs in the Solomon Islands (at least from New Georgia eastward), New Hebrides, Fiji, and Tonga. In Fiji it is now known from six islands scattered throughout the group (and hence must be anticipated on 176 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 many others) and 26 collections, all of which are here listed. Ridsdale (1982, p. 148) has described a second subspecies, subsp. biakensis, apparently known only from the type from Biak, Arjombokar, West New Guinea, and differing from the typical subspecies in having longer corolla lobes (12-13 mm. vs. 5-8 mm.) and deltoid calyx lobes 0.5 mm. long (vs. an undulate to shallowly dentate calyx). In view of the disjunct occurrence of this element, the species should be sought in eastern New Guinea and the western Solomons. LOCAL NAMES: Recorded names are tarutaru or tarutaru nikora(Waya), mbolovatu (Mba), mbelembele (Mbua), and titeva (Vanua Mbalavu, Fulanga). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Nangua, St. John 18099, 18163; Nakawa Gulch, west side of Mbatinaremba, St. John 18133. VITI LEVU: Mpa: Northern slopes of Mt. Namendre, east of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4510; slopes of escarpment north of Nandarivatu, Smith 6296, vicinity of Nandarivatu, Greenwood 841, Gillespie 4261. REwA: Coastal road beyond Lami, Gillespie 4611; Lami, DA 18, 935; Suva Bay, Bryan 185, Parks 20035. V111 Levu without further locality, Tothill 230 (coll. MacDaniels). OVALAU: Hills southeast of valley of Mbureta River, Smith 7438. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Nasau, H. B. R. Parham 34, 87; Mbua without further locality, DA 5027. VANUA MBALAVU: Bryan, Sept. 20, 1924; Nambavatu, Tothill 296; northern limestone section, Smith 1468; southern limestone section, Smith 1445; Namalata islet, south of Vanua Mbalavu, Smith 1440. FULANGA: On limestone, Smith 1119. F131 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped., Horne 510, 581. 12. MussaENDA L. Sp. Pl. 177. 1753; Seem. Fl. Vit. 123. 1866; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 64. 1873; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 63. 1891; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 26: 104. 1945; Jayaw. in op. cit. 44: 113. 1963, in op. cit. 45: 101. 1964; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 304. 1965; Halléin FI. Gabon 12: 139. 1966; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 24. 1979. Erect or scandent shrubs or small trees, the stipules interpetiolar, caducous or persistent, variable in shape and texture, broadening at base and extending into leaf | axils, entire or frequently bifurcate at apex; inflorescences terminal or in axils of the most distal pair of leaves, few-many-flowered, cymose or corymbiform, the bracts and bracteoles deciduous; flowers % , heterostylous, or unisexual; calyx lobes 5, deciduous or persistent, one or more lobes in some flowers often expanded into large, petaloid, white to yellow or red appendages; corolla hypocrateriform, white to greenish yellow, the lobes 5, white, yellow, or reddish; stamens 5, attached at top or middle of corolla tube, included; ovules numerous on peltate, fleshy, axile placentas; fruit a berry of variable shape, the seeds numerous, minute, variously reticulate or spiny, the endo- sperm absent. TYPE SPECIES: Mussaenda frondosa L., the only original species. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical Africa and Madagascar to India and Ceylon, and east- ward through Malesia to Australia and the southern Pacific to the Society Islands, with about 190 species. One cultivated species and one abundant indigenous species are found in Fiji. In an interesting discussion of the morphology of the Asiatic species, Jayaweera (in J. Arnold Arb. 44: 111. 1963) remarks: “The group includes several valuable ornamen- tal shrubs and is of considerable biological interest, both because of the unusual development of one or more of the calyx lobes into large, colorful, petaloid structures and because of the presence of heterostyly (associated with differences in pollen size) in every species of the genus.” KEY TO SPECIES Cultivated liana or shrub to 4 m. high, often drooping or climbing; branchlets and leaves copicusly pilose; inflorescence branches, calyx tube, and corollas reddish-pubescent; enlarged calyx lobe red within, EVE HINO, cageccocoscccodbo0000g0000G000000000DN dDHOOGODDDOGOWSOO 1. M. erythrophylla 1988 RUBIACEAE 177 Indigenous and abundant shrub or small tree to 10 m. high; branchlets and leaves hispidulous but often essentially glabrescent; inflorescence branches, calyx tube, and corollas pale- or brownish-hispidulous or -sericeous and often subglabrate; enlarged calyx lobe white or yellowish. ..... 2. M. raiateensis 1. Mussaenda erythrophylla Schumacher & Thonn. in Schumacher, Beskr. Guin. PI. 116. 1827, in Kongel. Danske Vidensk.-Selsk. Skr. 3: 136. 1828; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 198. 1964, ed. 2. 279. 1972; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 304. 1965; Hallé in Fl. Gabon 12: 148. 1966; MacKee, Pl. Intro. Cult. Nouv.-Caléd. 118. 1985. As cultivated near sea level in Fiji, Mussaenda erythrophyllais a shrub 2-4 m. high, conspicuous in having the enlarged calyx lobe bright red within and somewhat paler without, the other calyx lobes red, and the corolla red-pubescent, with the tube pale yellow within distally. Flowers have been observed in November, January, and March, but fruits have not been noted. TYPIFICATION: The type is said to be from Ghana but was not seen by Hallé (1966). DISTRIBUTION: Tropical Africa; now widely cultivated elsewhere in tropical areas, as in Fiji. LOCAL NAME AND USE: This striking garden ornamental, probably brought into Fiji during the last half century, is locally known merely as red mussaenda. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Rewa: Lami, in private garden, DA 16797; Suva, near Depart- ment of Agriculture compound, DA 1/2184; Suva, in private garden, DA 16092. 2. Mussaenda raiateensis J. W. Moore in Bishop Mus. Bull. 102: 44. 1933; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 26: 105. 1945; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 247. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 198. fig. 72. 1964, ed. 2. 279. fig. 84. 1972; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 339. 1971; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. - Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 35, 61. 1972; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 24. fig. 2, F. 1979; Morat & Veillon in Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) IV, 7, Sect. B, Adansonia 3: 316. 1985. FiGuRE 131 (upper). Mussaenda frondosa sensu Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 17. 1786; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256. 1861, Viti, 438. 1862, in J. Bot. 2:72. 1864, Fl. Vit. 123. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 189. 1890; Reinecke in Bot. Jahrb. 25: 690. 1898; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 151. 1909; Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13:4. 1932; Fosberg in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 67: 420. 1940; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 184: 64. 1945; non L Mussaenda formosa sensu Seem. Fl. Vit. 123, pro syn. 1866; non L. Mussaenda frondosa vat. pilosissima sensu Reinecke in Bot. Jahrb. 25: 690. 1898; Rechinger in Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 368. 1910; Setchell in Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 341: 43. 1924; non Engl. Mussaenda sp. Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 199. 1935. As seen in Fiji, Mussaenda raiateensis is a shrub or small tree 1-10 m. high, often locally abundant from near sea level to 1,050 m. altitude in open or sometimes dense forest, secondary forest, and clearings. It is conspicuous for its white (rarely yellowish) enlarged calyx lobe and its corolla with the tube greenish and the limb bright yellow; the style is pale yellow; and the fruit is brown, usually copiously pale-lenticellate. Flowers and fruits are to be seen throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The type is J. W. Moore 684 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at MIN), collected March 24, 1927, in a wet gully on the west side of the highest mountain on Raiatea, Society Islands. DiIsTRIBUTION: New Hebrides to Society Islands. From Fiji about 75 collections are available, from 16 islands; the species is reported from a variety of habitats and is one of the commonest plants in second growth thickets, hence it is to be anticipated on most of the islands. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The species is well known throughout Fiji as mbovu, mbovo, mbombo, vombo, and vakatharendavui. It is an “all purpose” medicine, parts 178 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 of the plants (leaves, bark, and roots) being used in concoctions to cure fevers, chest complaints, kidney diseases, asthma, and to encourage fertility in women. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Waya: Below Yalombi and Natawa, DA 13674. VITI LEVU: Maa: Slopes of Mt. Nairosa, eastern flank of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4079; between Nandarivatu and Waikumbukumbu, Gibbs 690. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 13400. Serva: Hills between Waininggere and Waisese Creeks, between Ngaloa and Wainiyambia, Smith 9344. NAITASIRI: Vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3555. TAILEVU: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7038. REWA: Queen’s Road about 10 miles west of Suva, Vaughan 3146. KANDAVU: Namalata isthmus region, Smith 25. OVALAU: Vicinity of Levuka, Gillespie 4471. MAKONDRONGA: Degener & Ordonez 13814. KORO: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 1030. NAIRAI: Milne 172. NGAU: Milne 158. VANUA LEVU (Mathuata) and LAKEMBA: Seemann 238. VANUA LEVU: Martuuata: DF 254 (Bola 102). THAKAUNDROVE: Mbalanga, Savusavu Bay region, Degener & Ordonez 13987. TAVEUNI: Vicinity of Wairiki, Gillespie 4754. MATUKU: Moseley. TOTOYA: Milne 87. VANUA MBALAVU: Near Lomaloma, Garnock-Jones 1007. LAKEMBA: Nukunuku Village, Garnock-Jones 819. ONEATA: U. S. Expl. Exped. FULANGA: On limestone, Smith 1173. 13. GARDENIA Ellis in Philos. Trans. 51 (2): 935. 1761; Seem. Fl. Vit. 122. 1866; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 89. 1873; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 76. 1891; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2:313. 1965; A. C. Sm. in Amer. J. Bot. 61: 109. 1974. Nom. cons. Catsjopiri Rumph. Herb. Amb. 7: 26. 1755. Varneria L. Amoen. Acad. 4: 136. 1759. Trees or shrubs, glabrous throughout or with indument on young parts and some floral parts, with a conspicuous exudation of yellowish latex from young stipular sheaths; stipules conspicuous, forming a papyraceous sheath, this cylindric to urceo- late, bilobed, or with a single unilateral lobe, eventually becoming free by a circumscis- sile cleft; leaves opposite (sometimes ternate, rarely quaternate), the blades often with domatia; inflorescences 1-flowered and terminal at inception, soon appearing axillary by development of a vegetative bud, the pedicel enlarged distally into a clavate or prismatic hypanthium, the calyx limb infundibular or narrowly cupuliform and often with conspicuous spurlike wings or angles, these (in our indigenous species) 3-5 in number and often obscurely marsupiiform distally; corolla comparatively large and usually hypocrateriform, the tube slender, the limb with 6-9 sinistrorsely contorted lobes and becoming conspicuously rotate; stamens as many as corolla lobes, inserted in corolla throat, the filaments very short, the anthers dorsifixed, inconspicuously extruded at anthesis; ovary thick-walled, the placentas parietal and alternate with the hypanthial wings or angles or calyx spurs, the ovules numerous in paired, elongate series, soon immersed in pulp apparently of placental origin, the style slender, the stigmas connate into a fusiform mass; fruits often large, smooth to narrowly winged, the endocarp bony, the numerous seeds embedded in firm orange pulp. TYPE SPECIES: Gardenia jasminoides Ellis (= G. augusta (L.) Merr.), the only original species. Catsjopiri, a vernacular name rather than a true generic name, and Varneria are based on the species now known as G. augusta (L.) Merr. Although Varneria is not listed by ING (1979), it and the epithet augusta may be considered validly published (vide Smith, 1974). DIsTRIBUTION: Paleotropical, with about 250 species; nine species (eight of them endemic) are indigenous in Fiji, and a tenth species is infrequently cultivated. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The indigenous Fijian species (except for G. taitensis, which is locally recognized as quite discrete from the other species) are collectively known as ndrenga, and the latex extruded by the young stipular sheaths is used as a chewing gum or is eaten. Other local names and reputed medicinal uses are noted below under individual species. 1988 RUBIACEAE 179 USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: SMITH, A. C. Studies of Pacific Island plants. XX VII. The genus Gardenia (Rubiaceae) in the Fijian Region. Amer. J. Bot. 61: 109-128. 1974. The present treatment is abstracted from the 1974 paper, since publication of which very few additional Fijian collections of the genus have become available. The eight endemic Fijian species, with stipules connate into an entire sheath and with conspicuously spurred calyx limbs, fall into three well-marked clusters: (1) Gardenia gordonii, G. hutchinsoniana, and G. candida, with broad, distally or later- ally ascending calycine spurs that are conspicuously decurrent on the hypanthium, the fruits thus becoming winged or sharply costate, (2) G. vitiensis, G. hillii, and G. grievei, with narrow, ascending calycine spurs not proximally decurrent, the fruits thus essentially smooth, and (3) G. storckii and G. anapetes, with widely spreading calycine spurs exceeded by the calyx limb and with smooth fruits. KEY TO SPECIES Stipules connate proximally, the sheath conspicuously bilobed or with a single unilateral lobe distally; calyx limb narrowly cupuliform or prismatic, not exceeding 15 mm. in length, conspicuously winged or angled to base, terminated and exceeded by ascending, laterally flattened spurs. Stipules often split nearly to base and with a single unilateral lobe, but sometimes bilobed; calyx limb 5-7-winged, terminated by linear-lanceolate spurs 15-30 mm. long and 1.5-6 mm. broad; corolla double (as seen in our area); petioles 1-8 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic-obovate to oblong-lanceolate, not exceeding 14 x 5.5 cm. and usually much smaller; cultivated only. .......... 1. G. augusta Stipules bilobed; calyx limb 3-5-winged, terminated by oblong or oblong-ovate, often conspicuously falcate spurs 10-30 mm. long and (2-) 3-8 mm. broad; corolla single, the tube (25-) 30-40 mm. long, the limb spreading to 45-65 (-90) mm. in diameter, with 6-8 lobes; petioles usually less than 5 mm. long (but in cultivars to 14 mm. long); leaf blades obovate or broadly elliptic, (3-) 5-18 (-25) x (1.5-) 2.5-9.5 (-12) cm.; indigenous but sometimes brought into village cultivation. ....2. G. taitensis Stipules connate into a cylindric or cupuliform or urceolate sheath, this entire and truncate or inconspicu- ously undulate at apex; indigenous (and endemic) species. Spurs of the calyx ascending, produced from apex of calyx limb or broadly decurrent on limb and occasionally not exceeding it in length. Calyx limb 3- or 4-winged or conspicuously angled to base, the wings or angles decurrent on hypan- thium, ascending distally and/or laterally from limb into spurs, these semi-obovate to oblong or oblong-lanceolate, 10-40 mm. long, (2-) 4-18 mm. broad; fruits comparatively large, 18-50 = 18-40 mm., 3- or 4-winged or sharply costate. Leaf blades glabrous on both sides or evanescently strigillose on costa beneath; pedicels and calyx glabrous or minutely puberulent and soon glabrate; corolla tube 20-45 mm. long, the limb rarely exceeding 80 mm. in diameter, with lobes usually 15-45 x 7-20 mm. Stipular sheath 6-13 (-15) mm. long; leaf blades usually 10-22 x 4-12.5 cm., with 10-21 secondary nerves per side; calyx spurs conspicuous, 15-40 mm. long and (5-) 8-18 mm. broad; fruits ASS) ASD WM, cocoooonosoccccocoosogo ous doccaoconsanDOCODOGKGS 3. G. gordonii Stipular sheath 3-7 mm. long; leaf blades smaller, usually 6-14 x 3-6.5 cm., with 7-13 secondary nerves per side; calyx spurs smaller, 10-35 mm. long and (2-) 4-9 mm. broad; fruits 18-35 SSD ATMA oeet ys ekeveyersrveke Were wicie /ofexetovevereoonetove eveseuwierere re exerase eye ysustayejegere 4. G. hutchinsoniana Leaf blades puberulent on costa and secondaries above and there eventually glabrate, copiously pilose beneath, usually 13-20 x 6-9 cm., with 13-17 secondary nerves per side; stipular sheath 9-12 mm. long; pedicels and calyx copiously spreading-pilose with hairs 0.3-1.5 mm. long; corolla tube 40-55 mm. long, the limb 90-110 mm. in diameter, with lobes 45-55 x 18-25 mm. 5. G. candida Calyx limb smooth or drying obscurely costate, not laterally winged or angled except sometimes narrowly so toward apex, apically produced into 3 or 4 ascending spurs, these spathulate- or oblong-linear to narrowly obovate, 7-25 mm. long, 1.5-5.5 mm. broad; fruits comparatively small, not exceeding 27 x 22 mm., smooth, without wings or angles but in drying sometimes becoming inconspicuously multicostate; plants comparatively slender, the stipular sheath less than 6 mm. long, the leaf blades not larger than 14.5 x 7 cm., with 7-12 secondary nerves per side. Apex of calyx limb contracted and with acute sinuses, the limb fusiform-urceolate, 15-40 mm. long, often unilaterally cleft nearly to base and with the corolla consequently laterally emitted. 6. G. vitiensis Apex of calyx limb not contracted, with flattened or rounded sinuses, the limb not exceeding 13 mm. in length, the corolla apically emitted. 180 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Calyx limb poculiform or narrowly cupuliform, 7-13 mm. long. ................. 7. G. hillii Calyx limb campanulate, 2-6 mm. long. ..................0000eee eee ee sense 8. G. grievei Spurs of the calyx spreading at a wide angle, laterally projecting from calyx limb and not broadly decurrent on it, the limb apically produced slightly or conspicuously beyond distal margins of spurs. Vegetative and external floral parts essentially glabrous or with an evanescent puberulent or strigose indument; stipular sheath 3-6 (-8) mm. long; hypanthium subterete or shallowly several-sulcate; calyx limb tubular-cupuliform, 3-7 mm. long, proximally bluntly 3—-5-angled, distally produced 0.3-1.5 mm. beyond distal margins of spurs, these narrowly spathulate, usually 25-50 mm. long and 2-7.5 mm. broad, narrowed proximally into a subterete or vertically oval claw 1-1.5 mm. in diameter or high; corolla limb 60-75 mm. in diameter, the lobes 30-36 x 8-15 mm. 9. G. storckii Vegetative and external floral parts often copiously and subpersistently puberulent, the calyx pilose with hairs to 1.5 mm. long, these persistent in fruit; stipular sheath 10-15 mm. long; hypanthium fusiform-prismatic, obtusely 4-angled; calyx limb turbinate-cylindric, 22-25 mm. long, the distal portion fragile but produced into a tube exceeding distal margins of spurs by 10-14 mm., the spurs linear- or oblong-obovate, 22-42 mm. long and 5-11 mm. broad, slightly narrowed proximally and there 2.5-9 mm. high; corolla limb 80-100 mm. in diameter, the lobes 40-50 x 15-20 mm. 10. G. anapetes 1. Gardenia augusta (L.) Merr. Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amb. 485. 1917; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prodr. Malay Penins. ed. 2. 1075. 1966; A.C. Sm. in Amer. J. Bot. 61: 113. fig. 2. 1974; Tirvengadum in Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) III. 35: 17. 1978; MacKee, Pl. Intro. Cult. Nouv.-Caléd. 118. 1985. Catsjopiri Rumph. Herb. Amb. 7: 26. t. 14, fig. 2. 1755. Varneria augusta L. Amoen. Acad. 4: 136. 1759. Gardenia jasminoides Ellis in Philos. Trans. 51 (2): 935. ¢. 23. 1761; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 200. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 220: 249. 1959; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2:313. 1965; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 176. 1970; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 269. 1972; MacKee, Pl. Intro. Cult. Nouv.-Caléd. 118. 1985. Gardenia florida L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 305, nom. illeg. 1762. As seen in Fiji and nearby archipelagoes, Gardenia augusta is cultivated near sea level as a tree to 12 m. high; only the double-flowered form has been noted. The fragrant flowers have the corolla pure white, fading yellowish. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The description and illustration of Catsjopiri Rumph. may be taken as the type of Varneria augusta; the double-flowered cultivated plant was presumably well established in Malesia at an early date. A similar cultivated form, collected by a Capt. Hutchinson near the Cape of Good Hope, Africa, about 1755, was the basis of Gardenia jasminoides. Gardenia florida is an illegitimate name because Linnaeus cited Ellis’s description and plate as well as Rumphius’s 1755 publication. _ DISTRIBUTION: China, Japan, the Ryukyu Islands, and Taiwan, in which areas the wild, single-flowered form occurs; now widely cultivated and perhaps occasionally becoming naturalized (although this does not appear to be the case in Fiji). The species may have been introduced into Fiji by J. B. Thurston, being listed (as Gardenia florida) in his 1886 Catalogue; it is conceivable, however, that Thurston was referring to G. taitensis. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: In Fijian gardens this striking ornamental is usually known merely as gardenia, but the names jale and tiale (probably of Polynesian origin) were noted on Taveuni, where a medicinal use of the leaves to cure boils was recorded by Weiner. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NalITAsiri: Cocoa Station, Nanduruloulou, DA 12249. TAVEUNI: Korovou Village, Weiner 71-7-96. 1988 RUBIACEAE 181 2. Gardenia taitensis DC. Prodr. 4: 380. 1830; Seem. in J. Bot. 2:72. 1864, Fl. Vit. 122. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 191. 1890; Setchell in Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 341: 48. 1924; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 200. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 111. 1943, in op. cit. 220: 249. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 191. 1964, ed. 2. 269. fig. 80. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 176. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 339. 1971; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 103, 127. 1972; A. C. Sm. in Amer. J. Bot. 61: 114. fig. 3-8. 1974; Morat & Veillon in Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) IV. 7, Sect. B, Adansonia 3: 315. 1985. Gardenia florida sensu Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 20. 1786; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 191. 1890; non L. Garcinia (sic) taitensis sensu Horne, A Year in Fiji, 262, sphalm. 1881. Gardenia tahitensis DC. ex Drake, Fl. Polynés. Frang. 91. 1893; Rechinger in Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 368. 1910. Gardenia tahitensis f. genuina Reinecke in Bot. Jahrb. 25: 683, nom. inadmis. 1898. Gardenia tahitensis f. minor Reinecke in Bot. Jahrb. 25: 684, nom. nud. 1898. Gardenia sp. Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 5. 1932. Gardenia weissichii St. John in Phytologia 39: 108. fig. 1. 1978. As seen in Fiji, Gardenia taitensis is a shrub or gnarled tree to 6 m. high (frequently dwarfed to about 20 cm. but still floriferous in very exposed situations), occurring near sea level (seldom to elevations of more than 30 m.) on sea cliffs, lagoon cliffs, and on rocky islets, practically always on limestone; it is occasionally brought into village cultivation. The highly fragrant flowers have the corolla tube green-tinged and the limb pure white. The fruits are yellow-green, with cream-colored seeds embedded in orange pulp. Flowers and fruits do not appear seasonal. TYPIFICATION: The type was collected by Dumont d’Urville on Tahiti, Society Islands; the holotype is presumably at G-Dc, although Dumont d’Urville’s own herba- rium is now at P, transferred from CN. The type of Gardenia weissichii is Weissich FI.2585 (BISH HOLOTYPE), collected July 14, 1976, in the Wahiawa Botanic Garden on Oahu, Hawaii (derived from an apparently wild collection from Malaekahana, Oahu). DISTRIBUTION: Gardenia taitensis is indigenous in the New Hebrides, Fiji, the Horne and Wallis Islands, Tonga, and Niue, and quite probably in Samoa as well. In most of these areas it is sometimes brought into village cultivation, and selection seems to have resulted in the development of cultivars with exceptionally large flowers and leaves. Eastward of Samoa to the Tuamotus and equatorial islands the species is widely grown as a village ornamental, infrequently becoming naturalized. It is of interest that G. taitensis had been established as an ornamental in Hawaii prior to Cook’s visit (St. John in Pacific Sci. 33: 326. 1979); apparently it had become naturalized on Oahu and was subsequently reintroduced into cultivation (as G. weissichii, a cultivar that falls well within a reasonable interpretation of the species as it occurs in the Fijian Region). LOCAL NAMES AND USES: The commonly used names in Fiji are mbua and mbua toka, but often in cultivation such names as gardenia and tiare (the Tahitian name) are used. The flowers are used for personal adornment, and both flowers and fruits are used to scent coconut oil. Medicinal uses are ascribed to the species in many Pacific archipelagoes, but no such records in Fiji have come to my attention. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: NANGINGIA (Denham Island, west of Kandavu): DA 2657, 14960. KANDA- VU: Western end of island, near Cape Washington, Smith 315. WAKAYA: Tothill 303. YATHATA: Yathata Village, DA 13941. VANUA MBALAVU: Graeffe 1572, Bryan 399, p. p.; northern limestone section, Smith 182 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 1488; Namalata Islet, southern limestone section, Smith 1444. SUSUI (south of Vanua Mbalavu): Graeffe 1402. LAKEMBA: Tothill 295. AIWA: Bryan 529. FULANGA: Smith 1112, 1204. ONGEA NDRIKI: Isolated rocky islet off northwestern end, Bryan 399, p. p. 3. Gardenia gordonii Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 361, as G. gordoni. 1883; A.C. Sm. in Amer. J. Bot. 61: 117. fig. 11-14. 1974. Garcinia (sic) arthurgordoni Horne, A Year in Fiji, 262, nom. nud. 1881. Gardeni (sic) gorriei Horne, A Year in Fiji, 262, nom. nud. 1881. Gardenia gorriei Horne ex Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 362. 1883; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 191. 1890; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 191. 1964, ed. 2. 269. 1972. Gardenia gordoni Baker ex Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 191. 1890; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 191. 1964, ed. 2. 269. 1972. An often slender shrub or tree 2-10 m. high occurring from near sea level to an elevation of 1,075 m. in dense or open forest or on its edges. The flowers, characteristi- cally fragrant like those of the genus, have the corolla white, and the fruit is green until turning blackish at full maturity. Flowers and fruits do not appear seasonal. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type of Gardenia gordonii is Horne 499 (k HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at GH), collected in April, 1878, on the island of Rambi; that of G. gorriei is Horne 999 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at GH), obtained in September, 1878, near Nairukuruku, Wainimala River, Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu. The types of these simultaneously published names are in fruit, but no significant differences permit the retention of both (Smith, 1974, q. v. for the identities of the individuals honored by Horne’s epithets). DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known from the two largest islands and Rambi. LOCAL NAMES: In addition to ndrenga, senithevaand mbulumbulu (Mba) and vonu (Thakaundrove) have been noted. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 945; northern portion of Mt. © Evans Range, between Mt. Vatuyanitu and Mt. Natondra, Smith 4364, vicinity of Nalotawa, eastern base of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4452; upper slopes of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4649. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, O. & I. Degener 32164. SERUA: Hills east of Navua River, near Nukusere, Smith 9124. NAMOSI: Nambukavesi Creek, DA 13757 (DF 189; Bola 51). VANUA LEVU: Maruuata: Mountains near Lambasa, Greenwood 614; southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6333, 6590. THAKAUNDROVE: Namale, southeast of Savusavu, DA 17125; hills west of Korotasere, Natewa Bay region, Smith 1931, DA 15495; Nggararavoravo, DA 16056. F131 without further locality, Howard 63. 4. Gardenia hutchinsoniana Turrill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43:24. 1915; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 191. 1964, ed. 2. 269. 1972; A. C. Sm. in Amer. J. Bot. 61: 118. fig. 15-20. 1974. Gardeni (sic) sp. n. Horne, A Year in Fiji, 262. 1881. Gardenia vitiensis sensu Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 151. 1909; non Seem. A slender tree or shrub 2-10 m. high, with the trunk usually not much exceeding 8 cm. in diameter, found in dense or open forest or in thickets between 400 and 1,200 m. altitude; where noted near sea level it may be an escape from village cultivation. As usual for the genus in Fiji, the flowers are strikingly fragrant, with a white corolla, and the fruits are green. Flowers and fruits are seen throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The type is im Thurn 120 (K HOLOTYPE), collected in flower Feb. 26, 1906, in the vicinity of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from Viti Levu and Ovalau, now represented by 26 collections. Inthe upland parts of eastern Mba Province this appears to be the most abundant species of Gardenia. LOcAL NAMES: In addition to the commonly used ndrenga, names recorded from Mba Province are tokala and langgainggai. 1988 RUBIACEAE 183 REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Lewa Valley, west of Nandarivatu, DA 12209 (Watkins 728); vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 753, Gillespie 3736, Degener & Ordonez 13532; Mt. Nangga- ranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 3800; hills between Nggaliwana and Tumbeindreketi Creeks, east of the sawmill at Navai, Smith 5997; Mt. Tomanivi, DA 13095. NANDRONGA & NaAvosA: Near Singatoka, DA 16705. Namosi: Mt. Voma, Gillespie 2909. Ra: Vicinity of Rakiraki, Degener & Ordonez 13699. NAITASIRI: Wailoa Creek, below Nasonggo, DA 15333. OVALAU: Slopes of Mt. Korotolutolu, west of Thawathi, Smith 8058; hills southeast of valley of Mbureta River, Smith 7445; mountains west of Levuka, Horne 403. 5. Gardenia candida A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 34: 98. 1953; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 191. 1964, ed. 2. 269. 1972; A.C. Sm. in Amer. J. Bot. 61: 120. fig. 21-23. 1974. Tree to 7 m. high, found at an elevation of 100-200 m. in patches of forest in open rolling country. The corolla tube is greenish and the lobes are pure white. TYPIFICATION: The species is based on Smith 6640 (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Nov. 25, 1947, on the Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu. DisTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fijiand thus far represented only by the type collection. Although Gardenia candida remains known from a single collection, it differs strikingly from its only close ally, G. gordonii, in its conspicuous vegetative and calycine indument and in its substantially larger corollas. 6. Gardenia vitiensis Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256, nom. nud. 1861; A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 318, nom. nud. 1862, in Bonplandia 10: 36, nom. nud. 1862; Seem. Viti, 229, 438, nom. nud. 1862, Fl. Vit. 122. t. 26. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 192. 1890; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 191. fig. 69. 1964, ed. 2. 269. 1972; A. C. Sm. in Amer. J. Bot. 61: 121. fig. 24-27. 1974. Garcinia (sic) vitiensis sensu Horne, A Year in Fiji, 262, sphalm. 1881. Tree or shrub 2-8 m. high, found from near sea level to about 350 m. elevation in open forest or on open slopes near the sea. The very fragrant flowers have a pure white corolla and have been noted between October and December; fruits have been obtained in August and October. TYPIFICATION: Gardenia vitiensis, casually mentioned several times prior to See- mann’s 1866 description, is based on Seemann 218 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BM, GH, P), collected Oct. 15, 1860, at “Namuka” (presumably in reference to an area at the mouth of the Nasavu River, Ndongotuki Tikina), Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu. An interesting note on its discovery was published by Seemann (Viti, 229. 1862), as summarized by Smith (1974). DisTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from the eastern part of Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu. LOCAL NAME: A recorded name, other than the usual ndrenga (generic), is ndrenga meilango. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VANUA LEVU: Matuuara: Vicinity of Lambasa, Greenwood 477 (p. p. Aug. 17, 1922; p. p. Nov. 8, 1922); Wainggili, near Lambasa, DF 238 (Bola 86); southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6401. 7. Gardenia hillii Horne ex Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 362. 1883; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 191. 1890; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 191. 1964, ed. 2. 269. 1972; A.C. Sm. in Amer. J. Bot. 61: 121. fig. 28-32. 1974. Gardeni hilli (sic) Horne, A Year in Fiji, 262, nom. nud. 1881. Shrub or slender, freely branching tree 1-9 m. high, sometimes locally frequent and with a trunk to 15 cm. in diameter, noted at elevations of 100-350 m. on open slopes in dry areas (most Mathuata collections) or in forest (Kandavu collections). As in other 184 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Fijian species the flowers are very fragrant and have white corollas; the fruits as far as seen are green. Flowers and fruits have been observed in October and November, flowers also in April and fruits also in May. TYPIFICATION: The type is Horne 452 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at GH), collected in April, 1878, in the higher parts of the island of Rambi. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and now known from Kandavu, Mathuata Pro- vince on Vanua Levu, and Rambi. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: KANDAVU: Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 169; vicinity of Naikorokoro, DF 356 (Damanu 45); Kandavu without further locality, DA 11946 (Watkins 695). VANUA LEVU: Maruuata: Vicinity of Nanduri, Tothill 444; mountains along Mathuata coast, Greenwood 638; northwestern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6489; Nggelemumu, east of Lambasa, DA 8803. 8. Gardenia grievei Horne ex Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 361. 1883; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 191. 1964, ed. 2. 269. 1972; A. C. Sm. in Amer. J. Bot. 61: 123. fig. 33-41. 1974; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 11. fig. 1, L, as G. grievii. 1979. Gardenia taitensis sensu A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 318. 1862; non DC. Gardenia tahitensis var. parviflora A. Gray in Bonplandia 10: 36, nom. nud. 1862. Gardeni greivei (sic) Horne, A Year in Fiji, 262, nom. nud. 1881. Gardenia grivei (sic) Horne ex Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 191. 1890. A shrub or small tree 2-4 m. high, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of 200 m. in open forest or thickets, often in open rolling country, and sometimes locally abundant. The flowers are typical in their fragrance, greenish white corolla tubes, and white corolla lobes; fruits have been noted as orange-red at maturity. Flowers have been obtained in April, November, and December; fruits between April and Sep- tember. TyYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type of Gardenia grievei is Horne 1094 (k HOLOTYPE), Obtained in September, 1878, in Mbua Province, Vanua Levu. Thesource - of Gray’s (perhaps inadvertent) 1862 trinomial was U. S. Expl. Exped. (GH, NY, US 63888), from Vanua Levu without further locality. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from western and north- ern Vanua Levu. LOCAL NAME: An additionally recorded name from Mathuata is ndelandrenga. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VANUA LEVU: “On poor soils in some parts of the interior,” Horne 6]5. Msua: Nawailevu, in drainage of Lekutu River, DA //28. MATHUATA: Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6694, DA 12846; Seanggangga Agricultural Station, DA 12280, 12899. 9. Gardenia storckii Oliver in Hook. Icon. Pl. 15: 38. ¢. 1448. 1883; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 191. 1964, ed. 2. 269. 1972; A. C. Sm. in Amer. J. Bot. 61: 124. fig. 42-50. 1974. Slender tree 2-15 m. high, with a trunk to 14 cm. in diameter, occurring from near sea level to an altitude of 150 m. in dense, dry, or secondary forest. As usual for the genus, the very fragrant flowers have the corolla white, and the observed fruits were green. Flowers were noted in January and March, fruits between Apriland November. TyYPIFICATION: The type is Storck IT (K, 2 sheets in flower and fruit; the flowering sheet was designated as the HOLOTYPE, cf. Smith, 1974), collected in Fiji without further locality but probably from southeastern Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and probably limited to southeastern Viti Levu; the Nandronga & Navosa collection cited below was presumably from a forestry trial plot. 1988 RUBIACEAE 185 LOCAL NAME AND USE: An additionally recorded name from Serua Province is mbolovatu, and there an extract of roots was said to be used for constipation. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 11719. SERUA: Navutulevu Creek, Howard 46; hills west of Waivunu Creek, between Ngaloa and Korovou, Smith 9290; near Mt. Nggamu, vicinity of Ngaloa, Degener 15064; hills between Waininggere and Waisese Creeks, between Ngaloa and Wainiyambia, Smith 9368, 9545; valley of Taunovo River, Vaughan 3157. NAITASIRI: Navolau, DA 634; Tholo-i-suva, DA 229; Central road, Tothill 247; Prince’s Road, DA 757; vicinity of Tamavua, Gillespie 2020, 2026; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3503. REwa: Naikorokoro Creek, Meebold 21933; Mt. Korombamba, Parks 20100, DA 3866, 16980. 10. Gardenia anapetes A. C. Sm. in Amer. J. Bot. 61: 125. fig. 51-55. 1974. An apparently rare tree 4-8 m. high, found in dense forest at elevations of 300-430 m., with a white corolla. Only two collections are known, one flowering in April and the other fruiting in May. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 169] (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected April 28, 1934, on the southern slope of Mt. Seatura, Mbua Province, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from southwestern Vanua Levu. LOCAL NAME: Tirikiloki (Mbua). AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Kasi, Yanawai River region, Smith 1794. 14. SukuntA A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 136. 1936, in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 288. 1955, in Pacific Sci. 23: 391. 1969; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 20. 1979. Trees or slender shrubs, the stipules oblong-lanceolate, imbricate in terminal bud, caducous; leaf blades obovate, relatively large (to 1 m. long); inflorescences axillary, congested, fasciculate to cymose, 8-20-flowered, pedunculate to subsessile, the bracts prominent, deciduous, the flowers pedicellate; calyx obconical, the lobes 5, erect, ovate-deltoid, distally subulate; corolla hypocrateriform to narrowly infundibular, the lobes 5, as long as or longer than tube, contorted in bud; stamens 5, inserted in expanded corolla throat, the anthers dorsifixed near base, included; style as long as corolla tube or shorter, cleft at apex; fruit 2-locular, coriaceous, indehiscent, ovoid to ellipsoid, rugose or costate when dry, narrowing to a short conical apex, the calyx persistent or deciduous, the seeds numerous, dorsiventrally compressed, biseriate in each locule, embedded in pulp. TYPE SPECIES: Sukunia pentagonioides (Seem.) A. C. Sm. (Gardenia pentago- nioides Seem.), the only original species. DISTRIBUTION: Presumably endemic to Fiji and there represented by two well- marked species. Sukunia seems most closely allied with Old World taxa previously assigned to Randia, especially with such large-fruited species as Trukia dryadum (S. Moore) Fosberg (in Phytologia 62: 175. 1987), from Papuasia. However, Sukunia differs from Trukia (Kanehira in Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 49: 278. 1935), which Fosberg (1987, pp. 171-176) now considers to extend from India and Australia to Tahiti, in its prominently lobed (versus truncate or dentate) calyces, elongate corolla tube, and elongate (versus subglobose) fruit, among other characters. A fruiting collection, Kajewski 1706 (Bis), from Bougainville, is very suggestive of Swkunia, but we are reluctant to assign it to that genus without more complete material; however, it will not be unexpected if Sukunia should be found to extend to the New Hebrides and Solomon Islands. 186 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 KEY TO SPECIES Stipules 3-5 cm. long, hardly 1 cm. broad; leaves not conspicuously apically congested, with petioles 7-20 cm. long and blades 33-70 cm. long; inflorescences subcymose, the peduncle 15-30 mm. long at anthesis and in fruit; flowers comparatively small, the calyx 8-9 mm. long, with lobes about 2 x 2-2.5 mm., the corolla tube 15-20 mm. long, the lobes 22-25 mm. long; fruits rugose and irregularly 8-10-costate, narrowly ovoid, about 5-8 x 3-4 cm., gradually narrowed at base and apex. ....... 1. S. longipes Stipules comparatively large, up to 7 x 2 cm.; leaves densely aggregated near apices of branchlets, sessile or with petioles less than 2 cm. long and with blades 60-100 cm. long; inflorescences subfasciculate, the peduncle obscure, not more than 8 mm. long at anthesis and in fruit; flowers comparatively large, the calyx about 14 mm. long, with lobes 7-8 x 4-5 mm., the corolla tube 35-43 mm. long, the lobes 35-SO mm. long; fruits irregularly rugose and indistinctly costate, ovoid, 5-8 x 4-5.5 cm., rounded at base, abruptly narrowed toward apex. ........... cece cece ee ee eee cece cc ceees 2. S. pentagonioides 1. Sukunia longipes A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 23: 392. 1969; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 293. 1972. FIGuRES 71A & B, 72A. Slender tree or shrub 3-7 m. high, infrequent in dense or dry forest at elevations of 150-900 m. The fragrant flowers have white corollas, and the fruits become brown in drying. Flowers (known only from the type collection) have been obtained in January, fruits (all the other collections) in June and November. TYPIFICATION: The type is DA 11573 (coll. D. Koroiveibau & S. Pillay) (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at SUVA), collected Jan. 15, 1959, “near the waterfall,” Tholo-i-suva, Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from southeastern Viti Levu and interior Vanua Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NaitasiRI-Rewa boundary: Mt. Kombalevu, Parks 20335, p. p. Rewa: Mt. Korombamba, Parks 20335, p. p. VANUA LEVU: MaTHuUATA-T HAKAUNDROVE boundary: Crest of Korotini Range, between Navitho Pass and Mt. Ndelaikoro, Smith 560. THAKAUNDROVE: Track to Mt. Nasorolevu, DA 17159. 2. Sukunia pentagonioides (Seem.) A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 137. fig. 71. 1936, in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 288. 1955; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 210. 1964, ed. 2. 293. fig. 88. 1972; A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 23: 391. 1969, in Amer. J. Bot. 61: 127. 1974; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 20. fig. 2, B. 1979. Ficures 71C & D, 72B-E. Gardenia (an gen. nov.?) Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256. 1861. Gardenia pentagonioides Seem. Fl. Vit. 122. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 192. 1890. Garcinia pentagonioides sensu Horne, A Year in Fiji, 262, sphalm. 1881. Slender tree 2.5-5 m. high, simple and essentially unbranched, with the trunk to 10 cm. in diameter, found at elevations of 600-900 m. in dense forest. The fragrant flowers have the corolla with a greenish tube and pure white lobes; the fruits, borne on the trunk below the leaves, are dull brown. Flowers have been obtained in July and December, fruits in May, July, and August. TYPIFICATION: The type is Seemann 219 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at GH), collected May 30, 1860, “above Somosomo” (doubtless from the vicinity of the crater lake), Taveuni. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and, as far as now known, to the island of Taveuni. Locat NAME: Nai loma niwase (cf. B. E. V. Parham, Fijian Plant Names, 80. 1942); this name was presumably given for DA 14384, cited below. . Ficure 71. A & B, Sukunia longipes; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, 1/4; B, distal portion of branchlet, showing petioles, a terminal pair of stipules (s), and inflorescences, = 1. C & D, Sukunia pentagonioides; C, partial inflorescence and a detached corolla, = 1; D, longitudinal section of corolla throat, showing bases of lobes and 3 stamens, with characteristic indument below them, x 4. A &B from DA 11573, C & D from Smith 855. a < ea O = ~O 5 oe 188 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 FiGure 72. A, Sukunia longipes; fruit, x 1. B-E, Sukunia pentagonioides; B, fruits, x 1; C, longitudinal section of fruit, x 1; D, cross section of fruit, showing remnants of the dissepiment (vertical in photo) and biseriate seeds, x 1; E, seed, with adherent pulp, x 3. A from Parks 20335, p. p. (Mt. Kombalevu), B from Smith 8376, C-E from Smith 8301. 1988 RUBIACEAE 189 AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: TAVEUNI: Hills east of Somosomo, west of old crater occupied by small swamp and lake, Smith 8376; borders of lake east of Somosomo, Smith 855, DA 14384, 17111; valley between Mt. Manuka and main ridge of island, east of Wairiki, Smith 8301. Although most collections of this remarkable species are from the area of “the lake” above Somosomo, a fairly extensive grove of perhaps 100 trees was observed in the valley immediately east of Mt. Manuka (represented by Smith 8301); the printed label is in error in mentioning Mt. Koroturanga; see vol. | of this Flora, fig. 6 on p. 26, for the locality. Seemann (1866) described the petioles as “7-8 inches long,” but his Latin description mentioned “foliis . . . in petiolum alatum decurrentibus.” His type material (like all other collections of the genus from Taveuni) clearly has very short petioles, his “7-8 inches” presumably referring to the narrowed proximal portions of the leaf blades. 15. PORTERANDIA Ridley in Kew Bull. 1939: 593. 1940; Keay in Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 28: 23. 1958; Hallé in Fl. Gabon 17:118. 1970; K. M. Wongin Malayan Nat. J. 38: 44. 1984. Randia sect. Anisophyllea Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 89. 1873. Randia sensu S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 19, p. p. 1979; non L. Small to medium-sized trees, the stipules interpetiolar, often sheathing at base; inflorescences 1-several-flowered, terminal at inception and subtended by conspicu- ously to slightly unequal leaf blades but soon appearing lateral due to sympodial growth of shoot, at length appearing as reduced, defoliate, apparently lateral branch- lets borne at alternate nodes; flowers $8, protandrous; calyx truncate to 5-dentate, persistent in fruit; corolla hypocrateriform, sometimes expanded at throat, pubescent without, glabrous or pubescent within but not villose in throat, the lobes 5, contorted in bud; stamens 5, inserted in corolla throat, the anthers subsessile, included, the pollen grains single; style clavate, the lobes remaining coherent, included; ovary 2- or incom- pletely 4-locular, the ovules many, the placentation axile; fruit a berry, globose to ellipsoid to obovoid, the exocarp woody; seeds numerous, embedded in pulp. TYPE SPECIES: Porterandia anisophylla (Jack ex Roxb.) Ridley (Gardenia aniso- Phylla Jack ex Roxb.). Although Ridley did not actually indicate a type species, he based his new genus on Randia sect. Anisophyllea, the only species of which (Hooker, 1873) was R. anisophylla (Jack ex Roxb.) Hook. f. (Gardenia anisophylla). Keay (1958) also indicated P. anisophylla as the type species, and its selection by Wong (1984) as the lectotype species was not necessary. DISTRIBUTION: Malay Peninsula eastward to Borneo, and here extended farther eastward to Fiji and Tonga. Ridley originally recognized nine species in the Malay Peninsula and Malesia, and Keay added five African species. Although extension of the generic concept to Africa is indicated above by inclusion of the references to works by Keay (1958) and Hallé (1970), such usage is questioned by E. Robbrecht (in litt., 1987); current investigations will probably exclude the several African species from Porterandia. In proposing Porterandia as a new genus, Ridley (1940) seems to have been the first author to call attention to the heterogeneity of Randia as circumscribed by J. D. Hooker in Genera Plantarum (1873). Fagerlind (in Ark. Bot. 30A (7): 1-57. 1943) noted that a thorough revision of the Old World Gardenieae would necessitate the recognition of additional genera in the Randia alliance, and he went on to reinstate 190 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Rothmannia Thunb. and to propose Rosenbergiodendron as new (in Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 42: 150. 1948). In reestablishing the genus Aidia Lour., G. Taylor (in Exell, Cat. Vasc. Pl. S. Tomé, 197. 1944) remarked: “It is evident merely from a casual examination of the material included in the genus Randia L. (sensu lat.) that many of the species show such striking disparity that their inclusion in the same genus appears unnatural.” The West African species of the Gardenia-Randia assemblage were distributed by Keay (in Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 28: 15-72. 1958) among 21 genera, seven of them new. The dismemberment of “Randia” in the Old World was further advanced by other workers. Tirvengadum (in Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) III. Bot. 35: 3-33. 1978), treating the Gardenieae of Ceylon, has given a concise historical review. The alliance has been discussed for eastern Asia by Yamazaki (in J. Jap. Bot. 45: 337-341. 1970), for tropical Asia by Tirvengadum (in Nordic J. Bot. 3: 455-469. 1983), and for peninsular Malaysia by Wong (in Malayan Nat. J. 38: 1-57. 1984). As presently understood, Randia L. (lectotype species: R. mitis L.) is an exclusively American genus, differing from the Old World species in having unisexual flowers, 1-celled ovaries, and pollen grains in permanent tetrads. A recent survey of the Gardenieae and related tribes by Robbrecht and Puff (in Bot. Jahrb. 108: 63-137. 1986) greatly clarifies the relationships of the more than 100 genera that compose the “Gardenieae-Ixoreae complex.” Unfortunately (p. 64) they excluded from their work the genus Porterandia, a genus in need of an in-depth study in order to clarify its delimitation and taxonomic position. The Papuasian, Australian, and Pacific taxa formerly included in Randia remain to be studied in regard to their generic affinities, although some species have been accommodated in Aidia (cf. Tirvengadum and Sastre in Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) IV. 8, sect. B, Adansonia 3: 257-296. 1986). The Fijian taxa formerly treated as components of Randia (other than Canthiopsis odorata Seem., which we place in Tarenna, q. v.) are here referred to two genera: Pelagodendron Seem. (with a single endemic Fijian species) and Porterandia Ridley, previously not considered to extend eastward of Borneo. Porterandia is to be anticipated in areas between Borneo and Fiji, but a study of the complexities of “Randia sensu lat.” in that area remains to be undertaken. , Ridley apparently distinguished Porterandia on the basis of the usually unequal leaves at each inflorescence-bearing node, a feature also mentioned by Wong (1984), who further noted that the inflorescences are terminal, sometimes on very reduced lateral branchlets. The inflorescence arrangement was also emphasized by Keay (1958, pp. 19-20), who distinguished the African species of Aidia and Porterandia by their 1-many-flowered inflorescences appearing lateral at alternate nodes (terminal at inception but appearing lateral by sympodial growth), solitary pollen grains, corollas pubescent within, stigmas without spreading arms, and subglobose to ellipsoid fruits. The single Fijian species of Porterandia is closely allied to Porterandia crosbyi (Burkill) A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin, comb. nov. (Randia crosbyi Burkill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 35: 41. 1901; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 248. 1959), from Tonga. Other Ficure 73. Porterandia tenuiflora; A, distal portion of branchlet, with petioles and leaf bases, the ultimate node with appressed stipules, the penultimate node with separated stipules and a laterally displaced inflorescence (terminal at inception) with a pedicel, the antepenultimate node lacking stipules, without an inflorescence, and with one leaf fallen, x 3; B, flower, x 2; C, older portion of branchlet with laterally displaced inflorescences, two of them bearing flowers, x 1; D, older portion of branchlet with lateral spur shoots, one of them bearing a fruit, x 2. A-C from Smith 1215, D from Smith 1243. ea < 4) S) = —Q 5 2 e 192 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 FiGure 74. A, Porterandia tenuiflora; \ongitudinal section of corolla showing three lobes, style (st), and the swollen distal portion of tube including stigmatic lobes (s) and anthers (a), 4. B, Porterandia crosbyi; distal portion of branchlet, with stipules, leaf bases, and inflorescence bearing a flower, x 2. A from Smith 1215, B from Barclay (Vava‘u, Tonga). Pacific species outside the Fijian Region may also be referable to Porterandia, but a revision of that genus and the appropriate nomenclatural combinations must be left to a specialist. 1. Porterandia tenuiflora (A. C. Sm.) A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin, comb. nov. FIGURES 73, 74A. Randia tenuiflora A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 135. fig. 70. 1936; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 209. 1964, ed. 2. 291. 1972. Usually slender tree 5-10 m. high, apparently infrequent in forest on limestone formation near sea level or to an elevation not exceeding 100 m. The corolla is white; flowers have been obtained in February and March and fruits in March. The Graeffe collection cited below, in fruit, is not dated. -TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 1215 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Feb. 26, 1934, on Fulanga. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known from only three islands of the Lau Group. LOCAL NAME: Sulu (Kambara). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: SUSUI (Exploring Islands, south of Vanua Mbalavu): Graeffe 1400 (k). KAMBARA: Smith 1243. In addition to generic characters, Porterandia tenuiflora and P. crosbyi (FIGURE 74B), apparently its closest relative, have in common a closely strigillose indument on young branchlets, stipules, petioles, and costas and secondaries of the lower surfaces of young leaf blades; both have narrowly elliptic or oblong-elliptic leaf blades slightly inaequilateral at base, obtuse to acute or mucronulate at apex, and with 6-9 pairs of secondary nerves; both have ovate-deltoid stipules 3-5 mm. long that are appressed at the ultimate node, distinct at the penultimate node, and caducous from lower nodes; 1988 RUBIACEAE 193 and both have inflorescences strictly terminal at inception and with 1-3 flowers, the minute peduncle being promptly displaced by a vegetative shoot and becoming a lateral, woody, tuberculate or cylindric axis of long duration, eventually as muchas 1.5 cm. long and about 2 mm. in diameter with many congested pedicel scars and bearing a succession of terminal flowers and fruits. The two species may be readily separated as follows: Corolla tube 15-20 mm. long at full anthesis, narrowly cylindric in proximal half (with 6-7 mm. of the cylindric portion obviously projecting beyond apex of calyx limb), swollen and campanulate in distal half, the lobes 15-20 mm. long and 2-3 mm. broad at base; calyx 5-7 mm. long at anthesis (including hypanthium about 2 mm. long), the calyx tube 3-3.5 mm. in diameter at apex, truncate or obscurely denticulate; pedicels at anthesis 7-10 mm. long; petioles 5-12 mm. long; leaf blades (6-) 8-14 x (2-) DEST ACS CIM eye sve oie alec eva ais oles is eicisievelaicis ave ig sie Suit aise elowie es wisis Sieleis sd slecoys fe ieee aie P. tenuiflora Corolla tube 8-11 mm. long at full anthesis, swollen and campanulate essentially from base (slender basal portion remaining concealed by calyx limb), the lobes 9-14 mm. Iong and about 3.5 mm. broad at base; calyx 6-10 mm. long at anthesis (including hypanthium about 2 mm. long), the calyx tube 4-5 mm. in diameter at apex, short-dentate, the lobes broadly deltoid, 0.5-1 mm. long and 2-3 mm. broad, subacute or sharply apiculate; pedicels at anthesis 10-15 mm. long; petioles 7-15 mm. long; leaf blades (72) SRB (SS) SS7 Cie Soo naondonoobapocson en onenneeescennecewas anocdoso oes P. crosbyi 16. PELAGODENDRON Seem. FI. Vit. 124. 1866; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 78. 1891. Randia sensu Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 120, p. p. 1942; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 19, p. p. 1979; non L. Small trees, the stipules interpetiolar, caducous (rarely persisting at the penulti- mate node); inflorescences terminal at inception and subtended by leaves with sub- equal blades, soon appearing lateral due to sympodial growth of shoot, and ultimately lateral at alternate (eventually defoliate) nodes and fasciculate to cymose with perhaps as many as 30 flowers, the peduncles short or inflorescences branching from base, the bracts and bracteoles small but apparent; flowers %, protandrous, 5-merous; calyx glabrous, completely enclosing corolla in bud, eventually rupturing into 2 or 3 broad, obtuse to rounded lobes, the limb at length deciduous; corolla hypocrateriform, the tube short, puberulent without and within and villose within at throat, the lobes broadly rounded to obtuse, contorted in bud, becoming reflexed; stamens attached in corolla throat, the anthers essentially sessile, exserted; style glabrous, clavate, exserted, the lobes remaining coherent; fruit subglobose to obovoid, indehiscent, 2-locular, the seeds several or many in each locule, horizontal, embedded in pulp. TYPE SPECIES: Pelagodendron vitiense Seem. DISTRIBUTION: On the basis of presently available material, Pelagodendron appears endemic to Fiji, where it is represented by a single species. Pelagodendron seems most closely related to Aidia Lour., which has more expanded inflorescences associated with strongly anisophyllous (sometimes mono- phyllous) nodes and a usually 5-dentate calyx which does not enclose the expanding corolla. The closed calyx, well described by Seemann, is striking and provides a major reason for retaining Pelagodendron as a very distinct genus; this character, appre- ciated by Schumann, has been overlooked by subsequent authors and the genus has sometimes been considered inseparable from Canthiopsis (Fosberg, 1942), which is now seen to be referable to Tarenna (q. v.) in the tribe Pavetteae. On the basis of fruit characters, as described by Seemann, Pelagodendron is appropriately referred to the tribe Gardenieae. Although Aidia extends eastward to the Horne and Wallis Islands, Samoa, and Tonga, it seems curiously absent from Fiji. Fosberg (in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 65: 614. 1938) has recorded the Pacific species as Randia cochinchinensis (Lour.) Merr. and has indicated its occurrence in both Fiji and the Society Islands, but no unequivocally 194 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Fijian material has come to our attention. In Samoa (and probably in adjacent parts of western Polynesia) the species concerned is presumably Aidia graeffei (Reinecke) Tirvengadum (in Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) IV. 8, Sect. B, Adansonia 3: 270. 1986; Randia graeffei Reinecke in Bot. Jahrb. 25: 683. 1898; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 200. 1935). 1. Pelagodendron vitiense Seem. FI. Vit. 124. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 192. 1890; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 78. 1891. FIGURE 75. Randia? Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256. 1861; Seem. ex A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 319. 1862, in Bonplandia 10: 36. 1862. Griffithiae? sp. v. gen. nov. Seem. Viti, 438. 1862. Gardenia? (an gen. nov.?) Seem. Viti, 438. 1862. Randia vitiensis Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 120, solum quoad basionymum. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 209, p. p. 1964, ed. 2. 292, p. p. 1972. An apparently infrequent tree 3-5 m. high, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of perhaps a few hundred meters in forest or in forest patches in open, rolling areas. The very fragrant flowers have white or cream-colored corollas. As far as dated, flowers are recorded in October (but perhaps also in June; see comments below on typification); fruits are known only from the type collection. TYPIFICATION: The type is Seemann 240, but some doubt must remain as to the precise locality, which was published by Seemann as “Island of Ovalau.” There are two sheets in the type cover at K, and one of these, with flowers and fruits, bears a field label indicating “Ovalau, at Port Kinnaird.” The second sheet has a printed label on which (apparently in Seemann’s hand) has been written “Korovono” (i. e. Koroivonu, onthe east coast of the Natewa Peninsula, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu, a locality visited by Seemann only on June 4, 1860, cf. Viti, 1862, pp. 39-41). The first of these . sheets bears sketches showing a longitudinal section of a flower bud with an unrup- tured calyx, stamens, and a longitudinal section of a fruit. In reference to the last, J. D. Hooker has noted on the sheet that the seeds are shown as too few and too vertical, a correct observation. The second sheet bears a better sketch of a longitudinal section of a fruit, showing the seeds to be numerous, horizontal, and tightly compacted; however, there are no fruits on this specimen and one must assume that a fruit from the “Ovalau” specimen had been utilized. A reason for hesitation in accepting the localities as noted on the two sheets is the fact that otherwise Pelagodendron vitiense is known only from Vanua Levu. The two Seemann specimens are so similar that they could indeed have been taken from the same tree. Furthermore, Koroivonu is the type locality of Canthiopsis odorata (in the present work referred to Tarenna seemanniana, q. v.). It would indeed have been a coincidence if Seemann had obtained two such remarkable taxa during the few hours of his hurried visit to Koroivonu, although that is indeed a possibility. If that were the case, one would question the Ovalau locality. An alternative explanation is the possibility that “Korovono” was erroneously added to the second sheet of Pelagoden- dron at a later date. FiGuRE 75. Pelagodendron vitiense; A, distal portion of branchlet, proximal parts of leaves, and inflorescences at alternate nodes, x 1; B, inflorescence, showing an unruptured calyx and 3 open flowers, 2 lacking corollas and | witha corolla and a single persisting stamen, * 4; C, flower, showing exserted style and stamens, one stamen fallen and represented by a scar (s), x 4; D, portion of inflorescence, showing flower bud and rupturing calyx limb, x 4. A & B from DA 12934, C from DA 14/11, D from DA 12883. RUBIACEAE 196 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 In view of these uncertainties, we believe it best to indicate the type as Seemann 240, Pp. p. (K HOLOTYPE; putative ISOTYPES at BM, NY, P), presumably collected at Port Kinnaird, Ovalau, between June and November, 1860; a second sheet of Seemann 240 (K) purported to be from Koroivonu, Vanua Levu, is not an isotype unless one or the other sheet is mislabelled. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known with certainty only from Vanua Levu and Ovalau (but see above comments in regard to the type locality). A few other Vanua Levu collections not restudied in connection with the present revision, at one time referred to “Randia vitiensis,” may represent either this species or Tarenna seemanniana (the more common of the two species); they cannot be placed without further examination. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VANUA LEVU: MBua: Mt. Ndrandramea (in drainage of Nambuna River, Wainunu River headwaters, DA 12934. MATHUATA: Vicinity of Seanggangga District Farm, DA 12883, 14111. THAKAUNDROVE: Navonu Creek, Natewa Peninsula, DA 1/4332. 17. TARENNA Gaertn. Fruct. Sem. Pl. 1: 139. 1788; DC. Prodr. 4: 395. 1830; F. Br. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 130: 289. 1935; Hallé in Fl. Gabon 17: 91. 1970; Stone in Micronesica 6: 559. 1970; Bridson in Kew Bull. 34: 377. 1979; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 17. 1979. Chomelia L. Opera Varia, 210. 1758; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 74. 1891. Nom. rejic. vs. Chomelia Jacq. (1760). Canthiopsis Seem. Fl. Vit. 166. 1866; Bridson & Robbrecht in Bull. Jard. Bot. Nat. Belg. 55: 87. 1985. Randia sensu Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 120, p. p. 1942; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 19, p. p. 1979; non L. Trees or shrubs, the stipules interpetiolar, usually persistent; inflorescences termi- nal (sometimes on short, defoliate, lateral branchlets), corymbose; flowers (4 or)5(-7)- merous, %, protandrous; calyx variously toothed or lobed; corolla infundibular, . glabrous or pubescent without, sparsely to densely pubescent within, the lobes con- torted in bud; stamens attached in corolla throat, the anthers usually exserted; style usually conspicuously elongating in age, the stigmas coherent; ovary 2-locular, the ovules 1-many per locule; fruit indehiscent, hard, the seeds angular, with entire or ruminate endosperm. TYPE SPECIES: Tarenna zeylanica Gaertn. = T. asiatica (L.) Kuntze ex K. Schum. (Rondeletia asiatica L.). Chomelia L. (nom. rejic.) is also based on Rondeletia asiatica L. Canthiopsis is typified by C. odorata Seem., its sole species (in the present treatment referred to Tarenna seemanniana, q. V.). DISTRIBUTION: Widespread from tropical Africa, Indian Ocean islands, and south- eastern Asia eastward to the Tuamotus, probably with more than 200 species. Three species are indigenous in Fiji, two of them endemic. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: BRIDSON, D. M. Studies of Tarenna sensu lato (Rubiaceae subfam. Cinchonoideae) for part 2 of ‘Flora of Tropical East Africa: Rubiaceae.’ Kew Bull 34: 377-402. 1979. Canthiopsis odorata was correctly placed in the Rubiaceae by J. D. Hooker (in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 88. 1873) but was assigned to Randia. This generic position was also adopted by Fosberg (1942), who erroneously united the species with Pelagodendron vitiense (as Randia vitiensis, utilizing the older epithet), an opinion followed by later authors (e. g. Darwin, 1979). A careful reevaluation of the two genera was offered by Bridson and Robbrecht (1985): “Pelagodendron has pseudoaxillary inflorescences; the genus is probably a genuine member of the Gardenieae s. s. and closely allied to or perhaps congeneric with Aidia, the generic limits of which have not been fully defined. Canthiopsis has terminal inflorescences and must be considered 1988 RUBIACEAE 197 with Tarenna s. |.” The same authors (1985, p. 88) also drew attention to [xora joskei Horne ex Baker as a distinguishable species probably congeneric with Canthiopsis. In considering the East African species of Tarenna, Bridson (1979) adopted a provisionally broad interpretation of the genus, arranging the species in six informal groups primarily defined by seed and placental characters. Robbrecht (in Pl. Syst. Evol. 145: 116. 1984) considered Tarenna in this broad sense as occupying a central position in the tribe Pavetteae, comparable to that of Psychotria in the tribe Psycho- trieae (“Psathureae”). Robbrecht defined the Pavetteae as comprising members of the large Gardenieae-Coffeeae alliance having terminal inflorescences, 3- or 4-colpate, semitectate pollen, relatively small, 2-locular fruits with a crustose endocarp, solitary to numerous ovules in each ovary locule (the pulpy matrix found in Gardenieae sensu str. being absent), and seed testas having a number of distinctive anatomical features. The assignment of Tarenna and its close relative /xora to different subfamilies by Hallé (in Fl. Gabon 12: 21. 1966) seems unwarranted, in view of the discussion to the contrary presented by Robbrecht. The Fijian species here assigned to Tarenna appear to represent two different groups. Tarenna sambucina agrees with T. asiatica (L.) Kuntze ex K. Schum., the type species of the genus, in having several ovules per locule and seeds with conspicuously ruminate endosperm (cf. Bridson, 1979, p. 377, fig. 3, X, Y). Tarenna seemanniana and T. joskei differ as noted in the following key; while we are confident that these two species can be accommodated in Tarenna sensu lat., we cannot relate them to any of the several groups of African species outlined by Bridson (1979). KEY TO SPECIES Domatia present on lower surfaces of leaf blades, represented by pubescent depressions in axils of secondary nerves; inflorescences 9-15 cm. broad at anthesis and with more than 15 (often more than 100) flowers; calyx (including hypanthium) puberulent; corolla puberulent within but not densely villose in throat, the lobes 1/3-1/2 as long as tube; fruits about 5 mm. in diameter; endosperm ruminate; a widespread IPnGlite Gust” sopodoaonnododpescoeso Odo Me Shonen oSM ANS oSne once oeroe 1. T. sambucina Domatia absent; inflorescences 3-8 cm. broad at anthesis, 6-15(-18)-flowered; calyx glabrous except ciliate along margins of lobes; corolla glabrous within except densely villose in throat, the lobes longer than tube; endemic species. Calyx limb 3.5-4.5 mm. broad, the lobes rounded to obtuse or acute, to | mm. long; style glabrous; fruits 10-13 mm. in diameter; endosperm entire. .............-2.-2-2e-e sees 2. T. seemanniana Calyx limb to 3 mm. broad, the lobes deltoid, less than 0.5 mm. long; style pubescent near base; fruits and Sst UALTMOWM, pacaccan dog scoannno san oDDDOSO ODDS COODUOOoDUOSOODOOCONE 3. T. joskei 1. Tarenna sambucina (Forst. f.) Durand ex Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 190. 1890; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 199. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 111. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 64. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 247. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 210. 1964, ed. 2. 293. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 181. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 340. 1971; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 68. 1972; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 18. fig. 1, K. 1979; Morat & Veillon in Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) IV. 7, Sect. B. Adansonia 3: 317. 1985. FiGures 76A & B, 77E. Coffea sambucina Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 16. 1786. Pavetta sambucina DC. Prodr. 4: 492. 1830; Guillaumin in J. Arnold Arb. 13: 8. 1932. Stylocoryne pepericarpa Benth. in London J. Bot. 2: 223. 1843; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256, as S. Pipericarpa. 1861. Stylocoryne sambucina A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 309. 1859; Seem. Viti, 438. 1862, Fl. Vit. 124. 1866. Chomelia sambucina Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 1:278. 1891; Reinecke in Bot. Jahrb. 25: 682. 1898; Rechinger in Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 368. 1910. 198 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 An often abundant shrub or tree 1.5-13 m. high, with a compact crown or freely branched and spreading, found from near sea level to about 450 m. in dense, dry, or littoral forest, coastal thickets or thickets in grassland, in open country, and occasion- ally on the edges of mangrove swamps. The fragrant flowers have the corolla white to cream-white and turning yellow, the anthers white, and the style greenish to white; the fruit turns from green to black at maturity. Flowers are most often collected between October and April, but fruits persist throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Coffea sambucina is based on J. R. & G. Forster, from Tonga. No Forster material was found at BM, but at K there is a Forster collection (from Liv) with a garbled label indicating it to be from Tahiti. A suitable lectotype should be sought elsewhere. For Stylocoryne pepericarpa, an obviously identical taxon, Bentham cited: “Feejee Islands, Mr. Hinds (with ripe fruit only.) Friendly Islands, Mr. Barclay, (in young fruit with the remains of a single flower).” The better of the two is: Hinds (K LECTOTYPE here designated), from Fiji without further locality, but doubtless from Nukulau Island, Rewa Province, Viti Levu, and probably from the same plant as Barclay 3432 (BM) from that locality. DISTRIBUTION: Mariana Islands, Solomon Islands, and New Caledonia eastward to the Society, Austral, and Tuamotu Islands. In Fiji this widespread species is now represented by about 70 collections from eleven islands. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Readily recognized, the species is known as vakathare- ndavui (vakarumba ni ndavui, ai tharandavui, warumni ndavui) or walangio (wela- ngio, walinanggio, waliangio), or less widely (in Thakaundrove) as ndorondoro kiloto or talatalambia. An extract from the bark is reputed to have medicinal value (for stomach trouble, rheumatism, appendicitis, or to improve the fertility of barren women). REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: North of Natalau, south of Lautoka, Degener 14996. ° NANDRONGA & NAvosA: Southern slopes of Nausori Highlands, in drainage of Namosi Creek above Tumbenasolo, Smith 4726. SERUA: Coastal hills in vicinity of Taunovo River, east of Wainiyambia, Smith 9578. NaMosi: Nambukavesi Creek, DA, July 5, 1962 (Damanu 79). Ra: Vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15350. Nairasiri: Nanduruloulou, DA 98/2. TAILEvu: Navuloa, DA 2720. REwa: Vicinity of Suva, Yeoward 70. MBENGGA: Near Raviravi, Weiner 187. KANDAVU: Namalata isthmus region, Smith 185. OVALAU: Lovoni Valley, DA 17047. WAKAYA: Tothill 292. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7804. VANUA LEVU: Seemann 242, p. p. MBuA: Rukuruku Bay, H. B. R. Parham 4. MartuuaTa: Lambasa, Greenwood 482. THAKAUNDROVE: Hills south of Nakula Valley, Smith 339. TAVEUNI: Mountain slopes above Somosomo, Gillespie 4814. VANUA MBALAVU: Nambavatu, Tothill 293. LAKEMBA: Seemann 242, p. p. FULANGA: On limestone, Smith 1148. F131 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped. 2. Tarenna seemanniana A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin, nom. nov. FiGures 77A-D, 128. Rubiacea floribus odoratis Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861. Griffithia A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 319. 1862, in Bonplandia 10: 36. 1862. Griffithiae sp.? Seem. Viti, 438. 1862. Canthiopsis odorata Seem. FI. Vit. 166. p/. 46. 1866; non Tarenna odorata (Roxb.) Robinson (Webera odorata Roxb.). Randia odorata Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl]. 2:88. 1873; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 191. 1890; Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83: 30. fig. 38. 1931. Randia vitiensis Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 120, quoad spec. cit., excl. basionymo. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 209, p. p. 1964, ed. 2. 292, p. p. 1972. Tree (or shrub) 2-15 m. high, sometimes freely branched or slender, sometimes locally frequent in dense, dry, or secondary forest, in crest thickets, and sometimes on limestone, at elevations from near sea level to 1,100 m. The fragrant flowers have the FiGureE 76. A & B, Tarenna sambucina; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and an inflorescence, x 1/3; B, cluster of flowers, x 3. C & D, Tarenna joskei; C, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, x 1/3; D, inflorescence, x 3. A & B from Smith 339, C & D from DA 16545. ea] < w ©) = ee) = ~% 200 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 corolla white to cream-colored or yellow and the filaments purplish; the fruit is yellow to dull orange, becoming purple to black at maturity. Flowers have been noted between October and June, fruits throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: Tarenna seemanniana is a new name for Canthiopsis odorata Seem., of which the type is Seemann 260 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BM, P), collected Ficure 77. A-D, Tarenna seemanniana; A, calyx, * 6; B, longitudinal section of ovary, showing inner surface of calyx limb (1), dissepiment (d), placentas (p), and ovules (0), x 20; C, detached placenta, showing abaxial surface and 6 ovules, x 20; D, seed, showing hilar scar, x 6. E, Tarenna sambucina; seeds, showing abaxial surface (left), cross section with cotyledons embedded in ruminate endosperm (center), and adaxial surface with hilar scar, x 10. A-C from DA 16525, D from Degener 15186, E from Smith 7804. 1988 RUBIACEAE 201 June 4, 1860, at Koroivonu, east coast of Natewa Peninsula, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and now known from about 45 collections from five islands (the two large islands and three of the Lau Group). REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 1062; slopes of Mt. Mbotilamu, Mt. Evans Range, DA 14802; hills east of Nandala Creek, south of Nandarivatu, Smith 6236. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, DA 12640 (Melville et al. 7013). SERUA: Nathengathenga Creek, upper Navua River, DA L.13368 (Berry 79, coll. Qoro); Vatutavathe, vicinity of Ngaloa, Degener 15186. NatrAsiri: Near Tholo-i-suva, Setchell & Parks 15126; vicinity of Tamavua, Gillespie 2019. TAILEVU: Waimaro River, near Copper Mine, DA 13634. REwA: Mt. Korombamba, DA 16525. VANUA LEVU: Mbua: Near Nasarowangga, DA 14314. MATHUATA: Southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6560. THAKAUNDROVE: Eastern drainage of Yanawai River, Degener & Ordonez 14118. VANUA MBALAVU: Namalata Islet, southern limestone section, Smith 1438. NAVUTU-I-LOMA: Bryan 455. ONGEA NDRIKI: Bryan 412. In describing Canthiopsis and in referring it to the Loganiaceae, Seemann (or his artist) made two erroneous observations, noted by J. D. Hooker (1873) in his com- ment: “. . . male quoad ovarii pict. et descr.” First, the original description and illustration indicate the ovules to be solitary and pendulous in each ovary locule, the placenta having been mistaken for an ovule; in fact the placenta is subapically attached to the dissepiment and the ovules are 2-7 in number and are flattened on its abaxial surface. Second, the ovary is not as conspicuously semisuperior as illustrated but is essentially immersed in the hypanthium, although a fairly thick disk surmounts the ovarial cavity and there is some variation in the degree to which the ovary is immersed. Drawings attached to the holotype are clearly those from which Seemann’s illustration was prepared, but it is of interest that those showing the semisuperior ovary and the placentation have been questioned (presumably by J. D. Hooker); a more recent sketch has been added (perhaps by Hooker) that correctly illustrates the ovarial position and the placentation essentially as depicted in our FIGURE 77B. In discussing the present species (as Canthiopsis odorata), Bridson and Robbrecht (1985) suggest that the type (Seemann 260) is probably female and another collection (Setchell & Parks 15126) probably functionally male. In our observations, however, all flowers appear to be hermaphrodite, the degree of protandry doubtless being variable. 3. Tarenna joskei (Horne ex Baker) A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin, comb. nov. FiGuRE 76C & D. Ixora joskei Horne, A Year in Fiji, 263, nom. nud. 1881; Horne ex Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 363. 1883; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 195. 1890; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 194. 1964, ed. 2. 274. 1972. An apparently rare, slender tree to about 3 m. high, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of about 380 m. in forest. Flowers, with white corollas, have been obtained in April and August. TYPIFICATION: The type is Horne 73] (K HOLOTYPE), collected in August, 1878, at Na Vesi (“Navesi’”), east of Naikorokoro Creek, Namuka Harbour, Rewa Province, Viti Levu. This is also the type locality of Palaquium hornei (cf. this Flora, vol. 2, p. 774), although that species was obtained in June, 1878. Horne made several visits to that interesting and then heavily forested area (cf. Horne, 1881, p. 30). DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fijiand, as far as known, to a small area in southeastern Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: Rewa: Upper slopes of Mt. Korombamba, DA 16545. Although this species and the preceding (Tarenna seemanniana) are sympatric in southeastern Viti Levu, the present species is much less frequent and the two seem readily distinguishable. 202 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 18. Ixora L. Sp. Pl. 110. 1753; DC. Prodr. 4: 485. 1830; Seem. Fl. Vit. 133. 1866; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. PI. 2: 113. 1873; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 107. 1891; F. Brown in Bishop Mus. Bull. 130: 300. 1935; Bremek. in Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III. 14: 198. 1937; Fosberg in Occas. Pap. Bishop Mus. 13: 265. 1937; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 324. 1965; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 16. 1979. Trees or shrubs, the stipules interpetiolar, cuspidate to aristate, usually briefly united around branchlet; inflorescences corymbose or paniculate, terminal (sometimes on a short, defoliate, lateral branchlet), often subtended by a pair of reduced leaves (here termed bracts), the inflorescence branches articulate or not, opposite to subop- posite to alternate; flowers in distinct triads or irregularly arranged, 4(rarely 5)- merous, protandrous; ovary 2-locular, the ovules solitary, partly immersed in a fleshy placenta; calyx lobed, toothed, or truncate; corolla hypocrateriform, white to yellow or red, the tube glabrous within or occasionally barbate at throat, the lobes linear to ovate, acute to obtuse or rounded, contorted in bud; stamens affixed in corolla throat, the anthers exserted; style filiform, glabrous or pubescent, bilobed and with divaricate stigmatic lobes at apex; fruit drupaceous, subglobose, red to black. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: /xora coccinea L. (vide Hitchcock, Prop. Brit. Bot. 124. 1929), one of Linnaeus’s two original species. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical, with perhaps as many as 400 species. The genus is most highly diversified in southeastern Asia and Malesia, especially in Borneo. The distinc- tion between /xora and Pavetta (which extends as far eastward as New Caledonia and the New Hebrides) has been outlined by Bremekamp; the latter genus, among other separating characters, has conspicuously elongate styles and stigmatic lobes separating only at their tips. /xora and its allies are characterized by an “ixoroid” pollen presenta- tion mechanism whereby pollen is deposited on the upper portion of the style before _ the flower bud opens; the pollen is then carried beyond the corolla by the elongating style and is dispersed before the stigmatic lobes separate. Although the genus has such a vast distribution, individual species throughout its range appear to have very limited areas. In Fiji 27 species are represented, five of them cultivated (very infrequently naturalizing) and 22 indigenous. Of the indigenous species a surprising 21 are endemic; while this might seem an extraordinarily high percentage of specific endemism, a careful examination of species from nearby archipelagoes discloses no reason for skepticism at this time. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: BREMEKAMP, C. E. B. The Malaysian species of the genus Ixora (Rub.). Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III. 14: 197-367. 1937. Corner, E. J. H. Notes on the systematy and distribution of Malayan phanerogams, IV: Ixora. Gard. Bull. Straits Settlem. III. 11: 177-235. 1941. Bremekamp’s (1937) treatment of the Malesian taxa of /xora is very useful in a consideration of both indigenous and cultivated species occurring in the southwestern Pacific. Of the three subgenera recognized by Bremekamp, subgen. /xora (subgen. Eu-Ixora Bremek., 1937, p. 206, nom. inadmis.) includes all the species known to be cultivated in Fiji, subgen. Pavettoides Bremek. (1937, p. 206) includes at least 14 of the indigenous Fijian species, and the third subgenus, subgen. Sathrochlamys Bremek. (1937, p. 207) presumably does not occur eastward of New Guinea. In subgen. Jxora, our cultivated species fall into sect. xora (sect. Ixorastrum Bremek., 1937, p. 208, nom. inadmis.) and sect. Chlamydanthus Bremek. (1937, p. 208). Our indigenous species fall into sect. Pavettopsis Bremek. (1937, p. 210), sect. Phylleilema A. Gray (in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 40. 1858), and sect. Vitixora Fosberg (in Sargentia 1: 124. 1942). The last two of these sections seem not to have been recorded west of Fiji; in fact, 1988 RUBIACEAE 203 sect. Vitixora appears endemic to Fiji, while sect. Phylleilema extends eastward at least to the Society Islands. According to Fosberg (1942), sect. Vitixora is equivalent to groups that were regarded as subgenera by Bremekamp (1937), but Fosberg consid- ered subgenera as unconvincing in /xora and regarded the major species groups as sections. KEY TO SECTIONS OCCURRING IN FIJI Inflorescences with more than 3 flowers, the branching opposite, the nodes conspicuously articulate; bracts and bracteoles well developed in distal portion of inflorescence; cultivated (rarely naturalized) species. Flowers inodorous, subtended by bracteoles shorter than ovary; calyx lobes as long as or shorter than ovary; corolla red, pink, or yellow, the lobes acute. ...............- 2 eeeeeee eee eens 1. Ixora Flowers fragrant, subtended by bracteoles longer than ovary; calyx lobes elliptic to lanceolate, often green-nerved, longer than ovary; corolla white, the lobes obtuse to rounded. .2. Chlamydanthus Inflorescences 3-flowered (then subtended by a pair of broad, foliaceous bracts) or with numerous flowers, the branching never opposite (but sometimes subopposite), the nodes never articulate; bracts and bracteoles often not well developed in distal portion of inflorescence; indigenous species. Inflorescences usually 3-flowered, subtended by a pair of broad, foliaceous bracts. ... 3. Phylleilema Inflorescences with more than 3 flowers; bracts not broad and foliaceous (although inflorescences sometimes subtended by a pair of often highly reduced leaves). Inflorescences congested, usually subcapitular; bracts and bracteoles linear to filiform; calyx lobes CONTE MEOETS 5050000000050 000 000 D gob ObeanE do OaaDDONDOGDOOOADCOOUONO 4. Vitixora Inflorescences open (infrequently subcapitular); bracts and bracteoles not conspicuously linear or filiform; calyx lobes not elongate-lanceolate. ................eeeeeeeeeeeeee 5. Pavettopsis KEYS TO SPECIES SECTION 1. Ixora Corolla red; leaf blades lanceolate-oblong, (15-) 20-30 x 6-11 cm., rounded to acute at base, the petioles obvious, (5-) 10-15 mm. long; inflorescences often with more than 100 flowers; calyx lobes broad, obtuse to rounded; stipules short-apiculate. ................0ee cence este ee eenes 1. I. longifolia Corolla red, pink, or yellow; leaf blades oblong-elliptic, 5-15 x 2-6 cm., rounded to cordate and clasping at base, the petioles short (to 6 mm. long) or essentially none; inflorescences usually with fewer than 100 flowers; calyx lobes as broad as long or longer, acute; stipules usually long-subulate. Corolla pink, the tube to 3 cm. long, the lobes 5-8 mm. long; leaves usually with petioles 2-6 mm. long. 2. I. siamensis Corolla red to yellow, the tube to 5 cm. long, the lobes more than 10 mm. long; leaves usually with sessile, clasping blades. GCorollaired)toxorange=red!y cop cisyeyeisys evciey sys w cieim sees ave raVelarcvevotese. erorereicherevela eucveleisicleveniere 3. I. coccinea Corollanyell owsemeyyererrereyctlete Ror rKetereh ksh eneVererercrotelerorel oreteley federefetoreiofavelove: sValevelevercKesceedrel In Fiji this abundant species is a tree or shrub 1-12 m. high, compact or slender or spreading, occurring from near sea level to about 1,200 m. in thin or dry forest, often in beach thickets, frequently on limestone and sometimes on lagoon cliffs, in patches of forest in open areas, and in the thickets of crests and ridges. The stipules are acute to subulate from a broad base and 2-5 (-6) mm. long; petioles 3-10 mm. long; leaf blades obovate to elliptic to rhombic-elliptic, 3-8 x 1.5-5 cm., rounded to bluntly acuminate at apex, attenuate at base and decurrent on petiole, glossy above, with domatia porate in axils of secondary nerves beneath or absent, the secondary nerves 3-6 on each side of costa; inflorescences expanded, usually 20-40-flowered, the peduncle 8-15 mm. long to a pair of bracts (or scars) and frequently extending beyond them to the first inflorescence dichotomy; flowers fragrant, with white corollas, filaments, and styles; corolla tube 1-1.5 mm. long, short-villose in throat, the lobes spreading, about 3 mm. long; stamens long-exserted, the filaments to 3 mm. long, the anthers yellow, about 1.5 mm. long; style elongating to 5 (-8) mm., the stigmatic knob greenish, subcylindric, 2-lobed at apex; fruit black at maturity, 5-10 mm. broad. Flowers and fruits have been obtained in essentially every month. RUBIACEAE FiGure 87. A & B, Psydrax odorata; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and an inflorescence, x 1: B, portion of inflorescence and flowers, x 6. C & D, Cyclophyllum barbatum,; C, inflorescences and proximal portions of leaves, 2; D, flower, with two anthers fallen, x 6. A & B from Smith 1216, C & D from Gillespie 4586. 232 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Forster’s original citation for Coffea odorata was “Tanna et Amicorum insulae;” an appropriate citation is J. R. & G. Forster (BM LECTOTYPE here designated), collected during Cook’s second voyage on Tanna, New Hebrides. A Forster specimen at k, from Nomuka Island, Tonga, may then be considered a paratype. Although Fosberg (1937, p. 255) states that the type locality is Tahiti, that island was not mentioned in Forster’s protologue. In view of this, the Sparrman (s) specimen from Tahiti discussed by Skottsberg (in Ark. Bot. 32 (5): 1. 1945) cannot be considered a paratype. Canthium lucidum Hook. & Arn., nom. illeg. (C. beecheyi Steudel) is based on Beechey (or collectors) (K HOLOTYPE), from the Gambier Islands. In introducing the binomial Stylocoryne coffaeoides, Gray provided no descrip- tion or specimen citation, merely indicating “. . . which I take for Forster’s Coffea odorata.” Regardless of other names mentioned by Gray, we believe that his binomial must be taken as an illegitimate name for the present species, although Fosberg (in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 65: 614. 1939) referred it to the synonymy of Randia cochinchi- nensis; the identity of specimens annotated by Gray does not seem pertinent. DISTRIBUTION: Mariana Islands to New Caledonia (perhaps westward to New Guinea, cf. Merrill and Perry in J. Arnold Arb. 26: 230. 1945) and eastward to the Tuamotus and Hawaii. In Fiji the species may be anticipated on practically allislands; we have now examined more than 50 collections from 17 islands. LocAL NAMES: In view of its abundance it is surprising that this species has no general Fijian name, each of the following having been reported only once or twice: tuva ngga and mbolambatu (Yasawas), weitina (Mba), nanokonisavu (Mbua), mbula- vatu and vunambuli (Vanua Mbalavu), matandra vula (Kambara), and sausauthangi (Fulanga). : REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: YASAWAS: Yasawa: Tethi Village, DA 13658. NATHULA: Malakati, DA 13666. Waya: Nangua, St. John 18101. VIT1 LEVU: Mpa: Natua Levu, Mt. Evans Range, DA 14049; Nandarivatu, Tothill 265. SERUA: Coastal hills in vicinity of Taunovo River, east of Wainiyambia, Smith 9568. Namosi: Mt. Voma, DA 11671]. RA: Ndombuilevu, DA 11893. NAITAsIRI: Central road, Tothill 543. TAILEvu: Nggelekuro, DA 13597. Rewa: Near quarry beyond Lami, Gillespie 4587. OVALAU: Vicinity of Levuka, Gillespie 4469. NAIRAI: Milne 168. NGAU: Shore of Herald Bay, vicinity of Sawaieke, Smith 7909. VANUA LEVU: Seemann 221, p. p. MBua: Rukuruku Bay, H. B. R. Parham 41. MATHUATA: Mt. Ndelanathau, DA 16063; Wainikoro River, Greenwood 702. THAKAUNDROVE: Maravu, near Salt Lake, Degener & Ordonez 14160. THIKOMBIA: Tothill 280. TAVEUNI: DA L.9593. MOALA: Tothill 379. KANATHEA: Graeffe. VANUA MBALAVU: Northern limestone section, Smith 1469. MUNIA: Graeffe 1406. LAKEMBA: Seemann 221, p. p. KAMBARA: On limestone, Smith 1258. FULANGA: On limestone, Smith 1216. If infraspecific taxa are recognized in Psydrax odorata, material from the Fijian Region is referable to the type-inciuding element. Although a minor degree of local variation is evident in Micronesia (Stone, 1970), eastern Polynesia (Fosberg, 1937), and Hawaii (Skottsberg, 1945), no complete taxonomic review seems available. 22. CyCLOPHYLLUM Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: pars prima Addend. 535. (April) 1873, in Hook. Icon. Pl. 12: p/. 1158. (Dec.) 1873, in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 1229. 1876; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4:94. 1891; Guillaumin, Fl. Nouv.-Caléd. 332. 1948. Canthium sensu Seem. FI. Vit. 132, p. p. 1866; Fosberg in Occas. Pap. Bishop Mus. 13: 253, p. p. 1937; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 24, p. p. 1979. Trees or shrubs; stipules interpetiolar, lanceolate to oblong, acute or sometimes long-acuminate to subulate; leaves petiolate or essentially sessile, the blades with 1988 RUBIACEAE 233 obscure tertiary nerves; inflorescences axillary, 1-few-flowered, fasciculate or occa- sionally with rudimentary branches, lacking paired bracts that surround inflorescence in bud; flowers $ , 4-6-merous; hypanthium ellipsoid to hemispherical, the calyx limb short to cupular, sometimes dentate; corolla hypocrateriform, somewhat fleshy, dry- ing dark with the lobes pale above, the tube longer than lobes and lacking a well- defined ring of deflexed hairs within, the throat with usually crisped hairs projecting and surrounding anthers, the lobes valvate in bud; disk small, annular, glabrous; stamens attached in corolla throat (or sometimes near base of corolla tube in early bud?), the filaments essentially none or short, the anthers dorsifixed near base, exserted, with the dorsal face (except for margin) covered with dark connective; ovary 2- locular, the ovules solitary and pendulous in each locule, the style widening below stigmatic knob, this pyriform to subcylindric-capitate, solid, with style attached at base (not recessed); fruit fleshy, subspherical to bilobed or didymous, drupaceous, the pyrenes obovoid-ellipsoid, crested around apex. TYPE SPECIES: Cyclophyllum deplanchei Hook. f., first published in the original descriptio generico-specifica and amplified, with an excellent illustration, in [cones Plantarum. As Genera Plantarum is bound in many libraries, the “Addenda et Corrigenda” of Part 1 (pp. 535-537) and the Index to that Part (pp. 539-554) are lacking, but they were validly published and both include Cyclophyllum. Part 2 pagination repeats p. 533 (of Part 1) and continues to p. 1279, including “Addenda et Corrigenda” (pp. 1227-1245) and the Index to the whole volume (pp. 1247-1279); in this Index, however, only p. 1229 is given for Cyclophyllum. According to Stafleu and Cowan (Tax. Lit. ed. 2. 1: 179. 1976): “The first sets of all duplicate pages were ‘cancels,’ intended to be destroyed and consequently not counted in numbering the pages of the following parts; they included, however, descriptions of several new genera.” DISTRIBUTION: Cyclophyllum was originally proposed as an endemic New Caledo- nian genus; it is now taken to extend from the Moluccas, New Guinea, and Australia eastward to the Tuamotus (Bridson, 1987, map /). In her treatment of Pyrostria Commerson ex Juss., Bridson (1987) discusses Cyclophyllum as one of several related groups probably to be separated from Pyrostria sensu str., noting (p. 616) that “the question of whether recognition of Cyclophyllum should be generic or at an infrage- neric rank of Pyrostria (or even Canthium) remains to be settled.” Since her discussion (1987, pp. 613-614 (“Synopsis of Groups”), p. 612 (TABLE 1) ) suggests that Cyclophyl- lum possesses a combination of characters that clearly distinguishes it from both Canthium and Pyrostria sensu str., we consider that its use at the generic level is well justified. Bridson (1987, p. 616) lists eight species of “Canthium” (from outside New Caledonia) that should be considered for transfer to Cyclophyllum, but she refrains from proposing the implied nomenclatural combinations and (in litt.) kindly suggests that we make them for the species occurring in Fiji, with a reservation as to the true position of Canthium rectinervium, as noted below. We are greatly indebted to Mrs. Bridson for advice on this step toward the clarification of “Canthium” in the Pacific area. Some 17 binomials in Cyclophyllum have already been proposed, all from New Caledonia except one from the New Hebrides. Guillaumin (1948) has keyed 14 species from New Caledonia. When Cyclophyllum has been fully considered throughout its range, it may be expected to comprise at least 30 taxa at the specific level. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: BRIDSON, D. M. Studies in African Rubiaceae-Vanguerieae: a new circumscription of Pyrostria and a new subgenus, Canthium subgen. Bullockia. Kew Bull. 42: 611-639. 1987. 234 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 KEY TO SPECIES Stipules subulate from a deltoid base, 2-5 mm. long; leaf blades rarely exceeding 12 =< 7 cm., with 3-6 secondary nerves on each side of costa; inflorescences fasciculate-cymose, sometimes with 2 short arms, 1-3(-8)-flowered, the peduncles to 2 mm. long; stamens attached in corolla throat, the anthers exserted, subsessile; fruit up to 15 mm. broad. Petioles 3-10 (-13) mm. long; leaf blades comparatively well spaced, elliptic to ovate- or obovate-elliptic, (4-) 5-12 (-14) x (1.5-) 3-7 (-10) cm., acute to attenuate at base and decurrent on petiole, acute to bluntly cuspidate or short-acuminate at apex; domatia pocketlike excavations in axils of secondary nerves, sometimes absent; pedicels 2-6 mm. long at anthesis, to 13 mm. long in fruit; flowers 5-merous, the corolla tube 2.5-5 mm. long; anthers about | mm. long; stigmatic knob subcylindric- Cayotienies HONE GENUS) wan. WRORCL nssovoeccconenosnoccsacoosNsanoncocEcHobeN 1. C. barbatum Petioles 1-2 mm. long; leaf blades congested, suborbicular to elliptic, (1.5-) 2-8 x (1-) 1.5-5.5 cm., subcordate or rounded to broadly obtuse at base, rounded or broadly obtuse at apex; domatia absent; pedicels 3-10 mm. long at anthesis; flowers 5- or 6-merous, the corolla tube 8-12 mm. long; anthers about 1.5 mm. long; stigmatic knob cylindric-obconical; fruit (immature?) to 7 mm. broad. 2. C. sessilifolium Stipules lanceolate to oblong, acute, 7-10 mm. long; leaf blades oblong-elliptic, 13-19 x 5-7 cm., sharply acuminate at apex, obtuse to acute at base and decurrent on petiole, the secondary nerves 7-9 on each side of costa; domatia porate to slitlike in axils of secondary nerves; petioles 4-7 mm. long; inflorescen- ces fasciculate, 2-5-flowered, the peduncles 1-2 mm. long, the pedicels stout and to 8 mm. long in fruit; flowers 5-merous, the stamens (seen only in very young bud) attached near base of corolla tube; fruit solitary, laterally compressed, heart-shaped, broadly emarginate at apex, 35-40 x 30-35 x 14-16 mm. 3. C. rectinervium 1. Cyclophyllum barbatum (Forst. f.) A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin, comb. nov. FIGuRES 87C & D, 88B. Chiococca barbata Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 16. 1786. Canthium harveyi sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256. 1861; non A. Gray. Canthium lucidum sensu A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 318, p. p. 1862, in Bonplandia 10: 36, p. p. 1862; Seem. Viti, 437, p. p. 1862; non Hook. & Arn. Canthium barbatum Seem. FI. Vit. 132. 1866; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 200. 1935; Fosberg in Occas. Pap. Bishop Mus. 13: 255. fig. 2, 3. 1937; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 249. 1959: J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 189. 1964, ed. 2. 266. 1972; Fosberg & Sachet in D. J. Carr, Sydney ~ Parkinson, 92. p/. 84. 1983; Bridson in Kew Bull. 42: 616. fig. 1, K; 2, G. 1987. Plectronia barbata Benth. & Hook. f. ex Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 194. 1890; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 92. 1891; Rechinger in Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 369. 1910. This widespread species is seen in Fiji as an often slender tree or shrub 2-15 m. high at elevations from near sea level to 1,030 m., occurring in coastal forests and thickets, in thin or dry forest of interior areas, in forest patches in open country, and in the thickets of crests and ridges. The fragrant flowers have the corollas white or cream- white, turning yellowish or orange; the fruits turn from green through red to black at maturity. Flowers have most often been collected between August and February, while fruits are found throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: Chiococca barbata was recorded by Forster as from “Marchionis, Societatis et Amicorum insulae.” In considering lectotypification, four specimens at BM may be discussed: (1) “G. Forster’s Herbarium, 90 (96?), Chiococca barbata,” this specimen, without locality but probably from the Society Islands, bears good foliage but only a couple of old flowers; (2) “Otaheite, Wiles & Smith;” (3) “Tonga Islands— Capt. Cook.;” and (4) “Otaheite, J. B.” (i. e. Banks). The last three of these are not appropriate lectotypes, but the Banks collection is probably from the plant illustrated in Sydney Parkinson (1983). In the type cover at kK are two pertinent specimens: (1) “Forster Herbarium, Chiococca barbata . . . Habitat in Marchionis, Societies Isls;” Fosberg has annotated this sheet as “not from Marquesas” and as “var. barbatum,” (2) FiGure 88. A, Psydrax odorata; fruits, x 4. B, Cyclophyllum barbatum; fruit, x 4. C & D, Cyclophyllum sessilifolium; C, foliage and an inflorescence, x 2; D, flower, x 4. E, Cyclophyllum rectinervium; fruit and proximal portions of leaves, x 1. A from Gillespie 4587, B from Gillespie 4602, C & D from Smith 1463, E from Smith 558. RUBIACEAE 236 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 a specimen noted as “var. forsteri,” subsequently annotated by Fosberg as “var. societense Fosb.” A suitable citation is: J. R. & G. Forster (BM LECTOTYPE here designated; ISOLECTOTYPE at k), collected during Cook’s second voyage and presuma- bly in the Society Islands. DISTRIBUTION: Caroline and Solomon Islands (and perhaps westward into parts of Malesia) through the southern Pacific to the Tuamotus. Fosberg (1937) recognizes 13 infraspecific taxa from eastern Polynesia, although it is not clear how his var. socie- tense is separable from the type-including element. A different variety is recognized in the Caroline Islands (Fosberg, Sachet, and R. Oliver in Micronesica 15: 262. 1979). Fosberg (1937) considers the Tongan population (probably known to Forster from the “Capt. Cook” collection mentioned above) to represent a different (unnamed) variety, and his annotation at kK indicates that var. barbatum (the specimen here considered an isolectotype of the species) does not occur in the Marquesas. No study of the variation within “Canthium” barbatum throughout its range has been offered, and on the basis of material now at hand we are content to consider collections from the Fijian Region as representing the type-including element. In Fiji Cyclophyllum barbatum is known to us from seven islands and 27 collections, being less abundant than Psydrax odorata but essentially as widely distributed. LOCAL NAME: Of the available Fijian collections only one, from Kambara, bears a local name, ola. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Northern portion of Mt. Evans Range, between Mt. Vatuyanitu and Mt. Natondra, Smith 4376. SERUA: Flat coastal strip in vicinity of Ngaloa, Smith 9684. Rewa: Near quarry beyond Lami, Gillespie 4602; near Lami Village, Gillespie 4586. V111 Levu without further locality, Seemann 220. OVALAU: Hills southeast of valley of Mbureta River, Smith 7426. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, inland from Sawaieke, Smith 7851. VANUA LEVU: Mpua: Near Ndama, DA 17532. MATHUATA: Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6673; Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, DA 1464]. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Mbatini, Smith 665. MUNIA: Graeffe 1405: TUVUTHA: Limestone ridge, interior forest, Bryan 551. KAMBARA: Central wooded basin, Bryan 508. 2. Cyclophyllum sessilifolium (A. Gray) A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin, comb. nov. FIGURE 88C & D. Canthium sessilifolium A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 39. 1858; Seem. Viti, 437. 1862, Fl. Vit. 132. 1866; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 250. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 189. 1964, ed. 2. 267. 1972; Bridson in Kew Bull. 42: 616. 1987. Plectronia sessilifolia Benth. & Hook. f. ex Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 194. 1890. Shrub 1-3 m. high, usually compact, found from near sea level to an elevation of perhaps 500 m. in sometimes open forest or in wind-swept thickets, often in exposed places on limestone. The calyx is yellow-tinged, the corolla white, and the fruit pink- or reddish-tinged. Flowers have been obtained between October and April, fruits in October and November (but the holotype, in fruit, must have been collected between May and August). TYPIFICATION: The type is U. S. Expl. Exped. (US 62261 HOLOTYPE), collected in 1840 on Vanua Levu, without further locality. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji and Tonga (three collections from ‘Eua are available to us). In Fiji the species is thus far known only from Vanua Levu, Totoya, and two islands of the Lau Group. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VANUA LEVU: Maruuarta: Vicinity of Lambasa, Greenwood 540; northwest- ern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6531; southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, Smith 6342. TOTOYA: Tothill 299. VANUA MBALAVU: Northern limestone section, Smith 1463; vicinity of Loma- loma, DA 13618. FULANGA: On limestone, Smith 1139. 1988 RUBIACEAE 237 3. Cyclophyllum rectinervium (A. C. Sm.) A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin, comb. nov. FIGURE 88E. Canthium rectinervium A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 139. fig. 72. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 189. 1964, ed. 2. 267. 1972; Bridson in Kew Bull. 42: 616. 1987. An apparently rare tree about 7 m. high, known froma single collection from dense forest at an elevation of 650-900 m. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 558 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Nov. 21, 1933, with mature fruits and very young inflorescences, on the crest of the Korotini Range between Navitho Pass and Mt. Ndelaikoro, Mathuata-Thakau- ndrove boundary, Vanua Levu. DisTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from the type collection. LOCAL NAME: The name ngaungau, offered at the time of collection, has no obvious application to a plant and may have been jocularly applied (as no doubt is the case with many recorded Fijian plant names). Of the three species of Cyclophyllum here recorded from Fiji, C. rectinervium is the most obviously distinct, although in fact all three differ so sharply from one another that one must hypothesize three separate colonization events from more westerly archipelagoes to account for them. In the absence of good flowering material, the reference of Canthium rectinervium to Cyclophyllum is suggested with trepidation, but we feel that it cannot be left in Canthium, and no other genus of Vanguerieae than the easily recognized Psydrax falls within the geographical range of Cyclophyllum (Bridson, 1987, p. 616). In fact, the heart-shaped fruit of the present species is somewhat suggested by some specimens of Cyclophyllum barbatum, and the remarka- ble size of the fruit is approached by at least one New Guinean species of “Canthium” that will probably also be referred to Cyclophyllum. The possibility of an undescribed genus of this relationship, of course, is not to be summarily dismissed. 23. MASTIXIODENDRON Melchior in Bot. Jahrb. 60: 167. 1925; Danser in Blumea 1: 69. 1934; Merr. & Perry in J. Arnold Arb. 23: 416. 1942; A. C. Sm. in op. cit. 26: 108. 1945: Merr. & Perry in op. cit. 26: 254. 1945; A. C. Sm. in op. cit. 36: 288. 1955, in Pacific Sci. 23: 390. 1969; S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 58: 356. 1977, in Allertonia 2: 26. 1979. Dorisia Gillespie in Hook. Icon. PI. 32: p/. 3190. 1933. Trees or rarely shrubs, the stipules strongly imbricate and often dextrorsely con- torted, caducous; inflorescences axillary, thyrsoid with opposite branching; flowers 4(or 5)-merous, 8 ; calyx lobes short, broadly deltoid; corolla lobes free to base (the tube absent), valvate in bud, fleshy, adaxially pubescent; stamens alternate with corolla lobes; ovary 2-locular, inferior to more than half-superior, the ovules solitary and pendulous in each locule; style glabrous, briefly bifid at apex, often caducous; fruits drupaceous, woody to fibrous, crowned or variously ringed by perianth scar. TYPE species: Mastixiodendron pachycladon (K. Schum.) Melchior (Fagraea pachyclados K. Schum.), the only original species; the correct spelling of the epithet of the type species was discussed at some length by Darwin (1977, p. 359), and an alternative conclusion is expressed by Nicolson (in Taxon 35: 327. 1986). The type species of Dorisia is Gillespie’s only original species, D. rarissima Gillespie (= Mastixi- odendron flavidum (Seem.) A. C. Sm.). FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 1988 RUBIACEAE 239 DIsTRIBUTION: Moluccas through New Guinea to the Solomon Islands and Fiji, with seven species, three of them endemic to Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: DARWIN, STEVEN P. The genus Mastixiodendron (Rubiaceae). J. Arnold Arb. 58: 349-381. 1977. Mastixiodendron is unusual among Rubiaceae in its sometimes semisuperior ovaries and polypetalous corollas, characteristics that occur ina number of rubiaceous tribes and are considered evolutionarily derived within the family. Species of the genus had been placed in Loganiaceae (Fagraea) by Schumann, and then in Cornaceae by Melchior, before Danser (and later Merrill and Perry) assigned the genus to Rubia- ceae. Smith effected the union of Mastixiodendron with Dorisia, originally considered an endemic Fijian genus by Gillespie and placed in Cornaceae. A summary of familial and tribal relationships is given by Darwin (1977). KEY TO SPECIES Peduncles relatively stout, usually more than 3 mm. in diameter; calyx lobes usually more than 1.5 mm. broad at base; corolla lobes usually more than 2 mm. broad; fruits more than 15 mm. broad, the perianth scar 15-20 mm. below the blunt to rounded apex. ...................- 1. M. robustum Peduncles less than 3 mm. in diameter; calyx lobes less than 1.5 mm. broad at base; corolla lobes to 2 mm. broad; fruits less than 15 mm. broad, the perianth scar less than 10 mm. from the acute apex. Leaf blades glabrous beneath, rarely puberulent; flower buds nearly as broad as long; corolla lobes less than 3 mm. long; disk broadly rounded, less than 0.5 mm. high; style less than | mm. long. 2. M. flavidum Leaf blades pilose to tomentulose beneath; flower buds more than twice as long as broad; corolla lobes 4-4.5 mm. long; disk subconical, about 1.5 mm. high; style 1.5-2 mm. long. .... 3. M. pilosum 1. Mastixiodendron robustum A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 23: 390. 1969; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 278. 1972; S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 58: 373. fig. 3, 13. 1977. FIGURE 89A & B. Spreading tree 6-25 m. high, with a trunk to 80 cm. in diameter, spreading buttresses, and a dense, rounded crown, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of perhaps 200 m. in dense, dry, or rocky forest, often along coasts. The corolla lobes are white to yellow, the filaments pale yellow, and the fruit green when young, turning through yellow to pale or dark brown. Flowers have been obtained between September and December, fruits in scattered months between October and June. TYPIFICATION: The type is DA L.13374 (Berry 31, coll. I. Qoro) (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at K, SUVA), collected in flower Sept. 1, 1967, along the Waimanu River above Vatuvula Village, Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from the two largest islands. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: A frequently used name is ndovula or nduvula; others are kauloa (Naitasin, Tailevu), ndukinduki (Naitasiri), sarosaro (Mathuata), and yandu- va (Mathuata). Foresters report the species to be a useful timber tree. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Serua: Flat coastal strip in vicinity of Ngaloa, Smith 9690. Namosi: Nambukavesi Creek, DF 767. NAiTasiRI: Navuakethe (old Tikina), Waindrandra Creek, DA 169. TAILeEvu: Ridge west of Waisei Village, Berry 166; Raralevu, DA 2546, 2667. REwa: Base of Mt. Koromba- mba, DA 1189. VANUA LEVU: Matuuata: Ridge above Nasingasinga, Berry 52; Mt. Ratinitini forests, on slopes at Seanggangga, DF 486 (Loweth 2256); vicinity of Natua, Berry 14; inland from Lambasa, DF 238 (Bola 86). THAKAUNDROVE: Navonu Creek, Natewa Peninsula, Howard 94. Fisi without further locality, Damanu NI-32. Ficure 89. A & B, Mastixiodendron robustum,; A, inflorescences, stipules, and proximal portions of leaves, x 2; B, cross section of fruit, x 2. C, Mastixiodendron flavidum; portion of infructescence, x 2. D, Mastixiodendron pilosum; lower surface of leaf blade, with junction of costa and a secondary nerve, x 10. A from DA L.13374, B from Howard 94, C from Smith 1932, D from DA 17094. 240 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 2. Mastixiodendron flavidum (Seem.) A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 26: 109. 1945; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 197. 1964, ed. 2. 277. 1972; S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 58: 375. fig. 2, 14, a-e. 1977. FIGURE 89C. Rubiacearum gen. (nov.?) Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 257. 1861. Canthium aff. lucidum sensu A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 319. 1862, in Bonplandia 10: 36. 1862; non Hook. & Arn. Canthium flavidum Seem. Fl. Vit. 132. 1866. Plectronia flavida Benth. & Hook. f. ex Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 194. 1890. Dorisia rarissima Gillespie in Hook. Icon. Pl. 32: pl. 3/90. 1933. Dorisia flavida A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 140. 1936; Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 120. 1942. Tree 3-20 m. high, often slender or spreading, found at elevations between approx- imately 100 and 1,200 m. in dense, thin, open, or secondary forest or in thickets. The corolla lobes are white to pale yellow or orange; the filaments and style are greenish white to pale yellow; and the fruits turn from green through yellow and orange, drying red-brown to nearly black. Flowers have been obtained between September and February, and fruits seem available in most months. TYPIFICATION: The type of Canthium flavidum is Seemann 256 (K HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BM, GH), collected in Mathuata Province without further locality, Vanua Levu, presumably in October, 1860; that of Dorisia rarissima is Greenwood 517 (kK HOLOTYPE), obtained Sept. 17, 1922, near Lambasa, Mathuata Province, Vanua Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and now known from 22 collections from the two largest islands and Rambi. LOCAL NAMES: Three names have been recorded but only once each: tembatemba (Nandronga & Navosa), tuva ni Viti (Namosi), and reiova (Thakaundrove). REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Northern portion of Mt. Evans Range, between Mt. Vatuyanitu and Mt. Natondra, Smith 4368; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Degener & Ordonez 13579; Navai, DA 14978; Mt. Tomanivi, Lam 6845. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5561. NAMosi: Mt. Vakarongasiu, DA 16/28. VANUA LEVU: . Maruuata: Nasealevu, Rumbeyanganirumbu Creek, DA /5242; southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6365. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Kasi, Yanawai River region, Smith 1790; mountains between Waiwai and Lomaloma, Horne 608; hills west of Korotasere, Natewa Bay region, Smith 1932. RAMBI: In mountains, Horne 441. 3. Mastixiodendron pilosum A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 26: 109. 1945, in op. cit. 34: 99. 1953; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 198. 1964, ed. 2. 278. 1972; S. Darwin in J. Arnold Arb. 58: 379. fig. 5, 14, f-j. 1977. FIGuRE 89D. A comparatively infrequent tree 6-10 m. high, with a trunk to 75 cm. in diameter, occurring in dense or dry forest at probable elevations between 100 and 250 m. The corolla lobes are yellow, and the fruits are dull yellow or orange, drying dark orange to nearly black. Flowers and fruits have been obtained between September and January. TYPIFICATION: The type is Horne 1132 (GH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at K), collected in September, 1878, in Mbua Province without further locality, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Less common than the other two Fijian species of Mastixioden- dron, M. pilosum is known from the two largest islands. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Namosi: Wainandoi River Valley, DA 17094. VANUA LEVU: Mua: Between Mbua and Ndevoka, H. B. R. Parham III (A). MATHUATA: Southern base of Mathuata Range, north of Natua, Smith 6781. 24. HYDNOPHYTUM Jack in Trans. Linn. Soc. 14: 124. 1823; Seem. FI. Vit. 138. 1866; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 132. 1873; Becc. Malesia 2: 120. 1884; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 123. 1891; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 289. 1955: S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 35. 1979. 1988 RUBIACEAE 241 Suffrutescent, glabrous or rarely pilose epiphytic (rarely terrestrial) plants with swollen, tuberous bases, the tubers typically broad and lobed at base, with copious ant-inhabited cavities, the foliate branches usually several from each tuber, articulate- nodose, woody to subherbaceous; stipules small, interpetiolar, deciduous or persis- tent; inflorescences solitary at nodes, interpetiolar or supra-axillary, usually on alternating sides along length of branchlet, few-flowered, fasciculate, contracted, or vermiform and sometimes branched in age; flowers 4(or 5)-merous, sessile, 3 (and then usually heterostylous) or unisexual (and plants then probably polygamodioe- cious); calyx limb short-cupular, truncate to shallowly dentate, persistent; corolla hypocrateriform to narrowly infundibular, glabrous within or variously pubescent in throat, the lobes valvate in bud, spreading or reflexed; stamens (and staminodia) inserted in corolla throat, the anthers (in our species) essentially sessile; ovary 2-locular (as in our species) or rarely 4-locular, the ovules solitary and erect in each locule; style short or long, the stigma 2-4-lobed; fruit drupaceous, ovoid, obovoid, or turbinate, sometimes distally gibbous-tuberculate. TYPE SPECIES: Hydnophytum formicarum Jack, the only original species. DISTRIBUTION: Southeastern Asia throughout Malesia into Micronesia and east- ward to Fiji, with approximately 80 species. The generic range presumably terminates in Fiji, from which three endemic species are here recognized. Van Balgooy’s mention (in Blumea Suppl. 6: 193. 1971) of the genus in Samoa seems questionable; possibly it was based on an erroneously labelled specimen of Graeffe, several of whose Fijian plants have been attributed to Samoa. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: BECCARI, O. Rubiacee formicarie. Malesia 2: 80-227. 1884-1886. The genera of myrmecophytic Rubiaceae (“ant-plants”) have interested students of plant-animal interaction since the time of Rumphius. A history of those investiga- tions and a study of the biology of Myrmecodia and Hydnophytum are provided by C. R. Huxley (in New Phytol. 80: 231-268. 1978), who also gives a summary of ant-epi- phyte symbiosis in general (in Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 55: 321-340. 1980). However, Beccari’s exhaustive study remains the most recent taxonomic treatment of Hydnophytum. Beccari recognized five Fijian species of Hydnophytum and relegated them to a separate group differing from the Malesian species in their heterostylous flowers with comparatively long corollas. Among the Fijian specimens presently available for study we are readily able to distinguish two species, H. grandiflorum and H. longiflorum, differing primarily in corolla length and throat pubescence and secondarily in leaf blade shape and petiole length, as noted in the following key. We maintain H. wilkinsonii on the basis of Beccari’s description and illustration of its distinctive fruit. The characters of calyx limb shape and ciliolation employed by Beccari to distinguish H. horneanum seem inconsequential to us. The flowers of Hydnophytum grandiflorum and H. longiflorum are commonly dimorphic. The pistillate flowers have manifestly sterile anthers (inserted in corolla throat), styles exserted a few millimeters beyond the corolla, and expanded, 4-lobed stigmas. Most flowers having fertile anthers (also inserted in corolla throat) are equipped with well-included styles, although in some apparently hermaphrodite flow- ers both fertile anthers and elongate styles occur. Some collections seem to bear staminate or pistillate flowers exclusively, while in others both staminate and appar- ently hermaphrodite flowers occur. It seems likely that polygamodioecism in these outlying species of Hydnophytum may have evolved through heterostyly, a condition commonly encountered in genera of tribe Psychotrieae. 242 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 KEY TO SPECIES Corolla barbate to pilose in throat, the tube (8-) 20-40 mm. long, the lobes pilose to papillose or rarely glabrous within, 4-12 (-15) x 1-5 (-7) mm.; leaf blades ovate to elliptic to oblong-obovate, 1.5-8 (-11) x 1-4.5 cm., rounded to truncate to subcordate (rarely acute) at base; petioles 0-2 (-8) mm. long. 1. H. grandiflorum Corolla glabrous in throat. Fruits rounded at apex; leaf blades narrowly elliptic to oblanceolate to obovate, rarely oblong-obovate, narrowly attenuate at base (rarely obtuse to subcordate), 3-9.5 x 1.2-3.5 cm. (rarely to 12 x 5 cm.); petioles 2-12 mm. long; corolla tube (3-) 7-12 (-15) mm. long at anthesis, the lobes 2-3.5 x 1.5-2.2 NN paobaspocianeunodabogodbedacssEoocadnacooossocnGp ODDO UneUCaUDEOS 2. H. longiflorum Fruits expanded and lobed at apex; leaf blades obovate-oblong, 1-3 = 0.5-1.2 cm.; petioles about 2mm. long; corolla tube about 6 mm. long at anthesis, the lobes about 2x 1 mm. .. 3. H. wilkinsonii 1. Hydnophytum grandiflorum Becc. Malesia 2: 171. t. 44, fig. 13-25. 1885; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 153. 1909; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 193. 1964, ed. 2. 271. 1972; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 37. fig. 3, C. 1979. FiGuRes 90A & B, 129. Myrmecodia vitiensis Seem. in Bonplandia 9; 256, nom. nud. 1861; A. Gray in op. cit. 10: 36, pro syn. 1862; Seem. Viti, 438, pro syn. 1862. Hydnophytum longiflorum sensu A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 5: 318. 1862, in Bonplandia 10: 36. 1862; Seem Viti, 438. 1862, Fl. Vit. 138, p. p. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 199, p. p. 1890; Becc. Malesia 2: 172. r. 45, fig. 1-7. 1885; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 193, p. p. 1964, ed. 2. 272, p. p. 1972; non A. Gray (1858). Epiphytic shrub (or sometimes on cliffs or in rocky places in forest), with ant- inhabited tubers to 30 cm. in diameter and with suberect to trailing branches 0.3-2 m. long, occurring at elevations from near sea level to 1,127 m. in dense or thin forest or in the forests of crests and ridges. The calyx at anthesis is pale green, and the corolla, anthers, style, and stigma are white, the corolla fading to yellow with age. Flowers have been obtained between September and February (and also in May and June); fruits seem infrequent but may occur together with flowers. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: In describing Hydnophytum grandiflorum, Beccari cited two specimens. An appropriate citation is: Graeffe (K LECTOTYPE here designated), collected in December, 1864, on Mt. Tana Lailai, Ovalau. Horne (x), also from Ovalau, is then a paratype. The Graeffe specimen provided the description of the flower and the Horne material that of the fruit. The name Myrmecodia vitiensis was based on Seemann 216 (BM, K), collected on Mt. Mbuke Levu, Kandavu, on Sept. 6, 1860. Subsequently this name was erroneously referred to H. /ongiflorum by Gray and others, but Seemann’s collection clearly represents H. grandiflorum. In fact, Beccari’s entire treatment of H. longiflorum, including his drawings, is based on Seemann’s collection; he did not see type material of H. Jongiflorum and consequently did not appreciate its similarity to his own H. horneanum and H. tenuiflorum. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and now known from five of the high islands; a few additional specimens probably of this species but not seen during the present review are not cited. LOCAL NAME: Only one collection, from Mba Province, indicates a local name, sekeseke. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 729; summit of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 4351; ridge between Mt. Nanggaranambuluta and Mt. Namama, Smith 4974. Namosi: Mt. Voma, DA 11688; summit of Mt. Vakarongasiu, Gillespie 3297. Ficure 90. A & B, Hydnophytum grandiflorum; A, foliage and inflorescences, = 1; B, distal part of corolla, showing indument in throat and on lobes, and fertile anthers, x 4. C-F, Hydnophytum longiflorum; C, foliage and inflorescences, x 1; D, corolla, showing sterile anthers and receptive stigma, x 4; E, distal part of opened corolla, glabrous in throat, and fertile anthers, x 4; F, mature inflorescences lateral to petiole scars, and a detached corolla, x 2. A from Gillespie 4467, B from Smith 7603, C from Gillespie 3633, D from Gillespie 2164, E from Smith 7425, F from Smith 8496. RUBIACEAE 244 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Nairasiri: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomanivi and Nasonggo, Smith 6136. KANDAVU: Mt. Mbuke Levu, Smith 240. OVALAU: Summit of Mt. Ndelaiovalau and adjacent ridge, Smith 7603; vicinity of Levuka, Gillespie 4467. VANUA LEVU: Matuuata: Southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6435. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Mariko, Smith 455. TAVEUNI: Borders of lake east of Somosomo, Smith 851. Hydnophytum grandiflorum is here taken to include all Fijian specimens of the genus with pubescent corolla throats, at least at the point of stamen insertion but with the pubescence variously extending to the base of the corolla lobes or even to the entire inner surface of the lobes. Virtually all the collections here assigned have leaf blades with rounded to subcordate bases and very short petioles (to 2 mm.); in only one collection, Smith 455, are the leaf blades narrowly tapering at base to longer petioles (to 8 mm.), like those usually found in H. /ongiflorum. 2. Hydnophytum longiflorum A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 42. 1858; Seem. Fl. Vit. 138, p. p. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 199, p. p. 1890; Hook. f. in Bot. Mag. 120: 7. 7343. 1894; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 193, p. p. 1964, ed. 2. 272, p. p. 1972. FIGURE 90C-F. Hydnophytum horneanum Becc. Malesia 2: 168. 1. 43, fig. 15-25. 1885; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 193. 1964, ed. 2. 272. 1972. Hydnophytum tenuiflorum Becc. Malesia 2: 169. 1. 43, fig. 1-14. 1885; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 193. 1964, ed. 2. 272. 1972. Epiphytic shrub, with ant-inhabited tubers to 25 cm. in diameter and with suberect branches 0.3-1 m. long, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of about 1,000 m. in dense or thin forest or rarely on the edges of mangrove swamps. The calyx is pale green, the corolla white, and the fruit is red at apparent maturity. Flowers seem to occur throughout the year but fruits are infrequent. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type of Hydnophytum longiflorumis U. S. Expl. Exped. (US 62267 HOLOTYPE), collected on Ovalau in 1840. Hydnophytum horneanum is based on a single specimen, Horne 282 (K HOLOTYPE), collected in Fiji but without indicated locality or date. Beccari cited two Graeffe collections in describ- ing H. tenuiflorum; the floral parts were drawn from Graeffe 1573 (K LECTOTYPE here designated), from Viti Levu. Graeffe 1555 (kK), from Ovalau, is then a paratype. Although Beccari describes and illustrates some differences between his two species in characters pertaining to the calyx limb and corolla length, we find these inconsequen- tial in view of reasonable variation among the many available collections of H. longiflorum, a species misunderstood by Beccari. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from Viti Levu and Ovalau, apparently very frequent in the southeastern parts of Viti Levu from which Hydnophy- tum grandiflorum seems absent. About 35 collections are here referable. A report of the occurrence of H. horneanum in the Caroline Islands seem very questionable and should be further investigated. LOCAL NAMES: Names recorded once each have been mokamoka (Namosi) and ndatokaikai (Tailevu). REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, O. & I. Degener 32155. NaMosi: Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3091; hills north of Wainavindrau Creek, between Korombasambasanga Range and Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8496. NaITAsIRI: Tholo-i-suva, DA 11813; Toninaiwau, Tholo-i-suva, DA 16036; vicinity of Tamavua, Gillespie 2164; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3633. TAILEVU: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7144. REwa: Southeastern slopes of Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2226; east of Suva Harbor, Parks 20028. OVALAU: Hills southeast of valley of Mbureta River, Smith 7425; near stream above Levuka reservoir, Gillespie 4528. CULTIVATED: K material illustrated by J. D. Hooker (1894) and originating from Yeoward (k) material sent in August, 1891, and probably originating in southeastern Viti Levu. 1988 RUBIACEAE 245 3. Hydnophytum wilkinsonii Horne ex Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 365, as H. wilkinsoni. 1883; Becc. Malesia 2: 170. t. 44, fig. 1-12. 1885. Hydnophytum wilkinsoni Horne, A Year in Fiji, 263, nom. nud. 1881; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 200. 1890; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 193. 1964, ed. 2. 272. 1972. A presumably epiphytic shrub with a large, ant-inhabited tuber, characterized by its small leaves, short corolla tube, and fruit with conspicuous distal lobes, known only from the type specimen. TYPIFICATION: The type is Horne 1077 (K HOLOTYPE), collected in September, 1878, in Mbua Province without further locality, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji, inadequately known. Beccari described the fruit of Hydnophytum wilkinsonii as “superne tuberculato- gibbosus;” his illustration shows eight erect, rounded lobes surrounding the elevated disk and calyx at the distal end of an obovoid, 2-locular drupe. Since the pyrenes are described as having rounded apices, the lobes must be composed only of outer, fleshy layers of the fruit wall. For the present, H. wilkinsonii may be accepted as a distinct species; the type and only known specimen is the only collection of Hydnophytum with glabrous corollas thus far known from Vanua Levu. 25. SQUAMELLARIA Becc. Malesia 2: 228. 1886; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 123. 1891; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 289. 1955; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 35. 1979. Myrmecodia sensu Seem. FI. Vit. 137. 1866; non Jack. Epiphytic shrubs with swollen, tuberous bases, the tubers typically ellipsoid and not lobed, with copious ant-inhabited cavities, the foliate branches woody to subher- baceous; stipules interpetiolar, deciduous; inflorescences solitary at nodes, interpetio- lar on alternating sides along length of branchlet, few-flowered, fasciculate or becoming vermiform in age; flowers 4~merous, subsessile, § and apparently homosty- lous; calyx limb cupular, contracted at base, membranous, truncate to shallowly undulate, persistent; corolla tubular-infundibular, glabrous to puberulent without, - glabrous within but squamate toward base (squamellae 4, membranaceous, barbate), the lobes valvate in bud; stamens inserted in corolla throat, the anthers exserted on short filaments; ovary 4-locular, the ovules solitary in each locule; style as long as corolla tube, the stigma peltate or discoid, depressed at apex, fimbriate and reflexed at margin; fruit drupaceous, ellipsoid or angular-obovoid, the pyrenes thick-walled. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Squamellaria imberbis (A. Gray) Becc. (Myrmecodia imberbis A. Gray); vide S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 36. 1979. DIsTRIBUTION: Squamellaria is endemic to Fiji, with three species apparently confined to Vanua Levu and Taveuni. It is more closely related to Hydnophytum than to Myrmecodia, to which genus Gray had assigned the type species. Myrmecodia, which extends as far east as the Solomon Islands, is distinct in having but one or a few leaf-bearing branches arising from the tuber, the branches usually fleshy, unbranched, covered with fleshy, shield-shaped outgrowths, and armed with spines. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: BECCARI, O. Squamellaria nuovo genere di Rubiacee. Malesia 2: 228-230. 1886. KEY TO SPECIES Leaf blades elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, sharply acute at apex, the nervation prominulous on both sides; petioles 5-40 mm. long, I-2 mm. broad; calyx limb 2-3 mm. long; corolla glabrous or puberulent without, the tube 12-20 mm. long; fruit obovoid-turbinate, prominently 4-angled. Petioles 5-10 mm. long; leaf blades 3.5-6 x 1.5-2 cm., obtuse and abruptly decurrent at base; calyx limb COIL AINIGE LI WECL cocodanocopaccn Hn doUULbocoDUDauEoUseucooc Hobe doodeean 1. S. imberbis FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 1988 RUBIACEAE 247 Petioles (10-) 15-40 mm. long; leaf blades 6-12 x 2-3.5 cm., narrowly attenuate-decurrent at base; calyx bial) S=5) ve, TOA), coscosadscncdascaonDbadD DODDS DGOOsOUOnDOGDHOONODOOOND 2. S. wilsonii Leaf blades oblong-lanceolate, (8—-) 12-17 x (3-) 4-6.5 cm., broadly rounded to erose-cuspidate at apex, obtuse and decurrent on petiole at base, the nervation prominently elevated on both sides; petioles to 5 mm. long and 4 mm. broad; calyx limb 3-4 mm. long, 3-5 mm. broad; corolla puberulent without, the tube 25-45 mm. long; fruit ellipsoid, not prominently angled. ...................... 3. S. major . Squamellaria imberbis (A. Gray) Becc. Malesia 2: 228. t. 46, fig. 1-12. 1886; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 289. 1955; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 209. 1964, ed. 2. 293. 1972. FIGuRE 91E. Myrmecodia imberbis A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 42. 1858; Seem. Fl. Vit. 138. 1866. Myrmecodia inermis A. Gray ex Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 132, sphalm. 1873. Hydnophytum imberbe Benth. & Hook. f. ex Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 200. 1890. Epiphytic shrub with short branches arising from ant-inhabited tubers, sparingly known at elevations up to 430 m. in dense forest, with white corollas. The only dated specimen bore flowers and fruits in May. TYPIFICATION: The type is U. S. Expl. Exped. (US 62266 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at K), collected in 1840 in Mathuata Province without further locality, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and apparently rare, known from only two collec- tions from Vanua Levu. LOCAL NAME: Theketuawa (from Smith 1787). AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Kasi, Yanawai River region, Smith 1787. 2. Squamellaria wilsonii (Horne ex Baker) Becc. Malesia 2: 229. t. 46, fig. 13-21. 1886; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 289. 1955; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 35. fig. 3, D. 1979. Ficures 91A-D, 130. Hydnophytum wilsoni Horne, A Year in Fiji, 263, nom. nud. 1881; Horne ex Baker in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 365. 1883; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 200. 1890. Squamellaria wilsoni Becc. ex J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 209. 1964, ed. 2. 293. 1972. Epiphytic shrub with branches arising from ellipsoid tubers up to 40 x 25 cm. and ant-inhabited, occurring in dense forest at elevations of 200-900 m. The calyx is pale green and the corolla white. Flowers and fruits have been obtained between May and December. TYPIFICATION: The type is Horne 1139 (kK HOLOTYPE), collected in September, 1878, on wooded mountains near the coffee estate of Forest Creek, Taveuni. This locality is not found on modern maps but is discussed by Horne (A Year in Fiji, 54. 1881) and is shown on his map as being on the western slope of Taveuni a few kilometers northeast of Vuna Point. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known only from Vanua Levu and Taveuni. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VANUA LEVU: MATHUATA-THAKAUNDROVE boundary: Crest of Korotini Range, between Navitho Pass and Mt. Ndelaikoro, Smith 564. TAVEUNI: Western slope between Somo- somo and Wairiki, Smith 750; slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8191, 8326; above Nggathavula Estate, DA 16935; Nggarawalu Freehold, DA 1/901. —_ 3. Squamellaria major A. C. Sm. in Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 37: 90. 1967; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 293. 1972. FIGURE 92. An apparently rare epiphytic shrub, with ellipsoid tubers to 40 cm. long and ant-inhabited, found in dense forest at an elevation of 300-600 m. The calyx tube is white and pink-tinged, with the limb green at margin; the corolla is white, faintly FiGure 91. A-D, Squamellaria wilsonii; A, portion of branchlet with foliage and inflorescences, some with both flowers and fruits, x 1; B, flower, showing dehisced anthers, style, and receptive stigma, 3; C, fruit, x 4; D, pyrene and longitudinal section of pyrene showing embryo, = 10. E, Squamellaria imberbis; foliage and inflorescences, x 1. A & B from Smith 750, C & D from Smith 564, E from Smith 1787. 248 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 pink-tinged distally within; the stamens have white filaments and pinkish anthers, and the style is pale pink. Flowers and fruits are known from a single collection obtained in August. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 8323 (uS 2191043 HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Aug. 14, 1953, on the slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Taveuni. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from the type collection. Ficure 92. Squamellaria major; distal portion of branchlet with foliage and inflorescences, x 5/8; from Smith 8323. 26. GEOPHILA D. Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 136. 1825; Seem. Fl. Vit. 138. 1866; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 118. 1891; Fosberg in Taxon 11: 180. 1962: Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 334. 1965; Verdcourt in FI. Trop. E. Afr. Rub. 109. 1976; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 36. 1979. Nom. cons. Carinta W. F. Wight in Safford in Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 9: 216. 1905. Creeping, perennial herbs rooting at nodes, the stipules interpetiolar, broad, entire or bilobed, persistent; leaf blades usually orbicular to reniform and cordate; flowers solitary or in terminal, pedunculate heads or umbels, bracteate, subsessile, $ (some- times heterostylous), 4-7-merous; calyx persistent, the lobes usually slender; corolla tubular-infundibular, pubescent or glabrous in throat, the lobes valvate in bud; stamens inserted in or below corolla throat, the filaments filiform, the anthers included or exserted; ovary 2-locular, the ovules solitary and erect in each locule, the style slender, the stigma 2-lobed; fruit fleshy, drupaceous, containing 2 pyrenes. 1988 RUBIACEAE 249 TYPE SPECIES: Geophila reniformis D. Don, nom. illeg. (Psychotria herbacea L.) = G. repens (L.) I. M. Johnston. Carinta W. F. Wight, a substitute name proposed for Geophila D. Don, is based on the same type. DIsTRIBUTION: Pantropical, with about 10-15 species. One widespread species is indigenous in Fiji. 1. Geophila repens (L.) I. M. Johnston in Sargentia 8: 281. 1949; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 334. 1965; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 176. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 339. 1971; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 270. 1972; Verdcourt in Fl. Trop. E. Afr. Rub. 110. fig. 7 (1, 2). 1976; Morat & Veillon in Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) IV. 7, Sect. B, Adansonia 3: 315. 1985. Rondeletia repens L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10. 928. (Oct.) 1759. Psychotria repens L. ex Sandmark, Fl. Jam. 14. (Dec.) 1759, Amoen. Acad. 5: 377. 1760. Psychotria herbacea Jacq. Enum. Syst. Pl. Carib. 16. 1760. Psychotria herbacea L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 245, nom. illeg. 1762; Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 16. 1786; non Jacq. Geophila reniformis D. Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 136, nom. illeg. 1825; Cham. & Schlechtendal in Linnaea 4: 137. 1829; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256. 1861, Viti, 437. 1862, Fl. Vit. 138. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 199. 1890; Reinecke in Bot. Jahrb. 25: 689. 1898; Rechinger in Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 377. 1910. Geophila herbacea K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 119, nom. illeg. 1891; Kuntze, Rey. Gen. Pl. 300. 1891; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 205. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 113. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 65. 1945; B. E. V. Parham in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Inform. Ser. 85: 52, 88, 95. 1972; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 36. fig. 3, E: 1979. Carinta herbacea W. F. Wight in Safford in Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 9:216. 1905; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 258. 1959. Carinta repens L. B. Sm. & Downs in Sellowia 7: 88. 1956. A sprawling, repent herb found from near sea level to an elevation of about 600 m. in dense or open forest, usually on rich humus in wet, shady places. The corolla is white and the attractive fruit is red or orange. Flowers are most often collected between October and January but are seen sporadically throughout the year, and fruits are found in all months. TYPIFICATION: For Rondeletia repens Linnaeus cited two sources: Rheede, Hort. Ind. Malabar. 10: p/. 27. 1690, and Sloane, Voy. Jam. Nat. Hist. 1: 243. 1707. A firm lectotypification has not been located, but by common consent, when doubt of the conspecificity of the Old and New World elements has been expressed, the latter has been used as nomenclaturally typical. The type of Psychotria herbacea Jacq. is a Jacquin West Indian specimen probably deposited at w (Verdcourt, 1976), although Jacquin also cited the Rheede (1690) publication. Psychotria herbacea L., although illegitimate because of Jacquin’s binomial, is based on a Browne collection from Jamaica, probably a specimen at LINN but not so labelled (Verdcourt, 1976). Geophila reniformis was based on Wallich (Bm) from Bangladesh, although Don’s name was illegitimate because Psychotria herbacea L. was cited as asynonym. Geophila herba- cea K. Schum. was based on Psychotria herbacea L., while Carinta herbacea W. F. Wight was based on P. herbacea Jacq. DISTRIBUTION: Geophila repens is frequently treated as a pantropical species, although Johnston (1949) and L. O. Williams (in Phytologia 26: 264. 1973) suggest that the binomial should be applied only to the New World element. According to Verd- court (1976), the species is fairly uniform in the Old World, while New World speci- mens often have 5-flowered (rarely 1-flowered) inflorescences and hence a rather different appearance. While inflorescences of Fijian plants are usually 1- or 3-flowered, 250 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 the advisability of dividing the species seems to us very questionable; furthermore, if this should be suggested, Geophila reniformis, being illegitimate, could not serve as a basionym. Possibly an Old World taxon, if deemed desirable, could be based on Geophila reniformis var. asiatica Cham. & Schlechtendal (cf. Fosberg, Sachet, and R. Oliver in Micronesica 15: 265. 1979). In Fiji the species is fairly frequent and is to be anticipated on many islands, although at hand are only about 35 collections from five islands. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Widespread names are fotondro and salokota, with var- iants like totondro ni veikau (Tailevu) and totondro ni vei ivi(Ovalau). Other recorded names (Namosi Province) are namola and molia. The leaves are sometimes chewed as a cough remedy. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 79. NANDRO- NGA & Navosa: Southern slopes of Nausori Highlands, in drainage of Namosi Creek above Tumbenasolo, Smith 4566; Lombau, Singatoka Valley, O. & I. Degener 32092. SERUA: Hills between Navua River and Wainiyavu Creek, near Namuamua, Smith 8998. Namosi: Namosi Village, Weiner 16; near Namuamua, Gillespie 3026. Nairasiri: Near Tholo-i-suva, Vaughan 3344. TAILEvu: Matavatathou, DA 7752. REwA: Lami, Meebold 16478. OVALAU: Hills southeast of valley of Mbureta River, Smith 7399. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Ndriti, DA 2283. MATHUATA: Mountains near Lambasa, Greenwood 79A. THAKAUNDROVE: Cocoa Station, Wainingata, DA 11902. TAVEUNI: Seemann 239; western slope between Somosomo and Wairiki, Smith 726. VANUA MBALAVU: Nambavatu, northern limestone section, Tothill 276. 27. READEA Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 35. 1930; Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 136. 1942; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 289. 1955, in Pacific Sci. 23: 367. 1969; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 36. 1979. Trees or shrubs, the stipules interpetiolar, connate into a short, subtruncate sheath and often persistent at | or 2 distal nodes; inflorescences terminal, cymose, the bracts small; flowers $ , 4-merous; hypanthium pyriform, contracted at apex, the calyx limb enclosing corolla in bud, fleshy, eventually splitting from apex into 4 lobes, these alternately slightly unequal in width, similar to corolla lobes in size and texture and alternate with them; corolla infundibular, glabrous, the lobes spreading, slightly longer than tube; stamens attached at apex of corolla tube, the anthers dorsifixed; style shorter than corolla, distally bifid, surrounded at base by an urceolate disk; ovary 2-locular, the ovules solitary and basal in each locule; fruit fleshy, obovoid-cylindric, smooth when fresh, often 8-costate when dry, truncate or shallowly depressed at UO the pyrenes dorsally tricarinate, the carinas rounded. TYPE SPECIES: Readea membranacea Gillespie. DISTRIBUTION: A monotypic genus endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Viti Levu, Vanua Levu, and Taveuni. Two taxa subsequently described in Readea are now referred to Psychotria (P. roseata and P. prismoclavata, q. v.). Readea is readily separable from Psychotria in characters pertaining to the calyx, disk, and fruit. 1. Readea membranacea Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 35. fig. 49. 1930; Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 136. 1942; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 209. 1964, ed. 2. 292. fig. 87. 1972; A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 23: 368. 1969; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 36. fig. 3, F. 1979. FIGURES 93, 94. FiGuRE 93. Readea membranacea; A, leaf, inflorescence, and distal portion of branchlet with stipular sheath persisting at penultimate node, x 1/3; B, closed flower, with calyx limb just beginning to split from apex, * 4; C, longitudinal section of flower in advanced bud, showing 3 anthers (a), style, stigmatic lobes (s), disk (d), adherent lower part of calyx limb (c), and upper part of hypanthium (h), x 8; D, calyx limb divided to middle, disclosing corolla and tips of anthers, x 4. A from Gillespie 3446, B & C from Degener 14520, D from Gillespie 4622. ea < ea O ss oO 5) [a4 DoD, FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 A FiGure 94. Readea membranacea; A, infructescence and foliage, x 1; B, fruit, with abaxial and adaxial surfaces of pyrenes, x 2. A from Smith 1530, B from Smith 727. An often slender tree 2-7 m. high, rarely noted as a shrub, often locally frequent in dense, open, or secondary forest at elevations from near sea level to 1,100 m. The faintly fragrant flowers are sometimes pink-tinged at base; the calyx and corolla are pale green and the anthers bright yellow; and the green fruit becomes dark red or purple at maturity and attains a size up to 4 x 2 cm. Flowers and fruits do not appear seasonal, the former having been collected in scattered months throughout the year and the latter in every month. TYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 4622 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, US), collected in flower Feb. 20, 1928, in the vicinity of Waiyevo, Taveuni. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and now known from the three largest islands; 44 collections have been examined. LocAL NAMES: Only two specimens record local names: okeoke (Mbua) and turuturu (Taveuni). REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains inland from Lautoka, Greenwood 22 (April, 1920, apparently the first collection of the species); Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Webster & Hildreth 14219; Nauwangga, south of Nandarivatu, Degener 14520; Mt. Tomanivi, O. & I. Degener 32068. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5541. NaMost: Northern slopes of Korombasambasanga Range, in drainage of Wainavindrau Creek, Smith 8738; Wainandoi River, DF 204 (Bola 63); vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3446. VANUA LEVU: Mbua: Mt. Seatura, DA 15171; southern portion of Seatovo Range, Smith 1530. MATHUATA: Southern base of Mathuata Range, north of Natua, Smith 6767. THAKAUNDROVE: Southern slope of Korotini Range, below Navitho Pass, Smith 504; Mt. Vatunivuamonde, Savusavu Bay region, Degener & Ordonez 14005; Navonu Creek, Natewa Peninsula, DA 13815. TAVEUNI: Western slope between Somosomo and Wairiki, Smith 727; slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8128. 1988 RUBIACEAE 253 FiGureE 95. Gillespiea speciosa, from Smith 518; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and an inflorescence, = 1; B, portion of inflorescence with calyces completely closed in bud, one opening to show distal part of corolla, = 2. 28. GILLESPIEA A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 158. 1936, in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 289. 1955: S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 38. 1979. Shrubs or small trees, the stipules small, interpetiolar, soon deciduous; inflorescen- ces terminal, pedunculate or parted from base, cymose, few-flowered, apparently ebracteate; flowers §, 5-merous; hypanthium subglobose or obovoid, slightly con- tracted at apex, the calyx limb membranous, spathaceous, completely developed before anthesis, acute at closed apex, and enclosing corolla, splitting along one side as corolla matures or rarely splitting into 2 lobes, at length deciduous; corolla tubular, pubescent within, the lobes valvate; stamens borne in corolla throat, the filaments ligulate, short, the anthers dorsifixed; ovary 2-locular, the ovules solitary and basal in each locule, the style filiform, bifid at apex, surrounded at base by a conspicuous, carnose, annular disk; mature fruits unknown. TYPE SPECIES: Gillespiea speciosa A. C. Sm. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and monotypic, known only from Vanua Levu. It seems surprising that this extraordinary genus remains known only from the four Vanua Levu collections originally cited, from two localities about 16 kilometers apart, both in the southern drainage of the island. The genus was originally contrasted with Calycosia, but its alliance to Readea (similarly monotypic and endemic) is also evidenced by the fact that both genera have the calyx limb completely closed in bud, 254 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 although quite differently opening and very different in texture. Fruits of Gillespiea remain unknown, but from the shape and texture of advanced hypanthia it seems more likely that they will prove to resemble the fruits of Psychotria and its closer relatives rather than those of Readea. 1. Gillespiea speciosa A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 160. fig. 82. 1936, in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 289. 1955; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 191. 1964, ed. 2. 270. 1972;S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 38. fig. 3, G. 1979. FIGURE 95. Shrub or tree 1-6 m. high, apparently rare in dense forest at elevations of 300-881 m. The calyx and corolla are white; flowers have been collected only in November. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 518 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Nov. 21, 1933, on the southern slopes of the Korotini Range, below Navitho Pass, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Vanua Levu. LOCAL NAMES: Recorded names are nakau and sola ni mbongi. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Southern slopes of Korotini Range, below Navitho Pass, Smith 493; Mt. Mariko, Smith 419, 477. 29. CatycosiA A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 47. 1858; Seem. Fl. Vit. 132, p. p. 1866; A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 152. 1936; Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 137. 1942: A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 23: 388. 1969; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 38. 1979. Uragoga sensu Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 36. 1930; non Baill. Uragoga sect. Sertoides Hochr. in Candollea 5: 273. 1934. Trees or shrubs, the stipules interpetiolar, united and conspicuously sheathing at base, bifid at apex, usually soon caducous; inflorescences capitular to capitular- cymose, terminal at inception but often soon appearing lateral due to sympodial growth of shoot, the bracts conspicuous, often numerous, involucrate, free or united, fimbriate-ciliate at margin (at least apically), pale green to white, at length deciduous; flowers sessile or short-pedicellate, subtended by comparatively large bracteoles; calyx limb infundibular, deciduous in fruit, the lobes 5-7, often unequal, fimbriate-ciliate; corolla narrowly infundibular, white, densely to sparsely pubescent within, the lobes 5, valvate in bud, becoming spreading; stamens 5, inserted in or below corolla throat, the anthers subsessile; ovary 2(or 3)-locular, the ovules solitary and basal in each locule, the style filiform, the stigmas 2 (or 3), linear to filiform; fruit drupaceous, truncate at apex, narrowed at base, the pyrenes plane to ridged but not strongly carinate. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Calycosia petiolata A. Gray, one of the two original species; vide A. C. Smith in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 153. 1936. Uragoga sect. Sertoides was based on U. cyrtandroides Hochr. (= Calycosia sessilis A. Gray, endemic to Samoa). DISTRIBUTION: As presently circumscribed, Calycosia comprises six species, four endemic to Fiji, one to Samoa, and one to the Solomon Islands. We have seen no material of the genus from the New Hebrides. Other Pacific species that have been assigned to Calycosia are for the most part now referred to Psychotria. As remarked by Fosberg (1942), Calycosia has been a genus difficult to define, in part because the large, capitular (or capitular-cymose) inflorescences are often col- lected in a rain-soaked condition and are not readily interpreted from herbarium material. The large, infundibular calyx limb and the corolla (FIGURE 96D) do not provide characters that separate the genus from all groups of Psychotria. However, the morphology of the inflorescence is reasonably distinctive; it is subtended by large, enveloping bracts, the outermost of which are either united into an urceolate or cyathiform cupule (cf. Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: fig. 50. 1930) or essentially free. Many involucrate bracts conceal the ramifications of the congested-cymose 1988 RUBIACEAE 255 inflorescences; these bracts are often very large but decrease in size at successive nodes to flower-subtending bracteoles (FIGURE 97). KEY TO SPECIES Inflorescences pedunculate (or sessile), not basally subtended by numerous, essentially free, imbricate bracts; stipules and inflorescence parts essentially glabrous except fimbriate at margins; leaf blades with copious reddish glandular patches on both surfaces especially when young, the lower surfaces glabrous; corolla tube (15-) 25-40 mm. long, the lobes 4-8 = 1.5-3 mm. Heads solitary (rarely in threes), the outer bracts united except at apex into an urceolate cupule 1-2 cm. broad at anthesis; stipules 1-2 cm. long; leaf blades 10-26 x 3-12 cm. ....... 1. C. lageniformis Heads usually in threes, the outer bracts of each head united (at least partially) into a broad cyathiform cupule at least 2 cm. broad at anthesis; stipules 2.5-4 cm. long; leaf blades 18-35 x 8-15 cm. 2. C. macrocyatha Inflorescences sessile, complex, branching from base, subtended by numerous, essentially free, imbricate bracts, the bracts of the ultimate heads also essentially free; stipules (2—) 3-6 cm. long, sometimes pilose basally, fimbriate at margins; leaf blades lacking reddish glandular patches, the lower surfaces usually scattered-puberulent with spreading hairs; corolla tube 13-17 mm. long, the lobes 2-3.5 x 1-2 mm. Bracts dorsally glabrous, often ciliolate, rarely sparsely pilose distally, the calyx limb dorsally glabrous or rarely sparsely pilose, glabrous within, often ciliolate apically; petioles 2-8 cm. long; leaf blades oblanceolate to narrowly elliptic, 12-40 x 4-IS cm. .......................45- 3. C. petiolata Bracts and calyx limb dorsally copiously pilose with reddish, multicellular, spreading hairs, rarely very tardily glabrate, the calyx limb similarly pilose (hairs 0.5-1 mm. long) within except toward base; petioles 3-12 cm. long; leaf blades broadly elliptic, 25-42 x 10-19 cm. ......... 4. C. callithrix 1. Calycosia lageniformis (Gillespie) A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 154. 1936; Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 139. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 187. 1964, ed. 2. 266. 1972. FIGURE 96A. Uragoga lageniformis Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 36. fig. 50. 1930. Small tree or shrub 3-15 m. high, often freely branched, locally frequent in dense forest at elevations of 725-1,150 m. The bracts, bracteoles, and corollas are white, and the mature fruit is orange to red or scarlet. Flowers have been collected between October and January and also in May, fruits between February and November. TYPIFICATION: The type is Gillespie 3688 (BISH HOLOTYPE and ISOTYPE), collected Nov. 14, 1927, on the slopes of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from high elevations in northwestern and north-central Viti Levu; in the latter area it is sympatric with Calycosia petiolata but not with the other two Fijian species of the genus. LOCAL NAMES: In Mba Province the names kau yalewaand lewalekaleka have been recorded. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 942, 1245; slopes of Mt. Nairosa, eastern flank of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4037; southern slopes of Mt. Ndelainathovu, on escarpment west of Nandarivatu, Smith 4925; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Tothill 339A, Degener & Ordonez 13607, DA 2374; slopes and summit of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Tothill 339, Gillespie 4286, DA 14030, 14673; Nauwangga, south of Nandarivatu, Degener 14540; slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5110, DA 12762 (Melville et al. 7154), 14660. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 5440, 5635. 2. Calycosia macrocyatha Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 139. 1942. FIGURE 96C & D. Calycosia macrocyatha Fosberg var. macrocyatha; Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 139. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 187. 1964, ed. 2. 266. 1972. Calycosia macrocyatha var. kandavuensis Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 140. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 188. 1964, ed. 2. 266. 1972. An often slender tree or shrub 3-13 m. high, scattered in dense forest at elevations from near sea level to 1,160 m. As throughout the genus, the involucral bracts are white and the fruits red. Flowers have been noted between August and February, fruits in January and August. 256 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Figure 96. A, Calycosia lageniformis; lower surface of leaf blade (at junction of costa and secondary nerve) showing characteristic glandular patches, x 10. B, Calycosia petiolata; lower surface of leaf blade (at junction of costa and secondary nerve) showing scattered indument and lack of glandular patches, x 10. C & D, Calycosia macrocyatha; C, calyx and corolla bud, x 4; D, flower at anthesis, x 3. A from Smith 5440, B from Smith 7066, C & D from Smith 970. 1988 RUBIACEAE 257 Ficure 97. Calycosia petiolata, stages of inflorescence development, all x 1; A, outer bracts fallen and secondary heads beginning to separate, showing a lateral branchlet arising from terminal node, with interpetiolar stipules (s) and developing leaves; B, secondary heads further separating, disclosing some calyces (c) and styles (s); C, larger bracts fallen, disclosing smaller bracts, bracteoles, young fruits, and calyx limbs; D, infructescence, with all bracts and calyx limbs fallen and with essentially mature fruits, overtopped by a lateral branch with stipules and developing leaves. A from Smith 5924, B from Gillespie 4098, C from Smith 8030, D from DA 13642. 258 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The type of Calycosia macrocyatha vat. macrocyatha is Smith 472 (us 1672896 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, NY, P), collected Nov. 14, 1933, on Mt. Mariko, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu; that of var. kandavuensis is Smith 273 (NY HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), obtained Oct. 25, 1933, on the summit of Mt. Mbuke Levu, Kandavu. Whether the inflorescence is sessile or pedunculate and the degree to which the outermost bracts are united, characters upon which Fosberg relied in recognizing two varieties of C. macrocyatha, are seen to be variable (cf. Smith in Pacific Sci. 23: 388. 1969). Even in C. lageniformis, where the urceolate cupules are typically solitary and pedunculate, they are rarely in threes or sessile. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and now known (from few specimens) from four of the high islands; it does not appear to be sympatric with the preceding species. Loca NAME: Lera ni veikau (recorded from upper Naitasiri Province). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: SeRuA: Ngaloa (probably inland from), DA 14100, 14678. NAITASIRI: Taunaisali, Wainisavulevu-Numbulolo divide, near watershed between Wainimala and Singa- toka Rivers, St. John 18326. KORO: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 970. VANUA LEVU: THAKAU- NDROVE: Along trail from Mbiangunu to Vemsi over Drayton Peak (Mt. Mariko), Bierhorst F151. 3. Calycosia petiolata A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 48. 1858; Seem. Viti, 437. 1862, Fl. Vit. 133. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 196. 1890; A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 153, p. p. 1936; Fosberg in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club. 67: 425, p. p. 1940, in Sargentia 1: 138. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 189. fig. 67, B. 1964, ed. 2. 266. fig. 78, B. 1972; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 38. fig. 3, H. 1979. FIGURES 96B, 97. Uragoga petiolata Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 37. fig. 57. 1930. Shrub or tree 1.5-8 m. high, sometimes locally frequent at elevations from near sea _ level to 1,100 m. in dense forest or on its edges, sometimes near creeks. The bracts, bracteoles, and calyx are pale green or white, the corolla and style are white, and the mature fruits are red or scarlet. Flowers and fruits have been obtained in months scattered throughout the year. TyPIFICATION: The type is U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 62354 HOLOTYPE), collected in 1840 in Fiji without further locality (nor is a locality indicated in Gray’s publication); however, a putative isotype (NY) is indicated as from Ovalau. i DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from Viti Levu and Ovalau; it is well distributed on both these islands and is the most frequently collected species of the genus, 40 collections being at hand. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Recorded local names are soisoi (Tailevu), and nasithi and makamakandora (upper Naitasiri); the last of these names and the use of the bark asa toothache remedy are from St. John 18217, part of which number represents, the following species. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Vicinity of Nandarivatu, Degener & Ordonez 13611; near summit of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Gillespie 4288; hills east of Nandala Creek, south of Nandarivatu, Smith 5924; slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Gillespie 4098. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaima- tuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5473. SERUA: Vunimbua Creek, Nambukelevu, upper Navua River, DA 14864. NAmosi: Valley of Wainambua Creek, south of Mt. Naitarandamu, Smith 8779. Ra: Tuvavatu, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15379. NAITASIRI: Wailoa Creek, below Nasonggo, DA 15334; Wainamo Creek, near Matawailevu, Wainimala Valley, St. John 18217, p. p.; Viria, Meebold 17053. TatLevu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7066; near Copper Mine, Waimaro River, DA 13642. OVALAU: Horne 71; Lovoni Valley, DA 17075; summit and adjacent slopes of Mt. Korotolutolu, west of Thawathi, Smith 8030; vicinity of Levuka, Gillespie 4507. 1988 RUBIACEAE 259 4. Calycosia callithrix A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 23: 388. 1969; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 266. 1972. Slender tree or shrub 2-7 m. high, found in dense forest at elevations of 150-600 m. The bracts and bracteoles are noted as pale green or white, the calyx limb as pale green, the corolla as white, and the fruit as red. Flowers and fruits have been obtained between April and October. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 8422 (us 2191117 & 2191118 HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Sept. 11, 1953, in hills north of Wainavindrau Creek, between Korombasambasanga Range and Mt. Naitarandamu, Namosi Province, Viti Levu. DiIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from southeastern Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Namost: Northern base of Korombasambasanga Range, in drainage of Wainavindrau Creek, Smith 8631; Wainivisova Creek, Navunikambi, Wainikoroiluva River, DA 14995; vicinity of Namosi, Parks 20272, Gillespie 2920.1; lower slopes of Mt. Voma, Gillespie 2518. NAITASIRI: Wainamo Creek, near Matawailevu, Wainimala Valley, St. John 18217, p. p.; near Naitauvoli, Waingga Creek, Wainimala River basin, DA 14017; between Nanduna and Serea, DA 12591; vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3464. REwA: Waimbue Creek, Waimanu River tributary, DA 15566, p. p. Fis1 without further locality, DA L.13310. 30. HepstRomiA A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 146. 1936, in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 289. 1955, in Pacific Sci. 23: 389. 1969; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 39. 1979. Small trees, the stipules interpetiolar, free nearly to base, rounded to broadly obtuse, caducous; inflorescences terminal, cymose, many-flowered; hypanthium broadly obconical to turbinate and thick-carnose at anthesis, the calyx limb very short, minutely 5-dentate, incurved, persistent; corolla polypetalous, the petals 5, carnose, valvate in bud; stamens 5, attached at base of corolla, the anthers subsessile; ovary 2-locular, the ovules solitary and basal in each locule, the styles 2, laterally coherent; fruits turbinate, rugulose and 8-costate when dried, the pyrenes dorsally 3-carinate. TYPE SPECIES: Hedstromia latifolia A. C. Sm. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and known from a single species. 1. Hedstromia latifolia A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 148. fig. 77. 1936, in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 289. 1955; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 193. 1964, ed. 2. 271. fig. 87. 1972; A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 23: 389. 1969. FIGURES 98, 99A & B. Tree 4-9 m. high, apparently infrequent in dense or secondary forest or onits edges at elevations from near sea level to 300 m. The flower buds are pale green (but probably the petals turn white at anthesis), and the fruits turn from yellow to red at maturity, with the persistent calyx limb remaining green. Flowers have been obtained between April and June, fruits in July and November. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 1944 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected June 8, 1934, in hills west of Korotasere, Natewa Bay region, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known from Vanua Levu, Taveuni, and Yathata (an island of northern Lau about 60 km. southeast of Taveuni). LOCAL NAME: Mbulei (recorded only from type collection). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Vicinity of Wailevu, Savusavu Bay, DA 14278; track to Mt. Nasorolevu, DA 17152; Navonu Creek, Natewa Peninsula, DA 15052. TAVEUNI: Wainisavu, Nggeleni, DA 14405. YATHATA: Navakathuru, DA 16305. Since the original description and a note based ona fruiting specimen (Smith, 1936, 1969), several additional collections of Hedstromia latifolia have become available, including one (DA 15052) with flowers at full anthesis. The inflorescences of the type 260 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 collection were not fully mature, and hence the following amplification seems desir- able. Leaf blades to 23 cm. long; inflorescences at full anthesis ample, to 15 cm. long and 24 cm. broad, with stout peduncle and spreading branchlets (as described for infructes- cences, cf. Smith, 1969); flowers comparatively few, i. e. many buds of young inflores- cences (cf. Smith, 1936, fig. 77, e) caducous and leaving scars on ultimate inflorescence branchlets; pedicels at anthesis to 13 mm. long, broadened into a thick-carnose, turbinate hypanthium to 7 x 9 mm., the calyx limb 1-1.5 mm. long, incurved, carnose at base, decreasing in thickness to a sharp, obscurely 5-dentate margin; petals free at anthesis, deltoid- or ovate-oblong, thick-carnose, 4—4.5 x 2-2.5 mm., subacute, thick- ened and slightly inflexed at apex; anthers thick-carnose, deltoid-oblong, 1.5-1.8 mm. long, obtuse; styles remaining minute. 31. AMARACARPUsS BI. Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 954. 1826; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 122. 1891; Merr. & Perry in J. Arnold Arb. 27: 221. 1946; A. C. Sm. in op.cit. 36: 289. 1955; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 345. 1965; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 39. 1979; van Royen, Alpine Fl. New Guinea 4: 2680. 1983. Trees, shrubs, or subshrubs, the stipules interpetiolar, membranous, sometimes united and sheathing at base, at apex with 2 or more long bristles or entire; flowers solitary or fascicled, usually sessile, terminal on normal branchlets or terminal on reduced brachyblasts, sometimes subtended by reduced leaves or stipule-like bracts, 3, 4- or 5(-7)-merous; calyx obconical, persistent, the lobes equal or unequal, some- times absent; corolla infundibular to campanulate, pilose in throat, the lobes valvate in bud; stamens inserted in corolla throat, the filaments well developed or the anthers subsessile and hardly exserted; ovary 2-locular, the ovules solitary and basal in each locule, the style filiform, the stigmas 2, linear; fruit drupaceous, the pyrenes dorsally convex or unicarinate. TYPE SPECIES: Amaracarpus pubescens Bl., the only original species. 5 DisTRIBUTION: Malay Peninsula eastward through Malesia to Micronesia and Fiji, with perhaps 60 species, about 40 of them occurring in New Guinea including ten in alpine regions. One endemic species terminates the generic range in Fiji. As presently construed, Amaracarpus is a poorly understood and heteromorphic genus closely related to Psychotria. It was first distinguished by the apparently axillary inflorescences or solitary flowers, as opposed to the terminal inflorescences in Psycho- tria. However, a close study reveals that the flowers are borne terminally on short, axillary brachyblasts (cf. Backer and Bakhuizen, 1965) or, as in our species, at the tips of normal branchlets. If these observations are accurate, the distinction between Amaracarpus and Psychotria appears uncertain. Merrill and Perry (1946), in discuss- ing Amaracarpus in Malesia, recognized three species groups based upon degree of pubescence, size and form of inflorescence, disposition of leaves and branchlets, and shape of stipules. However, none of the groups was considered to be exclusive in its characters. Amaracarpus muscifer, the Fijian species, seems most similar to Merrill and Perry’s second group: “plants generally pubescent with rather thick hairs on young shoots and with a distinctive habit marked by horizontally placed small leaves and branches, flowers solitary and sessile or very short pedicellate, usually subtended by reduced leaves and stipules or stipule-like bracts.” The Fijian species, while having small leaves and copiously pubescent distal branchlets, is reported simply as a small or FiGure 98. Hedstromia latifolia; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and an infructescence, x 1/4; B, stipules, x 4; C, flower, the essentially mature corolla projecting above the margin of the calyx limb, x 6; D, mature flower, showing separate petals, x 4; E, distal part of flower with part of calyx and 2 petals removed, showing anthers, x 6. A from DA 14405, B from Smith 1944, C-E from DA 15052. ea < ea 0 = fea) =) o2 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA 1988 RUBIACEAE 263 gnarled shrub, and the flowers and fruits are solitary or paired. Should the three groups discussed by Merrill and Perry eventually be referred to different genera, their second group (including A. muscifer) would presumably remain in Amaracarpus, the type species of which is from Java (cf. Backer and Bakhuizen, 1965, for description). 1. Amaracarpus muscifer A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 27: 321, as A. musciferus. 1946, in op. cit. 36: 289 (“musciferus”). 1955; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 187 (‘muscife- rus”). 1964, ed. 2. 264 (“musciferus”). 1972. FIGURE 99C-E. Small, often gnarled shrub 0.6-2 m. high, apparently infrequent in dense forest at elevations of 365-842 m. The only color notes indicate that the fruits are red. Flowers have been obtained in April, fruits in April and November. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 1646 (GH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected April 27, 1934 (with fruits and very few flowers), on Navotuvotu, summit of Mt. Seatura, Mbua Province, Vanua Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and, as far as now known, to Vanua Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VANUA LEVU: Martuuata: Naura Creek (tributary of Wailevu Creek, Yanawai River headwaters), DA s. n. (coll. J. W. Parham, Nov. 20, 1970) (A, MASS, NY, SUVA, UC, US). THAKAUNDROVE: Inland from Waiwai (on Savusavu Bay), Horne 571 (k), April, 1878. Since the species was first described two additional collections have come to light; both localities are in the southern drainage of Vanua Levu approximately 24 and 52 km. east of the type locality, at reported elevations of 1,200 and 1,500 ft. respectively. Both collections agree excellently with the originally described material, although the leaf blades of the Parham specimens may be only 1.5-2.5 mm. broad (rather than 3-3.7 mm. as originally mentioned); that collection is very sparsely fruiting, while the Horne specimen seems sterile. 32. PsycuorTria L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10. 929. 1759; Seem. FI. Vit. 134. 1866; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 112. 1891; Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 125. 1942; Petit in Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 34: 18. 1964; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 328. 1965; Steyermark in Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 23: 406. 1972; Verdcourt in FI. Trop. E. Afr. Rub. 26. 1976; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 40. 1979; Whistler in J. Arnold Arb. 67: 343. 1986. Nom. cons. Eumachia DC. Prodr. 4: 478. 1830. Psychotria subgen. Piptilema A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 46. 1858. Psychotria sect. Eumachia A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 151. 1936. Calycodendron A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 154. 1936. Eumorphanthus A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 157. 1936. Trees, shrubs, or sometimes lianas, rarely herbs (but none of our species); stipules diverse, interpetiolar, persistent or caducous, often sheathing at least toward base, variously divided, lobed, or truncate, glabrous or pubescent, sometimes with fimbril- late hairs within the base, these then briefly persisting distal to stipular scars; leaves petiolate, rarely sessile (in none of our species), the blades sometimes drying reddish brown (or dark green or yellowish green), sometimes bearing domatia on lower surfaces in axils of secondary nerves or with bacterial nodules (in none of our species); inflorescences terminal (said to be axillary in some American species), paniculate, umbelliform, thyrsoid, cymose, or capitular, pedunculate to sessile, the bracts and bracteoles large and conspicuous (but not in our species) to minute or absent; flowers Figure 99. A & B, Hedstromia latifolia; A, mature fruit, x 4; B, abaxial and adaxial surfaces of pyrenes, x 4. C-E, Amaracarpus muscifer; C, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and a few fruits, x 1/2; D, branchlet and terminal fruit, x 6; E, tip of branchlet and lower portions of leaves, showing indument, stipules, and glandular patches on leaf blade surfaces, x 25. A & B from DA 14405, C-E from Smith 1646. 264 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 8, 4- or 5(-8)-merous, often heterostylous; calyx limb variable, minute or short to greatly expanded, truncate, toothed, or prominently lobed, persistent or caducous; corolla short to long, tubular to infundibular, usually pubescent in throat, the lobes spreading to reflexed, valvate in bud; stamens inserted near middle or in throat of corolla tube, the filaments long (in short-styled flowers) to short (in long-styled flowers), the anthers included or exserted; ovary 2(rarely 3- or 4)-locular, the ovules solitary and basal in each locule; style filiform, exserted or included, the stigmas 2 (rarely 3 or 4), linear; disk small or sometimes conspicuous, surrounding base of style; fruit drupaceous, variable in color and shape; pyrenes adaxially smooth, sulcate, or carinate, abaxially convex and often prominently costate or carinate, the endo- sperm horny, entire or ruminate, sometimes ventrally fissured. TYPE SPECIES AND NOMENCLATURE: Psychotria was based on P. asiatica L., the only original species. Linnaeus’s concept of that species was based on two specimens representing different species, a P. Browne collection (s) from Jamaica and a specimen (LINN) probably of Asiatic origin. Swartz (Obs. Bot., 1791) effectively lectotypified P. asiatica by the Old World element; the West Indian specimen is the type of P. brownei Spreng. (cf. Petit, 1964, p. 8). Eumachia and Psychotria sect. Eumachia are typified by E. carnea (Forst. f.) DC. (Petesia carnea Forst. f. = Psychotria carnea (Forst. f.) A. C. Sm.). Psychotria subgen. Piptilema was based by Gray on three Fijian species, P. cordata, P. pickeringii, and P. platycocca. Actually, the last of these does not entirely fit the description of Gray’s subgenus (“Flores sessiles, capitellati, . . .”); we herewith lectotypify Gray’s subgeneric concept by P. pickeringii A. Gray. The type species of Calycodendron is C. pubiflorum (A. Gray) A. C. Sm. (= Psychotria pubiflora (A. Gray) Fosberg); that of Eumorphanthus is E. fragrans A. C. Sm. (= Psychotria eumor- phanthus Fosberg). Most of these names as synonyms of Psychotria were discussed by Fosberg (1942); ona broader scale, many other generic names have been discussed and combined with Psychotria by Petit (1964), Steyermark (1972), and Verdcourt (1976). Psychotria is now generally construed in a broad sense, with which in general we are able to agree. The maintenance in the present review of the endemic Fijian (27) Readea, (28) Gillespiea, and (30) Hedstromia as distinct genera seems to us well justified; as to such genera as (29) Calycosia and (31) Amaracarpus, retained above as distinct, we are aware that questions remain and will be resolved only by future research on Indomale- sian taxa of this relationship. DISTRIBUTION: Pantropical. Airy Shaw (in Willis, Dict. Fl. Pl. Ferns, ed. 8. 1973) estimated the size of the genus as approximately 700 species, while Verdcourt (1976) thought 500 closer to the actual number. However, these figures seem substantially too low. Steyermark (1972), for example, recognized more than 240 species from Venezu- ela, the Guianas, and Amazonian Brazil, and recent estimates for Malesia are in the nature of 600 species (S. H. Sohmer, pers. comm.). If Psychotria is broadly interpreted, as seems to be the preference of modern authors, then a figure of at least 2,000 species would seem a reasonable estimate of its size. In Fiji we here recognize 76 species, considering all but four of them to be endemic. Psychotria is fairly ubiquitous in any forested and reasonably undisturbed area of Fiji. The present study is based on examination of more than 1,500 Fijian collections. USEFUL TREATMENTS OF GENUS: PETIT, E. Les espéces Africaines du genre Psychotria L. (Rubiaceae)—I. Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 34: 1-229. 1964. STEYERMARK, J. A. Psychotria. Jn: Maguire, B., et al. The botany of the Guyana Highland—Part IX. Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 23: 406-717. 1972. VeRDcourT, B. Psychotria. In: Polhill, R. M. (ed.). Fl. Trop. E. Afr. Rubiaceae, 26-109. 1976. WHISTLER, W. A. A revision of Psychotria (Rubiaceae) in Samoa. J. Arnold Arb. 67: 341-370. 1986. 1988 RUBIACEAE 265 FiGure 100. Psychotria: Stipules. A, P. exilis, x 50. B, P. macroserpens, x 30. C, P. levuensis, x 4. D, P. carnea, x 10. E, P. confertiloba, x 4. F, P. gracilior, x 4. A from Smith 620, B from Smith 1246, C from Meebold 17042, D from O. & I. Degener 32161, E from Degener & Ordonez 14014, F from Smith 6186. SIGNIFICANT MORPHOLOGICAL CHARACTERS OF PSYCHOTRIA IN Fiy1. Characters that are useful in grouping the Fijian species of Psychotria into meaningful clusters refer to habit, stipules, inflorescences, calyces, corollas, indument, fruits, and pyrenes. In the following discussion, alternative character states or combinations are parenthe- tically numbered; their distribution among the species groups recognized in Fiji is summarized in TABLE 1. Habit. Fijian species of Psychotria are either (1) trees or shrubs or (2) slender, sprawling or often high-climbing lianas. Stipules. It is probable that all Fijian species have stipular scars with ferrugineous (or pale) fimbrillate hairs, therefore falling into subgen. Psychotria sensu str. rather than subgen. Heteropsychotria Steyermark (cf. Steyermark, 1972, pp. 444, 484; Verd- court, 1976, p. 27), although such hairs are often so promptly caducous that their presence or absence as a primary character to divide Psychotria into subgenera seems questionable. 266 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 ot xe kM ; Ficure 101. Psychotria: Stipules. A, P. forsteriana, < 3. B, P. oncocarpa, = 3. C, P. archboldiana, x 4. , D, P. valleculata, x 4. A from Smith 1721, B from Degener 14362, C from Smith 4713, D from DA 13889. Stipules provide very useful criteria in the grouping of species, although it must be emphasized that substantial variability in size may exist in the stipules of a single species, and the difference in size may be especially obvious between the stipules that enclose vegetative buds and those that enclose developing inflorescences, the latter usually forming a broader bud-enclosing sheath than the former. Stipules of all our species are interpetiolar, valvate in aestivation, and united (i. e. also intrapetiolar) at least to some degree at the terminal node. The stipule types differ principally in the manner of opening (only at apex, along both sides, along one side only) and in apices (free or united at terminal node, entire or notched to deeply bifid). The stipules are usually caducous after the terminal bud develops, but occasionally they persist at the penultimate or even lower nodes, sometimes there partially disintegrating. Among Fijian species the following types of stipules are noted. (1) Stipules connate at least at very base, the apices entire or very rarely briefly (to | mm.) divided, acute, apicular, or long-acicular from a broadly ovate to lanceolate base (FIGURES 100A-D, 111A). (2) Stipules basally connate, the apices entire, obtuse to rounded (FiGuRE 100E). (3) Stipules connate and sheathing when young, separating along one side usually to base (Ficures 100F, 101A). (4) Stipules connate and sheathing, separating toward apex, subpersistent but eventually disintegrating except for a short basal collar (FIGURE 101B & C). (5) Stipules in the terminal bud united to the very apex, separating along both sides to base, orbicular to long-lanceolate in outline, obtuse to subulate at apex (Ficures 101D, 102A & B, 113). (6) Stipules usually long-lanceolate in outline, in the 1988 RUBIACEAE 267 3 $ : ; | ee) ij FiGcure 102. Psychotria: Stipules, all x 4. A, P. pickeringii. B, P. bullata. C, P. platycocca. D, P. broweri. E, P. glabra. F, P. ampullacea. G, P. calycosa. H, P. furcans. A from U. S. Expl. Exped. (GH 1soTyPe), B from Seemann 248 (GH 1soTyPE), C from Gillespie 3346, D from Seemann 254 (GH IsoTYPE), E from DA 15446, F from Smith 5659, G from Smith 7378, H from Degener 14450. 268 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Ficure 103. Psychotria: Stipules. A, P. pubiflora, < 4. B, P. gibbsiae, x 4. C, P. gracilis, x 30. D, P. pritchardii, x 4. E, P. pachyantha, x 4. A from DA 12549, B from Gillespie 3907, C from U. S. Expl. Exped. (HOLOTYPE), D from DA 15709, E from Smith 1648. terminal bud with separate and often diverging, acute or apiculate to long-filiform apices, the apices themselves entire or very briefly (to 1 mm.) divided, the stipules eventually separating along both sides to base (FIGURE 102C & D). (7) Stipules basally united, free distally and conspicuously notched to deeply bifid into two broadly ovate to long-linear or filiform lobes (FIGURES 102E-H, 103). 1988 RUBIACEAE 269 FiGure 104. Psychotria: Calyces and corollas. A, P. vitiensis, calyces and a corolla, = 2. B, P. magnifica, proximal surface of calyx, distal surface of calyx limb and young corolla, and mature corolla, x 2. C, P. archboldiana, cluster of flowers prior to anthesis, x 4. D, P. exilis, flower, x 10. A from Gillespie 2722, B from Gillespie 3307.1, C from DA 14973, D from Krauss 1015. Inflorescences. \nflorescences in Psychotria are terminal, although often laterally displaced due to elongation of a bud and development of a new leader-shoot from a node immediately below or close to the inflorescence. Peduncles are frequently well developed and erect (1), or rarely they are abruptly reflexed from base (2). Peduncles are absent in many species, the inflorescence branchlets arising directly from the stem apex (3). However, it is not uncommon to find erect-pedunculate (1) and sessile (3) inflorescences on the same specimen. It seems likely that in some instances the sessile type results when the peduncle fails to elongate, but it is apparent that in many Fijian species with sessile inflorescences a secondarily pedunculate form is produced by the suppression of all but one of the inflorescence branchlets. Strikingly pedunculate s S Z 2 Y Z ee IS > < a ° — fy 1988 RUBIACEAE 271 Ficure 106. Psychotria: Indument of inflorescence branchlets, x 60. A, P. tephrosantha. B, P. storckii. A from Smith 4810, B from Degener 15374. inflorescences seem to occur only when the peduncle is distinctly reflexed (2), a situation found among Fijian species only in P. furcans and P. pritchardii. In a few species (4) the inflorescence branchlets as well as the peduncles are totally lacking, the flowers and fruits then usually being sessile in a capitular or subcapitular head at the stem apex (FiGurREs 105C, 113B). Calyces. The most diverse characters of the flowers of Psychotria in Fiji seem to occur in the calyx, and consequently calycine morphology has frequently been used as a taxonomic criterion to group taxa into clusters. In the present treatment the outer adherent covering of the ovary is considered to be calycine tissue and is designated as hypanthium, the free portion of the calyx being referred to as the calyx limb. Among Fijian species the calyx limb attains strikingly diverse shapes and sizes. (1) Calyx limb erect, subcylindric or infundibular, much longer than hypanthium at anthesis, 4-23 mm. long, often white, not conspicuously broadened at apex, long-persistent in fruit, when at length falling leaving a conspicuous scar (FiGurREs 107A, 111C). (2) Calyx limb ellipsoid-cylindric, urceolate, fusiform, narrowly campanulate, or infundibular, longer than hypanthium at anthesis, 2-10 mm. long, often constricted toward apex and then briefly flaring, the expanded portion rarely more than 5 mm. in apical diameter, the entire limb caducous in fruit and leaving an obvious scar (FIGURES 104A, 108B). (3) Calyx limb longer than hypanthium at anthesis, 2-25 mm. long, usually white, subrotate from base or campanulate and gradually broadened from base or, if fusiform proximally and then constricted, ultimately broadened into a conspicuously flaring apex (6-) 7-25 mm. in diameter, subpersistent or soon caducous in fruit and leaving an obvious scar (FiGuRES 104B, 108A, 131 (lower) ). (4) Calyx limb suberect or erecto- patent, 2-5 mm. long (longer than hypanthium at anthesis), green, often thin in texture and obviously nerved, spreading to 7 mm. in diameter, long-persistent in fruit (FIGURE 104C). (5) Calyx limb comparatively inconspicuous, erect or erecto-patent at anthesis FiGure 105. Psychotria: Calyces and corollas. A, P. leiophylla, flower just prior to anthesis, x 20. B, P. evansensis, flower, x 20. C, P. pickeringii, inflorescence, showing calyces, corollas, and styles, x 4. D, P. st.johnii, flower, x 10. A from DA 13617, B from DA 11609, C from Smith 7686, D from St. John 18279. 272 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 and shorter than or subequal to hypanthium in length, negligible to 2 (-4) mm. long, not perceptibly veined or thin or greenish in drying, usually persistent in fruit, if eventually falling leaving an inconspicuous scar (FIGURES 105, 109B, 110C). (6) Calyx limb as in (5) but perceptibly veined, thin, and greenish in drying. Corollas. The corolla in Fijian species of Psychotriais slender, tubular or infundib- ular, with 4-8 lobes that eventually become spreading or somewhat reflexed; although diversity is limited, length is a usable criterion at the species level, and sometimes the shape of the bud formed by the lobes is characteristic. Several corolla types may be noted. (1) Corolla elongate, 25-78 mm. long, the tube 18-50 mm. long, the lobes 5 or 6, 5-28 mm. long, before anthesis forming a smooth (or inconspicuously angled or costate) bud (FiGurRE 111D). (2) Corolla of medium length, (7-) 9-30 mm. long, the tube (6-) 8-25 mm. long, the lobes (4 or) 5 or 6(-8), 1.5-6 mm. long, before anthesis as in (1) (Ficures 104A & B, 113B, 114B). (3) Corolla short, 2-8 mm. long, the tube 1—4.5 mm. long, the lobes 5, 1-4 mm. long, before anthesis as in(1) and (2) or rounded into a 5-costate bud (FiGuRES 104D, 105). (4) Corolla of medium length, 6-30 mm. long, the tube 2-18 mm. long, the lobes 4 (or 5), 4-12 mm. long, obviously veined, before anthesis sharply enlarged into a conspicuously 4(or 5)-angled or -winged bud (FIGURE 104C). Many (perhaps most) Fijian species of Psychotria have a degree of indument on the inner corolla surface: the tube may be puberulent, the lobes more or less arachnoid- pilose, and the throat tufted-pilose. Externally the corolla may appear totally glabrous (Figures 104A, 105A, 111C & D), short-tufted-pilose at tips of lobes (FiGuREs 104C, 105C), sporadically puberulent or short-hispidulous on the tube as well (FIGURES 104B, 105B, 113B, 114B), or copiously and uniformly puberulent (FiGuRE 104D). We do not find corolla indument a very useful or dependable diagnostic character in Psychotria. Stamens are attached to the corolla tube or in the corolla throat, the filaments and anthers usually being short and not offering characters of striking value in delimiting clusters of species, although of course there are differences in dimensions. Indument. Indument may occur on vegetative parts (branchlets, stipules, leaves) and inflorescence parts (peduncles and branchlets, bracts, bracteoles, pedicels, calyces, and corollas). In herbarium specimens indument (or its absence) seems most readily ~ observable for purposes of categorization on inflorescence branchlets and calyces. Such indument may be either (1) lacking (although otherwise glabrous species presum- ably have fimbrillate hairs at the inner bases of caducous stipules, and such species may also be variably pilose on the outer surface of the corolla and also pilose in the corolla throat and sometimes on inner surfaces of the corolla tube and lobes); (2) present, the hairs being pale, minute, 0.05-0.1 mm. long, and 1-3-cellular (indument of this type gives an inconspicuously puberulent appearance to those parts on which it may occur and may be so sparse as to be overlooked) (FiGuURE 106A); or (3) more obviously present, the hairs being reddish (often brownish or pale but then usually with a reddish tinge at intercellular septa), 0.1-1.2 mm. long, and several-many-septate (indument of this type gives a conspicuously hirsute or tomentose appearance to those parts on which it occurs) (FIGURES 106B, 108C). Fruit shape. The fruits of Psychotria in Fiji show variation in size and shape, falling into several generalized categories. (1) Fruit large, when fresh (1 1-) 20-40 x (7-) 15-28 mm., ellipsoid or obtusely 4-angled, and with a carnose pericarp, drying sharply 4- -angled, with a conspicuous calycine scar (FIGURES 107A & D, 112). (2) Fruit medium in size, when fresh 4.5-20 (-23) x 5-15 mm., ellipsoid to subglobose, obovoid, or turbinate, and with a carnose pericarp, drying with 4-10 longitudinal angles or sulci (sometimes irregularly rugulose), essentially symmetrical but sometimes slightly flat- tened in one plane proximally, with a conspicuous or inconspicuous calycine scar or with a persistent calyx limb (FiGurEs 107B, 108, 109A). (3) Fruit as in (2) when fresh, drying asymmetrically, 4-angled but flattened proximally i in one plane and swollen distally in the other plane, the calycine scar inconspicuous or the short calyx limb persistent (FIGURES 109B, C, E). (4) Fruit comparatively small, when fresh 4-10 mm. long and broad, subglobose, and with a comparatively thin pericarp, drying with a smooth surface or with 6-10 shallow sulci, the short calyx limb persistent (FIGURE 110). 1988 RUBIACEAE 273 Ficure 107. Psychotria: Fruits and pyrenes. A, P. eumorphanthus, fruit, with persistent calyx limb, * 1. B, P. hypargyraea, fruit and adaxial and abaxial surfaces of pyrene, * 4. C, P. gracilior, abaxial and adaxial surfaces of pyrene, x 3. D, P. prismoclavata, fruit, the calyx limb fallen, and adaxial and abaxial surfaces of pyrene, x 2. A from DA 14378, B from Smith 7348, C from Smith 6186, D from Gillespie 3272. Fruit color. In color and markings the mature fruit may be (1) pink or orange to deep red, without obvious raphid bundles in the pericarp; (2) white to yellow, without obvious raphid bundles in the pericarp; (3) white to yellow, but with obvious raphid bundles in the pericarp; or (4) pink to orange or red, and with obvious raphid bundles in the pericarp. Pyrenes. Pyrenes are closely correlated in shape with that of dried fruits in Psychotria and show useful characters for grouping species into clusters; several types of pyrene are apparent among the Fijian species. (1) Pyrenes elliptic in outline, comparatively large, 11-28 x 6.5-18 mm., adaxially smooth, abaxially sharply and conspicuously I-carinate for entire length, essentially entire at apex (FIGURE 107C). (2) Pyrenes obovate in outline, comparatively large, (7—) 8-14 x 5-7 mm., the adaxial and abaxial surfaces as in (1) but the apex deeply tridentate (FiGuRE 107D). (3) Pyrenes suborbicular or elliptic in outline, thin in texture, medium-sized, 8-11 x 6-9 mm., adaxially smooth, abaxially sharply and conspicuously 1-carinate for entire length, sometimes with one or two smaller carinae toward apex or in distal half, shallowly 274 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Ficure 108. Psychotria: Fruits and pyrenes. A, P. glabra, young fruit with persistent calyx limb, x 2. B, P. tomaniviensis, fruit, with persistent calyx limb, and adaxial and abaxial surfaces of pyrene, x 4. C, P. brevicalyx, fruit, the calyx limb fallen, and adaxial and abaxial surfaces of pyrene, = 4. D, P. storckii, fruit and adaxial and abaxial surfaces of pyrene, x 4. A from Smith 7456, B from Gillespie 3995, C from Degener 15292, D from DA 14869. indented at apex, the central carina slightly mucronate into the apical sinus (FIGURE 107B). (4) Pyrenes semiellipsoid or semiobovoid, medium-sized, 4-11 (-15) x 2.5-7 (-12) mm., adaxially smooth or with an inconspicuous longitudinal ridge, obtuse to subacute at base, abaxially bluntly 1-3-carinate essentially for entire length (some- times irregularly tuberculate-rugulose especially distally), the carinae slightly project- ing at the irregular apex (FIGURE 108B). (5) Pyrenes similar to those of (4) but with 1988 RUBIACEAE 275 Ficure 109. Psychotria: Fruits and pyrenes, all x 4. A, P. impercepta, fruit and adaxial and abaxial surfaces of pyrene. B, P. platycocca, fruit and adaxial and abaxial surfaces of pyrene. C, P. pickeringi, fruit and adaxial and abaxial surfaces of pyrene. D, P. aurantiocarpa, abaxial surface of pyrene. E, P. taviunen- sis, fruit and adaxial and abaxial surfaces of pyrene. A from Smith 9005, B from DA 11494, C from DA 16574, D from Smith 449, E from Smith 752. slight lateral indentations above middle, the basal portion subhastate and abaxially rounded to 3- or 5-carinate to subtuberculate, the carinae sometimes apparent only toward apex distal to lateral indentations (FIGURES 108C & D, 109A). (6) Pyrenes 276 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 FiGure 110. Psychotria: Fruits and pyrenes, all « 4. A, P. leiophylla, fruit and adaxial and abaxial surfaces of pyrene. B, P. forsteriana, abaxial and adaxial surfaces of pyrene and fruit. C, P. tephrosantha, fruit and adaxial and abaxial surfaces of pyrene. D, P. parvula, fruit and adaxial and abaxial surfaces of pyrene. A from Smith 1239, B from Smith 7071, C from Degener 14392, D from O. & I. Degener 32099. rhomboid in outline and often conspicuously indented on lateral margins near or above middle, deeply or shallowly emarginate apically, medium-sized, 4-14 = 3-10 mm., adaxially smooth or with an inconspicuous longitudinal ridge, subacute to obtuse at base, abaxially acutely or bluntly I-carinate essentially for entire length or only in distal half, the carina often slightly projecting distally into the apical notch (FiGuRE 109B-E). (7) Pyrenes semiglobose to semiellipsoid, small, 3-6 x 3-5 mm., adaxially smooth, abaxially 2—4-carinate, the carinae extending from base to apex (FiGurE 110B-D). (8) Pyrenes semiglobose to semiellipsoid, small, 4-5 x 3.5-4 mm., adaxially with a conspicuous median sulcus (this partially or completely bridged by a longitudinal, slender, fragile rib), abaxially smooth (F1GurRE 110A). Conclusions. An examination of TABLE 1, in which the types of significant morpho- logical characters are assigned to the nine species groups into which we have divided the Fijian species of Psychotria, indicates that correlations are unsatisfactory. Except for the very obvious division of the taxa into trees or shrubs vs. vines, we have found the most satisfactory characters to repose in stipular type, calyces, and pyrenes, but the relationships among taxa are so highly reticulate that one must assume the genus to be in an active evolutionary state, its members sharing characters in such a way that no classification seems satisfactory. It is possible that the lianoid species, which are reasonably constant in other characters as well, may merit designation as a subgenus or section on a worldwide basis. Certainly there are no other alliances in Fiji that could be contemplated at the level of subgenus or section, although such categories have been utilized by Petit (1964), Steyermark (1972), and Verdcourt (1976) in their respective 1988 RUBIACEAE AUT TABLE 1. FIJIAN PSYCHOTRIA: CORRELATION OF SIGNIFICANT MORPHOLOGICAL CHARACTERS WITH SPECIES GROUPS g 5 os a. 5 8 2 2 g 5 = 3 s 2 oO oO = a 3) o = =| 5 2 5 E 2 2 5 s = = a 3 z 2 = S Species group x n = O oO = o a 0 1. Confertilobae 1 1,2,3 eS 112 1 1,3 1 12) 1 2. Macrocalyces 1 1 1,3 Das 2) 11723} 2 1 4 3. Turbinatae 1 7 1,3,4 2,3 1,2 1733 2 12 2,4,5 4. Carneae 1 1,4 1,3,4 4 4 i122 2, 1 5. Forsterianae 1 eS; 1,3 6 3 7? 2,4 4 4,7,8 6. Pickeringiae 1 5 4 5 2 1,2,3 3 1,2 6 7. Filipedes 1 6 1,3 5 2,3 1,3 3 1 6 8. Brackenridgeae 1 7/ 1,2,3,4 5 2,3 1,2,3 2,3 1 3,4,5,6 9. Tephrosanthae 2 1 1,3 5 3 1,2 4 3 7 geographical areas. We suspect that at present the use of subgenera in Psychotria is not realistic and that sectional categories are not yet satisfactorily apparent if a worldwide classification of the genus is contemplated. The use of species groups (the names of which are devoid of nomenclatural status) in each geographical area seems to provide the best means of bringing a modicum of order to this intractable genus even at a very local level. We have refrained from using trinomial nomenclature in treating the Fijian species of Psychotria, feeling that such usage gives a false sense of security in the interpretation of taxa. There are certainly occasional specimens that are intermediate in one or more characters among taxa that we recognize as species, but whether such fringing popula- tions represent occasional introgression or merely small populations that still persist in actively speciating complexes is not perceptible without experimental studies. To apply trinomials to such populations may merely obscure their true nature. KEY TO SPECIES GROUPS Trees or shrubs; flowers and fruits various. Calyx limb conspicuous, variously modified, at anthesis exceeding the hypanthium in length and at least 2 mm. long; fruit at maturity pink to orange or deep red (rarely white), without obvious raphid bundles in the pericarp. Corolla limb essentially smooth just prior to anthesis, not sharply angled, the lobes 5 or more, not conspicuously veined; calyx limb various, erect to rotate, usually with immersed nerves, often caducous in fruit. Fruit large, 20-40 x 12-28 mm. at maturity, ellipsoid or obtusely 4-angled, sharply 4-angled when dried, the calyx limb long-persistent, when eventually caducous leaving a conspicuous scar; pyrenes elliptic in outline, comparatively large, 11-28 x 6.5-18 mm., abaxially sharply and conspicuously 1-carinate for entire length, essentially entire at apex; calyx limb erect, subcylin- dric to infundibular, (3-) 4-23 mm. long, 3-10 mm. in diameter at apex; corolla elongate, the tube 18-50 mm. long, the lobes 8-28 mm. long. ................. Group |. Confertilobae Fruit comparatively small, 4.5-20 (-25) x 5-15 mm. at maturity, ellipsoid to subglobose, obovoid, or turbinate, drying with 4-10 longitudinal angles or sulci, the calyx limb often long-persistent, when eventually caducous usually leaving a conspicuous scar; pyrenes semiellipsoid or semiobo- void, of medium size, 4-11 (-15) x 2.5-7 (-12) mm., abaxially bluntly 1-3-carinate essentially for entire length, the carinae slightly projecting at the irregular apex (pyrenes of P. prismoclavata, species no. 13, exceptional in being abaxially sharply 1-carinate and apically deeply 3-dentate); calyx limb variable in shape, 2-25 mm. long, up to 25 mm. in diameter at apex (but often much narrower); corolla of medium length, the tube (6-) 8-25 (-35) mm. long, the lobes 1.5-6 (—8) mm. long. 278 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Stipules not bifid, lanceolate or elongate-deltoid, 3-8 mm. long, free above middle or nearly from base, subacute to subulate at apex (rarely the apex minutely and narrowly divided to 1 mm. but not obviously bifid); calyx limb not exceeding 9 mm. in length or 10 mm. in apical GHANA, o00000000000000000000000000000000000000099000999 Group 2. Macrocalyces Stipules basally united, free distally and obviously bifid; calyx limb variable. Group 3. Turbinatae Corolla limb sharply enlarged and 4(or 5)-angled or -winged just prior to anthesis, the lobes broad, 4-12 mm. long, obviously veined, their margins appressed to form the angles or wings, the corolla tube 3-20 mm. long; calyx limb suberect or erecto-patent, 2-5 mm. long, often thin in texture and obviously nerved, spreading to 7 mm. in diameter; fruit prevailingly obovoid, 5-23 mm. long, sometimes drying irregularly tuberculate; pyrenes semiobovoid, as in species groups 2 and 3 but sometimes abaxially irregularly tuberculate-rugulose. ................... Group 4. Carneae Calyx limb comparatively inconspicuous, erect or erecto-patent at anthesis, usually shorter than or subequal to hypanthium in length or, if somewhat longer, rarely more than 2 (-4) mm. long, usually persistent in fruit or, if eventually caducous, leaving an inconspicuous scar. Stipules either connate and sheathing (separating along one side usually to base) or broadly ovate- deltoid and apiculate; corolla 3-5.5 mm. long, copiously barbellate in throat, the lobes approxi- mately as long as the tube; vegetative and inflorescence parts (young branchlets, stipules, petioles, leaf blades, calyces, and pericarp of fruit) often copiously lineolate with raphid bundles (these becoming less obvious in fully mature parts but usually discernible in some organs); fruit at maturity pink to orange or deep red. ...........0 0c cece cece eee eens Group 5. Forsterianae Stipules orbicular to ovate, obovate, or lanceolate, eventually separating along both sides, at apex obtuse to apiculate, acute, long-filiform, or bifid; corolla very rarely as short as 2 mm., often much longer (to 18 mm. long), with lobes obviously shorter than the tube, infrequently conspicuously barbellate in throat; raphid bundles present in various vegetative and inflorescence parts but usually inconspicuous and often obscure; fruit at maturity pink to orange to deep red (rarely yellowish). Inflorescences strictly capitate, unbranched, the flowers sessile and subtended by obvious, usually scariose bracts (pedicels occasionally obscurely developing in fruit but never exceeding 1.5 mm. in length); stipules obtuse to apiculate or linear-lanceolate at apex, not bifid; corolla 8-15 mm. long; fruit drying asymmetrically 4-angled but flattened proximally in one plane and swollen distally in the other plane, the pyrenes rhomboid, indented on lateral margins near middle, emarginate at apex, abaxially |-carinate at least in distal half. ..... Group 6. Pickeringiae- Inflorescences branched, sometimes inconspicuously so but not strictly capitate (or if very rarely subcapitate then with obvious, elongate pedicels); fruit and pyrenes as in species group Pickerin- giae or fruit drying symmetrically and pyrenes abaxially 1—4-carinate and not or only slightly indented on lateral margins. Stipules usually long-lanceolate, in the terminal bud with separate and often diverging, acute or apiculate to long-filiform apices, the apices themselves entire or very briefly (to | mm.) divided, the stipules eventually separating along both sides to base, not persisting at penulti- mate node; inflorescences (2-)4-6(-9)-branched from base or from apex of a short, erect peduncle not exceeding 2 cm. in length; calyx limb inconspicuous, usually 0.3-1 mm. long and subentire or obscurely dentate (rarely to 3 mm. long and appreciably lobed); corolla 2-9 mm. long; leaf blades sometimes cordate at base, but often acute to attenuate and decurrent on DEWONS, coosnococcascnooecdecdo oD DGG0d00CD DD ODDDODDODODDOAGES Group 7. Filipedes Stipules basally united, free distally and conspicuously notched to deeply bifid into broadly ovate to long-linear or filiform lobes, occasionally persisting at 3 or 4 distal nodes; inflorescences 2-7(-10)-branched from base or from apex of a peduncle, this sometimes obvious, occasion- ally sharply reflexed; calyx limb usually inconspicuous, 0.2-2 mm. long (sometimes to 3.5 mm. long), subentire to obtusely short-dentate or with broadly deltoid lobes; corolla 4-18 mm. long; leaf blades acute to attenuate at base and decurrent on petiole, never cordate. Group 8. Brackenridgeae Lianas or scrambling or scandent shrubs; inflorescences pedunculate or less frequently 3-branched from base, paniculate-cymose; flowers comparatively small, the calyx limb (less than 1 mm. long) shorter than hypanthium, the corolla (including lobes) 4-9 mm. long at anthesis, conspicuously farinose- puberulent without, the lobes 4 or 5 (or 6), before anthesis forming a smooth or costate bud; fruit subglobose, 4-10 mm. in diameter, smooth or shallowly sulcate, white to yellow, with obvious raphid bundles in the pericarp, the pyrenes abaxially 2-4-carinate from base to apex; stipules short, deltoid to OVA, GUO, ccoasvovccpnovauaDd000 cD doo ddDODODDU SO UGODO00N0000000 Group 9. Tephrosanthae 1988 RUBIACEAE 279 KEYS TO SPECIES Group |. CONFERTILOBAE Stipules connate and sheathing when young, separating along one side usually to base, 6-28 mm. long. Calyx limb 15-23 mm. long; corolla tube 30-50 mm. long, the lobes 13-28 mm. long; anthers 3.5-4 mm. long. Stipules up to 28 mm. long; petioles 1-4 cm. long; leaf blades elliptic to obovate-elliptic, usually (9-) 13-25 x (4-) 6-9 cm., attenuate at base, abruptly acuminate at apex, with 8-15 arcuate-ascending secondary nerves per side; inflorescence branches and flowers (except corolla at throat) glabrous; calyx limb 15-23 mm. long and 5-10 mm. in diameter at apex; corolla tube 40-50 mm. long, the lobes 24-28 mm. long; mature fruit 25-40 x 15-28 mm., the pyrenes 20-28 x 13-18 mm. 1. P. eumorphanthus Stipules 6-8 mm. long; petioles 1-3 cm. long; leaf blades elliptic to oblanceolate, usually 7-12 x 3-5 cm., acute to attenuate at base, cuspidate at apex, with 6-9 arcuate-spreading secondary nerves per side; inflorescence branches, pedicels, and often calyx pilose with pale, several-celled hairs 0.1-0.3 mm. long; calyx limb 15-20 mm. long and 5-7 mm. in diameter at apex; corolla tube 30-40 mm. long, puberulent without, the lobes 13-15 mm. long; mature fruit up to 23 x 15 mm., the pyrenes about 15 SNOW, soooccgnovnesoc0acggo0ND OOD COD DODD ADODODODODDIOCCBOOODODONOS 2. P. leptantha Calyx limb 4-5 mm. long; fruit up to 20 x 15 mm., the pyrenes 11-12 x 6.5-8 mm.; indument lacking; stipules 10-15 mm. long; petioles slender, 1-2 cm. long; leaf blades oblanceolate, (6-) 8-11 = (2-) 2.5-4 cm., attenuate at base, acuminate at apex, with 7-9 ascending secondary nerves per side. 3. P. gracilior Stipules connate only proximally, 1.5-12 mm. long, the apices entire, acute to rounded; calyx limb not exceeding 8 mm. in length; corolla tube less than 30 mm. long, the lobes not more than 15 mm. long; anthers about 2 mm. long. Petioles less than 2 cm. long, very slender; leaf blades lanceolate, 6-10 x 1.5-2.8 cm., narrowly acute at apex, the secondary nerves 8-10 per side; pedicels 5-7 mm. long; calyx limb 5-8 mm. long, about 3 mm. in diameter at apex; corolla tube very slender (1—-1.5 mm. in diameter), 18-22 mm. long, the lobes 8-9 x 2-3 mm.; stipules 1.5-3 mm. long, acute at apex. .................--- 4. P. araiosantha Petioles 1.5-6 cm. long, comparatively robust; leaf blades oblong-elliptic to obovate, usually (7-) 10-20 x (3-) 5-9 cm., obtuse or obtusely cuspidate at apex, the secondary nerves spreading, curved, 8-15 per side; pedicels 1-6 mm. long; calyx limb (3-) 4-8 mm. long, 4-8 mm. in diameter at apex; corolla tube comparatively robust (about 2 mm. in diameter), 20-30 mm. long, the lobes 8-15 x 3-4 mm.; fruit 20-27 =x 12-20 mm., the pyrenes 11-15 x 9-13 mm.; stipules 5-12 mm. long, rounded or obtuse at AO. a occagedcogoddas 00090 Gnas 00 NGO AD dDDQDDDABODDDOONUSDDODEDOONNOOS 5. P. confertiloba Group 2. MACROCALYCES Inflorescences (except calyx limb of P. roseata) and leaf blades glabrous, the calyx limb narrowly campanu- late to fusiform-cylindric, 3-8 mm. long, 2-5 mm. in apical diameter; leaf blades prevailingly oblong- elliptic, about 3 times as long as broad. Flowers and fruits sessile or on pedicels to 4 mm. long, the calyx limb glabrous; fruit pyriform to ellipsoid, 5-7 x 3.5-6 mm., the pyrenes 4-6.5 x 3-5 mm.; leaf blades not exceeding 8 x 3.2 cm. Mature corolla 13-15 mm. long; petioles 2-7 mm. long; leaf blades lanceolate to oblong-elliptic, (2-) 3-8 x (0.5-) 1-3.2 cm.; inflorescences branched from base or with inconspicuous peduncles to 2 Wate, WOM, 5 caoce99000006000000000000000000000000000500000000000000G0 6. P. macrocalyx Mature corolla 23-32 mm. long; petioles 8-12 mm. long; leaf blades obovate- to oblong-elliptic, 5-8 1.5-3 cm.; inflorescences pedunculate, the peduncle 1-5 cm. long. ............ 7. P. vitiensis Flowers and fruits borne on pedicels 5-15 mm. long, the calyx limb crispate-pilose without (hairs multicellular, about 0.2 mm. long), eventually glabrate; mature corolla 22-28 mm. long; fruit narrowly ellipsoid-cylindric, 8-13 x 3.5-6 mm., the pyrenes 6-10 x 2.5-3.5 mm.; inflorescences few-branched from base; leaf blades (5-) 8-13 x (1.5-) 3-4.5 cm. ................ 8. P. roseata Inflorescences 3-5-branched from base, with branchlets, calyces, and corollas copiously and densely puberulent with pale hairs less than 0.1 mm. long; branchlets distally and lower surfaces of leaf blades similarly minutely but copiously puberulent (but becoming glabrate). Calyx limb fusiform to obovoid, 3-5 mm. long, abruptly flaring to a briefly spreading apex 3-5 mm. in diameter; mature corolla 10-15 mm. long; leaf blades narrowly oblanceolate, 5-6 times as long as broad, 7-18 x 1.2-3.8 cm., strongly revolute at margin. ...................-5- 9. P. levuensis Calyx limb 5-9 mm. long, composed of a fusiform-cylindric basal part (1.5-2.5 mm. long and in diameter) and a campanulate-subrotate distal part (6-10 mm. in diameter at apex); mature corolla 13-17 mm. long; leaf blades lanceolate to elliptic-lanceolate, 3-4 times as long as broad, (6-)10-25 = (2.5-) 3-6.5 CHM oOlmeyoluteratemanpinaeeee renee eeeirrriieirtitel tran titi tetetcr- lel: 10. P. argantha 280 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Group 3. TURBINATAE Inflorescences subcapitate, usually 9-12-flowered, the pedicels 1-3 mm. long; calyx limb 6-8.5 mm. long, narrowly campanulate, 3-5 mm. in diameter at apex, the lobes suberect; corolla 20-22 mm. long; leaf blades lanceolate to oblanceolate, (7-) 10-17 = (2-) 3.5-5 cm. Inflorescence-subtending stipules 20-25 mm. long, connate into a flask-shaped sheath, free and bifid only in the distal 3 mm.; pedicels 2-3 mm. long, copiously pilose with many-celled hairs; corolla pilose like pedicels; lower surfaces of leaf blades similarly reddish-pilose. ............. 11. P. ampullacea Inflorescence-subtending stipules to 15 mm. long, less highly connate, free in distal half or 2/3; pedicels about 1 mm. long, glabrous; corolla essentially glabrous or distally weakly pale-pilose; leaf blades AALS, cooccogccodp con cccanncon 0 0D0DUdDDD OCOD ODED OOGSOOESOOOD 12. P. tomaniviensis Inflorescences branched, not subcapitate (if compact and apparently 1-3-flowered, as in P. prismoclavata, not truly subcapitate but then usually short-pedunculate and with obviously pedicellate flowers, the stipules connate only in the basal 1-2 mm.). Indument lacking from inflorescences (except corollas sometimes puberulent) and vegetative parts. Inflorescences compact, apparently 1- or 3-flowered, the peduncle if present to 1.5 cm. long, the pedicels in fruit becoming 10-30 mm. long; calyx limb(7-) 10 mm. long, proximally narrowly campanulate and distally enlarged to 9-10 mm. in apical diameter; fruit drying clavate-prismatic or quadrangular-pyriform, (8-) 11-20 x (5-) 7-10 mm., the pyrenes (7-) 8-14 x 5-7 mm., conspicu- ously and sharply 1-carinate abaxially and tridentate at apex; leaf blades elliptic-obovate, 5-9 DV Gib. sqocopesasbocous opoucoDOOOdpuboacooCoUNDADUODSDOOODSDOO 13. P. prismoclavata Inflorescences freely branching and many-flowered; fruit drying ellipsoid to obovoid or turbinate, the pyrenes bluntly carinate. Calyx limb broadly flaring or subrotate, 7-25 mm. in apical diameter. Calyx limb 10-25 mm. long, the ascending basal portion cylindric or narrowly campanulate, 3-8 mm. long, the distal portion campanulate or cupuliform, gradually broadened and flaring, 10-25 mm. in apical diameter, often conspicuously glandular; mature corolla 25-35 mm. long; inflorescences ample, 6-15 cm. long, 2- or 3-times branched, the peduncle to 9 cm. long (but sometimes essentially lacking); fruit turbinate, 7-15 < 6-7.5 mm.; leaf blades elliptic to elliptic-obovate, (7-) 10-25 x (2.5-) 4.5-9 cm. .........--- +e eee eee e eee 14. P. glabra Calyx limb subrotate, broadly flaring and flattened nearly from base (i. e. from apex of hypan- thium), the ascending basal portion of limb no more than 2.5 mm. long, the distal portion 7-20 mm. in apical diameter. Inflorescences pedunculate or 2- or 3-parted from base, 5-11 cm. broad, the primary or- secondary peduncles 1-6 cm. long, ascending (i. e. continuing direction of inflorescence- bearing branchlet); petioles 0.7-2.5 cm. long; leaf blades oblong-elliptic to obovate, not larger than 18 x 7.5 cm. Calyx limb chartaceous, without conspicuous nerves, copiously reddish-glandular-punctate or -lineolate; mature corolla 18-25 mm. long; leaf blades usually 6-13 < 2-5 cm., with copious glandular markings on both surfaces. ...............-+-+-- 15. P. fragrans Calyx limb membranaceous, conspicuously reticulate-nerved, without glandular markings or these very obscure; mature corolla 23-30 mm. long; leaf blades usually 10-18 x 4-7.5cm., without glandular markings (or these very inconspicuous). ........ 16. P. leucocalyx Inflorescences 3-parted and spreading from base, forming lax clusters 7-20 cm. in diameter; calyx limb obviously nerved, eglandular; mature corolla 15-25 mm. long; petioles 2-9 cm. long; leaf blades broadly oblong-elliptic, 15-32 x 6-12 cm., without glandular markings. 17. P. koroiveibaui Calyx limb campanulate or fusiform to cylindric, gradually or abruptly flaring to an apical diameter of 2-7 mm.; leaf blades oblong-elliptic to -oblanceolate, with 6-12 secondary nerves per side. Calyx limb campanulate, 2-5 mm. long, gradually broadening distally; inflorescences pedunculate or divided from base. Inflorescences pedunculate, 2-6 cm. broad at maturity, the peduncle 1.5-3.5 cm. long, the pedicels 2-4 mm. long; mature corolla 12-18 mm. long; petioles S-10 mm. long; leaf blades 5-8) 33 S39 Gi, ocosconccgcoc ps 00aDbv0od0000CG000000000000000000 18. P. calycosa Inflorescences divided from base or spreading from a peduncle to 1 cm. long, 5-13 cm. broad at maturity, the secondary peduncles I-5 cm. long, the pedicels 5-17 mm. long; mature corolla 17-27 mm. long; petioles 10-35 mm. long; leaf blades (5-) 7-11.5 = (1.5-) 2-4.5 cm. 19. P. gillespieana Calyx limb fusiform to cylindric, 2-6 mm. long, abruptly flaring distally; corolla to 15 mm. long; inflorescences 3- or 4-divided from base, spreading to 9 cm. in diameter, the secondary peduncles to 3.5 cm. long, the pedicels 5-10 mm. long; petioles 7-15 mm. long; leaf blades 7-10 SS S39 GM coccacan0c0 0d 00 0bG00D0000000000000000000000000000000 20. P. stenantha 1988 RUBIACEAE 281 Indument associated with inflorescences (branchlets, bracts, pedicels, bracteoles, and/or calyces) appar- ent, often composed of many-celled, reddish or golden hairs, sometimes of minute, 1—3-celled hairs, a similar indument also present on some vegetative parts. Calyx limb 6-18 mm. long, the ascending basal portion cylindric or fusiform or narrowly campanulate, 3-10 mm. long, gradually or abruptly expanding into a broadly obconical distal portion 6-17 mm. in apical diameter; indument (on those inflorescence parts where it occurs) composed of predomi- nantly reddish, several-many-celled hairs 0.1-1.2 mm. long. Lower surfaces of leaf blades pilose with usually reddish many-celled hairs 0.2-1 mm. long (these sometimes becoming sparse and occasionally essentially lacking). Leaf blades (8-) 12-28 x (2.5-) 4-12 cm., copiously hirtellous beneath with hairs uniformly distributed and persistent; indument of inflorescence branches, pedicels, and calyces similarly copious and persistent (even on fruits). ..................00eeeeeees 21. P. brevicalyx Leaf blades usually smaller, (4-) 7-16 x (1.5-) 3-6 cm., sporadically hirtellous beneath, the hairs more obvious on costa and secondaries than on surface (and rarely essentially lacking); indument of inflorescence branches, pedicels, and calyces similar, often sporadic (and rarely essentially lacking), not persistent on fruit. .................... 22. P. nandarivatensis Lower surfaces of leaf blades glabrous or minutely puberulent (hairs less than 0.05 mm. long, pale, obscurely 1-3-celled). Leaf blades elliptic-lanceolate, 7-15 x 3-5 cm., with 8-11 secondary nerves per side, the upper surfaces copiously reddish-glandular-blotched; petioles (0.7-) 1-3 cm. long; inflorescences pedunculate (or 2- or 3-branched from base but then the secondary peduncles straight, erect), the peduncle (or secondary peduncles) 2-4 cm. long. .................. 23. P. pubiflora Leaf blades broadly elliptic to obovate, (11-) 15-25 x 4.5-10.5 cm., with 11-15 secondary nerves per side, the upper surfaces not (or inconspicuously) glandular; petioles 1.8-4 cm. long; inflorescences 2-4-branched from base. ..............-.-2.++-+eeees 24. P. crassiflora Calyx limb (2.5-) 3-8 (-10) mm. long, campanulate or rotate or infundibular, the ascending basal portion less than 3 mm. long and gradually or abruptly expanding distally to an apical diameter of 3-17 mm. (or if ascending basal portion of calyx limb to 5 mm. long then abruptly flaring to an apical diameter of only 2.5-5 mm.). Indument (on those inflorescence parts where it occurs) composed of predominantly reddish, several-many-celled hairs 0.1—-1 mm. long; calyx limb rotate, abruptly expanded toa spreading, flattened apical portion 5-17 mm. in diameter. Calyx limb 5-6 mm. in apical diameter; inflorescences 3-5-branched from base, at anthesis widespreading to a diameter of 8-14 cm. (to 20 cm. in fruit), freely branching, the flowers essentially sessile in ultimate triads or on short (apically jointed) branchlets; indument of inflorescence branchlets and calyx copious, uniformly distributed; stipules, petioles, and lower leaf blade surfaces similarly densely ferrugineous-tomentose; petioles 1-2.5 cm. long; leaf blades oblanceolate to narrowly obovate, 7-16 x 2-5.5 cm., somewhat revolute at margin. 25. P. timonioides Calyx limb 6-17 mm. in apical diameter; pedicels 3-20 mm. long; leaves glabrous, the blades not revolute at margin. Inflorescence branches, pedicels, and hypanthium uniformly pilose with reddish hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. long, the principal bracts slenderly subulate with a single awn 1.5-3 mm. long arising from a minutely deltoid base; inflorescences pedunculate (peduncle 1-3 cm. long), suberect (continuing direction of branchlet growth, not widespreading), 4-7 cm. in diameter; calyx limb 8-17 mm. in apical diameter, copiously glandular; mature corolla 15-27 mm. long; petioles (2) 5-20 mm. long; leaf blades oblong- to obovate-elliptic, (4—) 10-19 x (1.5-) 3-5.5 Gi) nuonsodsgosoe docoeEHboous spuds ab oooooobooadgoonpanoDAooonD 26. P. magnifica Inflorescence branches and pedicels glabrous, the principal bracts not slenderly subulate with a single awn; mature corolla 10-13 mm. long; petioles 15-45 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic, (8-) 10-15 x (3.5-) 4-8 cm. Hypanthium glabrous, the calyx limb glabrous, 10-12 mm. in apical diameter; bracts and bracteoles of inflorescences copiously reddish-pilose, the principal bracts lanceolate, 7-10 mm. long, deeply 3-5-lobed, the ultimate bracteoles 1-3 mm. long; inflorescences pedunculate (peduncle 2.5-3 cm. long), suberect (continuing direction of branchlet growth, not widespreading), to 7 cm. in diameter. .................. 27. P. jugalis Hypanthium copiously pilose with stiff reddish hairs about 0.5 mm. long, the calyx limb glabrous, 6-10 mm. in apical diameter; bracts and bracteoles of inflorescences minute but copiously reddish-tufted-pilose; inflorescences several-branched, spreading essentially from base to a diameter of 4-9 cm. ............... eee ewes ee ee 28. P. rufocalyx 282 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Indument (on those inflorescence parts where it occurs) composed of pale, minute, obscurely 1-3-celled hairs 0.05-0.1 (-0.2) mm. long; calyx limb campanulate or infundibular to fusiform, the apex not exceeding 9 (-14) mm. in diameter. Calyx limb campanulate, gradually expanding nearly from apex of hypanthium (basal erect portion less than 2 mm. long) to an apical diameter of 3-9 (-14) mm.; mature corolla 14-18 mm. long; pedicels 1-4 (-8) mm. long; inflorescences 2- or 3-branched from base or with a peduncle to 3 cm. long, at anthesis and in fruit up to 5 (-9) cm. long and broad; petioles 3-15 (-22) mm. long; leaf blades oblanceolate to oblong-elliptic, (3—) 4-9 (-15) x 1-3.5 (-5.5) cm., with 6-10 secondary nerves per side, glabrous beneath and usually copiously reticulate- MANL IagooconsoenoodanooIPOADOOoEpAcadoO ONO OoObHNOUO OUD OU OODD0R 29. P. gibbsiae Calyx limb infundibular to fusiform to narrowly campanulate, erect in the ascending basal portion (this 2-5 mm. long) and then abruptly flaring to an apical diameter of 2.5-7 mm.; mature corolla (11-) 20-30 mm. long; pedicels (1—-) 3-8 mm. long; inflorescences 3-several-branched from base or with a peduncle to 4 cm. long, at anthesis and in fruit up to 9 x 12 cm.; petioles 7-35 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic-obovate to narrowly elliptic, (8-) 9-23 x 3-9.5 cm., with 10-14 secondary nerves per side, minutely but uniformly (and sometimes obscurely) pale- puberulentibencath sears eerie ee eee ieee 30. P. turbinata Group 4. CARNEAE Stipules at ultimate node deltoid to broadly ovate-deltoid, 1-2.5 mm. long, apiculate at apex, often persistent at 1-3 distal nodes and there forming an erect, symmetrical, submembranaceous or subcori- aceous collar 1-3 mm. long, this eventually irregularly caducous from lower nodes; inflorescences long- or short-pedunculate, 4-11 cm. in diameter at full anthesis and in fruit, 2- or 3-times branched, the peduncle (2-) 5-50 mm. long, erect or slightly reflexed, the flowers mostly borne in triads at apices of ultimate inflorescence branchlets, the pedicels 1.5-10 mm. long; inflorescence branchlets, pedicels, bracts, and calyx often puberulent (hairs pale, minute, 0.05-0.1 mm. long) but sometimes entirely glabrous; corolla at anthesis 15-20 mm. long, 4-lobed, the lobes 5-7 mm. long; mature fruit 10-18 mm. long, often drying irregularly tuberculate; petioles (S—) 8-35 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic-oblong to So oLoniENKon (St 17/ SSMS) SEO AS ooabadcuaospopucdoobandocbonecaococguDES 31. P. carnea Stipules at ultimate node ovate to lanceolate or acicular, connate and sheathing along most of their length, (2-) 3-25 (-35) mm. long, disintegrating at penultimate and lower nodes and often leaving a frayed basal portion. Inflorescences epedunculate or with peduncles to 45 mm. long, 4-13 cm. in diameter at full anthesis and.in fruit, 2-4-times branched, glabrous throughout, the flowers mostly borne in triads at apices of ultimate inflorescence branchlets, the pedicels 1-10 (-15) mm. long. Stipules at ultimate node lanceolate to acicular, 5-25 (-35) mm. long; pedicels at anthesis (2-) 3-10 (-15) mm. long; corolla at anthesis 15-20 mm. long, 4-lobed, the lobes 5-7 mm. long; mature fruit 10-18 mm. long, often drying irregularly tuberculate; petioles (S-) 10-40 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic- oblong to -obovate, sometimes lanceolate, (6-) 8-18 < (2-) 3.5-9.5 cm. ..... 32. P. oncocarpa Stipules at ultimate node ovate to lanceolate, (3-) 4-10 (-15) mm. long; pedicels at anthesis 1-7 mm. long; corolla at anthesis 23-30 mm. long, 4- or 5-lobed, the lobes 8-12 mm. long; mature fruit (10-) 15-23 mm. long, usually drying smoothly 4-angled, sometimes slightly tuberculate; petioles (5-) 10-25 mm. long; leaf blades lanceolate to elliptic, (6-) 9-14 x (2-) 2.5-6.5 cm. 33. P. hunteri Inflorescences simple or I(rarely 2)-times branched, 1.5-4 cm. in diameter at full anthesis and in fruit, the flowers borne in clusters of 4 or more; petioles 5-20 mm. long; leaf blades lanceolate to narrowly elliptic. Stipules at ultimate node ovate to lanceolate or acicular, (2-) 3-10 mm. long; inflorescences peduncu- late (peduncle (3-) 5-12 (-23) mm. long), capitate to subcapitate, the flowers sessile or subsessile (pedicels in flower and fruit lacking or less than 3 mm. long), 6-20 in clusters at apex of peduncle or short secondary branchlets to 3 (-5) mm. long, the peduncle and calyx limb minutely but perceptibly puberulent; corolla at anthesis 6-7 mm. long, the lobes 4, about 4 mm. long; mature fruit 5-12 mm. long, drying irregularly tuberculate; leaf blades 5-12.5 x 1.5-4 cm. 34. P. archboldiana Stipules at ultimate node lanceolate to acicular, 10-20 mm. long; infructescences composed of an essentially sessile receptacle (rarely with obscure secondary peduncles), the fruits in clusters of 4-9, the pedicels 6-15 mm. long, glabrous, the calyx limb in fruit glabrous or obscurely puberulent; mature fruit 9-15 mm. long, drying smooth or slightly tuberculate; leaf blades (S—) 6-8.5 x (1.3-) PLR AOA OHO MA ATOR DOC OCOD OUCH OAD anol ASU Dob oouGarOAONDAacat 35. P. incompta 1988 RUBIACEAE 283 Group 5. FORSTERIANAE Stipules at ultimate node scariose, lanceolate-oblong, sheathing, 5-30 mm. long, the sheath splitting along one side, often irregularly eroding from lower nodes; inflorescences 3-branched from base or short- pedunculate; calyx limb essentially entire or minutely 5-denticulate; fruit obovoid, drying inconspicu- ously 6-10-costate, without obvious longitudinal nerves or these subimmersed, sometimes irregularly rugulose, (3—) 4-8 x (3-) 3.5-7 mm.; pyrenes semiobovoid, usually 4-6.5 x 3.5-4.5 mm., abaxially smooth (or somewhat concave but not sulcate), adaxially bluntly 3- or 4-carinate (sometimes inconspic- uously so), often drying slightly and irregularly tuberculate, the carinae slightly swollen distally or bluntly projecting at apex. Petioles (S-) 8-35 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic to oblong-lanceolate or -obovate, (4—) 6-22 x (1.5-) 3-8 cm., usually 3-4 times longer than broad, with 5-12 secondary nerves per side, acute to sharply acuminate at apex; inflorescences many-flowered, often to 7 cm. in diameter at anthesis and to 10 cm. in fruit, the peduncle (when present) to 2 cm. long, the pedicels 1-3 mm. long; corolla 4-5 mm. long. 36. P. forsteriana Petioles (2-) 5-20 mm. long; leaf blades ovate-elliptic to lanceolate, (1.5—) 3-6 x (0.5-) 1.5-2.8 cm., usually 2-3 times longer than broad, with 4-8 inconspicuous secondary nerves per side, acute to cuspidate and callose-apiculate at apex; inflorescences comparatively few-flowered, 2-4 cm. in diameter at anthesis and in fruit, the peduncle (when present) rarely to 1 cm. long, the pedicels 1.5-5 mm. long (sometimes to 9 mm. long in fruit); corolla 3-4 mm. long. .................... 37. P. amoena Stipules at ultimate node broadly ovate or ovate-deltoid, apiculate, 0.7-S5 mm. long, forming a minute interpetiolar collar or free nearly to base; pedicels 1-2 (-3) mm. long; calyx limb with obvious teeth or lobes; corollas 3-5.5 mm. long. Fruit broadly ovoid-ellipsoid to subglobose or slightly oblate, deeply or shallowly longitudinally bilobed, 4-6 x 4-7.5 mm., the pericarp thin-carnose, drying with 8-10 slender longitudinal nerves from base to apex; pyrenes semiellipsoid or semiglobose, usually 4-5 x 3.5-4 mm., adaxially deeply longitudinally sulcate, usually bisulcate by a median ridge but this often disrupted (usually persisting at base and apex), abaxially smooth; stipules broadly ovate, sometimes with | or 2 minute subsidiary denticles, forming an interpetiolar collar copiously lineolate with horizontal raphid bundles, 0.7-2 mm. long; petioles 10-50 mm. long; leaf blades narrowly elliptic to lanceolate, 8-19 x 3-7 cm., usually 2-3 (-3.5) times longer than broad, with (S—-) 7-10 secondary nerves per side; inflorescences 3-7 cm. in diameter at anthesis and in fruit, 2- or 3-branched from base or with a peduncle 1-3 cm. long; calyx limb Gigi (Aes Cas noneodn aces con AOnOOD Ounce O nn COO OUeerIOnA Arana ocns 38. P. leiophylla Fruit obovoid, 11-12 x 9-12 mm., drying 6-10-costate and often rugulose, the pericarp carnose, without obvious nerves; pyrenes semiobovoid, about 10 x 7.5 mm., adaxially flattened, sometimes slightly rugulose and costate toward base, abaxially conspicuously 3-carinate with blunt, rugulose carinae; stipules broadly ovate-deltoid, 3-5 mm. long, subpersistent at 1-4 distal nodes; petioles 20-55 mm. long; leaf blades oblong to lanceolate-oblong, 16-28 x 5-9 cm., usually 3-4 times longer than broad, with 12-18 secondary nerves per side; inflorescences 4-9 cm. in diameter at anthesis and in fruit, with a peduncle 1.5-2.5 cm. long bearing 4 or 5 branches at its apex; calyx limb 5-lobed nearly to base. 39. P. evansensis Group 6. PICKERINGIAE Indument lacking on branchlets, stipules, petioles, and leaf blades (or reddish hairs, if present on these parts, very sporadic). Leaf blades deeply cordate at base, slenderly long-acuminate at apex (acumen 10-25 mm. long), oblong- to lanceolate-ovate or slightly obovate, (4—-) 5-8.5 x (1.3-) 2-4 cm., the petiole 15-35 mm. long; stipules ovate or suborbicular, 2.5-12 mm. long and broad; flowers about 6 per head, the calyx limb 0.5-0.7 mm. long, minutely apiculate-dentate, the corolla 9-10 mm. long; mature fruit to 9 x 7 mm. 40. P. cordata Leaf blades attenuate to narrowly and inconspicuously subcordate at base, rounded to obtuse to gradually acuminate at apex (acumen rarely more than 18 mm. long), the petiole to 18 mm. long. Apex of leat blades rounded to obtuse or obtusely short-cuspidate, the base gradually narrowed, cuneate to long-attenuate; calyx limb minute, 0.2-0.5 mm. long, minutely denticulate. Stipules deltoid-lanceolate or ovate, 6-11 mm. long, the inflorescence-subtending ones to 6 mm. broad, those subtending vegetative buds 2-3 mm. broad; petioles 6-18 mm. long; leaf blades oblong-obovate, (5-) 8-13 x (2-) 3.5-5.5 cm., rounded or broadly obtuse at apex, with 8-12 secondary nerves per side; mature fruit 8-15 per head, 8-11 x 5-8 mm. ..41. P. valleculata Stipules ovate, 3-5 mm. long; leaf blades obovate to oblanceolate, not exceeding 6 x 3.2 cm., obtuse or obtusely short-cuspidate at apex, with 5-8 secondary nerves per side; mature fruit not more than 4 per head, 5-9 x 3-8 mm. 284 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Petioles slender, 6-12 mm. long; leaf blades obovate, (2.5-) 4-6 x (1.5-) 2-3.2 cm. 42. P. monocarpa Petioles essentially none to 4 mm. long; leaf blades obovate or oblanceolate, (2-) 2.5-3.7 x (0.7-) NEE, Siro) «| Ue Re rei oo Coste Mie ria aA err racer RCE O ROC CALI CAO 43. P. vescula Apex of leaf blades acute to gradually acuminate, the base obtuse to cuneate to narrowly and inconspicuously subcordate; leaf blades obovate to oblong-elliptic or lanceolate, (4—-) 5-15 x (1-) 1.5-6 cm., with 6-12 secondary nerves per side, the petioles (3—) 5-18 mm. long; flower-subtending bracts suborbicular to elliptic, 7-12 mm. long (rarely projected into a subulate tip to 7 mm. long); corolla 8-15 mm. long, the lobes 5-7; mature fruit 8-18 < 6-18 mm. Calyx limb minute, 0.3-1 (-1.2) mm. long, without obvious nerves; flowers (2-) 5-10 per head; indument of calyx and inflorescence bracts usually sporadic or lacking. ... 44. P. pickeringii Calyx limb apparent, (1.2-) 2-4 mm. long, usually obviously nerved; flowers 3-20 per head; indument usually present on calyx and inflorescence bracts, only rarely lacking. 45. P. solanoides Indument (usually on young branchlets, stipules, petioles, and/or lower surfaces of leaf blades, at least on costa and secondaries) obvious, composed of several- or many-celled reddish hairs 0.1-1 mm. long. Calyx limb (1.2-) 1.5-4 mm. long; corolla glabrous. Inflorescence-enclosing stipules suborbicular to broadly ovate, 5-15 x 3-10 mm., obtuse to apiculate at apex or with lanceolate tips to 3 mm. long; petioles (3-) 4-18 mm. long; leaf blades ovate-lanceolate to obovate-elliptic or -lanceolate, usually exceeding 7 x 3 cm., gradually acuminate at apex; indument usually present on inflorescence bracts and calyx, that of inflorescence and vegetative parts composed of comparatively elongate hairs 0.5-1 mm. long. Leaf blades 6-15 x 1.5-6 cm., narrowly subcordate to cuneate at base, the secondary nerves 9-12 per side; corolla 10-15 mm. long; fruits 10-18 per head, usually soon glabrate, 10-18 x 7-18 mm., the persistent calyx limb usually 2-4 mm. long. ..................2220005- 45. P. solanoides Leaf blades (6-) 10-20 x (1.5-) 2-6.5 cm., sometimes noticeably bullate, obtuse to acute or narrowly rounded at base, the secondary nerves (9-) 15-20 per side; fruits 6-10 per head, remaining copiously hirsute, 7-10 x 4-8 mm., the persistent calyx limb 1.5-2.5 mm. long. 46. P. bullata Inflorescence-enclosing stipules forming an ampulliform sheath 10-20 mm. long, 3-4 mm. broad, acuminate at apex; petioles 3-7 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic to obovate-elliptic, (3-) 4-7 x (1.3-) 1.7-2.8 cm., acute at base, acute to short-cuspidate at apex, with 8-10 secondary nerves; inflores- cences glabrous, the flowers and fruits 2—4 per head, the corolla 11-12 mm. long; fruit 10-12 x 8-10 - mm.; indument of vegetative parts composed of several-celled hairs 0.1-0.3 mm. long. 47. P. kuruvolii Calyx limb scarcely apparent, 0.3-0.5 mm. long, truncate or minutely denticulate; flowers 8-12 per head; corolla 12-15 mm. long at anthesis, sparsely pubescent without; fruit about 8 x 5-6 mm.; stipules forming an ampulliform sheath 17-20 mm. long, 7-9 mm. broad, narrowed and subobtuse at apex; petioles 15-30 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic, 10-17 x 5-7 mm., cuneate to attenuate at base, obtusely cuspidate at apex, with 11-13 secondary nerves per side. ................ 48. P. tetragonoides Group 7. FILIPEDES Indument essentially lacking on young branchlets, petioles, lower surfaces of leaf blades, inflorescence branches, pedicels, and calyces (occasionally present on stipules, youngest vegetative parts, costas of lower leaf blade surfaces, and inflorescence branches, but then sporadic and not long-persistent). Leaf blades oblong-ovate to -obovate or -oblanceolate, 7-12 x 2.3-6 cm., with 8-13 secondary nerves per side, lacking indument on costa beneath, cordate to truncate (rarely broadly cuneate) at base, not obviously decurrent on petiole, abruptly to gradually acuminate at apex (acumen 8-15 mm. long); petioles slender (1-1.5 mm. in diameter), (10-) 15-40 mm. long; inflorescences widespreading, 8-15 cm. in diameter at anthesis and in fruit, each primary branch very slender and often filiform, (2-) 3-6 cm. long to first division, then 2—4-times divided, the flowers (1 or) 2 or 3 in the ultimate clusters, the pedicels 1-6 (-8) mm. long; corolla 4-6 mm. long; fruit 6-8 x 4-7 mm. .......... 49. P. filipes Leaf blades acute to attenuate (very rarely rounded or subcordate) at base, usually gradually decurrent on petiole; petioles seldom longer than 20 mm.; inflorescences not exceeding 12 cm. in diameter at anthesis and in fruit. Inflorescences 10-12 cm. in diameter at anthesis, each primary branch 3-5 cm. long to first division, then 3- or 4-times divided, the flowers (2 or) 3-6 in the ultimate clusters, the pedicels 4-9 mm. long; corolla 6-8 mm. long; petioles 10-20 (-25) mm. long, slender (0.5-1.5 mm. in diameter); leaf blades elliptic to elliptic-oblanceolate, (6-) 7-15 x (2.5-) 3-6 cm., sometimes with reddish indument on costa beneath, with 10-15 secondary nerves per side, sometimes tending toward rounded or subcordate at base, cuspidate to acuminate at apex (acumen 5-20 mm. long). 50. P. diffusiflora 1988 RUBIACEAE 285 Inflorescences 2-9 cm. in diameter at anthesis and in fruit, each primary branch 1-4 cm. long to first division, then 1-3-times divided, the flowers (1 or) 2 or 3 in the ultimate clusters, sessile or on pedicels to 3 mm. long (to 7 mm. in fruit); corolla 2.5-5 mm. long; leaf blades obviously acute to attenuate at base and decurrent on petiole, lacking indument even on costa beneath, cuspidate to acuminate at apex (acumen not more than 15 mm. long). Petioles (3-) 5-17 mm. long, slender, (0.5-1.5 mm. in diameter); leaf blades oblong-elliptic to -obovate or -lanceolate, (3-) 4.5-11 < (1-) 1.5-5 cm., with 6-12 secondary nerves per side; inflorescences strictly glabrous, 2-6 (-9) cm. in diameter at anthesis and in fruit, each primary branch 1-2 (-3.5) cm. long to first division; corolla 2.5-5 mm. long; fruit 8-12 x 5-8 mm. 51. P. platycocca Petioles 10-35 mm. long, comparatively robust (1.5-2.5 mm. in diameter); leaf blades elliptic or ovate- to obovate-oblong, (9-) 12-23 x (3-) 4-10 cm., with 10-20 secondary nerves per side; inflorescences sometimes reddish-pilose on branchlets but sometimes strictly glabrous, 4-9 cm. in diameter at anthesis and in fruit, each primary branch (1.5-) 2-4 cm. long to first division. ConmlA 3=3 mim, NOW. soasgcbooagonccoanencocongbanpnocoonenoosoNeoseods 52. P. broweri Corollay—Simmalonpaere eee eeeectis eee eiacierretsiietrnter 53. P. st.-johnii Indument (usually on young branchlets, petioles, and/or lower surfaces of leaf blades, at least on costa and secondaries, often also on stipules, sometimes also on inflorescence branches, pedicels, and calyces) obvious, composed of several- or many-celled reddish hairs 0.1-1 mm. long. Leaf blades acute to attenuate at base, gradually decurrent on petiole; inflorescences 5-12 cm. in diameter at anthesis and in fruit. Calyx limb inconspicuous, less than 1 mm. long; inflorescences 3-6(-9)-branched from base, each branch 2-4-times divided; petioles 10-35 mm. long, comparatively robust (1.5-3 mm. in diameter); leaf blades comparatively large, elliptic to oblong- or elliptic-obovate, (7—) 10-25 x (3-) 4-11 cm., with (8-) 12-20 secondary nerves per side. Corolla 7-9 mm. long at anthesis, glabrous without; calyx (hypanthium and limb) and fruit glabrous; pedicels very variable in length, 1-10 mm. long; leaf blades usually slenderly acuminate (acumen NDRS) iii ON) conocqobadocodandcscnocodeoooepnsnaScasonabodpooHS 53. P. st.-johnii Corolla 2-4 mm. long at anthesis, the lobes spreading, giving a subrotate appearance to mature corolla, this pilose without at least distally; calyx (hypanthium and limb) pilose, the fruit often pilose but tardily glabrate; flowers essentially sessile or with pilose pedicels to 1.5 mm. long; leaf blades obtuse to cuspidate or gradually acuminate (acumen then usually 3-20 mm. long). 54. P. unicarinata Calyx limb 2-3 mm. long; inflorescences 3-5-branched from base, each branch once or twice divided; petioles (6-) 10-30 mm. long, comparatively slender (0.8-2 mm. in diameter); leaf blades compar- atively small, elliptic- to obovate-lanceolate, 6-19 x 2-6.5 cm., with 11-16 secondary nerves per side. Inflorescence branches once or twice divided, the fruit glabrous, with obvious and glabrate pedicels 5-8.5 mm. long; foliage indument close (hairs of petioles and costa and secondaries of lower leaf blade surfaces several-celled but only 0.1-0.2 mm. long); leaf blades 6-12 x 2-4.5 cm., the facumentS=1 Ohmm elon Papereriee eect riiyoietereritore ree torter ener rare 55. P. brachythrix Inflorescence branches once divided, each division bearing 2 or 3 sessile or subsessile flowers at apex, the calyx (hypanthium and limb) copiously hirtellous; corolla 4-5 mm. long; foliage indument comparatively lax (hairs of petioles and costa and secondaries of lower leaf blade surfaces many-celled, 0.5-1 mm. long); leaf blades (7—) 9-19 x (2-) 3-6.5 cm., the acumen 10-20 mm. OST eA ARG ao: UO GODOI en ntin ACC AAI COATS Cased co Sim IO AAC ce ce RRA 56. P. scitula Leaf blades cordate at base, not decurrent on petiole; calyx and corolla glabrous. Calyx limb minute, 0.3-0.5 mm. long, essentially truncate; corolla campanulate to subrotate, 3-5 mm. long; mature fruit 7-10 x 4-10 mm.; inflorescences 4-14 cm. in diameter at anthesis and in fruit, each primary branch 1-6 cm. long to first division, then 2—4-times divided, the flowers often sessile but the fruit sometimes with short pedicels (to 3 mm. long); leaves large, the petioles 10-55 (-100) mm. long, robust (1.5-3.5 mm. in diameter), the blades 7-26 x (3-) 4-15.5 cm., with 10-17 secondary nerves per side. Petioles 10-40 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic to elliptic-obovate, 7-15 x (3-) 4-7.5 cm., obtuse or obtusely short-cuspidate at apex. ............ 0.2 e eee eee eee eee eee 57. P. griseifolia Petioles 20-55 (-100) mm. long; leaf blades broadly ovate to broadly elliptic or obovate, (11-) 12-26 x (6-) 7-15.5 cm., acuminate (usually abruptly so) at apex (acumen 10-20 mm. long). 58. P. taviunensis 286 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Calyx limb 2.5-3 mm. long, with 4-6 oblong lobes 0.7-1.3 mm. long; corolla broadly infundibular, 7-8 mm. long; mature fruit 10-15 x 7-10 mm.; inflorescences 2-6 cm. in diameter at anthesis and in fruit, each primary branch 0.7-2.5 cm. long to first division, then once or twice divided, the pedicels 1-2 mm. long at anthesis (to 5mm. longin fruit); leaves comparatively small, the petioles 5-15 mm. long, slender (0.5-1 mm. in diameter), the blades ovate-oblong, (2-) 4-5.5 x (1-) 2-3.5 cm., with 6-9 secondary nerves per side, cuspidate or short-acuminate at apex (acumen 3-5 mm. long). 59. P. podantha Group 8. BRACKENRIDGEAE Indument lacking from vegetative parts and inflorescences (or, if inconspicuously present on inflorescence branches, pedicels, calyces, and corollas, then composed of minute, cinereous (rarely brownish) 1-3-celled hairs less than 0.1 mm. long). Inflorescences pedunculate, the peduncle sharply reflexed or obviously geniculate (very rarely suberect), (1.5-) 2-35 cm. long; petioles 10-55 mm. long, often stout (1-3 mm. in diameter); leaf blades oblong or elliptic or lanceolate, acute to short-acuminate (acumen broad, 5-10 mm. long), with 10-20 secondary nerves per side; calyx limb 1-2 (-3) mm. long, subentire to obtusely lobed; corolla 9-13 mm. long; fruit ellipsoid to obovoid, 7-12 x 5-12 mm., drying 6-8-angled or tuberculate, the pyrenes subhastate or with unindented lateral margins, 5-10 x 4-8 mm., abaxially obtusely and inconspicu- ously 3- or 4-carinate (the median carina sometimes the most prominent), irregularly truncate at apex. Stipules 4-12 mm. long, not persisting at penultimate or lower nodes, the free portions sharply bifid, the lobes lanceolate, 2-7 x 0.5-2.5 mm., attenuate to acute or subacute at apex; petioles 10-50 mm. long; leaf blades (6-) 8-20 x (2-) 2.5-7.5 cm.; inflorescence peduncle (1.5-) 2-7 cm. long, 3-6-branched at apex, each branch 1-4 (-4.5) cm. long and 2-4-times divided, the pedicels 1-7 mm. Tonys AG AMUNESS, cococaacccq0 0005000 Dd 00DonaD DDD DDDODDODDDDODAODCONNNNE 60. P. furcans Stipules (7-) 10-20 mm. long, often venulose, sometimes subauriculate at base and interconnected bya narrow flange outside petiole, often persistent at 2-4 distal nodes, the free portions broadly obovate, often spreading or reflexed, shallowly bilobed, the lobes broadly deltoid, 1-5 x 2-10 mm. (broader than long), obtuse to rounded at apex; petioles 25-55 mm. long; leaf blades (8-) 12-25 x (2.5-) 3-11 cm.; inflorescence peduncle (3-) 6-35 cm. long, 3-5-branched at apex, each branch (1.5-) 2.5-12 cm. long and 3- or 4-times divided, the pedicels 4-10 mm. long at anthesis. 61. P. pritchardii Inflorescences branched from base or pedunculate, the peduncle then erect (continuing direction of- branchlet) and rarely exceeding | cm. in length. Habit very slender; stipules 1.5-2.5 mm. long, cleft nearly to base, each lobe lanceolate, 1.3-1.8 mm. long and 0.2-0.4 mm. broad; petioles slender (about 0.5 mm. in diameter), 3-8 mm. long; leaf blades lanceolate, 5-7 x 0.8-1.2 cm., gradually and slenderly acuminate (acumen 10-15 mm. long), with 10-14 secondary nerves per side; inflorescences 1.5-2.5 cm. long, with peduncles 7-11 mm. long, 2-4-times branched, the flowers 10-15, sessile or minutely pedicellate; calyx limb minute, to 0.5 mm. long, with 4 inconspicuous, deltoid, subacute teeth; corolla about 6 mm. long at anthesis; indument of inflorescence branches and external floral parts composed of minute, cinereous, UNE WE INANRS, oo occoooes ccd cDNA OC OAnDODOCONDODDDDONDOODDDCODDDDDDN 62. P. gracilis Habit comparatively robust; stipules 4-35 mm. long; petioles (0.8-) 1-3 (-3.5) mm. in diameter, (5-) 10-30 (-50) mm. long; leaf blades seldom less than 2 cm. broad, acute to cuspidate or short- acuminate at apex (acumen if apparent broad and 5-10 mm. long). Inflorescences compact and congested, 2-5(-8)-branched from base, 1.5-5 x 2-7 cm. at anthesis and in fruit (including corollas and fruits), each primary branch 0.1-3 cm. long to first division, then 1-3-times divided or 3-flowered at its apex, the flowers subsessile or with pedicels rarely to 3mm. long (to 6 mm. long in fruit); stipules 5-14 mm. long (if inflorescence-enclosing to 20 mm. long), the free portions bifid into lanceolate or deltoid-oblong, acute to attenuate lobes 1-6 x 0.5-2 mm.,; leaf blades (4-) 5-18 x (1-) 2-6.5 cm. Calyx limb 0.5-2 mm. long, inconspicuously dentate or undulate with acute to rounded lobes 0.2-0.5 mm. long; corolla 4-10 mm. long, barbellate in throat; fruit ellipsoid to obovoid or subglobose, 7-16 x 6-11 mm., drying 4-8-angled, the pyrenes suborbicular or elliptic in outline, dorsiventrally somewhat flattened but abaxially sharply 3-carinate or 1-carinate with subsidiary carinae only inconspicuous and distal, with lateral margins rounded (not indented), the apex shallowly indented; inflorescences with each primary branch 0.5-3 cm. long to first division, then 2- or 3-times divided; petioles 5-20 mm. long. 63. P. hypargyraea Calyx limb scarcely 0.5 mm. long, minutely 5-denticulate, exceeded by the prominent, pulvinate disk; corolla 12-18 mm. long, inconspicuously pilose in throat; fruit oblong- to subrhomboid- ellipsoid or subglobose, 8-14 x 6-11 (-14) mm., drying obtusely 6-8-angled, the pyrenes subhastate-semiellipsoid, abaxially bluntly 2- or 3-carinate or proximally rounded, with 1988 RUBIACEAE 287 lateral margins inconspicuously or obviously indented near or below middle, the apex inconspicuously indented; inflorescences with each primary branch 0.1-0.7 (-1.5) cm. long to first division and either 3-flowered at apex or once again divided; petioles (10-) 15-35 mm. NO socosccogog0doGa00000D DDD NDODDOGCRO DOS ADDODODODDODODDODNS 64. P. impercepta Inflorescences comparatively open, (3-) 4-15 x (4-) 7-15 cm. at anthesis and in fruit (including corollas and fruits), each primary branch 1-10 cm. long to first division, then 2-4-times divided, the pedicels 1-10 (-15) mm. long; leaf blades (8-) 10-30 = (2.5-) 3-12 cm. Stipules oblong- to elliptic-obovate, 10-35 mm. long; petioles 10-50 mm. long; inflorescences with each branch 1-5 (-10) cm. long to first division and then 2- or 3-times divided; calyx limb (1-) 2-3.5 mm. long, inconspicuously denticulate or with broadly deltoid lobes to 0.5 mm. long; corolla with 4-6 lobes. Corolla 10-12 mm. long, 4-6-lobed, usually slightly or copiously pilose without; inflorescences 3-7(-10)-branched from base, the pedicels 1-4 mm. long at anthesis, 4-12 mm. long in fruit; stipules with free portions 6-30 mm. long and obviously bifid, the lobes oblong-deltoid to lanceolate, 3-12 mm. long and 1-8 mm. broad, subacute to obtuse at apex; leaf blades oblong-elliptic or -obovate to elliptic-lanceolate or oblanceolate, (9-) 15-30 x (2.5-) 5-12 cm., with 11-20 secondary nerves per side. .................... 68. P. brackenridgei Corolla 16-18 mm. long, 5- or 6-lobed, glabrous without or cinereous-puberulent distally; inflorescences 3(—5)-branched from base or from apex of an erect peduncle 3-7 mm. long, the pedicels 3-10 mm. long at anthesis; stipules with free portions 8-15 mm. long and 5-7 mm. broad, merely notched apically by an acute indentation 1-2 mm. deep (lobes rounded to obtuse); leaf blades elliptic to slightly obovate, (8-) 10-26 x 3-11 cm., with 8-11 secondary nerves per Side. .......... 0c cece cece eect eens 65. P. pachyantha Stipules oblong, 4-7 mm. long, the free portions with lanceolate, acute lobes 3-5 mm. long and 0.5-1 mm. broad; petioles 10-25 mm. long; leaf blades narrowly elliptic to elliptic-obovate, (9-) 12-20 x 3.5-6.5 cm., with 7-11 secondary nerves per side; inflorescences 2-4-branched from base or from apex of an erect peduncle to | cm. long, each branch 2.5-4 cm. long to first division and then twice divided, the pedicels 7-15 mm. long; calyx limb broadly cupuliform, 1.5-2.5 mm. long, truncate or slightly undulate at apex, not lobed or denticulate; corolla 8-13 mm. long, 6-8-lobed, the lobes reddish-puberulent or glabrous without. .... 66. P. edentata Indument obvious at least on inflorescence branches (often also on pedicels, calyces, and corollas, some- times on vegetative parts), composed of 2-many-celled reddish (rarely pale) hairs 0.1-1 mm. long. Inflorescences (known only in fruit) comparatively simple, 2- or 3-branched from base, each branch 2-2.5 cm. long and bearing at its apex | or 2 (or 3?) sessile fruits, these subhastate-ovoid, 12-18 8-10 mm., drying sharply 4-angled, the pyrenes rhomboid-oblong, about 14 x 8 mm., abaxially sharply 1-carinate, the lateral margins slightly indented below middle, the apex deeply notched; stipules with free portions deeply bifid into filiform lobes 6-7 = 0.2-0.3 mm.; petioles 10-15 mm. long; leaf blades narrowly elliptic-oblong to oblanceolate, (7—) 10-13 x (2.3-) 3-4 cm., with a slender acumen 10-15 mm. long and with 8-10 secondary nerves per side; indument restricted to inflorescence branches. 67. P. aurantiocarpa Inflorescences more complex, 2-7(-10)-branched from base or pedunculate, each branch 1-3-times divided (or rarely 3-flowered at its apex); fruits oblong-obovoid to turbinate, 6-16 x 5-14 mm., drying 6-8-angled, the pyrenes oblong, 6-10 x 4-9 mm., abaxially bluntly 2- or 3-carinate, the apex irregularly truncate; stipules with free portions bifid into oblong-deltoid or lanceolate lobes 2-12 x 0.5-8 mm. Distal internodes of branchlets, stipules, petioles, and lower surfaces of leaf blades (except infrequently on costa and secondaries) glabrous; leaf blades obtuse to bluntly acuminate at apex (acumen not more than 10 mm. long). Petioles 5-50 mm. long; leaf blades (5-) 7-30 x (1.5-) 3-12 cm.; inflorescences comparatively ample, usually 5-15 cm. long and broad (including corollas and fruits); calyx limb (1-) 1.5-3.5 mm. long; fruits 7-16 x 5-14 mm. Inflorescences epedunculate, 3-7(-10)-branched from base, each branch 1-10 cm. long to first division, then 2- or 3-times divided, the pedicels 1-4 mm. long in flower, to 12 mm. long in fruit; corolla 10-12 mm. long; fruit 7-16 x 5-14 mm.; stipules 10-17 mm. long (to 35 mm. long when inflorescence-subtending), the free portions broadly obovate, with lobes 3-12 x 1-8 mm.,; petioles 15-50 mm. long; leaf blades (9-) 15-30 x (2.5-) 5-12 cm., with 11-20 secondary MONIES [OE SE, cosocoscdoscooa0sa0 0000 c0edo0ec0osOOoRnT0DGDGO 68. P. brackenridgei Inflorescences prevailingly pedunculate, the peduncle erect, 1-7 cm. long, with 3-6 branches spreading from its apex (but occasionally inflorescences 2-6-branched from base), each primary branch (or peduncle) 1-7 cm. long to first division, then 2- or 3-times divided, the pedicels 0.5—2 mm. long in flower and fruit; corolla 10-15 mm. long; fruit 7-10 5-7 mm.; stipules 5-10 mm. long (to 25 mm. long when inflorescence-subtending), the free portions oblong-obovate, with lobes 3-4 x 1-2.5 mm.; petioles 5-30 (-40) mm. long; leaf blades (5-) 7-18.5 x (1.5-) 3-7.5 cm., with 10-15 secondary nerves per side. ....... 69. P. imthurnii 288 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Petioles 5-20 mm. long; leaf blades 5-14 x (1.2-) 2-5 cm.; inflorescences usually less ample, 1.5-7 x 1.5-8 cm. (including corollas and fruits); fruit 6-7 x 5-7 mm.; stipules with free portions 3-8 mm. long, the lobes lanceolate or oblong-deltoid, 2-6 x 1-2 mm. Leaf blades obovate to oblanceolate, (5-) 7-14 x (1.2-) 2-5 cm., often revolute at margin and drying greenish yellow; inflorescences usually with an erect peduncle 1-4 cm. long and 3-6-branched from its apex (or 2- or 3-branched from base), the branches 1-2.5 cm. long to first division, then 2- or 3-times divided, the flowers many, sessile (but pedicels to 2 mm. long in fruit); calyx limb less than | mm. long, shallowly 5-dentate; corolla 7-10 mm. long, copiously pilose in bud but glabrescent. .....................--- 70. P. pittosporifolia Leaf blades elliptic to obovate, 5-10 x 2.5-5 cm.; inflorescences 3-5-branched from base, each branch (rarely once-divided) 0.5-4 cm. long and 3-flowered at its apex, the flowers 9-15 (but some not developing), sessile; calyx limb about 2 mm. long, with deltoid, apiculate lobes about 0.5 mm. long; corolla 10-12 mm. long, glabrous. ..................+5. 71. P. vomensis Distal internodes of branchlets, stipules (frequently), petioles, and lower surfaces of leaf blades (at least costas and secondaries) reddish-pilose, often copiously so; stipules 10-25 mm. long (inflorescence- enclosing ones greatly distended proximally), the free portions 5-15 mm. long, with oblong- lanceolate lobes 2-10 (-12) x 0.5-4 (-5) mm.; petioles 15-60 mm. long; leaf blades elliptic-oblong to -lanceolate or obovate, (8-) 13-30 x (3-) 4-14 cm., gradually acuminate (acumen 10-20 mm. long), with 12-20 secondary nerves per side; inflorescences 3-5(-10)-branched from base, 3-9 (-12) x 4-10 (-15) cm. (including corollas and fruits), each branch 0.5-3 cm. long to first division and then 2- or 3-times divided, the pedicels 1-5 mm. long (to 8 mm. long in fruit); calyx limb 1-3 mm. long, subtruncate or shallowly denticulate; corolla 8-15 mm. long. ............... 72. P. storckii Group 9. TEPHROSANTHAE Leaf blades oblong-elliptic or ovate to lanceolate, (2-) 2.5-7-times longer than broad, long-attenuate at base, (cuspidate to) acute to acuminate at apex (acumen 5-15 mm. long); mature fruit 4-7 < 3.5-6 mm. Stipules deltoid, 1-2 (-3) x 1-1.5 mm., acute at apex or with a short acumen 0.5-1 mm. long; petioles (5-) 8-40 mm. long, comparatively stout (1-1.5 mm. in diameter); leaf blades (3.5-) 7-15 = (1-) 2-6 cm., usually 2.5-4-times longer than broad, with 7-15 secondary nerves per side; inflorescences (3-) 5-25 (-30) x 5-20 cm., many-flowered, the peduncle (rarely lacking) 1-8 cm. long at anthesis and in fruit, the branchlets 2-5 pairs, each 1.5-5 cm. long to first division and then 2-4-times divided, the pedicels 2-5 mm. long (to 8 mm. long in fruit); inflorescence branches, pedicels, and calyces copiously but minutely puberulent at anthesis; corolla 5-9 mm. long. .................- 73. P. tephrosantha Stipules broadly deltoid, 0.5-0.8 x 0.8-1.2 mm., rounded or broadly obtuse at apex; petioles 2-5 mm. long, slender (less than 0.5 mm. in diameter); leaf blades (3-) 4-6.5 x (0.6-) 0.8-1.2 cm., 4-7-times longer than broad, with 5-8 secondary nerves per side; inflorescences (1.5-) 2.5-5 x (1.5-) 2-4 cm., with 25-30 flowers, the peduncle 0.3-0.7 cm. long at anthesis and to 2. cm. long in fruit, the branchlets 2 or 3 pairs, each 0.5-0.7 cm. long to first division and then twice divided, the pedicels 2-3 mm. long; inflorescence branches, pedicels, and calyces glabrous even in young inflorescences; corolla 4-6.5 iii Oi Mee eMOOMES OG ONeDoCEE ESA oODo DO OE hE Dado po DDooMrOauCoDOoomUomoDdoudS 74. P. exilis Leaf blades obovate to ovate to broadly elliptic or broadly ovate, less than 3-times as long as broad, rounded or obtuse or obtusely cuspidate at apex. Stipules deltoid to ovate, 0.5-0.9 mm. long and broad, rounded to obtuse or inconspicuously mucronulate at apex; petioles 2-7 mm. long, slender (0.5-0.8 mm. in diameter); leaf blades (1-) 1.5-4 (-4.5) x (0.5-) 1-2 cm., 2-3-times longer than broad, acute to attenuate or cuneate at base, with 3-6 secondary nerves per side; inflorescences 1.5—7 cm. long and broad, with few-several (rarely many) flowers and fruits, the peduncle (rarely lacking) (0.1-) 0.5-2.3 cm. long at anthesis and in fruit, the branchlets (1 or) 2 or 3 pairs, each 0.5-1.5 cm. long to first division and then 1-3-times divided, the pedicels 1-2 mm. long (to 4 mm. long in fruit); inflorescence branches, pedicels, and calyces glabrous or sparsely and minutely puberulent; corolla 6-6.5 mm. long; mature fruit 4-7 mm. in diameter. 75. P. parvula Stipules semiorbicular-ovate, 1.5-2 x about 2 mm., minutely apiculate at apex; petioles 8-17 mm. long, comparatively stout (1-1.5 mm. in diameter); leaf blades (3-) 4-6.5 x (2.5-) 3-5 cm., only slightly longer than broad, broadly obtuse at base but long-decurrent on petiole, with 5-7 secondary nerves per side; infructescences 4-8 cm. long and broad, with many fruits, the peduncle stout, 2-3 cm. long, the branchlets 2 or 3 pairs, each 2-3 cm. long to first division and then usually 3-times divided, the fruiting pedicels 2-3 mm. long; infructescence branches and pedicels copiously but minutely and persistently puberulent; mature fruit 8-10 mm. in diameter. .............. 76. P. macroserpens 1988 RUBIACEAE 289 1. Psychotria eumorphanthus Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 127. 1942; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 34: 122. 1953; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 203. 1964, ed. 2. 284. 1972. FiGuRE 107A. Eumorphanthus fragrans A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 158. fig. 87. 1936; non Psychotria fragrans Fosberg (1942). Shrub or tree 2-6 m. high, infrequent and local in dense forest at elevations of 500-1,150 m. The fragrant flowers have the calyx limb at first green and then white and the corolla white; fruits are green turning to deep red and at length becoming white. Flowers have been obtained in January and July, fruits between May and September and also in January. TYPIFICATION: The type of Eumorphanthus fragrans, for which Psychotria eumor- Phanthus was a new name, is Smith 916 (BISH HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected in flower and fruit Jan. 8, 1934, on the border of the lake east of Somosomo, Taveuni. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from north-central Viti Levu (on Mt. Tomanivi and vicinity) and Taveuni. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Western and southern slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5091, DA 12732 (Melville et al. 7122), 14665. NAITASIRI: Nggoronggorotambuatini, near Nasonggo, DA 15308. TAVEUNI: Track to lake above Somosomo, DA 14374; edges of lake east of Somosomo, DA 14378, 14395; summit and adjacent slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8238. This striking species, with the largest flowers and fruits of any known Fijian Psychotria, is not infrequent in the two quite limited areas from which it is known. 2. Psychotria leptantha A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 34; 122. 1953; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 206. 1964, ed. 2. 287. 1972. Tree 8-12 m. high, apparently rare and local in dense forest at an elevation of 700-1,050 m. The calyx and corolla are pure white; flowers were collected in April and fruits in May. TYPIFICATION: The type is Smith 4048 (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected April 26, 1947, on the slopes of Mt. Nairosa, eastern flank of Mt. Evans Range, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from the isolated Mt. Evans Range in northwestern Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: MBa: Slopes of Mt. Nairosa, eastern flank of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4423. Psychotria leptantha, still known only from the two originally cited collections, is closely related only to P. eumorphanthus, from which it differs in the obvious features noted in the key: much shorter stipules, smaller leaves, the presence of indument on inflorescence parts, and the smaller flowers and fruits. Although both species occur on Viti Levu, they are not sympatric. 3. Psychotria gracilior A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 34: 123. 1953; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 204. 1964, ed. 2. 285. 1972. Figures 100F, 107C. Tree 5-10 m. high, apparently rare and local in dense forest at an elevation of 750-850 m. The fruit, deep red in color, is known from a single collection obtained in September. TYPIFICATION: The species is based on Smith 6186 (A HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Sept. 22, 1947, in hills between Nandala and Nukunuku Creeks, along trail from Nandarivatu toward Lewa, Mba Province, Viti Levu. DisTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and still known only from the type collection. 290 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 As originally noted, Psychotria gracilior suggests the preceding species, P. leptan- tha, from which it is sharply distinct in its comparatively short calyx limb. Other separating characters may be noted as the longer stipules, lack of indument, somewhat narrower leaf blades, and slightly smaller fruits. Flowers of P. gracilior remain unknown, but in species group Confertilobae the characteristic calyx limb persists on quite mature fruits and provides a distinctive feature. 4. Psychotria araiosantha A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin, sp. nov.! Ficure 111. Small tree about 3 m. high, apparently infrequent in forest at an elevation of about 100 m. The flowers (presumably both calyces and corollas) are white and were obtained in March. TYPIFICATION: The type is DA 14335 (coll. J. Qoro) (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at K, suvA), collected in March, 1965, in the valley of Navonu Creek, Natewa Peninsula, Thakaundrove Province, Vanua Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and thus far known only from the type collection. At first glance the new species may readily be taken for the preceding species, Psychotria gracilior, but a closer examination reveals that the stipules are much shorter and of an entirely different type. Additionally, the leaf blades of P. araiosantha are even narrower and the calyx limb is longer. The new species is remarkable for its very slender flowers, but unfortunately flowers are still unknown for P. gracilior, as are fruits for P. araiosantha. On the basis of stipular characters, which appear quite reliable in Psychotria, the new species is more closely allied to P. confertiloba than to P. gracilior; foliage and floral characters, noted in the key, readily distinguish it from P. confertiloba. 5. Psychotria confertiloba A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 152. 1936; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 201. fig. 73, B. 1964, ed. 2. 282. fig. 85, B. 1972. Ficures 100E, 112. Psychotria umbraticola Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 91: 36. fig. 42. 1932; non Vatke (1875). A tree (occasionally noted as a shrub) 2-10 m. high, often slender or spreading, sometimes locally abundant in dense, open, or secondary forest from near sea level to an elevation of 1,250 m. The fragrant flowers have pure white, readily caducous \Psychotria araiosantha A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin, sp. nov. 2 Arbor parva ad 3 m. alta ubique glabra, ramulis gracilibus subteretibus apices versus 1.5-2 mm. diametro, internodis distalibus 2-4 mm. longis; stipulis parvis 1.5-3 mm. longis, basim versus connatis, superne liberis deltoideis acutis, mox caducis; petiolis semiteretibus gracilibus (0.5-1 mm. diametro) 12-18 mm..longis, foliorum laminis papyraceis in sicco fusco-viridibus lanceolatis, 6-10 cm. longis, 1.5-2.8 cm. latis, basi gradatim attenuatis et in petiolum decurrentibus, apice anguste acutis, margine integris, costa gracili utrinque subprominente vel supra anguste canaliculata, nervis secundariis utrinsecus 8-10 leviter curvatis patentibus utrinque in sicco paulo elevatis, rete venularum immerso; inflorescentia terminali gracili e basi 3-partita 9-15-flora sub anthesi corolla inclusa 5-7 cm. longa et lata, basi bracteis pluribus deltoideis obtusis ad 3 mm. longis caducis subtenta, ramulis pedicellisque gracilibus; pedicellis sub anthesi 5-7 mm. longis in calycem gradatim crassatis; calyce graciliter infundibulari sub anthesi 5-8 mm. longo, hypanthio parvo, limbo erecto submembranaceo obscure nervoso apice circiter 3 mm. diametro inconspicue 5-lobato, lobis obtuse deltoideis suberectis; corolla pergraciliter hypocrateriformi submembranacea, tubo sub anthesi 18-22 mm. longo et 1-1.5 mm. diametro, lobis 5 effusis anguste oblongis obtusis 8-9 mm. longis et 2-3 mm. latis; staminibus 5 tubi corollae apicem versus insertis et paulo exsertis, filamentis brevibus gracilibus, antheris anguste oblongis circiter 2 mm. longis; stylo gracili corollae tubum subaequanti in stigmata ad 2 mm. longa fisso; fructibus ignotis. HoLotyPe: FIJI: VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: DA 14335 (BISH). Ficure 111. Psychotria araiosantha, from DA 14335, A, stipules at ultimate node of branchlet, x 9; B, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and inflorescences, = 1/2; C, cluster of 3 flowers, the corollas not fully elongated, x 4; D, calyx, style (broken), stigma, and corolla with anthers in throat, = 2. RUBIACEAE 292 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 br Aud FiGureE 112. Psychotria confertiloba; fruiting branchlet, from Smith 8921, fa FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Ficure 117. Morinda bucidifolia; A, inflorescences and foliage, x 2; B, branchlet with stipules and petioles, x 4; C, syncarps and proximal portions of leaves, x 2; D, lower surface of leaf blade along costa, showing a secondary nerve with an axillary domatium, x 20. A from Degener 15115, B from DA 15472, C from Smith 7135, D from DA 13676. 1988 RUBIACEAE 341 Morinda nandarivatensis Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 40. fig. 57. 1930; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 198. 1964, ed. 2. 278. 1972. Morinda umbellata var. bucidifolia Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 123, as var. bucidaefolia. 1942; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 198. 1964, ed. 2. 278. 1972. Morinda umbellata var. archboldiana Fosberg in Sargentia 1: 123. 1942; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 198. 1964, ed. 2. 278. 1972. An often copiously branching and high-climbing liana, locally abundant at all elevations (from near sea level to 1,323 m.) in littoral forest, dense or open forest, or in the thickets of crests and ridges. At anthesis the calyx is frequently purplish, and the corolla usually has the tube purple and the lobes yellow to white; the anthers are yellow; and the mature syncarps are purple to black. Flowers and fruits have been obtained in every month. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Three types are involved in the above citations. That of Morinda bucidifoliais U. S. Expl. Exped. (US 62352 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at GH, kK), collected in 1840 at Mbua (Sandalwood) Bay, Mbua Province, Vanua Levu. Morinda nandarivatensis is typified by Gillespie 3786 (BISH HOLOTYPE), collected Nov. 16, 1927, on Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, east of Nandarivatu, Mba Province, Viti Levu. The type of M. umbellata var. archholdiana is Degener 15115 (us 2333933 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at A, BISH, K, US 1759496), obtained April 29, 1941, at Thulanuku, vicinity of Ngaloa, Serua Province, Viti Levu. While minor differences among these collections are observable, the distinctions are inconsequential in view of normal variation. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji but known from only three of the islands; although 74 collections are at hand, all but six or seven of them come from Viti Levu. LOCAL NAMES: Frequently noted merely as wa kau (woody vine), this abundant species has been recorded in Namosi Province as wa voni, wa vani, and wa pani. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Summit of Mt. Koroyanitu, high point of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4176; upper slopes of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4645; Nandarivatu, Tothill 232; Mt. Nanggarana- mbuluta, Gillespie 3673; summit and slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5147, DA 12729 (Melville et al. 7119). NANDRONGA & NavosA: Southern slopes of Nausori Highlands, in drainage of Namosi Creek above Tumbenasolo, Smith 4587. SERUA: Hills between Navua River and Wainiyavu Creek, near Namuamua, Smith 8985. NaMosi: Summit of Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3370; Korombasambasanga Range, DA 2196; summit of Mt. Voma, Gillespie 2743; Wainandoi River, DA 10805. Nattasiri: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomanivi and Nasonggo, Smith 5749; Tholo-i-suva, DA 13676. TAILEVU: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7135; Namara, Seemann 223, p. p. (kK). REwa: Limestone quarry near Suva, Livingston, July, 1945. OVALAU: U. S. Expl. Exped. (GH); summit of Mt. Ndelaiovalau and adjacent ridge, Smith 7561. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Uluingala, Natewa Peninsula, Smith 1999. Fist without further locality, Seemann 222. A close relative of Morinda bucidifolia is the rare Samoan M. tripetala Christo- phersen (in Bishop Mus. Bull. 154: 73. fig. 27. 1938), which is very similar to the Fijian endemic in essential characters, differing in having the capitula borne in clusters of 20-35 (rather than 6-18) and usually with only 6-14 (rather than 7-25) flowers, these with only 3 (rarely 4) corolla lobes and stamens. The Fijian species has flowers with 4 corolla lobes and stamens, but an occasional 3-merous flower may be noted. 34. GYNOCHTODES BI. Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 993. 1826-1827; Endl. Gen. Pl. 543. 1838; Baill. Hist. Pl. 7: 416. 1880. Gynochthodes BI. ex Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 119. 1873; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 137. 1891; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 349. 1965; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 33. 1979. _Glabrous lianas or scrambling shrubs, the stipules interpetiolar; inflorescences axillary, umbelliform to paniculiform cymes, the flowers of terminal triads sessile or pedicellate, free or united by their hypanthia; flowers 4-6-merous; calyx limb short, 342 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 FiGurE 118. Gynochtodes epiphytica; A, three fused hypanthia, the young corollas of two flowers persisting, x 4; B, corolla and stamens, * 4; C, cross section of a simple, mature fruit, x 2; D, mature multiple fruit, x 2; E, immature simple and multiple fruits from a single plant, x 2. A & B from Smith 9377, C from Christophersen 3016 (Savai‘i, Samoa), D from Parks 20113, E from Smith 5088. annular, dentate, persistent; corolla hypocrateriform, pilose within especially in throat, the lobes with incurved apices, valvate in bud; stamens inserted in corolla throat or near base of tube, the anthers included or exserted; ovary 4-locular, the ovules solitary and subbasal in each locule, the style simple or 2-branched; fruit drupaceous, sometimes multiple, with thin-walled l-seeded pyrenes. TYPE SPECIES: Gynachtodes coriacea Bl., the only original species. DISTRIBUTION: Southeastern Asia through Malesia to Micronesia and eastward to Tonga, Niue, and Samoa, with about 14 species. A single species is indigenous in the Fijian Region. 1988 RUBIACEAE 343 * Oe ee ae tote. > id oe basil a aS Po Ficure 119. A, Gynochtodes epiphytica; lower surface of leaf blade along costa, showing secondaries and domatia, = 20. B, Gynochtodes ovalifolia; lower surface of leaf blade along costa, showing secondaries and domatia, x 20. A from Smith 9415, B from Takamatsu 1741] (Garikiai, Palau Islands). As noted by Backer and Bakhuizen van den Brink (1965), Blume’s original spelling was Gynochtodes; this spelling has also been used by Miquel (FI. Ned. Ind. 2: 313. 1857, Fl. Ned. Ind. Suppl. 548. 1861), Endlicher (1838), Baillon (1880), and more recently by Christophersen (in Bishop Mus. Bull. 154: 64. 1938). Perhaps Hooker (1873) was the first author to change the spelling to Gynochthodes, th being the usual transliteration of the Greek 6 (as in ochthodes). Most subsequent authors have used the spelling Gynochthodes, as does ING (1979), but there appears to be no justification for such a change in ICBN (Art. 73.1). Below we use the original spelling of the generic name, without indicating the usage of cited authors. 1. Gynochtodes epiphytica (Rechinger) A. C. Sm. & S. Darwin, comb. nov. FiGures 118, 119A. Plectronia epiphytica Rechinger in Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 369. 1910. Gynochtodes ovalifolia sensu A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 162. 1936; Christophersen in op. cit. 154: 64. fig. 18. 1938; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 113. 1943; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 177. 1970; forsan non Kaneh. Gynochtodes ovalifolia var. smithii Fosberg in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club. 67: 421. 1940; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 258. 1959; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 193. 1964, ed. 2. 271. 1972. A liana or scrambling woody vine, sometimes high-climbing, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of about 900 m. in dense, thin, or dry forest or in thickets, frequently on limestone. The leaf blades, which characteristically darken in drying, are thin-coriaceous to chartaceous, ovate to elliptic, 5-15 x 3-10.5 cm., acute to rounded at base, acute to acuminate at apex, with 4-6 pairs of curved, ascending secondaries, and are borne on slender petioles 1-3.5 cm. long. The fragrant flowers have the corolla white or cream-colored (drying black); the stamens have white filaments and yellow 344 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 anthers that soon turn brownish purple; and the fruits become black at maturity. Flowers have been noted in Fiji only in November and December (on dated collec- tions), while fruits have been collected between January and September. TYPIFICATION: Rechinger cited three syntypes from Upolu, Samoa, for Plectronia epiphytica: Rechinger 1851, 1923, and 48. A suggested citation is: Rechinger 1851 (w 2349 LECTOTYPE; photo and fragment at BISH), collected Aug. 4, 1905, on “Berg Lanutoo,” Upolu, Samoa. Gynochtodes ovalifolia var. smithii is typified by St. John 18298 (BISH HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at BISH, K, US), collected Aug. 13, 1937, at Mata- wailevu, Wainimala River, Naitasiri Province, Viti Levu. DIsTRIBUTION: Fiji, Tonga, Niue, and Samoa. From Fiji we have studied 23 collections from four islands. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Recorded names from Naitasiri are wa thoro and serera- kavona, and in that Province the stems are used to bind timbers in house-building. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mpa: Vicinity of Nandarivatu, Smith 5088. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Naruku, vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Degener 15321. SeRUA: Hills north of Ngaloa, in drainage of Waininggere Creek, Smith 9415; hills between Waininggere and Waisese Creeks, between Ngaloa and Wainiyambia, Smith 9377. Namosti: Hills east of Navua River, Greenwood 1005. NAITASIRI: Viria, Meebold 16906; Central road, Tothill 535; Nasinu, DA 7280. REwa: Mt. Korombamba, Parks 20113. VANUA LEVU: Msua: Lower Wainunu River Valley, Smith 1716. MaTHuaTA: Ndreketi, DA 12953; Mathuata coast, Greenwood 660. THAKAUNDROVE: Korotasere, Natewa Bay, DA 15489. YATHATA: DA 13624, p. p. FULANGA: On limestone formation, Smith 1127. The material of Gynochtodes from Samoa, Tonga, Niue, and Fiji has previously been referred to G. ovalifolia (Valeton) Kaneh. (in Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 45: 351. 1931, based on Plectronia ovalifolia Valeton in Bot. Jahrb. 63: 310. 1930, with Ledermann 14143 and 14200 from Korror, Palau Islands, as syntypes), but such reference has clearly been due to oversight of the binomial Plectronia epiphytica, which provides the earliest epithet for Gynochtodes in the Fijian Region. We find no means of distinguish- . ing more than one taxon of this alliance in our area, although many Fijian specimens have flowers in terminal pairs or triads united by their hypanthia (FIGURE 118A) and consequently have multiple fruits (FIGURE 118D & E). On the same individuals, however, free flowers and simple fruits, similar to those of Samoan specimens, also occur. Fosberg (1940) noted the tendency of Fijian material to have fused ovaries in proposing the trinomial G. ovalifolia var. smithii, but he also noted the infrequent occurrence of fused ovaries in Samoa (this is also the case in Tonga). We consider ovary fusion somewhat random and scarcely a basis for nomenclatural status, although no reason is apparent for its prevalence in Fiji. The stipules of specimens of this alliance from western Polynesia, Fiji, and Micronesia are essentially identical; they are short (0.5-1 mm. long), broadly ovate and joined into an inconspicuous tube, obtuse to acute, and ephemerally ciliolate. No characters of inflorescence or foliage seem to differentiate collections from the Caro- line and Palau Islands from those of Fiji and Polynesia, except that many of the Micronesian specimens that have been referred to Gynochtodes ovalifolia have broad, pilose domatia (FIGURE 119B), whereas the domatia in the Fijian Region are character- istically small, glabrous, and cartilaginous-margined (FIGURE 119A). It must be noted, however, that domatia in Gynochtodes are not geographically constant; those of Hosokawa 8328 (TYPE of G. trukensis Hosokawa in Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 32: 18. 1942) are suggestive of those of Fijian specimens, whereas those of some Samoan specimens (e. g. Whistler 977, 1719) are sometimes broad and without cartilaginous margins (although glabrous). For present purposes we restrict our concept of G. 1988 RUBIACEAE 345 epiphytica to western Polynesia and Fiji, but students of Micronesian plants may well decide that it must also include G. ovalifolia and G. trukensis. 35. OPHIORRHIZA L. Sp. Pl. 150. 1753; Seem. Fl. Vit. 126. 1866; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 63. 1873; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 29. 1891; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 289. 1965; S. Darwin in Lyonia 1: 47. 1976, in Allertonia 2: 29. 1979. Creeping to erect herbs, subshrubs, or shrubs, the stipules interpetiolar, entire to lobed, fimbriate, or setaceous; inflorescences axillary or terminal cymes, usually dichotomously branched or unbranched, often spiciform to cincinniform, the bracts well developed or absent; flowers $, 5-merous; calyx limb persistent, truncate to lobed, the lobes often keeled; corolla urceolate to infundibular or hypocrateriform, glabrous or pubescent, often pilose in throat, the lobes valvate in bud; stamens inserted at various levels in corolla tube, included or exserted, the filaments short or long; ovary 2-locular, the ovules numerous in each locule, attached to elongate-clavate placentas; style included or exserted, filiform, 2-branched, the stigmas coherent or separate, sometimes disciform; fruits capsular, usually laterally compressed perpendicular to dissepiment, triangular to obcordate or obreniform in outline, sometimes subglobose (but not in our species), loculicidally dehiscent; seeds small, angular-rhomboid, the surface smooth. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Ophiorrhiza mungos L. (vide Hitchcock, Prop. Brit. Bot. 129. 1929), one of Linnaeus’s two original species. The spelling Ophiorhiza was used by Linnaeus in Gen. PI. ed. 5. 74. 1754, and also by a few later authors (e. g. A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 311, 312. 1859); that orthographic variant is not indicated below. DIsTRIBUTION: India and Ceylon eastward to Micronesia and the Society Islands, with about 150 species. Three species (two of them endemic) are indigenous in Fiji, and nine are endemic in the Society Islands. Absence of the genus from Tonga, Samoa, and the Cook and Austral Islands is unexpected (Darwin, 1976, p. 49). The present review is abstracted from Darwin’s 1976 treatment. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: DARwIn, S. P. The Pacific species of Ophiorrhiza L. (Rubiaceae). Lyonia 1: 47-102. 1976. The Fijian species are all widespread within the archipelago and have wide altitudi- nal ranges; in general Ophirrhiza peploides may be expected in darker, more humid areas than the other two species, but all three occur in dense forests as well as in more open areas. KEY TO SPECIES Stipules deltoid, to 0.4 mm. long, ephemeral, not readily discernible; calyx lobes 0.3-0.5 x about 0.3 mm.; corolla broadly infundibular, the tube 3.6-6.5 mm. long, the lobes sometimes longer than tube, 2.8-9 mm. long; stamens with filaments 2.6-7 mm. long, the anthers 0.8-1.3 (-1.6) mm. long; branchlets slender, up to 0.5 mm. in diameter toward apex; leaf blades usually less than 3 x | cm. (infrequently to 4.3 x 1.2 cm.), ovate to oblanceolate and spathulate, usually without a discernible petiole. 1. O. peploides Stipules narrowly deltoid, 3-10 mm. long, narrowly subulate to setaceous, often 1-4-times divided; calyx lobes 0.4—1.5 x 0.3-0.8 mm.; corolla narrowly infundibular to hypocrateriform, the lobes much shorter than tube; branchlets relatively stout, 0.8-2 mm. or more in diameter toward apex; leaf blades 2.5-21 x 0.8-5 (—7) cm., lanceolate to ovate or elliptic, rarely oblanceolate, petiolate (petioles 2-45 mm. long or longer). Branchlets comparatively slender, up to | mm. in diameter toward apex; inflorescences rarely more than 4-branched, with 3-35 flowers, the peduncles up to 2 cm. long, the pedicels 0.8-4.5 mm. long at anthesis; corolla tube (4.6—) 8-12 (-14.2) mm. long, the lobes 2-3.6 mm. long; hypanthium and calyx tube usually glabrous or finely puberulent with minute, rarely yellow hairs; anthers subsessile (filaments up to 0.3 mm. long), 1.3-1.5 mm. long, attached at corolla throat amid long white hairs; Bie (@>) Sasi: JON Sooeasdaapbacpoaoreoennecsuo loo csr oponadeeDmands ono 2. O. laxa 346 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Branchlets relatively stout, 0.8-1.8 (-2.6) mm. in diameter toward apex; inflorescences 5-15-branched, with 9-80 flowers, the peduncles (1.8-) 2.5-4.6 cm. long, the pedicels 4-7.8 mm. long at anthesis; corolla tube (14-) 17.5-30.8 mm. long, the lobes 2.6-9.5 mm. long; hypanthium and calyx tube puberulent with minute, yellow to orange hairs; stamens attached well below corolla throat or at throat with filaments 0.6-8 mm. long, the anthers 1.3-1.8 mm. long; style (15-) 18-20.4 mm. long. 3. O. leptantha 1. Ophiorrhiza peploides A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 311. 1859; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256. 1861, Viti, 438. 1862, Fl. Vit. 127. 1866; Drake, Ill. FI. Ins. Mar. Pac. 189. 1890; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 151. 1909; Turrillin op. cit. 43: 24. 1915; Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 26. fig. 35, a-c. 1930; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 200. 1964, ed. 2. 281. 1972; S. Darwin in Lyonia 1: 66. fig. 1, E; 2, A; 3, A; 4, B-E. 1976. Herb, subligneous toward base, or dwarf shrub 0.1-0.6 (-1) m. high, occurring from near sea level to 1,100 m. elevation in dense or open forest but most often in rocky places in deep shade or along streams, sometimes in tidal marshes or on the inner edges of mangrove swamps. The fragrant flowers have the corolla white or sometimes pink-tinged, the filaments and style white, and the anthers pale yellow; the mature fruits are purplish. Flowers and fruits occur throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The lectotype (Darwin, 1976) is U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 47493 LECTOTYPE; ISOLECTOTYPES at GH, K, NY), collected on Ovalau in 1840. Gray also cited material obtained by Milne and Harvey, cited below. DIsTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and now known from more than 70 collections obtained on eight of the islands; it may be anticipated on all islands that provide a habitat of dark, humid forests. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: Often used names are /era, lera ndamu, and thandrai; also recorded are ndindindi (Mba), ndrendrewai and uthu ni raurau (Nandronga & Navosa), asiasi ni vatu (Serua), and tondaolo (Rewa). Parts of the plant are said to be used as a hairwash on Viti Levu, and the plant is occasionally considered edible. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Mountains inland from Lautoka, Greenwood 73; Nandarivatu, Gibbs 607; Navai, im Thurn 202. NANDRONGA & Navosa: Inland from Mbelo, near Vatuka- rasa, O. & I. Degener 32119. SERUA: Track to Mt. Tuvutau, DA 14494. Namosi: Ridges near Namosi, Gillespie 2706. Ra: Mountains near Penang, Greenwood 73A. NaITAsiRI: Near Korovou, Wainimala River, DA 14018. TatLtevu: Nukurua Creek, DA 1025. REwa: Near Lami, Gillespie 4577. KANDAVU: Namalata isthmus region, Smith 43. OVALAU: Milne 50; vicinity of Levuka, Gillespie 4462. KORO: Western slope, Smith 1069. NGAU: Hills east of Herald Bay, on slopes of Mt. Vonda and toward Waikama, Smith 7980. VANUA LEVU: MBua: Nandi, Milne 263. MATHUATA: Southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6355. THAKAUNDROVE: Maravu, near Salt Lake, Degener & Ordonez 14132; hills west of Mbutha Bay, Natewa Peninsula, Smith 823. TAVEUNI: Somosomo, Seemann 228; slopes of Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 8333. MATUKU: Milne 106. F131 without further locality, Harvey, Nov., 1855. 2. Ophiorrhiza laxa A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 312. 1859; Seem. FI. Vit. 127, p. p. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 188. 1890; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 151. 1909; Turrill in op. cit. 43: 24, p. p. 1915; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 279. 1972; S. Darwin in Lyonia 1: 70. fig. 1, F; 2, B; 4, F-H; 5, A. 1976. Ophiorrhiza leptantha vat. yasawana Fosberg in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 67: 420. 1940; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 200. 1964, ed. 2. 281. 1972. A copiously branched shrub or subligneous herb 0.2-3 m. high, often compact, found at elevations from near sea level to 1,280 m. in dense or open forest, in thickets on ridges and crests, and sometimes on cliffs. The corolla is white, sometimes with the tube yellow to pink or purple- or crimson-tinged; the mature fruits are crimson to purplish. Flowers and fruits may be found throughout the year. 1988 RUBIACEAE 347 TYPIFICATION: The lectotype (Darwin, 1976) is U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 47491 LECTOTYPE), collected on Ovalau in 1840. Other collections mentioned by Gray (Milne and Exploring Expedition), cited below, are to be considered paratypes. The type of Ophiorrhiza leptantha var. yasawanais St. John 18126 (BISH HOLOTYPE), collected July 19, 1937, in woods along Olo Creek, north of Yalombi, Waya Island, Yasawas. DISTRIBUTION: Endemic to Fiji and now represented by more than 80 collections from six islands, but of course to be expected on others. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Recorded names are karaua (Yasawas), kethe and mothe- mothe (Mba), ndraunikau ni mbata (Namosi), na sendua (Naitasiri), and ndrau rau ni ulu (area?). A medicinal use was noted in Naitasiri, the leaves being chewed to stop blood in urine. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Summit of Mt. Koroyanitu, high point of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4202; upper slopes of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4706; Nandarivatu, Gibbs 606, im Thurn 259, p. p. (BM, K); Mt. Tomanivi, DA 12714 (Melville et al. 7103). NANDRONGA & Navosa: Nausori Highlands, O. & I. Degener 32186. SERUA: Vicinity of Ngaloa, Degener 15133. NAMosiI: Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3122. NAITASIRI: Wainisavulevu-Numbulolo divide, Wainimala Valley, St. John 18328; vicinity of Tamavua, Gillespie 2440. REwa: Mt. Korombamba, Meebold 16684. Vit1 Levu without further locality, Milne 12, Milne or MacGillivray. OVALAU: U. S. Expl. Exped. (Ny), Milne 52; slopes of Mt. Korotolutolu, west of Thawathi, Smith 8017. NGAU: Milne 215. VANUA LEVU: Maruuata: Near Lambasa, Greenwood 530. THAKAUNDROVE: Nakorothau, Krauss 1018. TAVEUNI: Mt. Manuka, east of Wairiki, Smith 785. 3. Ophiorrhiza leptantha A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 312. 1859; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256. 1861, Viti, 438. 1862, Fl. Vit. 127, p. p. 1866; Drake, Il. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 188. 1890; Turrill in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43: 24, p. p. 1915; Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 26. fig. 35, d-f. 1930; Fosberg in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 67: 420. 1940; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 340. 1971; S. Darwin in Lyonia 1: 74. fig. 5, B-H; 6, A-D. 1976; Morat & Veillon in Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) IV. 7, Sect. B, Adansonia 3: 316. 1985. Ophiorrhiza laxa sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256. 1861, Viti, 438. 1862, Fl. Vit. 127, p. p. 1866; non A. Gray. Ophiorrhiza leptantha var. leptantha; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 200. 1964, ed. 2. 280. 1972. Shrub or subligneous herb 0.5-3 m. high, occurring from near sea level to an elevation of 1,150 m. in dense or wet forest or on its edges, sometimes along streams. The inflorescence branches and calyx are sometimes purple-tinged, and the corolla is white to orange or pale pink. Flowers and fruits occur throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: The lectotype (Darwin, 1976) is U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 47492 LECTOTYPE), collected on Ovalau in 1840. Gray also cited a collection by Harvey, and other Exploring Expedition specimens cited below are not necessarily from the same collection as the lectotype. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji and the Horne Islands. From Fiji more than 60 collections are at hand from eight islands. Although Ophiorrhiza leptantha and O. laxa are sometimes essentially sympatric within Fiji, the former is usually found in moister, less exposed areas. It is less frequent than O. Jaxa at high elevations, less common in general on Viti Levu, more common on Vanua Levu, and more widely distributed within the archipe- lago. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Probably the two related species of Ophiorrhiza are not clearly separated in local concept. Recorded names for O. Jeptantha are ndomale (Serua), ndraunikau ni ula (Namosi), kurukuru i nggele (Naitasiri), and mbulu (Tha- kaundrove). A medicinal use was noted in Serua, a decoction of mashed leaves being used for stomachache. 348 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Nandarivatu, im Thurn 259, p. p.; slopes of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Gillespie 4361; western and southern slopes of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5104. SERUA: North of Korovou, St. John 18928. NAMosI: Summit of Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3295. NAMOSI or Rewa: Between Wainandoi River and Wainamboro Creek, Vaughan 3365. NAITASIRI: Tamavua—Sawani road, Setchell & Parks 15046; Tholo-i-suva, im Thurn 359, p. p. TAILEVU: Nukurua Creek, DA 1020. REWA: Slopes of Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2247. Vit1 Levu without further locality, Seemann 229, p. p. KANDAVU: Mt. Mbuke Levu, Smith 265. OVALAU: Mt. Tana Lailai, Graeffe; Port Kinnaird, Seemann 229, p. p. NGAU: Milne 234. VANUA LEVU: Martuuata: Southern base of Mathuata Range, north of Natua, Smith 6762. THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Kasi, Yanawai River region, Smith 1804; Savusavu Bay region, Degener & Ordonez 14008. TAVEUNI: Natambua, Nggeleni, DA 15887. VANUA MBALAVU: Namba- vatu, northern limestone area, Tothill 29]. TUVUTHA: Central forest, Bryan 550. Fist without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped. (kK, P, us 47490), Seemann 227, Harvey (BM, GH, XK). Although Ophiorrhiza leptantha and O. laxa have been combined by some authors, they are (with very few exceptions) readily distinguished by number and size of flowers, amount and color of calycine indument, and staminal characters (Darwin, 1976). 36. XANTHOPHYTUM Reinw. ex BI. Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 989. 1826-1827; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 53. 1873; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 24. 1891; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 288. 1955; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 283. 1965; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 31. 1979. Lerchea sensu A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 311. 1859; Seem. Fl. Vit. 127. 1866; non L. Shrubs or small trees, usually with rufo-sericeous indument, the stipules interpetio- lar; inflorescences short to slender-pedunculate, axillary, few-branched thyrses, the bracts and bracteoles small; flowers (4 or)5-merous, % ; calyx limb persistent, the lobes short or (as in our species) spathulate or oblanceolate, slightly accrescent after anthe- sis; corolla tubular-infundibular, the tube glabrous or pubescent in throat and on lobes, the lobes valvate in bud; stamens inserted near base of corolla, the filaments glabrous, the anthers included or exserted; ovary 2-locular, the ovules numerous in each locule, the placentas globose, affixed to middle of dissepiment; style cylindric, the stigma globose to slightly 2-lobed; fruit dry, separating into 2 cocci, the seeds angular, reticulate. TYPE SPECIES: Xanthophytum fruticulosum Reinw. ex Bl. DIsTRIBUTION: Southeastern Asia and Malesia and eastward in the Pacific to Fiji, with approximately 15 species. One species represents the genus in Fiji and the New Hebrides. 1. Xanthophytum calycinum (A. Gray) Benth. & Hook. f. ex Drake, II]. Fl. Ins. Mar. _ Pac. 186. 1890; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 150. 1909; A. C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 36: 288. 1955; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 210. 1964, ed. 2. 295. 1972; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 31. fig. 2, J. 1979. FiGure 120. Lerchea calycina A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4: 311. 1859; Seem. Viti, 438. 1862, Fl. Vit. 128. 1866. Shrub or usually slender tree 1.5-10 m. high, with a trunk to 25 cm. in diameter, found at elevations of 150-1,030 m. in dense forest or in the thickets of crests and ridges. Young parts of the plant bear a conspicuous, silky, ferrugineous indument; the calyx is pale green; and the corolla is pale green to white, soon turning yellowish and quickly caducous. Flowers have been noted between March and November, fruits throughout the year. FiGureE 120. Xanthophytum calycinum; A, distal portion of branchlet, with foliage and infructescences, x 1/2; B, apical part of branchlet, showing stipules, indument, and part of a developing inflorescence, x 4; C, cluster of flowers, showing calyx lobes and a corolla bud, x 15; D, flower with mature corolla, x 15; E, dehisced fruit, showing seeds (s), x 15. A from DA 15033, B from Gillespie 2410, C from Smith 9106, D&E from Parks 20142. RUBIACEAE 350 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 TyYPIFICATION: Gray listed two collections, but since his paper dealt primarily with Exploring Expedition collections an appropriate citation is: U. S. Expl. Exped. (us 48660 LECTOTYPE), a fruiting specimen collected on Ovalau in 1840. A paratype is Milne 85 (Kk), from Viti Levu without further locality, a specimen with flower buds and fruits. DISTRIBUTION: Fiji and the New Hebrides (but there known to us only froma single specimen, Cheesman (k) without further locality). From Fiji 28 specimens are availa- ble, but all of these are from Viti Levu except the lectotype from Ovalau and one collection from Vanua Levu. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Northern slopes of Mt. Namendre, east of Mt. Koromba, Smith 4545, vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gibbs 704. SeRua: Ngaloa Nature Reserve, DA 16587; hills east of Navua River, near Nukusere, Smith 9106. NaAMosi: Mt. Nambui track, Korombasambasanga Range, DA 14554; track to Mt. Vakarongasiu, DA 16/08. NAiTAsiIRI: Nanggarathangithangi, Mendrausuthu Range, DA 15033; Central road, Tothill 310; vicinity of Tamavua, Gillespie 2410. REWA: Mt. Korombamba, Parks 20142. VANUA LEVU: THAKAUNDROVE: Mt. Mbatini, Smith 658. 37. PENTAS Benth. in Bot. Mag. 70: t. 4086. 1844; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 29. 1891; Verdcourt in Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 23: 238. 1953; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 292. 1965; Verdcourt in Fl. Trop. E. Afr. Rub. 183. 1976. Perennial (rarely biennial) herbs or shrubs, the stipules interpetiolar, divided into 2-many filiform, colleter-tipped segments; inflorescences mostly complex terminal cymes, with branches often becoming spicate in fruit; flowers small to large, & (or sometimes unisexual?), mono-, di-, or trimorphic, 5-merous; calyx limb annular, equally to unequally lobed, 1-3 lobes often larger than the others or sometimes foliaceous; corolla short- to long-tubular, pubescent in throat, the lobes ovate to oblong, valvate in bud; stamens included in the conspicuously dilated corolla throat or exserted, with well-developed filaments or subsessile anthers; ovary 2-locular, the ovules numerous in each locule, the placentas attached to dissepiment; style filiform, 2-lobed, included or exserted; fruits capsular, obpyramidal to ovoid, ribbed and frequently beaked, splitting from apex into 2 or 4 valves or sometimes separating into 2 cocci; seeds minute, irregularly globose to tetrahedral, the surface reticulate. TYPE SPECIES: Pentas carnea Benth. Verdcourt (1953) notes that other species than P. carnea included by Bentham in Pentas are assignable to other genera. Pentas carnea was based on a cultivated plant which Verdcourt suggests was derived from material collected in the Comoro Islands, referring the taxon to P. lanceolata subsp. cymosa var. carnea (Benth.) Verdcourt. DISTRIBUTION: Tropical Africa, tropical Arabia, Madagascar, and the Comoro Islands, with about 40 species (Verdcourt, 1976). A widely cultivated species is grown in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: VERDCOURT, B. A revision of certain African genera of herbaceous Rubiaceae V. A revision of the genus Pentas Bentham together with a key to related genera. Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 23: 237-371. 1953. 1988 RUBIACEAE 351 1. Pentas lanceolata (Forssk.) Deflers, Voy. Yemen, 142. 1889; Verdcourt in Kew Bull. 6: 377. 1951, in Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 23: 339. 1953; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 200. 1964, ed. 2. 281. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 180. 1970; Verdcourt in FI. Trop. E. Afr. Rub. 208. 1976; Morat & Veillonin Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) IV. 7, Sect. B, Adansonia 3: 316. 1985; MacKee, PI. Intro. Cult. Nouv.-Caléd. 118. 1985. Ophiorrhiza lanceolata Forssk. Fl. Aegypt.-Arab. 42. 1775. Shrub 0.5-3 m. high, often abundantly cultivated in towns and villages and European gardens at elevations from near sea level to about 250 m. The corolla is very variable in color in Fijian specimens, ranging from white to light or deep pink, bright red, or rich purple; the filaments are white and the stigmas white to rich purple. Flowers and fruits have been noted between February and July. DISTRIBUTION: The species as a whole occurs in Yemen, tropical East Africa, and the Comoro Islands, and is now widely cultivated in other tropical areas. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: Probably introduced into Fiji during the present century, Pentas lanceolata is commonly known as Lady Fletcher or merely as pentas; Fijian names are sinu and sinu vula. It is a favorite garden ornamental. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Nairasiri: Toninaiwau, Tholo-i-suva, DA 16722, 16755; Princi- pal Agricultural Station, Koronivia, DA 12118, 12120. Rewa: Lami, in private garden, DA 16461; Suva, in private garden, DA 12617. OVALAU: Lovoni Village, Smith 7488, 7492. In discussing Pentas lanceolata, Verdcourt (1953) noted it as “one of the most variable complexes to be found in African Rubiaceae,” recognizing four subspecies and a number of varieties. Later (1976) he stated: “It is not possible to produce a key to these variants which will work efficiently and they are best named from geographical considerations; nevertheless it is not feasible to ignore the variants completely since extremes are very distinct. . .There are many doubtless who would prefer not to recognise more than two variants and this they may do by calling the long-flowered specimens subsp. J/anceolata and the short-flowered ones subsp. quartiniana.” Utiliz- ing this expedient, which seems the only feasible one when the geographic source is unknown, we refer the above-cited specimens DA 12617 and Smith 7488 and 7492 to subsp. Janceolata, DA 16461 to subsp. quartiniana. In connection with the present review we have not reexamined the other cited specimens, but the following key (slightly modified from Verdcourt, 1976) would appear usable: KEY TO SUBSPECIES Corolla predominantly white but occasionally tinged with lilac or pink, sometimes rich purple, the tube 2-4 Cina Bors oo aun no dnd do Ub Og Onoda bee on Some OamOO noe Oona toon la. subsp. /anceolata Corolla usually pink, mauve, magenta, bright red, etc., rarely white, the tube 1-2.2 cm. long. 1b. subsp. quartiniana la. Pentas lanceolata subsp. lanceolata; Verdcourt in Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 23: 339. fig. 35, D, G. 1953, in Fl. Trop. E. Afr. Rub. 210. 1976. TYPIFICATION: The type of Ophiorrhiza lanceolata is Forsskal (C HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BM), from Hadie Mts., Yemen (Verdcourt, 1976). 352 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 1b. Pentas lanceolata subsp. quartiniana(A. Rich.) Verdcourt in Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 23: 364. 1953, in Fl. Trop. E. Afr. Rub. 210. 1976. Vignaldia quartiniana A. Rich. Tent. Fl. Abyss. 4: 357. 1847-1848. TyYPIFICATION: The type of Vignaldia quartiniana is Quartin & Dillon 6 (P HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPES at S, W), from Maiguiga, Ethiopia (Verdcourt, 1976). 38. Hepyotis L. Sp. Pl. 101. 1753; Seem. FI. Vit. 125. 1866; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2:56. 1873; Fosbergin Bishop Mus. Bull. 174: 18. 1943; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 284. 1965; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 28. 1979. Oldenlandia L. Sp. Pl. 119. 1753; Seem. Fl. Vit. 125. 1866; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 58. 1873; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 24. 1891; Verdcourt in Fl. Trop. E. Afr. Rub. 268. 1976. Shrubs, subshrubs, or herbs, rarely climbing shrubs, the stipules interpetiolar, often adnate to petiole bases and sheathing, entire to dentate to fimbriate or divided; inflorescences axillary or terminal, glomerate, capitate, cymose, or thyrsoid, some- times with flowers solitary; flowers 4(or 5)-merous, § , often heterostylous; calyx limb persistent, the lobes equal, sometimes alternating with secondary teeth; corolla hypo- crateriform, infundibular, campanulate, or nearly rotate, thin to fleshy in texture, often pilose in throat, the lobes valvate in bud; stamens variously inserted in corolla tube, the anthers sessile or on short filaments, included or exserted; ovary inferior to partially superior, 2(—4)-locular, the ovules few-numerous in each locule, attached toa fleshy, peltate placenta; style cylindric to filiform, bifid at apex, the lobes linear to subglobose, included or exserted; fruit dry (rarely fleshy), capsular, with endocarp weakly to strongly sclerified, dehiscing loculicidally apically or nearly to base, if dehiscing only toward apex then frequently also septicidally dehiscent, or dehiscing septicidally only and the fruit separating into 2 closed cocci, or the fruit sometimes indehiscent; seeds subspherical to peltate to angular or angular-alate, the surfaces smooth to alveolate. ; TYPE SPECIES AND NOMENCLATURE: Of the three species originally included in Hedyotis by Linnaeus, H. auricularia L. was first indicated as the lectotype (“type”) species by Chamisso and Schlechtendal (in Linnaea 4: 153. 1829; cf. Fosberg, 1943). Bremekamp (in Rec. Trav. Bot. Néerl. 36: 438. 1939, in Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch., Afd. Natuurk., Tweede Sect. IT. 48 (2): 29. 1952) rejected that lectotypifica- tion in favor of H. fruticosa L., in which he was supported by Bullock (in Kew Bull. 12: 99. 1958), and H. fruticosa is listed as the lectotype species by ING (1979). In spite of the arguments presented by Bremekamp and Bullock, there seems no compelling reason to set aside the first lectotypification, even though H. auricularia has indehis- cent fruits; we believe that Fosberg (1943) correctly accepted that choice. Linnaeus originally included four species in Oldenlandia, O. corymbosa L. (vide Hitchcock, Prop. Brit. Bot. 125. 1929) being the generally accepted lectotype species (ING, 1979). Ever since the simultaneous publication of Hedyotis and Oldenlandia by Linnaeus (1753), botanists have been uncertain whether or not the two taxa should be main- tained as separate genera, and no consensus of opinion has yet been reached. Lamarck 1988 RUBIACEAE 353 (Tabl. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 1: 269. 1792) seems to have been the first author to unite the two, selecting Hedyotis as the name for the enlarged genus. A similarly broad generic concept was adopted by Wight and Arnott (Prodr. Fl. Ind. Orient. 405. 1834), Bentham (FI. Austral. 3: 403. 1867), and Schumann (1891), among others. In contrast, both genera were accepted by many authors, among them de Candolle (Prodr. 4: 419, 424. 1830), A. Gray (in Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 4:312. 1859), and J. D. Hooker (1873). An account of these and other opinions is provided by Fosberg (1943, pp. 5-7); more recent and equally vacillating opinions are summarized by Verdcourt (1976, p. 269). In separating Hedyotis and Oldenlandia, authors have relied primarily on charac- ters of fruit texture and dehiscence, secondarily on features of habit, leaf size, and calyx limb shape. J. D. Hooker (FI. Brit. Ind. 3: 18. 1880), for example, considered septicidal and loculicidal fruit dehiscence typical of Hedyotis, while he characterized Oldenlan- dia as having loculicidal and exclusively apical dehiscence. Schumann (1891) described Oldenlandia sect. Euoldenlandia as having loculicidal and also often septicidal fruits, and sect. Hedyotis as having often indehiscent or only partially dehiscent fruits. Gray (1859) drew attention to the hard, nutlike fruits of Hedyotis as opposed to the thinner-walled capsules of Oldenlandia. Many authors have mentioned species having intermediate fruit characters. In his treatment of Polynesian species, Fosberg (1943) adopted the inclusive interpretation of Hedyotis, finding no structural differences warranting recognition of segregate genera, although characters of habit, inflorescence size and position, shape of corolla, stigmas, and seeds were utilized to recognize subgenera. At least until the complex is treated on a worldwide basis, perhaps with special reference to the Asian species, it seems best to extend the broad generic concept applied in Polynesia to the Fijian species. DISTRIBUTION: In the broadest sense the genus perhaps includes about 500 species in tropical and subtropical regions, with comparatively few species in temperate areas. Five species are here taken to represent the genus in Fiji, four of them presumably indigenous. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: FOSBERG, F. R. The Polynesian species of Hedyotis (Rubiaceae). Bishop Mus. Bull. 174: 1-102. 1943. KEY TO SPECIES Fruits indehiscent, subglobose, 1.5-2 mm. in diameter; leaf blades elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, 3-11 x 0.8-3 cm., chartaceous, the secondary nerves prominent and sharply ascending toward an acute apex; inflorescences axillary, congested, subsessile, glomerate, the corolla 4-5 mm. long at anthesis; stems and inflorescences minutely appressed-hirtellous; stipules broadly ovate to deltoid, conspicuously fimbriate-pectinate; presumably indigenous but often appearing weedy (subgen. Hedyotis). 1. H. lapeyrousii Fruits dehiscent at least at apex; leaf blades without prominent secondary nerves; flowers solitary or in pedunculate inflorescences, not in dense axillary glomerules. Shrubs or sometimes herbs with woody bases; inflorescences terminal, many-flowered, openly branched, corymbiform to paniculate cymes, the corolla 4-5 mm. long at anthesis; leaf blades somewhat fleshy, elliptic, 2.5-9 x 0.8-3 cm., acute at apex, the secondary nerves immersed; stems and inflorescences glabrous; stipules broadly ovate-deltoid, cuspidate to mucronate at apex; fruits depressed-globose, thick-walled, 3-4 mm. broad; indigenous (subgen. Diplophragma). ............. 2. H. foetida s ) Z. Zz YN Z = SI > < ee fe) = fy 1988 RUBIACEAE 355 Erect or sprawling (often suffrutescent) herbs; inflorescences axillary or terminal, usually few-flowered or with solitary flowers, the corolla 3 mm. long or shorter at anthesis; fruits with relatively thin walls (subgen. Oldenlandia). Leaf blades chartaceous, linear to narrowly elliptic, 1-5 x 0.1-0.3 cm.; flowers axillary, solitary; stems glabrous; stipules cuspidate to short-fimbriate; fruits subglobose to depressed-globose, 2.5-4 mm. OAR HGNTENGUS, coooboaadadcooavcodnoocapGodouUOOUaDGEoNDODAONDOONS 3. H. tenuifolia Leaf blades ovate to elliptic to obovate; inflorescences usually with 2 or more flowers (or flowers occasionally solitary). Stems and inflorescences scabridulous; leaf blades somewhat fleshy, ovate to elliptic or obovate, 0.5-3 (-8) = 0.2-1.5 (-2.5) cm., rounded to obtuse or acute at apex; stipules broadly ovate, cuspidate to long-mucronate; fruits 2.5-4 mm. broad and long; indigenous. ...4. H. biflora Stems and inflorescences glabrous; leaf blades thin-chartaceous, elliptic, (0.3-) 0.6-1.5 (-1.7) x 0.2-0.6 cm., obtuse to acuminate at apex; stipules fimbriate-pectinate or sometimes with only | or 2 setae; fruits about 3 x 2 mm.; adventive. ..................eeeeeeeeee 5. H. pumila 1. Hedyotis lapeyrousii DC. Prodr. 4: 420. 1830; A. Rich. in Dumont d’Urville, Sert. Astrolab. Atlas, p/. 23. 1833, 64. 1834; Merr. & Perry in J. Arnold Arb. 26:4. 1945. Figure 121A & B. Hedyotis bracteogonum sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256, as H. bractegonum. 1861; A. Gray in op. cit. 10: 36. 1862; Seem. Viti, 438. 1862; non Spreng. (sphalm.?; binomial not located). Hedyotis crataeogonum sensu Seem. FI. Vit. 125. 1866; Drake, III. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 186. 1890; Gibbs in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 151. 1909; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 193. 1964, ed. 2. 271. 1972; non Spreng. Oldenlandia crataeogonum sensu Guillaumin in Notul. Syst. (Paris) 3: 160. 1915, in J. Arnold Arb. 13:4. 1932; non Hedyotis crataeogonum Spreng. Hedyotis auricularia var. melanesica Fosberg in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 67: 419. 1940; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 193. 1964, ed. 2. 271. 1972. Hedyotis auricularia sensu Greenwood in Proc. Linn. Soc. 154: 99. 1943; non L. A coarse herb 0.3-1.5 m. high, sprawling and subligneous toward base, found from near sea level to an elevation of about 970 m. in dry or open forest or on open hillsides, sometimes locally abundant along trails and roads and appearing weedy in fields and plantations. The corolla and anthers are white. Although corollas are evanescent, flowers and fruits occur throughout the year. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Hedyotis lapeyrousii is based on Lesson (HOLOTYPE presumably at G-pDc), from Vanikoro, Santa Cruz Islands. The type of H. auricularia var. melanesica is Smith 157 (NY HOLOTYPE; many ISOTYPES), collected Oct. 16, 1933, in hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Kandavu. It seems unwise to submerge this well-marked Papuasian-Melanesian taxon in H. auricularia L., best typified by material from Ceylon, in view of the uncertain delimitation of the latter, of which most Asian specimens seem to have smaller leaves, more obvious indument, and shorter corollas. DISTRIBUTION: New Guinea to New Caledonia, the New Hebrides, and Fiji. From Fiji we have examined 45 collections from nine islands. LOCAL NAMES AND USES: No Fijian name seems established for this species, which has been locally recorded as tinggetingge (Mba), poroporo i langi and kavokavoro (Naitasiri), and kauvoro na langi (Tailevu). Decoctions of leaves are used medicinally for headache, eye trouble, and to check bleeding and promote healing. Ficure 121. A & B, Hedyotis lapeyrousii; A, node showing stipule and inflorescences, 4; B, node showing infructescences, x 4. C & D, Hedyotis foetida; C, distal portions of branchlets, with foliage and infructescences, x 1/2; D, dehisced fruits, x 8. A from Meebold 26522, B from Smith 7054, C & Dfrom Smith 1231. 356 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Mba: Mountains near Lautoka, Greenwood 155; between Nandarivatu and Waikumbukumbu, Gibbs 874. NANDRONGA & NavosA: Nausori Highlands, O. & J. Degener 32180. SERUA: Hills east of Navua River, near Nukusere, Smith 9079. Namosi: Hills bordering Wainavindrau Creek, vicinity of Wainimakutu, Smith 8596. NaITAsIRI: Matawailevu, Wainimala Valley, St. John 18281; Sawani-Serea road, DA 11500. TaiLevu: Hills east of Wainimbuka River, vicinity of Ndakuivuna, Smith 7054; Namara, Seemann 235, p. p. REWA: Suva, Meebold 26522. OVALAU: Milne 237. NAIRAI: Milne 158. NGAU: Milne 212. VANUA LEVU: Martuuata: Mountains near Lambasa, Green- wood 155A. THAKAUNDROVE: Namoliwawa, DA 13154. TAVEUNI: Seemann 235, p. p. MOALA: Bryan 316d. TOTOYA: Milne 79. VANUA MBALAVU: Between Lomaloma and Ndakuilomaloma, Garnock- Jones 1143. F131 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped., Harvey. 2. Hedyotis foetida (Forst. f.) Sm. in Rees, Cycl. 17. 1811; Spreng. Pl. Min. Cogn. Pugill. 2: 28. 1815; A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 135. 1936; Fosberg in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 67: 420. 1940, in Bishop Mus. Bull. 174: 21. fig. 2. 1943; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 111. 1943, in op. cit. 184: 63. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 246. 1959; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. 193. 1964, ed. 2. 271. 1972; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 178. 1970. FIGuRE 121C & D. Oldenlandia foetida Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 10. 1786; Seem. Fl. Vit. 126. 1866; Ciristophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 154: 48. 1938. An infrequent dwarf shrub less than | m. high, found near sea level on rocky islets or on bare limestone. Flowers have been noted in July, fruits in July and February. TYPIFICATION: The type was collected by J. R. & G. Forster (BM LECTOTYPE) on Tongatapu, Tonga, during Cook’s second voyage. DisTRIBUTION: New Caledonia to Austral Islands. Although it appears rare in Fiji, this may be due to the paucity of collections from small limestone islands; the wide distribution of the species (Fosberg, 1943) suggests that it should be more frequent. Seemann (1866) did not encounter the species in Fiji. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: FULANGA: On limestone, Smith 1231. ONGEA NDRIKI: Rocky isolated islet off northwest side, Bryan 400. 3. Hedyotis tenuifolia Sm. in Rees, Cycl. 17. 1811; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256. 1861, Viti, 438. 1862; A.C. Sm. in J. Arnold Arb. 34:97. 1953; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 193. 1964, ed. 2. 271. 1972. FIGURE 122A-C. Oldenlandia tenuifolia sensu Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 11. 1786; DC. Prodr. 4: 425. 1830; Seem. FI. Vit. 126. 1866; Drake, Ill. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 186. 1890; Guillaumin in Bull. Soc. Bot. France 74: 698. 1927; non Burm. (1768). 2 Hedyotis galioides F. v. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Austral. 4: 38. 1863; Benth. Fl. Austral. 3: 404. 1866; F. M. Bailey, Queensland FI. 3: 748. 1900; Ross in Stanley & Ross, Fl. S.-E. Queensland 2: 323. fig. 46, D. 1986. Oldenlandia galioides Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. PI. 2: 58. 1873; Greenwood in Proc. Linn. Soc. 154: 99. 1943; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 200. 1964, ed. 2. 279. 1972. As seen in Fiji, Hedyotis tenuifolia is a sprawling herb with erect branches 15-60 cm. high, infrequent at elevations from near sea level to about 200 m. in swamps, moist depressions, and pond edges in open country, with a very small, white corolla. The few available specimens that are dated bear flowers and fruits between November and January and in July. FiGure 122. A-C, Hedyotis tenuifolia; A, portions of plant in flower and fruit, x 1; B, stipule and flower, with portions of leaves, x 4; C, dehiscing fruit and stipules, with portions of leaves, x 8. D, Hedyotis biflora; distal portions of branchlets, with foliage, flowers, and fruits, x 1. A from Smith 6886, B & C from DA 17339, D from Smith 1285. RUBIACEAE 358 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: Hedyotis tenuifolia was based upon Forster’s 1786 interpretation of Oldenlandia tenuifolia Burm. (1768); although Forster is not to be taken as the parenthetical author, H. tenuifolia may be considered a new species dating from Smith’s 1811 treatment (Smith, 1953) and based on J. R. & G. Forster (BM LECTOTYPE), collected on Tanna, New Hebrides, during Cook’s second voyage. It seems probable that the same species was described from Australia as H. galioides; that taxon is well described and illustrated by Ross (1986), but students of the Australian flora should examine this situation. Mueller based his species on two collections, Mueller from the Victoria River and Bowman from Broad Sound, Queensland. DIsTRIBUTION: New Hebrides and Fijiand (if Hedyotis galioides is correctly placed here) Australia. In Fiji the species is known definitely only from the two largest islands, but there seems no reason to assume that it is an adventive, as implied by Greenwood (1943, as Oldenlandia galioides). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Lengalenga flats near Wangandra, between Natova and Nandi, Greenwood 754. TAILEVU: Namara, Seemann 23]. REwA: Ndraundrutukuva, DA 17339. Vit1 LEvu without further locality, Graeffe 1517. VANUA LEVU: Martuuata: Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6886. F131 without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped., Harvey, Nov. 1855, Horne 887, s. n. 4. Hedyotis biflora (L.) Lam. Tabl. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 1: 272. 1792; Fosberg in Bishop Mus. Bull. 174: 19. 1943; Greenwood in J. Arnold Arb. 25: 400. 1944; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 184: 63. 1945, in op. cit. 220: 246. 1959; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Is]. 193. 1964, ed. 2. 271. 1972; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 285. 1965; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 177. 1970; St. John & A. C. Sm. in Pacific Sci. 25: 339. 1971; Morat & Veillon in Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) IV. 7, Sect. B, Adansonia 3: 315. 1985. FiGure 122D. Oldenlandia biflora L. Sp. Pl. 119. 1753; Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 3: 70. 1880; Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 2: 317. 1894; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 198. 1935. Oldenlandia paniculata L. Sp. P|. ed. 2. 1667. 1763; Seem. FI. Vit. 126. 1866; Drake, II. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pac. 186. 1890; Reinecke in Bot. Jahrb. 25: 690. 1898; Rechinger in Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wein 85: 366. 1910; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. 200. 1964, ed. 2. 279. 1972. Oldenlandia debilis Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 10. 1786. Hedyotis paniculata Lam. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 3: 79. 1789; Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256. 1861, Viti, 438. 1862. Hedyotis paniculata var. crassifolia A. Gray ex Seem. in Bonplandia 9: 256, nom. nud. 1861, Viti,438, nom. nud. 1862. As seen in Fiji, Hedyotis biflora is a prostrate herb, subligneous at base and with branches ascending to 30 cm. high, occurring near sea level on limestone, on cliffs, and in crevices of arid rocks along coasts. The corolla is white. Flowers and fruits have been obtained, insofar as material is dated, between March and July. TYPIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE: The only reference given for Oldenlandia biflora is Flora Zeylanica, and a Hermann (BM) specimen provides the type. For O. paniculata the citation is “Habitat in India orientali.” Oldenlandia debilis is typified by J. R. & G. Forster (BM LECTOTYPE), collected on Tongatapu, Tonga, during Cook’s second voyage. These and other names are combined by Fosberg (1943). 1988 RUBIACEAE 359 DISTRIBUTION: Tropical Asia to Mauritius, throughout Malesia, and eastward in the Pacific to Tonga, Niue, and Samoa. Its known distribution in Fiji is scattered, but it may be assumed to be indigenous. LOCAL NAME: The only name noted is tho ni vatu (Kambara). AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: NANDRONGA & Navosa: Thuvu, west of Singatoka, Greenwood 918; Natumbakula, near Singatoka, Degener 15111. Viti Levu without further locality, Seemann 234. VANUA LEVU: Without further locality, Seemann 233, p. p. TAVEUNI: Seemann 233, p. p. MATUKU: Moseley. KAMBARA: On limestone, Smith 1285. Fis without further locality, U. S. Expl. Exped., Barclay, Horne 102. 5. Hedyotis pumila L. f. Suppl. Pl. 119. 1782; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 285. 1965; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 271. 1972. Oldenlandia pumila DC. Prodr. 4: 425. 1830; Verdcourt in Fl. Trop. E. Afr. Rub. 307. fig. 41 (32). 1976. A sprawling herb seen in Fiji near sea level as a weed in lawns, cultivated areas, and waste places, with a white corolla. Flowers and fruits have been noted between February and November. TYPIFICATION: The species is based on a collection of Konig from Tranquebar, India (not found, Verdcourt, 1976). DIsTRIBUTION: Indigenous in India, southeastern Asia, and perhaps in western Malesia, spread as a weed in other parts of the tropics. In Fiji it has become well established in Suva but thus far it has not seemed to spread. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Rewa: Suva, wharf area, DA 3123 (L.2899); Suva, Department of Agriculture compound, DA 7417, 10192, 14533, 17212; Suva golf course, DA 11424; Suva, along streets, DA 2600, 9644 (L.4460), 16037. 39. CoprosMA J. R. & G. Forst. Char. Gen. Pl. 69. 1775, ed. 2. 137. 1776; Seem. FI. Vit. 139. 1866; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 139. 1873; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 132. 1891; W. Oliver in Bishop Mus. Bull. 132: 27. 1935; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 348. 1965; S. Darwin in Allertonia 2: 42. 1979. Dioecious or polygamous or rarely monoecious shrubs or small trees, sometimes creeping and rooting at nodes, often foetid when bruised, the stipules interpetiolar, entire to dentate, sometimes united and sheathing the stem; inflorescences axillary cymes or with axillary and solitary flowers, these small, often greenish, usually unisexual, rarely §, 4- or 5(-10)-merous; calyx limb persistent, lobed, or usually absent in o& flowers; corolla infundibular to campanulate, the lobes valvate in bud; stamens inserted at base of corolla, the filaments long, the anthers exserted and pendulous at anthesis; ovary 2(3- or 4)-locular, the ovules solitary and basal in each locule; styles divided nearly to base, filiform, papillose-hirsute, long-exserted; fruit fleshy, drupaceous, ovoid to globose, with 2 (3 or 4) plano-convex, I-seeded pyrenes. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Coprosma foetidissima J. R. & G. Forst. (vide W. Oliver in Bishop Mus. Bull. 132: 27. 1935; Rehder, Bibl. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 597. 1949), one of the two species originally included in the genus. Ss Oo Z. ce an Z = =I > < fad e) = ea 1988 RUBIACEAE 361 FiGure 124. Coprosma persicifolia; A, infructescences, = 4; B & C, lower surfaces of leaf blades including costa and domatia, < iad © — fy FiGcure 130. Tuber and flowering branches of Squamellaria wilsonii (Rubiaceae), from Taveuni (DA 16935), x about 1/5. Ficure 131. (Upper) Foliage and inflorescences of Mussaenda raiateensis (Rubiaceae), from Serua Province, Viti Levu (Smith 9344), x about 2/5. (Lower) Foliage and inflorescences of Psychotria brevicalyx (Rubiaceae), from Serua Province, Viti Levu (Smith 9656), showing calyx limbs which briefly persist after corollas have fallen and before fruits develop, x about 1/2. FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA FiGure 132. (Upper) Foliage and flowers of Ipomoea pes-caprae var. brasiliensis (Convolvulaceae), from Serua Province, Viti Levu (Smith 9624), < about 1/3. (Lower) Nymphoides indica (Menyanthaceae) growing in a small lake on the northern part of the Rairaimatuku Plateau, Nandronga & Navosa Province, Viti Levu (Smith 5387), x about 1/8; cf. this Flora, vol. 1, fig. 8 (lower). 1988 RUBIACEAE 371 40. RICHARDIA L. Sp. PI. 330. 1753; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 351. 1965; W. Lewis & R. Oliver in Brittonia 26: 273. 1974; Verdcourt in Fl. Trop. E. Afr. Rub. 377. 1976; Ross in Stanley & Ross, Fl. S.-E. Queensland 2: 325. 1986. Richardsonia Kunth in Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. 4:430, nom. superfl. 1818; H. B. K. Nova Gen. et Sp. 3: 350. 1819; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 147. 1873; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 139. 1891. Annual or perennial, erect to prostrate herbs, the stipules united with bases of petioles, fimbriate; inflorescences dense, pedunculate, terminal heads of few (rarely 1)-many flowers enclosed by an involucre of (2-) 4 leaves; flowers % (sometimes reported as unisexual), not heterostylous, 3-6(-8)-merous; calyx limb deeply lobed, persistent; corolla short-infundibular to hypocrateriform, the tube pubescent toward base within, glabrous in throat, the lobes valvate in bud; stamens inserted in corolla throat, the anthers exserted; ovary (2 or)3- or 4(—6)-locular, the ovules solitary in each locule, attached near middle of dissepiment, the style filiform, the stigma (2 or)3- or 4(-6)-lobed; fruit a capsule separating into l-seeded cocci, these mostly obovoid, smooth or often muricate to papillose, the seeds oblong-ellipsoid or obovoid, ventrally grooved. TYPE SPECIES: Richardia scabra L., the only original species. Richardsonia was published as an unintentional correction for Richardia. DISTRIBUTION: Southern United States and parts of the West Indies southward to Argentina, with about 15 species, a few of which are now widespread as weeds in other tropical areas. A single species has been noted in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENT OF GENUS: Lewis, W. H. & R. L. OLiIver. Revision of Richardia (Rubiaceae). Brittonia 26: 271-301. 1974. 1. Richardia scabra L. Sp. Pl. 330. 1753; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 351. 1965; W. Lewis & R. Oliver in Brittonia 26: 282. fig. 4. 1974; Verdcourt in Fl. Trop. E. Afr. Rub. 380. fig. 56 (1-8). 1976; Ross in Stanley & Ross, Fl. S.-E. Queensland 2: 326. fig. 461. 1986. Richardsonia scabra A. St.-Hil. Pl. Usuel. Bras. p/. 8, solum quoad basionymum. 1824. A sprawling annual herb with erect or ascending, soft-hirsute stems, said to be locally common as a weed in ricefields. The corollas are white or pale pink and have been noted in February. TYPIFICATION: The type is Houstoun (LINN 451.1 HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BM), from Veracruz, Mexico. DISTRIBUTION: Southern United States, Central America, Cuba, Jamaica, and western South America to Bolivia. Its adventive occurrence now includes at least Africa, Java, and Australia. The first Fijian record is dated 1957, the only presently available collections being from western Viti Levu. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Wanggandra, near Nandi airport, DA 10676; Mbuambua Island, near Nandi, DA 11708. 41. SPERMACOCE L. Sp. Pl. 102. 1753; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. PI. 2: 145. 1873; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 145. 1891; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2:355. 1965; Verdcourt in Kew Bull. 30: 301. 1975, in Fl. Trop. E. Afr. Rub. 339. 1976; Ross in Stanley & Ross, Fl. S.-E. Queensland 2: 327. 1986. Borreria G. F. W. Meyer, Prim. Fl. Esseq. 79. 1818; K. Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 143. 1891; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 352. 1965; Steyermark in Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 23: 805. 1972. Nom. cons. sed non vs. Spermacoce. Spermacoce sect. Borreria Verdcourt in Kew Bull. 30: 366. 1975. 372 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Annual or perennial herbs or small subshrubs, with opposite or sometimes falsely whorled leaves, the stipules interpetiolar, often united with petiole bases, usually divided into 1-many filiform fimbriae; inflorescences axillary, mostly globose, often very many-flowered clusters or less often terminal capitula, subtended by | or 2 (or more) pairs of bractlike leaves, sometimes the axillary inflorescences running together to form extended, spikelike inflorescences with bracts distributed throughout; flowers usually small, $, usually not heterostylous; calyx limb mostly persistent, 2-4(-8)- lobed, sometimes with intermediate denticles; corolla campanulate to infundibular or hypocrateriform, the tube sometimes very slender, the throat glabrous or pubescent, the lobes (3 or) 4, valvate in bud; stamens 4, the filaments inserted in corolla tube orin throat, the anthers included or exserted; ovary 2-locular, the ovules solitary in each locule, attached to middle of dissepiment, the style filiform, usually exserted, the stigma capitate or briefly 2-lobed; fruits separating into 2 cocci (one coccus usually being open, the other remaining closed) or a capsule dehiscing from apex or from base and the valves remaining united by the calyx limb, the seeds oblong, ellipsoid, or ovoid, ventrally grooved, the surface often clearly reticulate. TyPE SPECIES: Of the three species originally included in Spermacoce, the lectotype species is S. tenuior L. (vide Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. N. U. S. ed. 2. 3: 256. 1913). Borreria is typified by B. suaveolens G. F. W. Meyer (typ. cons., ICBN). DISTRIBUTION: Tropical and subtropical, with 150-250 species, these mainly Amer- ican but some also in Africa and other areas (Verdcourt, 1976). Many species have become weeds of cultivation; three of these are established adventives in Fiji. Concerning Spermacoce vs. Borreria and other segregated genera, Verdcourt (1975, p. 302) remarks: “The technical differences between the various genera depend on the fruit—if it divides into dehiscent or indehiscent cocci or whether it is a capsule splitting either from base to apex or in the reverse direction. These are it is true not difficult to see if the fruit is available but they do not always divide the assemblage into truly related groups. Only after a complete world revision would this be realizable and since this is not feasible for the purpose in hand I have compromised.” (I. e. he has united Spermacoce, Borreria, and some smaller genera but has kept Diodia L. separ- ate.) Again (1976, p. 341) Verdcourt notes: “It has been accepted practice for a hundred years or so to split up this genus, but although the technical characters of the fruit dehiscence sound admirable on paper there is no associated habit facies and it is not possible without additional knowledge to assign flowering material to the genera concerned.” KEY TO SPECIES Calyx lobes 2 or rarely 4, inserted on narrow sides of laterally compressed ovary; corolla campanulate- urceolate, less than 1 mm. long, deeply divided, white, glabrous within; stamens inserted near base of corolla, usually included; stigmas capitate to subcapitate, usually included; stems sharply 2-4-angled or -winged, the angles spreading- to retrorse-pubescent; leaf blades elliptic to elliptic-oblong, rounded to obtuse or acute, to 3.5 x 1.5 cm., scabrid near margin and often on costa but otherwise mostly glabrous; fruits about 1 mm. long, the seeds reticulate. ..............0...ceeeeeeeeeeee 1. S. mauritiana Calyx lobes 4; corolla infundibular, more than | mm. long, white or tinged with purple or pink; stamens inserted in corolla throat, exserted; stigmas exserted. Corolla 1.5-3.5 mm. long, glabrous within, white or the lobes pink-tinged; stigmas capitate or slightly lobed; leaf blades oblong-lanceolate, 2.5-5.5 x 0.5-2.5 cm., more than 2.5 times as long as broad, scabrid near margin but otherwise mostly glabrous; stems not sharply angled or winged; fruits 1-4 mm. long, the seeds transversely ridged. ..............--.-- eee eee ee eee ee eees 2. S. assurgens Corolla 3-10 mm. long, pubescent within, white or occasionally purplish; stigmas 2, linear; leaf blades broadly elliptic to ovate-oblong, acute to obtuse, 2-6 x 0.5-4 cm., 1-2 times as long as broad, pubescent-scabrid above and beneath, often strikingly yellow-green and red-margined; stems sharply 4-angled or -winged; fruits 3-4 mm. long, the seeds reticulate-rugulose with a deep ventral excava- tons © Fsgtecenia djs RO Maina Rae reser eo re aie Ae ere IO Eee 3. S. latifolia 1988 RUBIACEAE 373 1. Spermacoce mauritiana Gideon in Verdcourt in Kew Bull. 37: 547. 1983. Borreria repens DC. Prodr. 4: 544. 1830; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 353. 1965; non Spermacoce repens Willd. ex Cham. & Schlechtendal (1828). Borreria ocymoides sensu Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 154: 74, as B. ocimoides. 1938; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 266. 1972; Steyermark in Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 23: 815, as B. ocimoides. 1972; et auct. mult.; non DC. Spermacoce ocymoides sensu Verdcourt in Fl. Trop. E. Afr. Rub. 361, p. p. 1976; et auct. mult.; non Burm. f. As noted in Fiji, Spermacoce mauritiana is an occasional weed in villages and gardens between sea level and 200 m., with a minute white corolla. Flowers and fruits have been noted only in April. TYPIFICATION: The type of Borreria repens is Sieber 144 (G HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at P), from Mauritius. As the epithet is not available in Spermacoce, Gideon has proposed the new name S. mauritiana for the taxon. In Fiji and Samoa, as in many other areas, this species has been included ina concept of Spermacoce(or Borreria) ocymoides, but that supposedly cosmopolitan species is actually a complex of species separable on seed characters (Verdcourt, 1983). DISTRIBUTION: Spermacoce mauritiana (i. e. Borreria repens DC.) is now a pan- tropical weedy plant, but probably it was of American origin and was early introduced into the Old World tropics, where it now gives the appearance of being indigenous in parts of Africa, Indian Ocean islands, southeastern Asia, and Malesia. True S. ocymoides Burm. f. seems to be endemic in Malesia and Ceylon, not known from tropical America (F. R. Fosberg, pers. comm.). Spermacoce mauritiana is more obviously a weed in the Solomon Islands, the Caroline Islands, the Fijian Region, and Hawaii; in Fiji it is presently known only from eastern Viti Levu, the earlier of the two available collections being dated 1940. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: Nairasir1: Nanduruloulou, in Department of Agriculture com- pound, DA 2272. TaiLevu: Ndakuivuna, in hills east of Wainimbuka River (weed in village), Smith 7078. 2. Spermacoce assurgens Ruiz & Pavon, Fl. Per. Chil. 1:60. t. 92, b. 1798; Verdcourt in Kew Bull. 37: 547. 1983; Morat & Veillon in Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris) IV. 7, Sect. B, Adansonia 3: 317. 1985. Borreria laevis sensu Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 154: 74. 1938; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 114. 1943; Greenwood in J. Arnold Arb. 25: 397. 1944, in op. cit. 30: 77. 1949; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 259. 1959; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35: 103. fig. 57. 1959, Pl. Fiji Isl. 187. 1964, ed. 2. 266. 1972; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 354. 1965; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 175. 1970; Steyermark in Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 23: 818. 1972; MacKee, PI. Intro. Cult. Nouv.- Caléd. 117. 1985; et auct. mult.; non Griseb. quoad basionymum. Borreria verticillata sensu Greenwood in Proc. Linn. Soc. 154: 99. 1943; J. W. Parham in Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull. 35: 103. 1959, P1. Fiji Isl. 187. 1964; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 175. 1970; non G. F. W. Meyer (Spermacoce verticillata L.). Spermacoce laevis sensu Verdcourt in Fl. Trop. E. Afr. Rub. 357. 1976; et auct. mult.; non Lam. As seen in Fiji, Spermacoce assurgens is a sprawling or subprostrate herb 20-50 cm. high, occurring between sea level and 850 m. elevation as an abundantly natural- ized weed on grassy slopes, along roadsides, and in villages, canefields, and gardens. The white corolla has the lobes faintly pink-tinged; the stamens have white filaments and pale blue or bluish-tinged anthers; the style is white and pink-tinged; and the fruits are brown. Flowers and fruits occur throughout the year. TYPIFICATION: Ruiz and Pavon cited “Habitat in ruderatis Limae Chancay et Huanuci,” Peru, and also “?Plukenet Alm. 33, tab. 136/4.” An authentic Ruiz and Pavon specimen has not been located, and so the original plate may best be taken as the type. This taxon is the weedy species that has long been passing as Borreria laevis 374 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 (Lam.) Griseb., based on Spermacoce laevis Lam. (1792), which is typified by Joseph Martin (Herb. Lamarck /02, HOLOTYPE at P), from Santo Domingo, but that bears little resemblance to the widespread plant for which the Ruiz and Pavon name seems to be the earliest available one (F. R. Fosberg, pers. comm.). DISTRIBUTION: Southeastern United States through Central America and the West Indies to Peru and Bolivia, now widely dispersed as a weed in many tropical areas. In Fiji it is known to us from about 45 collections from seven islands, but it may be anticipated on most of the populated islands. Greenwood 151 may be the earliest Fijian collection; the species probably became established in the archipelago during the first quarter of the present century. REPRESENTATIVE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: MBa: Lautoka, Greenwood 151; Nandi airport, DA 9738; Nalotawa, eastern base of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4319; Nandarivatu, DA 10416. NANDRONGA & NAVOSA: Keiyasi, Singatoka River, DA 10180. SERUA: Ngaloa, Smith 9444. Ra: Pasture Seed and Production Farm, Ndombuilevu, DA 9521]. NAITASIRI: Vunindawa, DA 10006; Nasinu, Gillespie 3424. TAILEvu: Mbau road, near Kuku, DA 10622. REWA: Suva, Meebold 16690. OVALAU: Lovoni Village, Smith 7473. VANUA LEVU: Matuuata: Lambasa, DA 10470. THAKAUNDROVE: Thavanandi, DA 10767. TAVEUNI: Waiyevo, Gillespie 4400.3. KANATHEA: Bryan 571. VANUA MBALAVU: Near Lomaloma, Garnock-Jones 983. LAKEMBA: Near Tumbou, Garnock-Jones 908. 3. Spermacoce latifolia Aubl. Hist. Pl. Guiane Fr. 1:55. t. 19, fig. 1. 1775; Amaratunga in Ceylon J. Sci., Biol. Sci. 10: 155. pl. 7. 1973; Verdcourt in Fl. Trop. E. Afr. Rub. 364. fig. 50 (22). 1976. Borreria latifolia K. Schum. in Mart. Fl. Bras. 6 (6): 61. t. 80. 1888; Bremek. in Pulle, Fl. Suriname 4: 291. 1932; Steyermark in Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 23: 807. 1972. Borreria alata sensu Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 354. 1965; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 266, p. p. 1972; non DC. Straggling or prostrate annual herb, sparingly adventive near sea level, with branches to 60 cm. high, these quadrangular, narrowly winged, and sparingly hirsute; the corolla is white to purplish. The only available collection was in flower and fruit in October. TYPIFICATION: Spermacoce latifolia is based on Aublet (HOLOTYPE presumably at p), from Cayenne, French Guiana. DISTRIBUTION: Trinidad and South America to Peru, Bolivia, and Brazil, and now a common weed in many parts of the tropics including Africa, India, Ceylon, Malesia, and Australia. From Fiji we have seen only a single collection, dated 1954. ° AVAILABLE COLLECTION: VITI LEVU: Narrasiri: Nanduruloulou, DA 9624 (L.3998). Spermacoce latifolia has often been confused with S. alata Aubl., but the two species (under Borreria) are separated by Steyermark (1972, pp. 806, 811) as follows: Heads terminal on main stems or lateral branches, unilateral, subtended by 4 leaves in 2 unequal pairs; flowersygenerallyabluestoypurpleseeeeen eee eee eee Cee eee ee eee erre S. alata Heads chiefly axillary, in verticils on both sides of stem, subtended by 2 equal leaves; flowers generally white, Tarelyibluishs ere tisciisiniciere seas io tes is Se eae ee eee eee aretha S. latifolia 42. MITRACARPUs Zuce. in J. A. & J. H. Schultes, Mant. Syst. Veg. 3:210. 1827; Hook. f. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 2: 146, as Mitracarpum. 1873; K.Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 146. 1891; W. R. Anderson in Taxon 20: 643. 1971; Verdcourt in Fl. Trop. E. Afr. Rub. 375. 1976; Ross in Stanley & Ross, FI. S.-E. Queensland 2: 326. 1986. 1988 RUBIACEAE 375 Annual or perennial, erect to prostrate herbs with 4-angled stems, the stipules united with bases of petioles, fimbriate; inflorescences dense, usually many-flowered terminal or axillary heads; flowers not or only slightly heterostylous, 4- or 5-merous; calyx limb lobed, often unequally so, sometimes with alternating supplementary teeth, persistent; corolla hypocrateriform to infundibular, the tube often pubescent toward base within, the throat glabrous or pubescent, the lobes valvate in bud; stamens inserted in corolla throat, the anthers included or exserted; ovary 2(or 3)-locular, the ovules solitary in each locule, attached near middle of dissepiment, the style short or long, divided into 2 short-linear lobes; fruit a thin-walled circumscissile capsule, the distal portion falling away with calyx limb, the dissepiment usually persistent; seeds oblong to globose, the ventral face divided into 4 distinct areas by an X-shaped groove. TYPE SPECIES: Mitracarpus scaber Zucc. in J. A. & J. H. Schultes, the only original species. Comments on the correct gender of the generic name are provided by Ander- son (1971) and Verdcourt (1976). DISTRIBUTION: Tropical America, with 30-40 species; one species is now adventive in many tropical areas. 1. Mitracarpus hirtus (L.) DC. Prodr. 4: 572. 1830; K. Schum. in Mart. FI. Bras. 6 (6): 84. 1888, in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 142. fig. 46, U. 1891; Nicolson in Taxon 26: 574. 1977; Ross in Stanley & Ross, Fl. S.-E. Queensland 2: 326. fig. 46, K. 1986. Spermacoce hirta L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 148. 1762; non sensu L. 1767 nec Sw. 1791. Spermacoce villosa Sw. Nov. Gen. & Sp. Prodr. 29. 1788. Mitracarpus villosus DC. Prodr. 4: 572. 1830; Steyermark in Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 23: 782. 1972; Verdcourt in Kew Bull. 30: 322. 1975, in Fl. Trop. E. Afr. Rub. 375. fig. 55. 1976. Erect or spreading annual herb 20-50 cm. high, found as an occasional weed near sea level along roadsides, in pasture plots, and along beaches; the corolla is white and the fruit straw-colored. Our specimens bore flowers and fruits between November and March. TYPIFICATION: Spermacoce hirta is typified by P. Browne (LINN 125.8 HOLOTYPE), from Jamaica (Verdcourt, 1975, p. 318), and S. villosa by Swartz (s HOLOTYPE; ISOTYPE at BM), also from Jamaica (Verdcourt, 1975, p. 319). There seems to be complete agreement that these two concepts, as regards their types, are conspecific. DISTRIBUTION: Widespread in tropical America and presumably an early introduc- tion to Africa, now a pantropical weed, occurring in Australia, Micronesia, and Hawaii as well as in Fiji, where thus far it seems infrequent on Viti Levu, from which the earliest collection is dated 1956. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITI LEVU: SERuA: Waimate, on roadsides and near beach, Ndeumba, DA 10111, 11596. NatTAsIRI: Koronivia Research Station, in pasture plots, DA 15360. There has been considerable disagreement as to the correct name of this widespread weedy plant—whether Mitracarpus hirtus (L.) DC., M. hirtus (Sw.) DC., or M. villosus (Sw.) DC. Verdcourt’s thorough discussion (1975, pp. 317-322) implies his opinion that M. hirtus (L.) DC. is the correct name, but against his better judgment he accepted other advice and adopted the name M. villosus (Sw.) DC. (1975, 1976). Nicolson (1977, pp. 569-574) utilized this example in proposing a clarification of ICBN Art. 48.1 which has now been put into effect (cf. the “Sydney edition,” 1983, in contrast to the “Leningrad edition,” 1978). 376 FLORA VITIENSIS NOVA Vol. 4 Subsequent to his 1762 publication of the name Spermacoce hirta, Linnaeus (Syst. Nat. ed. 12. 2: 115. 1767) circumscribed another taxonas S. hirta; this is represented by LINN 125.4, which apparently belongs to a different genus than Mitracarpus (Nicolson, 1977, p. 572); however, Linnaeus’s 1767 use of S. hirtais simply a misapplication of his 1762 binomial and is not to be considered a later homonym. After his description of Spermacoce villosa in 1788, Swartz (Obs. Bot. 45. 1791) applied the name S. Hirta to a taxon of which the identity is still unclear (Verdcourt, 1975, p. 320; Nicolson, 1977, p. 573); however, Swartz did not explicitly exclude the type of S. hirta L. from his 1791 concept, which therefore is not to be construed asa later homonym but merely as a misapplication of Linnaeus’s 1762 binomial. In proposing the combination Mitracarpus hirtus in 1830 de Candolle based it on Spermacoce hirta Sw. Like Swartz (1791), de Candolle did not explicitly exclude the type of S. hirta L., and it should be recognized that he actually made a new combina- tion based on S. hirta L. (Verdcourt, 1975, p. 321; Nicolson, 1977, p. 573). In accord with today’s nomenclatural practices, of course, de Candolle should not have consid- ered Swartz the author of the name S. hirta; if in his opinion Swartz’s 1791 name S. hirta was a later homonym, he should have considered it illegitimate and proposed for it a new, or at least a different, epithet (ICBN, Art. 45.3, 64.1). The preceding is a very condensed review of a complex and confusing nomencla- tural situation; for full expositions the reader, if interested, should consult the illumi- nating accounts by Verdcourt (1975) and Nicolson (1977). OrpbER DIPSACALES FaMILy 169. CAPRIFOLIACEAE CAPRIFOLIACEAE Juss. Gen. Pl. 210, as Caprifolia. 1789. Shrubs or woody vines, sometimes small trees, seldom herbs; stipules lacking or vestigial or sometimes present, then small and adnate to petiole at least basally, lacking colleters; leaves opposite (sometimes connate-perfoliate), usually simple, infrequently deeply divided (but not in our representative), the blades entire to crenate or serrate, occasionally lobed; inflorescences basically cymose, usually bracteolate; flowers 3%, actinomorphic or somewhat zygomorphic, epigynous (or usually so), with a constric- tion below calyx limb, usually (4 or)5-merous; calyx limb usually small, the lobes or teeth imbricate or open in bud; corolla sympetalous, regular or somewhat irregular, sometimes bilabiate, the lower part of tube often nectariferous, sometimes gibbous or spurred at base, the lobes imbricate (rarely valvate) in bud; stamens attached to corolla tube and alternate with lobes (sometimes only 4 or 2 in S-merous corolla), the anthers 2-locular, dorsifixed, versatile, dehiscing by longitudinal slits; ovary inferior (seldom semi-inferior), (1 or)2-5(-8)-locular, the placentation axile (or partitions not meeting distally), the ovules 1-many per locule, pendulous, anatropous, the style terminal, slender or obsolete, with capitate or lobed stigma; fruit a berry or drupe, rarely a capsule, the seeds with copious endosperm and a small, straight embryo. DISTRIBUTION: North temperate and boreal regions, with extensions into Australa- sia and South America, with about 15 genera and 400 species. One genus has an intro- duced species in Fiji. USEFUL TREATMENT OF FAMILY: KERN, J. H., & C. G. G. J. VAN STEENIS. Caprifoliaceae. Fl. Males. I. 4: 175-194. 1951. 1988 CAPRIFOLIACEAE 377 1. Lonicera L. Sp. Pl. 173. 1753; van Steenis in Fl. Males I. 4: 176. 1951; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 360. 1965; Hutchinson, Gen. FI. P1. 2:87. 1967; Ross in Stanley & Ross, Fl. S.-E. Queensland 2: 472. 1986. Twining, sprawling, or rarely suberect shrubs, estipulate, the adult branchlets usually fistular; leaves simple, entire (or rarely lobed), the petioles of a pair often witha connecting transverse line; flowers in axillary, pedunculate pairs (each pair with 2 bracts and 4 bracteoles), sometimes combined into leafy, paniculiform inflorescences, sometimes in sessile whorls, 5-merous; calyx tube dentate or essentially truncate; corolla tubular-infundibular, bilabiate, with 1-5 nectaries within tube, the upper lip composed of 4 mostly connate lobes, the lower lip of the fifth lobe; stamens 5, exserted, the anthers with introrsely dehiscent locules; ovary inferior, 2- or 3(-5)-locular, the ovules 2-8 per locule, the style slender, elongate, the stigma small, indistinctly lobed; fruit a fleshy berry, the seeds (1-) few, ovoid or oblong, the testa crustaceous. LECTOTYPE SPECIES: Lonicera caprifolium L. (vide Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. N. U.S. ed. 2. 3: 277. 1913), one of the 15 original species. DISTRIBUTION: Northern Hemisphere, extending into Malesia, with 150-200 spe- cies. One species is widely cultivated and often naturalized in Pacific areas. 1. Lonicera japonica Thunb. Fl. Jap. 89. 1784; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 206. 1935; Yuncker in op. cit. 178: 114. 1943; van Steenis in Fl. Males. I. 4: 177. 1951; Backer & Bakh. f. Fl. Java 2: 360. 1965; Sykes in New Zealand Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 57. 1970; J. W. Parham, PI. Fiji Isl. ed. 2. 130. 1972; Ross in Stanley & Ross, Fl. S.-E. Queensland 2: 472. 1985. As seen in Fiji, Lonicera japonica is cultivated and sparingly naturalized from near sea level to an elevation of about 850 m. It is a sprawling or scrambling shrub, becoming scandent, with the fragrant flowers in axillary pedunculate pairs subtended by foliaceous bracts; the corolla is 4-5 cm. long, white, turning cream-colored and yellow during anthesis; the filaments are pale yellow; and the fruits (not yet noted in Fiji) are black, shiny, subglobose, 5-7 mm. in diameter. Flowers have been collected in March and July. TYPIFICATION: The species was based on Kampfer (HOLOTYPE presumably at BM), collected near Nagasaki, Japan. DIsTRIBUTION: Eastern Asia and Japan, now widely cultivated and often natural- ized, in Pacific areas occurring from Australia to Pitcairn Island and Hawaii. The date of introduction into Fiji is uncertain, but possibly this is the species indicated in J. B. Thurston’s Catalogue (1886) as Lonicera alba. LOCAL NAMES AND USE: The honeysuckle or Japanese honeysuckle is a garden ornamental, presumably not fruiting in Fiji. AVAILABLE COLLECTIONS: VITi LEVU: MBa: Immediate vicinity of Nandarivatu (naturalized), Smith 5025. NaITAsiRI: Plant Introduction and Quarantine Station, Nanduruloulou, DA /2/52. REwa: Suva, in private garden, DA 16781. yarn ng me i tg 4 me on a ai : : a ic, Neri wi ae et att a6 (7%: ey ieee. apts at Sou & 7 , Weal} es: |) ‘ ee ae | = » As peehal he | ; - + -4ay Ww ees 2 Ae : é i i i i t git i Sal AS " ; 1, A usa ae fl i cl TF ree t iv ey we riby = 24 = 4 09)9 aT) PS th Dia uy! i ‘ 4S | ae qe? ti hy nM tion Pa _ Vis = } a we) Jt endl =a Angin’ ie? oe aA aoe ie i me Sarai a : it j 2 wl ies hay f agi & | aoe —— ie Ab— pee *¥i7 G3 pee - fl ete A ee of) a MY Pall MAMAMUTHA ILanpe Great Astrelabe Reef TSE GEN SA CED aos anr IRIS GN [ELE poo v90e vons0eD reer |orpUcxm =e aocy nny OTS INI -0s¢* 60400! 7) [psdoal Pblshed al We/Admaraly’ 17 Sisly 1679) sealer So by Pour Aye for ali ae An oo! SOUTH PACIFIC FIJI ISLANDS From the Surrryn of Captain HMDenbam, RN; ERS, 1854-6, Lieutrunnts WiUMoore wi GE Richards, RN, ine 1876-82 wit Silditions from. the Works of Gorrumanider © Wiblea USN. ase and varcovis other anthoriiaa ne be Po bbe te Backs bey Brera ed ety) Gel /oaral py gral pl tol lgertnmspyigriy mc md ox eons iroek 5 here) n nosy etl ‘All hrigNa are niprested in fret above the sek § stagrenicFariation in 1020, dewresning udout 2" anvualy. AIL inarings re Tr she \26" me and. are given from Secprard. SOUNDINOD im FATHOM High Watey at the Pull & Qhangr Mandi VINSA™ Sprunge rive 4 rat woo DNEATA — PASSAOE ks Niners SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES UMMA 3 9088 00718 4864